Droid Life

International Galaxy Note 3 Devices are SIM Locked to Specific Regions (Updated)

Kellen — Thu, 26 Sep 2013 15:03:43 +0000

We have a bit of bad news to share for those of you who are interested in both buying an international Samsung Galaxy Note 3 and taking it on trips abroad. As you can see on the sticker above, which is blasted on the box of our Note 3 variant (unboxing), Samsung has gone ahead and made our device in particular only capable of running on networks in the Americas (North, South, Central, and the Caribbean). The same goes for the European variant, which has been locked to the EU and a handful of other countries. So what does that mean? Well, if you have the "American Model," travel to Europe, and then toss in a local SIM card from a European wireless carrier, your phone won't work. On the flip side, if you live in Europe and own the "European Model," you can't come to the U.S. and toss in a SIM card from say AT&T or T-Mobile or Straight Talk and expect to receive service. No sir, Samsung has decided against those shenanigans. Instead, you'll have to keep your country's SIM card inserted, and essentially absorb the international roaming fees that your carrier will likely force upon you. What we don't know is why they decided to do this. Did they make a deal with wireless carriers in each region to keep you spending boatloads of cash on roaming fees? Well, we probably won't ever know that, but if that is the case - then...(insert expletive directed at Samsung and the carriers of the world). The only issue we have to worry about now is whether or not the U.S. carrier models are the same way. Most devices sold from Verizon or AT&T these days have global capabilities that allow you to travel abroad and find a local SIM card to save you from roaming charges. But if Samsung is locking international devices that are supposed to be fully unlocked, we don't know what to expect. I would hope not or this is going to get even nastier. Oh, and if you thought this was all a screw-up, Samsung Germany has issued the following statement:

SIM card usage in current Samsung products
Some current Samsung products are now provided with a local SIM card lock. This means that devices purchased in the European Union, with SIM cards of mobile operators from Germany and from the European Union and the European Economic Area (the "European region") work as usual. Users of these Samsung devices can continue to use these together with their SIM card of a mobile operator from the European region via roaming service to appropriate roaming charges to their wireless service provider around the world. If purchased in the European Union and not yet been put into use to be activated for the first time abroad, users can unlock their device for the region free from local Samsung service partners. The regional SIM card lock only affects the following Samsung models that are produced from the end of July 2013, and provided with a corresponding sticker: Samsung GALAXY S III, II, GALAXY Note, GALAXY S4, S4 GALAXY mini and the GALAXY Note 3 Devices that have been delivered by Samsung and are in camps or even at retail are not affected. Specifically, there is a functionality of the devices with SIM cards of mobile operators from the following countries: Countries of the European Economic Area (EEA): Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands , Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, UK, Switzerland, Croatia - Non-EU/EEA: Albania, Andorra, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Macedonia, Moldova, Monaco, Montenegro, San Marino, Serbia, Vatican City

Update: As it turns out, the situation sort of goes like this - phones are only regionally SIM locked upon initial activation. In other words, if you have the "American" version of the phone, as long as you initially activate the phone using a SIM card from within the "American" region, your phone will then be fully unlocked. You can then take it abroad, use local SIMs whenever you'd like. The only time you would run into an issue would be if you bought an "American" version and then tried to first activate it in Europe. Make sense? Via: GigaOM | Clove UK | AllAboutSamsung

Google Play Movies App Updated, Brings New Functionality For Finding New Shows

Tim — Thu, 26 Sep 2013 14:39:28 +0000

The official Play Movies & TV app from Google received an update today, just nearly missing the update festival Google held yesterday with all of its other apps. The update isn't anything too major, but does bring several bug fixes, and the ability to buy the next episode in a series directly through the application. The app now also allows users to browse by TV show in the "My TV Shows" tab on the sidebar. What's New:

Browse by TV show in "My TV Shows".
Buy the next episode directly from the app.
Several bug fixes.

Go grab it. Play Link

Yes, the Galaxy Note 3 has a MicroUSB 3.0 Port

Kellen — Thu, 26 Sep 2013 14:07:10 +0000

You probably noticed an extra-large USB port on the bottom the Galaxy Note 3 in both our initial hands-on and today's unboxing. In case you were wondering, yes, that is a microUSB 3.0 port. The benefits are pretty simple - you can charge faster while being connected to a computer (900mA output), and also transfer data to and from your phone at faster speeds. That's pretty much it. Also, you can still charge and transfer data using a regular microUSB 2.0, you'll just more than likely want to take advantage of the faster speeds when possible. But in case you are in a pinch and only have a regular microUSB cable, you'll still be fine. If you buy the Note 3, you'll get one of these cables in the box, but places like Amazon are selling them for as cheap as $5.

Samsung Galaxy Note 3 Unboxing

Kellen — Thu, 26 Sep 2013 12:59:41 +0000

It's time to start our official coverage of the Samsung Galaxy Note 3! We have an unlocked international unit in house, have gone ahead and unboxed it, and will now be embarking on a journey into tablet-phone-hybrid land. As most of you know, I have never been the biggest fan of the oversized device craze, but because I try to keep an open mind for the most part, am fully willing to give the new Note 3 a fair shot. Actually, both Tim and I will be 100% committed to all things Note 3 over the coming weeks, so you'll want to stick with us as usual to see how this adventure unfolds. Again, this is the international variant of the Note 3, which means I'm working on HSPA+ and with the Octa-core processor combo. Those really are the only differences over the U.S. variants, so we shouldn't see much of an experience change from one to the other. We still have the same 5.7" FHD Super AMOLED display, 3GB RAM, 13MP camera, and TouchWiz experience atop Android 4.3. We'll more than likely have specific U.S. experiences to share once we get closer to launch. So, enjoy the unboxing below! Then drop any questions you have or tests you'd like to see performed. This should be a fun couple of weeks, assuming this thing fits in my jean pockets. #note3cult

Unboxing

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7oCG685Mc5c[/youtube]

Gallery

Google Search Also Now Syncs Notifications Between iOS and Android, Shows Simpler Mobile Results

Kellen — Thu, 26 Sep 2013 11:47:25 +0000

Even after a new Google Search update for Android and the introduction of hashtags to searches came across the wire yesterday, Google has decided to continue improving their bread-and-butter product again today. For starters, the iOS Google Search app has been updated to include the clever "OK, Google" voice activation command. But more importantly, your Google Now notifications for things like Reminders, now sync between Android and iOS. So if you wanted to use your Android tablet to remind yourself to pick-up a 6-pack of Jubelale later in the day, you could in theory take an iPhone with you later on and still receive the reminder. Also, Google is continuing its overhaul of mobile search results. You should see a look that is "cleaner and simpler, optimized for touch, with results clustered on cards so you can focus on the answers."

Via: Inside Search

Dolphin Browser Sets Eyes on International Browser Market, Forms Anti-Google Alliance With Top Search Engines

Tim — Thu, 26 Sep 2013 11:16:21 +0000

Everyone knows that the US browser market is currently dominated by Google and Apple, but in emerging and continually developing markets, those companies' hold is not nearly as strong. With this in mind, Dolphin Browser, a popular third-party web browser app that is available for Android devices, has partnered up with some of the world's leading search engines to form an Anti-Google Alliance. The companies that formed the new partnership are Baidu in China, Yandex in Russia, DuckDuckGo in the U.S., and Yahoo! Japan. Now, the idea of waging war against Google on its own turf may not seem like a brilliant idea, but the goal is to benefit the people of the world that are truly "mobile-first users."

Dolphin is leading the charge in emerging markets where hundreds of millions of users are discovering content via mobile web for the very first time. These are truly ‘mobile-first and only’ users that have no context of a desktop experience, which is more prevalent in the U.S.

Dolphin will currently work with these search providers to cater an experience built solely for those that consume most of their data through cell phones.

"Dolphin has partnered with each of these leading search engines to allow for a more personalized and localized experience to mobile browsing. Most importantly, Dolphin is bringing culturalization in markets around the world by tailoring the offered Dolphin Browser to the needs of each specific country."

To top it off, Dolphin took this time to announce an update for the American version of its browser, which is now live on Google Play. The update, according to the currently listed changelog, boasts customizable themes and wallpapers, a language selector, and a toggle add-on for desktop/mobile views. Play Link Via: Dolphin

Google Brings Google+ #Hashtag Results to Search Users

Tim — Thu, 26 Sep 2013 10:35:11 +0000

Frequent hashtag users should get a kick out of the newly added feature to the official Google Search engine - hashtag results! Starting today, searchers in the US and Canada can find conversations taking place on Google+, simply by imputing a hashtag. As you can see in the picture we posted above of our results, clearly Google knows the best results to bring to the top of the page. When and if you search for #android, it brings up the most recent use of the hashtag. This goes for anything else you might hashtag. While we think hashtags can sometimes be overused and completely irrelevant, they can be used to help categorize certain things, making them easier to find. Either way, enjoy it if you choose. Via: +Zaheed Sabur

Additional HTC One Max Images Hit the Web

Tim — Thu, 26 Sep 2013 10:00:17 +0000

We don't know about you, but all of these leaked images of the One Max from HTC are starting to really bore us. Announce the darn phone already, HTC. There were previous reports that the One Max was going to launch side-by-side to Samsung's Galaxy Note 3, but clearly, that is no longer the case. From the new images, we are still seeing the same design, along with the apparent fingerprint scanner fixed to the device's backside. The front still sports capacitive navigation buttons, and Beats Audio software is still onboard. The pictures are from a certification process the device received in China, so maybe it will be launched over there before here in the States. Either way, HTC better not hold out any longer if they plan on stealing any of the Note 3's over-sized marketshare.

Via: Unwired View

Samsung Exec on Galaxy Gear, Device "Lacks Something Special"

Tim — Thu, 26 Sep 2013 08:39:09 +0000

Samsung's Galaxy Gear smartwatch has quite a few people talking, but apparently one of the manufacturing giant's executives thinks the device "lacks something special." Originally attributed to Samsung's VP of Strategic Marketing, the source of the quote is now unconfirmed, and it seems rather odd that an executive would possibly talk down about a product that is about to hit the market. According to Engadget, the quote does in fact come from a Samsung exec, just no word on which one exactly. In regards to what is lacking, the quote shows that someone feels the user interface of Galaxy Gear is missing something.

We've acknowledged that our Gear lacks something special. With more investment for user interface and user experience, Samsung devices will be better in terms of customer satisfaction.

The individual goes on to state that Samsung was simply looking to create a "wow" product, but at the same time, touted Samsung's upcoming unveiling of its super-curved smartphone. What's your take on Galaxy Gear? Is it missing something special? Via: Engadget

Disa Messenger App Hit With Cease & Desist from WhatsApp, Forced to Remodel Their App Strategy Going Forward

Eric — Thu, 26 Sep 2013 08:00:15 +0000

I've been using Disa as an SMS replacement application ever since we first wrote it up a few weeks back. The app is in early alpha stages so far and has come a long way in just a few weeks, but today's news might throw a wrench in that progress. Disa is a unified messaging service that can thread conversations together from different services. But so far, WhatsApp is the only service besides SMS that they support. Apparentl,y WhatsApp isn't too happy about that. Taking to Google+ early this morning, Disa's creator, Jake Dynogic, let everyone know that WhatsApp filed a Cease and Desist order against him and demanded that WhatsApp be removed from his website and his app all together. Dynogic said he would comply, but that Disa would have to be unavailable in the Play Store for a few days while he makes these changes. Instead of taking the functionality from Disa that makes it unique, the game plan is instead being changed. From here on out, Disa will be built around the idea of "supporting dynamic loading of services that are created by the community." Instead of building the WhatsApp functionality himself, Dynogic will make Disa accept third-party plugins made by the community so that users can load them whenever they are needed. This approach should avoid the legal troubles while still keeping the functionality. Facebook messenger integration is almost ready to go live. Have you been using Disa or are you waiting for things to get a bit more stable? Via: Jake Dynogic+

Om Nom is Getting His Stomach Ready, Cut the Rope 2 Coming This Winter

Eric — Thu, 26 Sep 2013 07:25:13 +0000

60 million ropes cut at a rate of 42,000 ropes per minute and 20 million pieces of candy fed around the world apparently were not enough. Cut the Rope has been a hit on Android since it launched, spawning Cut the Rope: Experiments and Time Travel, but ZeptoLab has decided that it's time for a proper sequel. Cut the Rope 2 is on the way, and if you loved the first few games in the series, this one will be right up your alley . The sequel will "re-imagine the universe of Om Nom with new twists on classic gameplay." New levels, a new story and new gameplay mechanics are all scheduled to be incorporated into Cut the Rope 2. Expect to see a worldwide launch sometime this winter, until then you will have to get your fingers ready with one of the earlier Cut the Rope games.

ZeptoLab to launch Cut the Rope 2 this winter

ZeptoLab reveals what’s next for Om Nom as its games surpass 400 million downloads
26 September 2013, LONDON, UK – ZeptoLab®, the global entertainment company dedicated to the science of fun, today announced that it will release an entirely new game, Cut the Rope 2, by the end of the year. The game will re-imagine the universe of Om Nom®, the iconic star of Cut the Rope, with new twists on classic gameplay, never-before-seen characters, interactive environments and a captivating story that will appeal to new players and existing fans alike. Cut the Rope 2 will expand the ZeptoLab portfolio while delivering new candy-filled adventures, physics-based levels and charming characters to an audience as hungry as Cut the Rope’s beloved little green monster, Om Nom. ZeptoLab has also announced that its games have surpassed more than 400 million global downloads and reached 60 million active monthly users in the first half of 2013. Since the release of the original Cut the Rope in 2010, ZeptoLab has released top-of-the-chart hits Cut the Rope: Experiments, Cut the Rope: Time Travel and Pudding Monsters, as well as multiple level pack updates and special editions, spanning more than 875 levels and countless hours of gameplay fun. Cut the Rope players have cut more than 60 billion ropes at a whirlwind pace of 42,000 ropes per minute, feeding nearly 20 billion pieces of candy to the hungry Om Nom. “We remain dedicated to our mission: examining the science of fun. That means building experiences that players love,” said Misha Lyalin, ZeptoLab CEO. “Cut the Rope 2 is a massive step forward for the game. Amazing graphics, gameplay and characters drive a brand new experience that fans are going to love.” Earlier this year, ZeptoLab released a sequel to the original Cut the Rope called Cut the Rope: Time Travel. The game received stellar reviews after launching in April 2013 and has already reached more than 20 million downloads. The release of Cut the Rope 2 will deliver an entirely new level of fun for all of Om Nom’s fans when it launches worldwide this winter. With Cut the Rope 2, ZeptoLab will also expand its content offerings through an entirely new season of its award-winning websiode series, “Om Nom Stories.” The series, which is currently in its second season, took home the iKids Award for Best Web/App Series in 2013. The webisodes have also begun to air on major TV networks across the globe and have more than 85 million views on YouTube alone. Cut the Rope and its candy eating star, Om Nom, has a range of consumer products in Europe under the ITV Studios Global Entertainment (ITVS GE) licensing agreement. The development of its popular toy range, including puzzles and plush toys, is led by leading toy designer and manufacturer Vivid. Further awareness of the products is gaining momentum through a number of promotions together with The Entertainer and other major retailers. For more information on ZeptoLab and company developments please visit www.zeptolab.com Further information on the launch of Cut the Rope 2 and gameplay mechanics will be released later in the year.

HTC One Developer and Unlocked U.S. Editions Receiving Android 4.3 Update

Kellen — Thu, 26 Sep 2013 07:05:34 +0000

HTC told announcement a couple of days ago that we should see an Android 4.3 update for the HTC One Developer Edition before the end of the week. That update is now rolling out to both the Developer Edition and Unlocked variant of the phone here in the U.S. as build 3.22.1540.1. As you can see in the image above, my unlocked version is a part of the rollout. The update jumps the device from Android 4.1.2 to Android 4.3, which means it receives all of the goodies introduced in Android 4.2, like quick toggles in the notification bar. But the bigger deal here is likely what HTC has done with Sense 5 enhancements, which range from new Highlights options to swiping up on Home to access Google Now. We'll be diving in as soon as this install finishes up and will report back on our findings. Who doesn't love a 7AM update?

Samsung Galaxy Note 10.1 2014 Edition Hits US Markets October 10

Tim — Thu, 26 Sep 2013 06:00:14 +0000

Earlier this month, Samsung announced the all-new Galaxy Note 10.1 - 2014 Edition, alongside the Galaxy Note 3 and Galaxy Gear. It's easy to see that Galaxy Gear and the Note 3 stole the show, but the new Note 10.1 has just as much to offer for tablet fans. In fact, the Note 10.1 comes with the same exact S-Pen software that comes equipped on the Galaxy Note 3, plus it features an extremely impressive 10.1" display with a resolution of 2,560 x 1,600. For specs fan, this tablet should get you quite excited. On top of the ultra high-res display, the tablet features a Exynos 5420 quad-core processor, 3GB of RAM, an 8MP back-facing camera and 2MP front-facing camera, along with all of that great proprietary Samsung software we can't live without. The tablet launches in US markets starting October 10, and will be priced at $549.99 for the 16GB model and $599.99 for the 32GB variant. Pre-orders at select retailers will begin on September 27. Picking one up?

Samsung Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition Available in the U.S. Oct. 10

With enhanced S Pen, superior display, Multi-Window and sleek redesign, the Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition delivers an unrivaled tablet experience.
RIDGEFIELD PARK, N.J. – September 26, 2013 – Samsung Electronics America, Inc. today announced the Galaxy Note® 10.1 – 2014 Edition will be available in the U.S. beginning Oct. 10, with pre-orders starting at midnight ET tomorrow, Sept. 27. The Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition is equipped with industry-leading specifications packed in a thin and lightweight form factor. “Last year’s launch of the Galaxy Note 10.1 introduced the integration of S Pen™ capabilities to the tablet category and created a new experience for consumers,” said Travis Merrill, vice president of tablet marketing at Samsung Electronics America. “We continue to evolve the Galaxy Note experience with the new Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition. With premium software features and a sophisticated design, we’re delivering an exceptional and even more engaging tablet experience.” With improved S Pen capabilities, vibrant display and updated Multi-Window functionality, the new Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition delivers an intelligent tablet experience packaged in a sleek, polished design. The Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition has been refined with a textured and stitched back cover that is both stylish and comfortable to hold. With an overall smaller size and lighter weight, the new Galaxy Note tablet has smaller bezels and a thinner profile, without sacrificing screen size. “The Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition builds on Samsung’s innovative tablet foundation,” said Nanda Ramachandran, vice president of emerging business at Samsung Telecommunications America. “With its advanced functionality and expanded features, the Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition offers a best- inclass tablet experience that enables new conveniences to empower users to excel in everyday tasks.” Unparalleled Display Quality and Multitasking Samsung’s Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition features a large Super Clear LCD display that offers brighter colors and more lifelike graphics. The 2,560 x 1,600 pixel WQXGA display contains over 4 million pixels, offering users a dynamic viewing experience. To complement the high-resolution display, Samsung introduces a new magazine-style user interface called My Magazine. By allowing users to organize the latest news, social feeds and localized content in an easy-to-use, personalized dashboard on a Super Clear LCD, the Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition reinvents how consumers interact with their tablets. The new Galaxy Note 10.1 is powered by an Exynos® 5420 quad-core processor and 3GB RAM for faster web browsing and multitasking, with rich HD graphics for the best gaming experience. Enhanced multitasking allows users to seamlessly use two different applications side-by-side and easily drag and drop content from one window to another. What’s more, certain apps, such as YouTube and Internet, can now be activated simultaneously in both windows. Enhanced Suite of S Pen Features The Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition comes equipped with an updated S Pen that provides a more responsive, productive and overall efficient tablet experience. The enhanced S Pen also introduces several shortcuts and productivity tools at consumers’ fingertips, including:

Air Command provides instant access to S Pen features, including Action Memo, Scrapbooker, Screen Write, S Finder and Pen Window all in a convenient hover and click of the button on the S Pen from any point on the screen.

Action Memo gives users a quick way to take a note and link that note to a direct action, instantly perform a task, such as searching the Internet or emailing a contact.

Scrapbooker capabilities let users organize interesting content with the S Pen and place it into individualized scrapbooks. This feature affords users an easy and functional way to use the S Pen to grab and store videos, photos and clips from Web pages that are linkable back to the original online source. With Scrapbooker, users keep all boards private and then easily choose

which content to share.

Screen Write lets users easily take a screen capture and edit the shot.

S Finder allows users to search the entire device, including handwritten notes and settings, connected accounts and the web through key words or handwritten symbols.

Pen Window effortlessly enhances productivity with a stroke of the S Pen. The feature lets users draw a window on screen using the S Pen, which opens a selection of applications, and then minimize it to hover on any screen as the user interface is navigated; perfect for opening a calculator on top of a spreadsheet or quickly setting an alarm.

S Note enhancements include a more intuitive and easy-to-use interface. Users still have the ability to use the S Pen to take handwritten notes, or use handwriting-to-text, with access to both note files and notepads. With Easy Chart, hand-drawn data can be instantly transformed into more formal charts and graphs.

Content and Services for an Immersive Galaxy Experience Samsung is partnering with leading news, productivity and entertainment sources to provide over $600 in bundled content for the Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition. With Galaxy Perks, consumers have access to popular applications and services, including three months free of Hulu Plus and SiriusXM, and one year of free Boingo Hotspot access. The Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition also comes pre-loaded with 50GB of Dropbox free for two years, one year subscription to Bloomberg Businessweek and a 12 week subscription to The New York Times. For more information on Galaxy Perks, please visit www.samsung.com/us/galaxyperks. A redesigned Twitter application, with limited exclusivity to the Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition, features S-Pen integration and Multi-Window capabilities for a unique Twitter tablet experience. In addition, the Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition will include a Samsung Apps widget, which offers users additional content, optimized for the new 10.1-inch tablet and other Samsung devices. The new tablet is also equipped with Samsung’s innovative IR remote capability and WatchON, a search and recommendation service which makes finding TV shows and on-demand video content faster, easier and more personalized, as the hub of the living room. The Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition is Wi-Fi-enabled and available in 16 and 32GB variations with an additional 64GB of storage available via microSD card expansion. The device comes in two color options, Jet Black and Classic White. The Galaxy Note 10.1 – 2014 Edition will retail for $ 549.99 and $599.99 for the 16 and 32GB versions, respectively. It will be available for purchase at Samsung Experience Shops at Best Buy, Best Buy Mobile specialty stores, BestBuy.com, Amazon, PC Richards, Fry's, Tiger Direct, Walmart and Samsung.com, with pre-orders beginning at select retailers on Sept. 27. For multimedia content and more information, please visit www.samsungmobileuspress.com.

Bigger Deal: New Nexus Phone, Android 4.4, Google Watch, or Something Else?

Kellen — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 17:00:52 +0000

Invites haven't gone out or anything, but we'd be shocked if Google wasn't preparing for some sort of Fall event to unveil Android 4.4 "Kit Kat," a new Nexus phone (likely the Nexus 5), and potentially even a smartwatch (internally known as "Gem"?) or new Nexus 10. We know for sure that Android 4.4 is coming, and that a Nexus 5 has already stopped by the FCC, but other mysteries remain. For example, what will Kit Kat bring that was worthy of an entire name change? Will there be massive UI changes, new services that we have yet to unravel, or something else under the hood that will magically make updates easier for OEMs? And what about that Nexus 5 that we seem to think we know so many details for? Will Google still find a way to surprise us? Will the price be as shocking as that attached to the original Nexus 4? And let's not forget that beyond the new Nexus phone and Android 4.4, there is a chance we see even more. Are you excited to see what Google can do with a smartwatch or have you seen enough from that niche thanks to Pebble and Samsung? Does something like a Nexus 10 refresh have you all hot and sweaty? Does Google have something else up its sleeve that we haven't quite put our fingers on? In the poll below, give us your quick vote as usual, but then take to the comments to tell us which new potential Google announcement you are most excited for. [poll id="271"]

Dead on Arrival 2 Launches for Android, Features Non-stop Zombie Massacre Greatness

Tim — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 16:37:53 +0000

Finally exiting the beta stages, Dead on Arrival 2 for Android hit Google Play today. The game is your ticket to a post-apocalyptic world filled with zombies. Naturally, your character is the last person that can "take the world back for the living, one bullet at a time." The game features a full-on Survival mode, co-op multiplayer mode, plus a ton of customizable weapons and modifications. And for all of you Tegra-powered device owners, there are a few extra graphic-related goodies in there for you too. The game is free to download right from Google Play, so go start killing the undead. Play Link [youtube]http://youtu.be/mUGX-4sgk8g[/youtube]

YouTube for Android Updated to 5.1.10 - New Video Notifications and Google Ads Included

Kellen — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 15:10:37 +0000

The wave of Google app updates continues to roll in today, with YouTube now joining the party. The Play store listing has yet to update and tell us what is new, but after opening the app, we noticed a couple of things almost immediately. The first, was a listing at the top our timeline which showed as an advertisement from Google for Drive. We aren't sure if we are only going to see Google ads like this after the update or if this is the beginning of a new advertising machine for any company. The second thing we noticed was a check box in the General tab that allows you to receive notifications for new videos that "match your interests." Once the changelog is out, we'll be sure to update this post. Play Link Or you can sideload it thanks to @WinDroidGuy. [Download Link] [Mirror]

Moto X Griffin Vehicle Dock Quick Look

Kellen — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 14:20:22 +0000

You have already seen our quick hands-on with the Griffin PowerDock for the Moto X, but not all of you sit behind a desk all day and potentially need something a little more mobile. Enter the Griffin Vehicle Dock, which also runs $39.95 from Motorola (assuming they have it in stock) and is technically the official Moto X dock since it carries "Made 4 Moto X" branding on it. This is your typical car dock with mount, suction and adhesive properties, and swiveling head piece. You'll find an opening for the headphone jack on one end with a microUSB plug on the other. There is a microUSB charging port centered underneath, rubber grips to hold your device in place, and no included cable. That's right, if you want to actually charge your phone while driving, you'll need to supply your own power plug. The quality seems good enough. The plastics used are quite thick and not necessarily cheap feeling. Assuming the plastic holds up over time from swapping your phone in and out, this dock should secure your device firmly and is a reasonable option. In the video below, you'll see it all in action.

Video

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AYd5fSqBChc[/youtube]

Gallery

Google Launches Shopping Express App for Android, Still an SF to San Jose Exclusive

Tim — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 13:46:27 +0000

If you reside in the Bay Area, San Francisco to San Jose to be exact, you should check out Google Shopping Express. The service offers same-day delivery on any type of goods you might need from the store. If your schedule doesn't allow for the time it takes to pick up essentials from any number of exciting vendors, Google will gladly do it for you. Before now, there was no app to handle the service, but that all changes today for Android users. Starting today, users can order everything they need right through the app, set up a drop-off time, and that's it. Super simple. The vendor list is quite large, ranging from Target and Walgreens, to more niche stores like Guitar Center and Blue Bottle Coffee Co. If you haven't tried their coffee yet, then now would be an excellent time to order it. If you have yet to sign up, installing the app and tying it to your account will snag you six months of membership for free. Play Link

Deer Hunter 2014 Released for Android, Go Get Your Exotic Hunt On

Tim — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 13:30:03 +0000

For fans of large rifles and blasting away large game, then Deer Hunter 2014 is for you. With the next rendition of this popular shoot-em-up, you can fully customize your rifles, take on the world's deadliest predators, and travel the most exotic locations a hunter has ever known. The game features over 100 different animal species, all of which I am guessing you can hang on your wall in the man cave. The game is free to download, so you can expect to see some IAP opportunities for upgrades to guns and other in-game goodies. Just watch out for Sasquatch. Play Link [youtube]http://youtu.be/XulQwiaTD7A[/youtube]

Google Search Update Rolling Out on Android as Well

Kellen — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 12:58:39 +0000

Google Search just received an update to build 2.8.7.841295 on Android as well within the last few minutes. It's like a Google app update holiday! We are installing now - will fill in the blanks if there are new goodies to talk about. So far, the changelog on Google Play appears to be leftovers from the previous update. Play Link Or you can sideload it thanks to brkshr in the comments and @WinDroidGuy. [Download Link] [Mirror]

Google Hangouts on Android Receives Update - See Contact Status, Easier Contact Browsing, and More

Kellen — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 12:28:09 +0000

Today appears to be Google app update day, as we have already seen updates for both Gmail and Google Voice. Hangouts is the latest to join the party, with an update that makes it easy to see who is reachable. Yes, we're talking status icons that are either green or grey depending on someone's availability. You'll also be able to browse contacts quicker, pinch-to-zoom in photos, find Hangout invites easier, and hide people from the new Hangout screen by long pressing their name. No SMS or Google Voice integration included. The update, as always, will be a staged rollout. Here are the new goodies:

You can finally see who is on Hangouts! When you start a new Hangout, green icons show who's on, and gray shows who's not.
Contacts are now organized by People you Hangout with, Suggested People, and Other Contacts.
Long press contacts in the New Hangout screen to hide them.
Invites are now above your conversations so they're easier to find.
Pinch-to-zoom photos!

Play Link Or you can sideload it again thanks to @WinDroidGuy. [Download Link] [Mirror] Via: +Randall Sarafa Cheers Mike!

Humble Mobile Bundle Gets a Sequel, More Great Games to Benefit Charity

Eric — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 12:01:29 +0000

Another Humble Bundle has arrived, this one focusing on great Mobile games that indie developers have lovingly put together. The rules of the Bundle remain the same: choose your price and choose who gets the share of it, download the games on as many Android devices as you want, support charity while doing it. Everyone wins! Right now, the average price of the Bundle is only $3. That means if you pay more than that you not only get the four basic games, but you get two added in as well. This is the list so far, but keep in mind that games usually get added to the Bundle after it launches. If you pay beforehand, you can download them later:

Star Command
Time Surfer
Punch Quest
Balloons TD5
Ravensword: Shadowlands
Carmegeddon

As if you needed more reason to buy in, you get the soundtrack for each game once you pick your price for the Bundle. Hit the link below if you are interested in getting your game on. [youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r6J8YibcmM0[/youtube] Via: Humble Bundle

Gmail for Android Receiving Update to Conversations View, Other Minor UI Tweaks

Tim — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 11:15:03 +0000

Today for Android users, Gmail is getting a minor boost in its user interface. Starting with the conversations view, threads that have multiple messages back and forth will be better paired with a card-style UI, allowing for an easier time viewing messages. In addition, when you select multiple messages for archiving or deleting, a large "check" will appear, making sure you know exactly which messages you are working with. To top it all off, there is also an "account sync" notification inside the app, just so you can be sure to never miss another important email. You can expect to see the update live in Google Play sometime this week. Play Link Or you can sideload it thanks to @WinDroidGuy. [Download Link] [Mirror] Via: +Gmail

Verizon Intros 4G LTE Broadband Router With Voice, Could Replace Your Home's Internet and Phone Service

Tim — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 10:30:01 +0000

This morning, Verizon, in partnership with Novatel Wireless, introduced the 4G LTE Broadband Router with Voice. The Broadband Router is capable of taking your wired and wireless device and connecting them to Big Red's 4G LTE network. In addition, it will also allow for your home phone to be plugged in, basically allowing you the freedom of eliminating any current service you have with other providers. Verizon touts the convenience when traveling with the router, as well as always having a connection in your favorite cafe.

Voice capabilities on the 4G LTE Broadband Router with Voice mean travelers or vacationers can bring their home number with them where they go. The broadband router eliminates the need to constantly search for Wi-Fi hotspots in cafes or paying hotel Wi-Fi or phone fees.

The router is priced at $49.99 with a two year contract. There are three different plans customers can choose from - Voice-only, Data-only, or a Voice and Data bundle. Once signed up, you can switch between plans freely for whatever your situation requires. Besides looking a little bulky and silly, it seems like a nifty little device. Via: Verizon | Business Wire

LG Lucid Receiving Update to VS840ZV9, Adds Security Patches and Removes Remote Diagnostics

Kellen — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 10:10:17 +0000

The LG Lucid on Verizon has an approved update on the horizon as build VS840ZV9, its first since January. The update implements "multiple Android security patches," updates several bloatware apps, and removes Verizon's Remote Diagnostics tool, a somewhat surprising move. We aren't sure if the removal is because they no longer want to support the Lucid or if Remote Diagnostics hasn't worked out as planned. Either way, we're never disappointed when apps that allow companies to 3rd party-join and control your device are killed. Typically when support docs arrive we see an update within a week. The update is 80.7MB in size. More info.

Google Voice Receives Update on Android...Support for Short Codes and Bug Fixes

Kellen — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 09:42:12 +0000

Google Voice, an app we are expecting to see the death of at any minute as Google merges its functionality into Hangouts, received an update today. It's minor. Like, super minor. The changelog has already been updated, showing that the app now adds warnings when someone attempts to send text messages to 911. It also supports new short codes and fixes bugs. That's it. What's new:

Added warning when attempting to send text messages to 911
Support for new short codes
Bug fixes

Play Link Or you can sideload it thanks to @WinDroidGuy. [Download Link] (This is the correct version 0.4.2.82)

AT&T to Sell Pebble Smartwatch Beginning September 27 for $150

Kellen — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 09:37:15 +0000

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7y1sZHREQvo[/youtube]

Still haven't decided whether or not to pick up a Pebble smartwatch, aka the darling of Kickstarter? AT&T is giving you another location to purchase the e-paper-powered-notification-wrist-thingy in yet another "exclusive" deal. That's right, AT&T is the exclusive carrier partner of Pebble, though we're not exactly sure of the point there or what that means. The watch will run $150 starting September 27, and no, there isn't a contract anywhere in sight, which is surprising. Even with no connectivity other than Bluetooth, we're almost shocked that an "exclusive" carrier partner wouldn't figure out a way to lock you into something extensive during your purchase. Our Pebble review is still around, in case you haven't read through it yet. Best Buy also sells the Pebble for $150, so don't feel like AT&T is your only option. Via: ATT

AT&T Launches 8 New 4G LTE Markets, Surpasses 400 Marker

Tim — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 09:00:35 +0000

AT&T hit 400 4G LTE markets throughout America last week, and they show no signs of letting up. This morning, the nation's second largest wireless carrier announced another group of LTE markets, spanning from cities located in California and Nevada, to Pennsylvania and Georgia. There are eight new markets in total, so go over the list below and see if your small town was lucky enough. Enjoy the speed. New Markets:

East Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania,
Marysville, California
Carson City, Nevada,
San Angelo , Texas
Statesboro, Georgia
Joplin, Missouri
Bellingham, Washington
Portsmouth, Ohio

Via: AT&T

AT&T Up Next for Moto X Update, Soak Test Invites Go Out for New Software Release

Kellen — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 08:43:02 +0000

With both Sprint and T-Mobile Moto X variants receiving updates that include major camera improvements, we were starting to wonder how long it would be before AT&T and Verizon models were treated to the same bundle of joy. Knowing Verizon's history with software updates, we could be waiting a while. AT&T on the other hand, could be next if the soak test of a "new software release" is any indication. Updates went out this morning to AT&T Moto X users who are a part of Motorola's Feedback Network. No specific details were given as usual, but it's definitely software-related. And with two identical updates already appearing on two variants of Motorola's 2013 flagship, we'd put money on this being the same upgrade.

Hi, Thanks for joining the Motorola Feedback Network. We are inviting owners of the Moto X on AT&T to participate in an early preview of a new software release, and provide feedback. If you are not currently using an AT&T Moto X, please excuse and ignore this email. Click this link -- xxxxxxx -- to take the enrollment survey if you wish to take part. Note that you must be a member in good standing of the Motorola Owners' Forums to be included. The registration window could close without notice so please respond as quickly as possible. This is a confidential test under the terms of the Motorola Feedback Network. Do not post any details or information about this on any public sites. Thanks -- please understand that start times are always fluid. We ask for your patience if you register but don't hear from us right away. Matt Motorola Owners’ Forums Motorola Feedback Network

Cheers R!

Moto X Camera Update to Build 139.14.1 Arriving on Sprint Model Too

Kellen — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 07:32:27 +0000

On Monday, Motorola began pushing an update to the T-Mobile Moto X that dramatically improved the camera, but also fixed a few important bugs in Touchless Control, voice call audio, and Migrate (full changelog). Again, the star was the camera update, which we have highlighted in a series of comparison photos that can be seen here. That update is now to be rolling out to the Sprint model as well. According to a couple of our readers, an update to build 139.14.1 popped up on their Moto X variants this morning. Sure enough, Motorola has posted a changelog for us which does indeed show that this is the same update as the T-Mo update from earlier in the week:

To check for the update, head into Settings>About phone>System updates. Cheers Ari and Stephen!

Samsung Plans to Announce a Device With A Curved Screen Next Month

Eric — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 07:16:30 +0000

At an event in South Korea last night where Samsung was showing off their newest devices, the Galaxy Note 3 and the Galaxy Gear, it was overheard that Samsung has plans for more devices this year. This next device will be able to "differentiate" itself from Samsung's other devices, however, because it will involve a curved display. "We plan to introduce a smartphone with a curved display in South Korea in October," is the direct quote from D.J. Lee, Samsung's mobile business head of strategic marketing. Unfortunately for us, Samsung execs were not keen on dropping any more hints about this new product, so all we can expect is to see it announced sometime within the coming months. We have seen a lot of patents and prototypes of new curved and flexible displays from Samsung before, all the way back in January at CES. Could this be that device, ready for primetime? Via: Reuters

What a Coincidence! Samsung Announces Gold Galaxy S4 Models

Eric — Wed, 25 Sep 2013 06:37:32 +0000

Here we are, just after the two week mark from Apple announcing to the world that they would start producing a gold variant of their new iPhone, and apparently, gold fever has spread. Samsung has taken to their social media outlets in the United Arab Emirates to announce that they will have two new gold-colored Galaxy S4s coming to market sometime soon. We know how excited you are to have one of these, but it is doubtful that these golden flagship devices will ever make it to the worldwide market. These will most likely be an exclusive to carriers in and around the UAE. We also doubt that this was mere coincidence, that Samsung just happened to have this color in the pipelines before leaks showed that the new iPhone would be featured with a gold casing. They say old habits die hard and Samsung feeling the need to copy Apple might be one of those habits that they just can't get rid of too easily. Via: @SamsungMobileME Cheers SupaMarioPlaya!

Specs: New Kindle Fire HDX and Kindle Fire HD Tablets

Kellen — Tue, 24 Sep 2013 22:16:32 +0000

Amazon was kind enough to offer up this pre-made spec comparison chart of their new tablet line-up. You can see exactly how the new Kindle Fire HDX family compares to the regular Kindle Fire HD models. Via: Amazon

Amazon Also Introduces New Kindle Fire HD at $139

Kellen — Tue, 24 Sep 2013 22:10:33 +0000

Along with tonight's announcement of the new Kindle Fire HDX tablets by Amazon, we also get a new Kindle Fire HD that has been upgraded in a number of areas yet drops in at a low price of $139. At that insanely low price, you are looking at a 1280x800 HD display (216ppi), 1.5GHz dual-core processor, Dolby Digital Plus audio dual speakers, the same slim design of the HDX series, and the new Fire OS 3.0 fork of Android. The new Kindle Fire is available for pre-order in both 8GB and 16GB models starting today, and will begin shipping October 2. Amazon Links: Kindle Fire HD WiFi ($139)

1 Million Pixels for a Breakthrough Price—Introducing the New $139 Kindle Fire HD

New slimmer and lighter design, HD display, high-performance processor, dual speakers with Dolby Digital Plus audio, and Fire OS 3.0 “Mojito”
Kindle Fire HD comes with access to the exclusive benefits of the Amazon ecosystem—Prime Instant Video, Kindle Owners’ Lending Library, Kindle MatchBook, AutoRip, and the world’s leading digital catalog with over 27 million movies, TV shows, songs, apps, games, books, audiobooks, and magazines SEATTLE--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Sep. 25, 2013-- (NASDAQ: AMZN)—Two years ago, Amazon revolutionized the tablet industry with the $199 Kindle Fire. Today, Amazon is doing it again: introducing the new $139 Kindle Fire HD. Kindle Fire HD is available for pre-order starting today at www.amazon.com/fire-hd. “Two years ago, we revolutionized the tablet industry with the breakthrough $199 price point for tablets—now we're doing it again with the $139 price point,” said Jeff Bezos, Amazon.com Founder and CEO. “$139 now gets you a 1280x800 216 ppi HD display, a dual-core 1.5 GHz processor, Fire OS 3.0, dual speakers with Dolby audio, vast selection and Amazon-exclusive features like Prime Instant Video downloads, Second Screen, Kindle FreeTime, X-Ray and more.” Here’s what you get for $139:

High-definition display with 1280x800 resolution and 216 pixels per inch, making movies, TV shows, books and games vivid and detailed. 66% more pixels than the previous generation Kindle Fire.

Powerful, dual-core 1.5 GHz processor, 60% faster than the previous generation Kindle Fire.

Dual stereo speakers with Dolby Digital Plus audio—the standard in high-end audio.

All-new slim design that matches the look and feel of the new Kindle Fire HDX.

Fast streaming, downloads, and web browsing with built-in dual-band Wi-Fi.

Powered by the latest version of Fire OS—Fire OS 3.0 “Mojito”—with hundreds of new and upgraded features, platform updates, and Amazon-exclusive services.

Kindle FreeTime extends parental controls to give parents a simple, engaging way to manage the way kids use Kindle Fire—parents select content and set time limits by content type.

Exclusive new features such as X-Ray for Music, Prime Instant Video downloads, Second Screen, expanded X-Ray for Movies and TV, and more.

Stay connected and productive with all-new email, calendar, and Silk web browser.

World's best content ecosystem—over 27 million movies, TV shows, songs, apps, games, books, audiobooks, and magazines.

The new Origami covers feature an innovative design that allows you to stand Fire HD in both portrait and landscape. In addition to the new Kindle Fire HD, Amazon also today introduced the new Kindle Fire HDX tablets—to learn more about these new tablets and many of the features listed above, visit www.amazon.com/kindle-pr. The new Kindle Fire HD is available for pre-order starting today and will begin shipping October 2. Visit www.amazon.com/fire-hd to learn more. About Amazon.com Amazon.com, Inc. (NASDAQ: AMZN), a Fortune 500 company based in Seattle, opened on the World Wide Web in July 1995 and today offers Earth’s Biggest Selection.Amazon.com, Inc. seeks to be Earth’s most customer-centric company, where customers can find and discover anything they might want to buy online, and endeavors to offer its customers the lowest possible prices. Amazon.com and other sellers offer millions of unique new, refurbished and used items in categories such as Books; Movies, Music & Games; Digital Downloads; Electronics & Computers; Home & Garden; Toys, Kids & Baby; Grocery; Apparel, Shoes & Jewelry; Health & Beauty; Sports & Outdoors; and Tools, Auto & Industrial. Amazon Web Services provides Amazon’s developer customers with access to in-the-cloud infrastructure services based on Amazon’s own back-end technology platform, which developers can use to enable virtually any type of business. Kindle Paperwhite is the world’s best-selling and most advanced e-reader. It features new display technology with higher contrast, the next generation built-in light, a faster processor, the latest touch technology, and exclusive new features designed from the ground up for readers. Kindle, the lightest and smallest Kindle, features improved fonts and faster page turns. The new Kindle Fire HDX features a stunning exclusive 7” or 8.9” HDX display, a quad-core 2.2 GHz processor, 2x more memory, and 11 hours of battery life, as well as exclusive new features of Fire OS 3.0 including X-Ray for Music, Second Screen, Prime Instant Video downloads, and the revolutionary new Mayday button. The all-new Kindle Fire HD includes an HD display, high-performance processor and dual speakers at a breakthrough price.

Amazon Announces Kindle Fire HDX 7-inch and 8.9-inch Tablets Starting at $229

Kellen — Tue, 24 Sep 2013 21:37:08 +0000

Amazon just went massive late night press release and product announcement on us, with an unveiling of their new Kindle Fire HDX line of tablets. The new tablets come in both 7-inch and 8.9-inch display sizes, run 2.2GHz Snapdragon 800 processors (quad-core), last for up to 11 hours of "mixed use," utilize a new forked version of Android called Fire OS 3.0 "Mojito," introduce free 24x7 tech support through the Mayday button, and can connect via LTE on both AT&T and Verizon networks. The Fire HDX 7 WiFi model starts at $229 for the 16GB WiFi model, and is available for pre-order starting today. Amazon plans to begin shipping orders by October 18. If you want the 4G LTE version of the HDX 7, you'll pay at least $329 and see shipments beginning November 14. The Fire HDX 8.9 WiFi starts at $379 for the 16GB WiFi model with pre-orders opening today as well. Amazon expects to begin shipping 8.9 orders by November 7. If you want to go 4G LTE HDX 8.9, you are looking at a price of at least $479 with a shipping estimate of December 10. Amazon Links: Kindle Fire HDX 7 | Kindle Fire HDX 8.9

Kindle Fire HDX

The Kindle Fire HDX 7 sports a 7-inch display resolution of 1920x1200 (323ppi) and "perfect color accuracy" with 100% sRGB, 2GB RAM, the previously mentioned Snapdragon 800, Adreno 330 GPU, front-facing HD camera, Amazon Prime, enterprise support, and the newest version of Amazon's Android fork called Fire OS 3.0. The Fire HDX 7 comes in both WiFi and LTE models, with LTE connectivity on Verizon and AT&T. You are looking at storage sizes of 16GB ($229 WiFi, $329 LTE), 32GB ($269 WiFi, $369), and 64GB ($309 WiFi, $409).

Kindle Fire HDX 8.9

The Kindle Fire HDX 8.9 uses an 8.9" HD display with a resolution of 2560x1600 (339ppi), and again with what Amazon is calling "perfect color accuracy." It also sports that previously mentioned Snapdragon 800 processor, 2GB RAM, 8MP rear camera, front HD camera, and an ultra-light design that weighs just 13.2 ounces. The Fire HDX 8.9 comes in both WiFi and LTE models, with LTE connectivity on Verizon and AT&T. You are looking at storage sizes of 16GB ($379 WiFi, $479 LTE), 32GB ($429 WiFi, $529), and 64GB ($479 WiFi, $579).

Mayday Button

With their new line of HDX tablets, Amazon is introducing a support service that can be accessed via the Mayday button. This service provides 24x7, 365 tech support in case you ever have a question on how to use a new feature or run into trouble. Within seconds of pressing the button, an Amazon expert will appear on your tablet and can then co-pilot you around until you are fixed or understand confusing features. You can preview the Mayday button functionality in these TV ads.

Fire OS 3.0 "Mojito"

Fire OS 3.0 is Kindle's new forked version of Android that introduces "hundreds of new and upgrade features, Amazon-exclusive services, platform updates, and more." Amazon's goal was to start with Android and then add cloud services, a content-first user interface, built-in media libraries, productivity apps, and other enhancements to integrate Amazon's digital content library. Just remember that even those these tablets have access to the Amazon Appstore and technically run Android apps, you won't ever see Google services or the Google Play store on them.

Press Release

Introducing Kindle Fire HDX—Powerhouse Tablets Built for Work and Play

All-new Kindle Fire HDX—stunning new 7” or 8.9” HDX display, quad-core 2.2 GHz processor with 3x the processing power, 2x more memory, 11 hours of battery life, and dual stereo speakers with Dolby Digital Plus audio

New HDX display goes beyond HD—exceptional pixel density, perfect 100% sRGB color accuracy, reduced glare, dynamic image contrast, and improved brightness for the best viewing experience indoors or out

Lightest large-screen tablet—Kindle Fire HDX 8.9” is startlingly light at 13.2 ounces, 34% lighter than the previous generation

Introducing the Mayday Button—revolutionary on-device tech support—free, 24x7, 365 days a year

Prime Instant Video movies and TV shows now available for downloading—watch anywhere, even when offline—available exclusively on Kindle Fire HDX

Stay connected and productive with updated email, calendar and Silk browser, plus seamless integration with Facebook and Twitter

Enterprise-ready with support for encryption, Kerberos Intranet, secure Wi-Fi connections and VPN integration
SEATTLE—September 25, 2013—(NASDAQ: AMZN)—Amazon today introduced the third generation of Kindle Fire—the all-new Kindle Fire HDX. The new Kindle Fire HDX tablets combine groundbreaking hardware, the latest version of Fire OS, and exclusive new features and services like X-Ray for Music, Second Screen, Prime Instant Video downloads, and the revolutionary new Mayday button. Learn more about the new Kindle Fire HDX family at www.amazon.com/hdx. The new Kindle Fire HDX family features:

Stunning exclusive HDX display—beyond HD with exceptional pixel density (323 ppi for 7”, 339 ppi for 8.9”), perfect 100% sRGB color accuracy, reduced glare, dynamic image contrast, and improved brightness for better viewing in any lighting conditions.

Powerful quad-core Snapdragon 800 processor running at 2.2 GHz provides over 3x the processing power compared to the previous generation, plus the latest graphics engine and 2x more memory for fast and fluid performance. These are the only tablets with a processor over 2 GHz.

Startlingly light design—at just 13.2 ounces, the 8.9” Kindle Fire HDX is the lightest large-screen tablet, 34% lighter than the previous generation.

Powered by the latest version of Fire OS—Fire OS 3.0 “Mojito”—with hundreds of new and upgraded features, platform updates, and Amazon-exclusive services like X-Ray for Music, Cloud Collections, Goodreads, and more.

New Mayday button delivers revolutionary live tech support—one touch connects you to an Amazon expert who can guide you remotely through any feature—24x7, 365 days a year, and it’s free. 15 seconds or less is the Mayday response time goal.

All-day battery life—up to 11 hours of mixed use and 17 hours of reading.

Updated email, calendar, and Silk browser to stay connected and productive.

New enterprise features including hardware and software-encryption, Kerberos Intranet, secure Wi-Fi connections, VPN integration, and wireless printing.

Both HDX 7” and 8.9” available with ultra-fast 4G LTE wireless. Available on the AT&T network, and for the first time on the Verizon Wireless network.

Dual stereo speakers with Dolby Digital Plus audio and virtual 5.1 multi-channel surround sound—the standard in high-end audio.

Front-facing HD camera makes it easy to stay in touch with Skype, plus a new 8 megapixel wide- aperture rear-facing camera on the 8.9” Fire HDX offers crisp photos and 1080p HD video.

Best video experience on a tablet with new Amazon-exclusive features like Prime Instant Video downloads, Second Screen, and expanded X-Ray for Movies and TV.

Deep integration with the world's best content ecosystem—over 27 million movies, TV shows, songs, apps, games, books, audiobooks and magazines.

New Origami covers feature an innovative design that allows you to position Fire HDX in both portrait and landscape.

“It’s been just two years since we introduced the first Kindle Fire, and the team is innovating at an unbelievable speed,” said Jeff Bezos, Amazon.com Founder and CEO. “2.2 GHz processor, 339 ppi display, new 34% lighter design, Fire OS 3.0, and new exclusive features like the Mayday button, X-Ray for Music, Second Screen, and Prime Instant Video downloads. We’ve worked hard to pack this much hardware, innovation, and customer obsession into these prices.” World-Class Hardware First-Ever, Exclusive HDX Display—Beyond HD Amazon’s exclusive HDX display brings together exceptional pixel density (1920x1200 at 323 ppi for 7”, 2560x1600 at 339 ppi for 8.9”) and perfect color accuracy (100% sRGB), resulting in images and videos that display as the photographer or videographer intended. The new display also features dynamic image contrast, a unique algorithm that adjusts the color of each pixel depending on the ambient brightness in order to maximize contrast. This makes images and videos even easier to see in any lighting conditions, including outdoors. See a video: www.amazon.com/display. 2.2 GHz, Quad-Core Processor and 2x the RAM Kindle Fire HDX tablets are the first tablets powered by the most advanced quad-core Snapdragon 800 processor. These are the only tablets with a processor over 2 GHz—the four cores can each run at 2.2GHz, providing 28 billion instructions per second—over 3x the processing power of the previous generation Kindle Fire HD. Fire HDX also doubles the RAM to 2GB, resulting in faster app launch times, faster website load times, smoother multi-tasking, and better overall performance. New Graphics Engine Perfect for Gaming The new Adreno 330 graphics engine on Kindle Fire HDX delivers 4x the graphics performance of the previous generation Kindle Fire HD. This combination of a new graphics engine, HDX display, quad-core processor, and 2x the memory creates a more immersive, high-frame rate HD gaming experience. Lightest Large-Screen Tablet—13.2 ounces, 34% Lighter Amazon integrated the capacitive touch layer directly into the glass display on Fire HDX, leaving a lighter single layer instead of the typical 2-layer display stack. The Kindle Fire HDX 8.9” frame is a single-piece of machined magnesium with a blend of glass and nylon molded onto the unibody to create openings for the antennas and maximize signal strength without sacrificing sturdiness. The result is the lightest large-screen tablet—at just 13.2 ounces, it is 34% lighter than the previous generation large-screen Fire HD tablet. 11 Hours of Battery, Up to 17 Hours for Reading Even with all this additional power, Fire HDX still delivers 11 hours of mixed use battery life. When you are reading, Fire HDX automatically powers down the CPU and any unnecessary system components and stores the displayed text in dedicated, low-power memory—the result is up to 17 hours of battery life for reading. 8MP Rear-Facing Camera for Kindle Fire HDX 8.9” Both the 7” and 8.9” Kindle Fire HDX feature a front-facing HD camera to help you stay in touch with friends and family with Skype. Fire HDX 8.9” features an 8 megapixel rear-facing camera that allows for high-resolution photos and 1080p HD video, plus an LED flash, Electronic Image Stabilization, and a wide-aperture 5P f2.2 lens that lets in more light, reducing exposure times and producing sharper images. See a video:www.amazon.com/fire-camera. New Origami Covers New origami-style cover design provides a simple stand for both portrait and landscape positions, and attaches magnetically so it’s easy to take on and off. The cover for the 8.9” Fire HDX features a custom slide feature that quickly exposes the rear-facing camera and automatically launches the camera application so you won’t miss a great photo opportunity. See a video: www.amazon.com/quickpic. The Mayday Button Revolutionary On-Device Tech Support from Amazon’s Tech Advisors Having trouble or want to learn how to use a new feature? Simply tap the Mayday button in Quick Settings, and an Amazon expert will appear on your Fire HDX and can co-pilot you through any feature by drawing on your screen, walking you through how to do something yourself, or doing it for you—whatever works best. 15 seconds or less is the Mayday response time goal. Mayday is available 24x7, 365 days a year, and it’s free. See the separate press release on the Mayday button and preview three upcoming TV ads that show how the Mayday button works: www.amazon.com/mayday. New Amazon-Exclusive Features and Services Fire OS 3.0 “Mojito” Kindle Fire HDX is powered by the newest version of Fire OS – Fire OS 3.0 “Mojito”, which introduces hundreds of new and upgraded features, Amazon-exclusive services, platform updates and more. Fire OS starts with Android and adds cloud services, a content-first user interface, built-in media libraries, productivity apps and low-level platform enhancements to integrate Amazon’s digital content and improve performance for Kindle Fire tablets. If an app runs on Android, it can run on Fire OS. Read more: www.amazon.com/fireos. Download Prime Instant Videos on Kindle Fire HDX to Watch Anywhere Prime Instant Video is the only U.S. online subscription streaming service that enables offline viewing—on a plane, on vacation, and anywhere else where you may not have Wi-Fi. Tens of thousands of Prime Instant Videos are now available for download on Fire HDX. If you are new to Prime, you get one free month of Amazon Prime when you purchase Fire HDX. All-New X-Ray for Music Amazon is expanding X-Ray to music by adding lyrics that let you follow along with songs. Lyrics display and scroll automatically line-by-line as the song plays. See a screenshot: www.amazon.com/x-ray. X-Ray for Movies and TV—Now Even Better Customer-favorite X-Ray for Movies and TV now shows the names of songs as they play as well as a list of all music in the movie or TV show, and lets you jump to the scene in which a particular song is playing. X-Ray also shows trivia items in context with the action on the screen. For example, in The Godfather when Clemenza tells his henchman to “leave the gun, take the cannoli”, X-Ray alerts you that actor Richard Castellano ad-libbed that famous line of dialog. X-Ray for TV also provides character backstories so you can easily remind yourself of the character’s history. X-Ray is offered only by Amazon and is powered by IMDb. Second Screen Lets Others Join In Fling TV shows and movies from your tablet to your big-screen TV using Second Screen, which turns your TV into the primary screen and frees up your Fire HDX to provide playback controls, a customized display for X-Ray, or simply a place to email, browse the web, and more while you watch a movie. Second Screen will be available starting next month for PlayStation 3 and Samsung TVs, and later this year for PlayStation 4. You can also wirelessly mirror movies, TV shows and photos from your tablets to your big-screen TV with Miracast-enabled accessories or TVs. Stay Connected with Expanded Email, Docs, and Printing With the new email on Fire HDX, it is easier than ever to set up your accounts, group conversations by subject, sync your email and more. Reading and managing documents on Fire HDX is simple: email them, sync them from a computer with Cloud Drive, clip them from the web with Send to Kindle, or transfer them via USB. Coming mid-November as part of the free, over-the-air Fire OS 3.1 update—print documents, photos, emails, and calendar events directly from Kindle Fire to compatible wireless printers. Complete Enterprise Support Fire HDX is ready for work, with support for encryption of the user partition of the device to secure data; support for Kerberos authentication so corporate users can browse secure intranet websites; the ability to connect to secure enterprise Wi-Fi networks as well as corporate networks via a native or a 3^rd party VPN client; and Mobile Device Management solutions ranging from Amazon’s Whispercast service to 3^rd party vendors like AirWatch, Citrix, Fiberlink, Good Technology, and SOTI. Some of these features will be delivered as part of the Fire OS 3.1 update. See the separate press release on enterprise features: www.amazon.com/kindle-enterprise. Cloud Collections Organize your books, newspapers, magazines, and apps in customized collections for easy reference, and Amazon’s Whispersync technology synchronizes the collections across your Kindle devices and reading apps so they’re available on all of your devices. Cloud Collections will be available as part of the Fire OS 3.1 update. Goodreads on Kindle Fire Join over 20 million other readers and see what your friends are reading, share highlights, and rate the books you read with Goodreads on Kindle, available exclusively from Amazon. Goodreads will be available as part of the Fire OS 3.1 update. See screenshots: www.amazon.com/goodreads. Accessibility Features Blind and visually impaired customers will discover new and improved accessibility tools such as Screen Reader, Explore by Touch, and Screen Magnifier, enabling access to the vast majority of Kindle Fire features. Screen Reader features IVONA’s award-winning natural language text-to-speech voice. New Exclusive Deals for Kindle Fire Owners Kindle Fire’s Special Offers are better than ever with exclusive limited-time, limited-quantity deals available directly from the lock screen. These deals are similar to Lightning Deals that run on Amazon.com, but with even greater savings. The first deal, available in the coming weeks, will be the Madden NFL 25 video game for $5 (92% off). See screenshots: www.amazon.com/offers. All the Content The Kindle Fire family offers the best selection of digital content—over 27 million movies, TV shows, songs, apps, games, books, audiobooks and magazines—including hundreds of thousands of exclusives:

Over 150,000 movies and TV episodes—stream or download, purchase or rent.

Tens of thousands of popular movies and TV episodes are available at no additional cost for Prime members with Prime Instant Video, the exclusive subscription streaming home to shows like Downton Abbey, Under the Dome, Justified, Dora the Explorer, Blues Clues and many more.

The most popular apps and games. Apps are tested for the Amazon Appstore and Kindle Fire.

Millions of songs—stream, download, and store purchases for free in the cloud for access anytime, anywhere.

Hundreds of magazines and newspapers.

Millions of books, including hundreds of thousands of titles that are exclusive to the Kindle Store. Over a million titles are $4.99 or less, over 1.7 million are $9.99 or less.

Over 400,000 titles available for Prime members who own a Kindle to borrow for free as part of Kindle Owners’ Lending Library.

Over 150,000 professionally-narrated audiobook titles, with free samples to listen to before buying.

“Buy Once, Enjoy Everywhere” with the Best Cross-Platform Interoperability With apps available on the largest number of devices and platforms, Amazon makes it easier than ever to access your content anytime, anywhere. Use the Kindle, Amazon Instant Video, Amazon MP3 and Amazon Appstore for Android apps to “Buy Once, Enjoy Everywhere.” No other company offers the same level of flexibility with your content. Pricing & Availability The 7” Kindle Fire HDX is $229. It is available for pre-order starting today at www.amazon.com/hdx-7 and it will begin shipping October 18. The 4G version is $329—you can pre-order today to reserve your place in line atwww.amazon.com/4g-hdx-7 and it will begin shipping November 14. The 8.9” Kindle Fire HDX is $379. It is available for pre-order starting today at www.amazon.com/hdx and it will begin shipping on November 7. The 4G version is $479—you can pre-order today to reserve your place in line atwww.amazon.com/4g-hdx and it will begin shipping December 10. About Amazon.com Amazon.com, Inc. (NASDAQ: AMZN), a Fortune 500 company based in Seattle, opened on the World Wide Web in July 1995 and today offers Earth’s Biggest Selection. Amazon.com, Inc. seeks to be Earth’s most customer-centric company, where customers can find and discover anything they might want to buy online, and endeavors to offer its customers the lowest possible prices. Amazon.com and other sellers offer millions of unique new, refurbished and used items in categories such as Books; Movies, Music & Games; Digital Downloads; Electronics & Computers; Home & Garden; Toys, Kids & Baby; Grocery; Apparel, Shoes & Jewelry; Health & Beauty; Sports & Outdoors; and Tools, Auto & Industrial. Amazon Web Services provides Amazon’s developer customers with access to in-the-cloud infrastructure services based on Amazon’s own back-end technology platform, which developers can use to enable virtually any type of business. Kindle Paperwhite is the world’s best-selling and most advanced e-reader. It features new display technology with higher contrast, the next generation built-in light, a faster processor, the latest touch technology, and exclusive new features designed from the ground up for readers. Kindle, the lightest and smallest Kindle, features improved fonts and faster page turns. The new Kindle Fire HDX features a stunning exclusive 7” or 8.9” HDX display, a quad-core 2.2 GHz processor, 2x more memory, and 11 hours of battery life, as well as exclusive new features of Fire OS 3.0 including X-Ray for Music, Second Screen, Prime Instant Video downloads, and the revolutionary new Mayday button. The all-new Kindle Fire HD includes an HD display, high-performance processor and dual speakers at a breakthrough price.

Android 4.4 "Kit Kat" Won't Waterproof Your Phone Either

Kellen — Tue, 24 Sep 2013 15:49:22 +0000

Guess what, a software update can't actually waterproof your phone. A phone (at least any of today's current models) can't sense "changes in thermo-distribution" and shut your phone down should it come in contact with water. What am I referring to? This week's iOS 7 waterproofing debacle of course. For those not familiar, a fake ad that spread across these vast interwebs over the weekend claimed that an update to iOS 7 would waterproof your phone and that "Apple's warranty policy" covers it. Users who upgraded then decided it was a good idea to test this new magic waterproofing. You can imagine the outcome. This story has so many lulz in it. Not that we would ever expect you to believe that a software update could physically change the hardware of a smartphone, we just want to make sure it's clear before something similar potentially happens when Android 4.4 "Kit Kat" is released in the coming months, that you are covered. OK, that's mostly a lie. We really just wanted to take this opportunity to laugh at those who updated to iOS 7 this week and then proceeded to dunk their phones in water. Cheers Josh!

Apple Reportedly Paid EA a 'Truckload' of Money to Keep Plants vs. Zombies 2 a Temporary iOS Exclusive

Eric — Tue, 24 Sep 2013 14:32:54 +0000

The timeline has gone from "early summer" to "summer" all the way down to "sometime this fall." Even still, PopCap and EA assure us that Plants vs. Zombies 2 is coming eventually. The delay of the Android version of this game has gotten out of hand, but news today straight from inside EA say that there is a reason behind it: Apple has paid to keep it delayed. According to multiple sources that were listening in on an internal EA town hall meeting today, Frank Gibeau, head of EA Labels, dropped the news rather frankly, "Apple gave us a truckload of money to delay the Android version [of Plants vs Zombies 2]." Apple has since reached out and denied that this statement is true, saying that no money has changed hands, but also refused to elaborate on the existence of a deal between them and EA or PopCap. Despite the denial, GiantBomb is reporting that the Chinese version of the game is outselling the iOS version 6 to 1 in that market, which would certainly support the story. I would like to say that this is surprising, but big names in the video game market like Microsoft and Sony shell out big money to keep games and special content exclusive to their consoles. In those cases however, it is usually a bit more transparent than the runaround that PopCap has been giving Android fans of the game. Still waiting on Plants vs. Zombies 2 or have you given up hope? Via: GiantBomb

'Sold' is Your Answer to Avoiding Stranger Danger Craigslist Meet-ups to Sell Your Phone

Tim — Tue, 24 Sep 2013 13:51:53 +0000

[youtube]http://youtu.be/JYr8kcV3VLk[/youtube]

If you are the type of person who doesn't care to hang on to devices you are no longer using, then it's likely that you attempt to sell them. There are many different ways to do that, though. There are sites like Gazelle or the more-interesting route of meeting up with a stranger you met off of Craigslist, while in the back of your mind hoping they don't attempt to rob you. Don't kid yourself, it does happen. A service called Sold has been made available for Android device users, which should take out all of the hard work in the process of selling a phone. The way Sold works is very simple, and kind of like Gazelle. With Sold, you snap some pictures of your device, then send them in for the device to be appraised by a real person, not a robot or lumped-together evaluation process. Once you are given an offer, you can choose to accept or decline. There is no requirement to sell if you don't like the offer. If you accept, Sold sends you a box for the device to be shipped in. Once Sold receives the device, money gets sent to you. Sounds pretty straightforward to us. For reference, the site claims that you can get up to $391 for an HTC One, $447 for the Galaxy S4, $437 for a Galaxy Note 2, and $87 for a Galaxy Nexus. Big money for those Nexus phones. /s If you happen to try it out, let us know what you think. There is an official Android app on Google Play to help you get started. Play Link Via: Sold

YouTube Comments Soon Won't be so Terrible Thanks to Google+

Kellen — Tue, 24 Sep 2013 13:30:23 +0000

This news isn't necessarily Android-related, but YouTube is as big of a Google service as any, and we wanted to make sure you were aware. Comments on YouTube videos and in channel discussion tabs will no longer be quite as terrible thanks to the incorporation of Google+ comments. The discussion tab comment overhaul has already begun, but comments in actual video pages won't rollout for some time, though you can see an example of what they will look like above. Also, with new comments come new features. For example, as you browse through YouTube videos that have the new G+ comments, you'll see the comments you "care about" move to the top. In other words, comments from popular personalities, friends in G+ circles, or the video's creator will be easily seen rather than the trolling responses that fill up popular channels.. The rest of the new goodies can be found below:

Comments you care about move to the top: You’ll see posts at the top of the list from the video’s creator, popular personalities, engaged discussions about the video, and people in your Google+ Circles.
Join the conversation publicly or privately: You can choose to start a conversation so that it is seen by everyone on YouTube and Google+, only people in your Circles or just your bestie. Like Gmail, replies are threaded so you can easily follow conversations.
Better ways to moderate comments: You have new tools to review comments before they’re posted, block certain words or save time by auto-approving comments from certain fans. These can help you spend less time moderating, and more time sharing videos and connecting with your fans.

I know we often say "it's about time" when referring to tech products, but holy sh*t, Google, it's about time we overhauled YouTube comments. And last, have you subscribed to the Droid Life channel yet? Go do it. Via: YouTube Blog

Contest: Win 1 of 11 Nexus 7 (2013) Cruzerlite Cases!

Kellen — Tue, 24 Sep 2013 12:01:02 +0000

A couple of weeks ago, we took a look at Cruzerlite's new cases for the Nexus 7 (2013), also mentioning that we had a bunch of them to give away. Today, we're following up on that promise by launching an easy contest that will land 11 of you with a brand new case from our friend's at Cruzerlite. We have colors ranging from red to grey to pink, all of which you'll have a chance to win by tomorrow morning. To check our Cruzerlite's ever-growing line of affordable cases for your Android devices, hit up their store. Ready?

Contest

Prizes: 11 Cruzerlite Nexus 7 cases for 11 different winners. How to enter: a Rafflecopter giveaway Winners: Tomorrow (9/25), we'll randomly choose winners at 10AM Pacific.

Speedtest 3.0 Coming to Android This Week, Goodbye Ancient UI

Kellen — Tue, 24 Sep 2013 10:37:20 +0000

According to Ookla's Twitter account, we should see a revamped Speedtest 3.0 app arrive on Android this week. In the teaser pic posted this morning, we get a glimpse at the end of an era in terms of ancient smartphone app design. The Speedtest app - which has 10-50 million downloads on Google Play - has long-been our source for LTE, HSPA+, and WiFi speedtests from mobile devices, but has also been one of the most cringe-worthy in terms of appearance. In fact, the official screenshots for the app date back to pre-Gingerbread - likely Froyo territory. The app pictured looks decent, outside of its wild neon color scheme. Anything is an improvement over the current and very neglected offering from Ookla. The layout appears to remain the same, with Speedtes, Results, Settings, and About buttons layering the bottom. As Adam has already mentioned in the comments, it looks exactly like the iOS version. Hopefully, it does a better job at finding the closest server for more accurate results. Play Link Via: @Ookla | Android Police

Samsung Introduces ISOCELL, an "Innovative" New Image Sensor Tech for Premium Smartphones

Kellen — Tue, 24 Sep 2013 08:58:54 +0000

Samsung announced a new image sensor technology this morning for premium smartphones and tablets that "substantially increases light sensitivity and effectively controls the absorption of electrons, resulting in higher color fidelity even in poor lighting conditions." It's called ISOCELL, and it should enhance image quality and user experience as a new advanced pixel technology for CMOS sensors. With ISOCELL, there is a physical barrier between pixels that decreases crosstalk. In other words, you'll see richer, sharper, and more accurate colors (sample image below).

The technology is currently patent pending, but Samsung already has the technology built into an 8MP imager that utilizes a 1.12um ISOCELL pixel and has a 1/4inch optical format. It's currently sampling, with mass production expected to begin in Q4 2013. Since Samsung doesn't have any other major phones on the 2013 calendar that we can think of, are we looking at the Galaxy S5 as one of the first to sport this new camera tech? Via: Samsung Tomorrow

EA's New Free to Play Strategy Continues with the Launch of FIFA 14 on Android

Eric — Tue, 24 Sep 2013 08:18:54 +0000

Game giant EA doesn't really have the best reputation around the gaming world as of late. They are hoping though, that a few changes to their mobile strategy can fix that this year with the biggest change being that their sports apps have gone free-to-play. FIFA is the largest soccer game in the world and with the launch of FIFA 14 for mobile, those numbers are certainly about to go even higher. FIFA features 33 separate leagues and 600 different licensed teams. The game engine has been retooled with touch controls that allows for better shooting, passing and moving with fingers and thumbs on your screen. The overall game has been optimized so that you can play it on a regular size device or tablet screens and it will still look good. EA's Ultimate Team makes another appearance in this game and basically turns virtual trading cards into a team you can actually play with. Honestly, UT is one of the most addicting game modes in any sports game out there right now, always tearing open new packs of cards trying to get better ones. Unfortunately, free-to-play means that you won't have the full game experience just from downloading. FIFA's Manager, Tournament and Kick-Off modes can be unlocked with "upgrades" or payments so that you can actually play them. However, if you are looking for the deepest soccer experience on a mobile device, the newest FIFA is always a good place to start. Play Link

Working iMessage App Comes to Android, Probably Should Stay Clear

Eric — Tue, 24 Sep 2013 07:36:52 +0000

While Blackberry continues to fail at putting out their BBM service for Android and iOS, another messaging service is now available for Android users. iMessage has long been one of the secret weapons of the iPhone, giving a very robust instant messaging service built in alongside SMS delivery as well. If you have a lot of friends with iPhones that use iMessage, this ~~app might be worth looking into~~, in a shady, back-alley way. In other words, be careful or completely avoid. Avoiding might be the best action here. The app itself is pretty barebones overall. Once installed, you login to your AppleID and then you get the choice to either try and import contacts from your phone or add them yourself. Lots of users are having trouble with each step of the process, but after installing and signing into my account I was off and bugging ~~Ron~~ my friends with iPhones pretty quickly. There are no ads built into this app and it is completely free to download. The developer says that the point is so that "everyone can chat via iMessage on Android for free." Certainly a noble cause, but you have to wonder if Apple will let this Android application continue to have access to their proprietary messaging system for that much longer or how much data it is stealing from you. If are desperate enough to use this, please note (again) that it does require you to give your AppleID and password into an app that we aren't completely sure how the back-end works. Definitely use at your own risk if you like to keep your security priorities straight. Update: If it wasn't clear enough, we aren't/weren't recommending that anyone actually use this app. It's about as shady as it gets. Play link removed for those who can't read. Title even updated. Moving on! Update 2: If you really need to know why it's so shady, read this.

Head of BBM at BlackBerry: Delay to Take Time, Won't Launch This Week

Tim — Mon, 23 Sep 2013 16:56:01 +0000

The official launch of BBM for Android and iOS was delayed this past Saturday, after what BlackBerry calls a foul up due to an older version of BBM hitting the web, pretty much crashing the BBM system. The users of the leaked version, which hit 1 million+, sent too much data to servers, which then, "impacted the service in an abnormal way." Today, the head of BBM at BlackBerry, Andrew Bocking, says a lot of work needs to be done to fix the problem, so launch won't be happening anytime this week.

The team is now focused on adjusting the system to completely block this unreleased version of the Android app when we go live with the official BBM for Android app. We are also making sure that the system is reinforced to handle this kind of scenario in the future. While this may sound like a simple task – it’s not. This will take some time and I do not anticipate launching this week.

Bocking goes on to thank users and potential users for their patience. Considering we have already been waiting almost a couple of years, I think we can all handle another week, right? Via: BlackBerry

Full Changelog for T-Mobile Moto X Update Build 139.12.57

Kellen — Mon, 23 Sep 2013 15:15:41 +0000

As we mentioned this morning, we've had a solid week to test out a new update that Motorola began pushing to the T-Mobile version of its Moto X. The biggest addition to this update was an upgraded camera experience that we have seen pretty positive results from. In fact, you could argue that this was a massive upgrade to a camera that most were not satisfied with out of the box. We have all sorts of pictures to prove the benefits of this upgrade here that I highly recommend you check out. But the camera wasn't the only improvement that Motorola made. In a support document posted to Motorola's site under the T-Mobile Moto X, we can see that all sorts of minor (yet really important) changes were made. The speed at which you can jump in between the gallery and camera is now greatly improved, Touchless Control is more accurate, Motorola Migrate transfers should work better, choppy audio has been eliminated from voice calls, and more. Here is the full list:

Camera – Improved Photo Quality: Improved capture of natural light (auto-white balance) and color accuracy for more precise exposure in outdoor and backlit scenes
Camera – Improved Focus: Faster touch to focus time and reduced unnecessary refocusing in low light conditions and scenes with continuous motion
Camera – Faster Switching: Shortened the time it takes to switch between rear and front-facing cameras, as well as transition between the viewfinder and the Gallery app
Enhanced Touchless Control: Increased accuracy and responsiveness when using Touchless Control, and added easier training of the “OK Google Now” trigger
Improved Motorola Migrate Experience: Improved transfer of content from an old Android phone to a new Motorola phone
Google Drive – 50GB Promotion: Added a promotion expiration date - customers have 30 days from phone activation or installation of this update to redeem the 50GB offer
Calling – Improved Voice Quality: Fixed an issue that could sometimes result in choppy audio being heard by the person you’re talking with on your Moto X
Moto Care – Lost Device Finder: Fixed an issue that could sometimes prevent a lost phone from reporting its location to the Moto Care Lost Device Finder service
Motorola Assist – Driving Detection: Fixed an issue that could sometimes cause the phone to read out text messages and announce calls when not in Drive mode

Still no word on when other carrier Moto Xs will receive this update, but since this is Motorola's flagship, we can't imagine they want users waiting long. Via: Motorola Support

Android Device Manager Now Allows Users to Change Passwords Remotely

Tim — Mon, 23 Sep 2013 14:30:37 +0000

Not too long ago, Google introduced Android Device Manager, a service that allows Android device owners to remotely track and secure their devices. Google continues to develop the service, and this week, Google added in the ability to change your device's pin/password or even set a new password from a desktop remotely. Even if a password is not set on your device, you can set one if you think your device is in trouble. Pretty good looking out, Google. If you have yet to activate this service, then we highly recommend doing this. This is the easiest way you can secure your phone from unwanted use. To activate, head into the Google Settings app, choose "Android Device Manager," and then check both boxes. To try out the new feature, follow the via down below and find your phone. Via: Android Device Manager

HTC One Developer Edition Receiving Android 4.3 This Week

Kellen — Mon, 23 Sep 2013 14:06:57 +0000

After deciding that the Android 4.2.2 update was too minor to worry about here in the States, HTC will go ahead and push Android 4.3 to the HTC One Developer Edition this week. Jason Mackenzie, HTC’s president of global sales, took to Twitter this afternoon to announce the news. The update will include the latest Sense 5 experience, along with a number of Android enhancements (notification toggles for one) that were introduced in 4.2. Updates to carrier versions are still on the horizon, as HTC continues to get them certified. Nothing was announced today. We aren't sure what's happening with the DROID DNA, but it was supposed to receive 4.3 before the end of September as well. We recently saw Verizon post a changelog with mentions of Sense 5 and what looked to be at least Android 4.2, so we'd imagine the update will arrive before long. We'll also assume that when they say "developer edition" they also mean the unlocked variant for the U.S.

Via: @JasonMacHTC [2]

Amazon Hosting 72-Hour Sale For New Sprint Customers, $0.01 HTC One and $50 Galaxy S4

Tim — Mon, 23 Sep 2013 13:24:58 +0000

For the next 72 hours (three days), Amazon is hosting a sale for new Sprint customers (or customers adding a line of service to an existing account), offering top tier devices for rock bottom prices. When signing up on a new agreement, the HTC One can be purchased for $0.01, and the Samsung Galaxy S4 for $49.99. Any color of the device can be bought, including the special Red One from HTC, plus the Purple Galaxy S4 from HTC. Not too shabby if Sprint's network isn't too bad in your area. Buy:

Via: Amazon

T-Mobile G1 and Android Celebrate 5th Year Anniversary Today

Kellen — Mon, 23 Sep 2013 12:58:16 +0000

Five years ago today, Google and T-Mobile took the stage at a press event in NYC to unveil the T-Mobile G1 (made by HTC) as the first device to run Android. As you all know now, Android is the number 1 mobile operating system in the game across the globe, and it's not really even close at this point. But to think in 2008 that the original G1 would be the starting point to what we have now, is almost unimaginable. Certainly, there were those who had the vision to see its eventual power, but boy have we come a long way. In a post to his G+ account, T-Mobile Sr. product manager Des Smith talks about the G1 launch, the weeks leading up to its unveiling, testing prototypes the night before, and eventually participating in the press event that included the recently-departed Andy Rubin on stage, along with a surprise appearance by Sergey Brin and Larry Page on rollerblades. Oh, and 3G, people! 3G! We weren't around for the G1 unveiling, as we got our start during the original DROID launch a year later in 2009. That said, I've spent the last hour or so watching old G1 reviews to gain some perspective and also to laugh a little. Any G1 memories or thoughts to share?

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EQ2a9HVqqtg[/youtube]

Via: +Des Smith

eBay Selling New 32GB Nexus 10 Tablets for Only $360

Tim — Mon, 23 Sep 2013 11:35:36 +0000

eBay is hosting a deal on new Nexus 10 32GB tablets, priced at just $359.99. That's $140 less than what they are listed for on Google Play. The Nexus 10 is still a well-performing device, still getting timely updates from Google. With a 10.1" display (2560 x 1600) and Exynos 5 dual-core processor, this tablet will still make any Android fan happy. Again, these are new and not refurbished. Not a bad deal if a Nexus tablet has been on your wishlist. Via: eBay Cheers Chris!

This Coupon Will Score You $75 Off Any Samsung Tablet at Staples

Tim — Mon, 23 Sep 2013 10:45:41 +0000

When better to buy a Samsung-made tablet than when you have a coupon that scores you $75 off? Only redeemable in-stores, this coupon can be put towards any Samsung tablet that Staples carries, so if you are in the market and have a Staples near you, don't miss the opportunity. The coupon expires this coming Saturday, 9/28. If you need some inspiration as to what tablet to get, Staples currently carries the Galaxy Tab II, the Galaxy Tab 3, Galaxy Note 8.0, and the list truly goes on and on. They have a lot of tablets. Link to Coupon Cheers jb!

Moto X Camera Update: New vs. Old Software Photo Comparison (Updated)

Kellen — Mon, 23 Sep 2013 10:01:24 +0000

A new software update is rolling out to the T-Mobile Moto X variant starting today with a focus on improving the camera experience. We have had the pleasure of testing the software for about a week now, and have results to share with you below. With two Moto X phones in house, we had the opportunity to take a variety of shots in a variety of settings with a tripod to get a bunch of before and after photos. One thing is clear, the camera is certainly improved post-update. Here are the changes according to Motorola:

Enhanced auto-white balance performance and color accuracy
Improved exposure in outdoor and backlit scenes
Reduced noise in low light scenes

From our test results, you'll see a pretty dramatic increase in color accuracy after the update. Photos no longer look like they have a brownish tint and actually show color where you wouldn't have seen it previously. Take for example the picture below of a spare bedroom in my house that shows a white dresser up against a dark blue wall. The new camera software picks up the blue tint behind the white dresser, while the old camera shows the wall as almost a grey or charcoal color, along with a yellowish dresser. You'll see the change in most outdoor shots as well, with sky looking bright blue and green shining through on vegetation, where the old camera software left the sky looking pale and greenery looking lifeless. The only area I noticed a decline in performance was in extreme low light. I found that the new camera software couldn't quite display as much of a dark closet, but I think I can live with the color accuracy improvements over extreme low light performance decreasing. How often do you need to take a picture in a completely dark room? Other than that, I can't wait for this to rollout to everyone.

Samples

UPDATE: A number of readers asked to see how the camera update makes the Moto X compare to other top devices. Here are some tripod shots with the Moto X up against the Galaxy S4 (Google Play Edition) and the LG G2 (international variant).

So what do you think? Solid improvement?

Moto X Update Rolling Out to T-Mobile Variant, Should Improve Camera Image Quality

Kellen — Mon, 23 Sep 2013 10:00:58 +0000

Starting today, the T-Mobile Moto X variant will receive a new software update with a focus on improving the camera. As you probably know after reading our Moto X review, we felt as if the camera was one of the few sore spots that needed improvement, but were optimistic that Motorola could do so via software update. Today, they'll aim to address that issue just as we hoped, through tweaked camera software. Here are the areas of improvement in the camera:

Enhanced auto-white balance performance and color accuracy
Improved exposure in outdoor and backlit scenes
Reduced noise in low light scenes

We've already posted up a variety of comparison shots between the old and new camera software for you to view and judge. I'd say that we have seen pretty dramatic improvement in our tests, outside of low light performance declining a bit. Color accuracy is greatly improved overall. Before the update, images tended to look almost dead, unlively, and with a brownish tint. Post-update, we felt as if the Moto X camera was really able to capture color much more closely to how your eye sees it. We would imagine that other carrier variants will see a similar update, but have no word from Motorola on when that will happen.

Wireless Charging Accessories for Galaxy Note 3 to Include S View Cover and S Charger Kit

Tim — Mon, 23 Sep 2013 09:35:33 +0000

Previously, we wrote up a few of Samsung's upcoming accessories for the Galaxy Note 3, including a Mini Purse and even some more avant-garde products from fashion designers. Today we are looking at a few of the wireless charging accessories that Samsung is launching alongside the Galaxy Note 3, which were posted on Samsung's website recently. From what is posted on the site, the Note 3 will have a very healthy lineup of accessories, including an extra battery kit, S Charger Cover, S View Cover for wireless charging, an S Charger Kit, plus a Desktop Dock. None of the details for the products are quite known yet, but at least we now know what they will look like. No word on pricing, either. One thing everyone can give Samsung credit for is its new-found embrace of pushing out plenty of accessories for their flagship devices.

Via: Samsung Cheers Matt!

DROID MAXX Developer Edition Back in Stock for $649

Kellen — Mon, 23 Sep 2013 08:22:07 +0000

The DROID MAXX Developer Edition is now back in stock at Motorola's online shop for $649.99. After having initially gone live the 18th of September, this battery behemoth sold out within a few hours. If you'd like to make 3,500mAh of juice and 48 hour battery life a part of your daily digital ritual, I'd jump on this quickly before they are all gone again. Motorola is claiming that they have "never seen demand like this!" for developer editions of the Moto X and MAXX. On a related note, the Moto X Developer Edition for Verizon is also showing as back in-stock with a slashed price of $449. Problem is, once you add it to your cart, the price jumps back up to $649.99. This is clearly just an error on Motorola's site. So if you see this pop up, I hate to break it to you, but you won't be receiving the steal of the month.

Via: Motorola Cheers arcanexvi, Matt, Felipe, and billy!

Samsung Galaxy Note 3 and Galaxy Gear Arrives at Sprint on October 4 for $349

Kellen — Mon, 23 Sep 2013 08:13:40 +0000

Sprint announced this morning that the Samsung Galaxy Note 3 will be available in all sales channels on October 4 for the on-contract price of $349. They will have both black and white models in stock, along with Samsung's smartwatch, the Galaxy Gear. The Galaxy Gear will be priced at $299. If Sprint isn't your carrier of choice, we already know that T-Mobile will carry the Note 3 on October 2. Verizon is taking pre-orders, with an expected ship date of around October 10 or 12. AT&T expects their pre-orders to ship around October 1. We went in-depth hands-on with the Note 3 back in the first week of September - be sure to check it out.

Oppo Announces the N1, Ships With Option to Flash CyanogenMod

Kellen — Mon, 23 Sep 2013 07:37:44 +0000

Oppo announced its new flagship, the N1, this morning at a press event in Beijing. As expected, thanks to a teaser, this phone will ship as the first with a Cyanogen Inc partnership. All that means in the end, is that the phone ships with Oppo's Color Android skin, but can easily be flashed to CyanogenMod using the stock recovery. Also, there will be special edition CyanogenMod versions of the phone that will ship with CM preinstalled. From a specs perspective, you are looking at a device with a 5.9" 1080p display (317ppi), 1.7GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 600 processor, 3,610mAh battery, 16GB or 32GB of storage, 2GB RAM, and a 13MP camera that can rotate from front to back at up to 206-degrees. The phone is made of a "ceramic-like material designed to keep your device free of fingerprints and smooth to the touch." As long as it's not made of LG or Samsung's materials of choice, we'll likely be happy with it. Probably the most interesting feature of the Oppo N1 comes via the backside of the device, which features a touch panel that allows you to scroll, tap, or snap photos without having to touch your display. The N1 also comes with an accessory called the O-Click Control, a Bluetooth LE device that allows you to remotely control your phone, but also keep track of it should you misplace it. The device will launch in December. No pricing has been announced.

Videos

[youtube]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Whb2PRU3m-U[/youtube]

[youtube]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CUHonCDcCQ8[/youtube]

Press Release

OPPO N1 – Return to Innovation
Sep 23, 2013
OPPO N1 Redefines Smartphone Photography with 5.9” Screen, Rotating Camera, and Rear Touch Panel
BEIJING – September 23, 2013 – OPPO today announced the launch of the OPPO N1, the first smartphone from their new N-Lens flagship series. The OPPO N1 was revealed to a crowd of over 600 international press, fans and developers in a stunning visual presentation at the AOYA Exhibition Center in Beijing. With the groundbreaking OPPO N1, the large screen, rotating camera, rear touch panel, and incredible design come together to create a whole new smartphone experience. World’s First Rotating Smartphone Camera The OPPO N1 realizes new possibilities in smartphone photography as the world’s first smartphone with a rotating camera. Its revolutionary camera rotates 206-degrees, and will securely lock at any angle. To help you capture breathtaking and vividly realistic images, OPPO N1 comes with Pure Image, a hardware and software photography solution. Pure Image on OPPO N1 features six physical lenses, an upgraded type 1/3.06 imaging module and f/2.0 wide aperture. Furthermore, OPPO partnered with leading optics companies to tailor make an image-processing solution for improved white balance, exposure and focus. OPPO N1 has a special light-diffusing LED flash design consisting of a normal flash for back facing shots, and a softer, diffused light for front facing shots, with brightness tunable from the OPPO N1 camera software. Your front facing shots will not only be just as good as back facing shots, they will also be perfectly lit. Easily accessible, the OPPO N1 camera will boot from a sleeping screen in just 0.6 seconds via a simple 120° rotation. The OPPO N1 camera also supports long exposure photography of up to 8 seconds. Beautiful Technology The OPPO N1 is wound by two finely cut chamfers running along the sides of the device which guard the immersive 5.9-inch display. More than a year of work and over 20 different designs ultimately led to the simple brilliance of the OPPO N1 and the small but intricate camera, tested to last through 100,000 rotations. Its full metal aluminum alloy frame is produced over a 20-day period, during which it undergoes a 14 step polishing process involving more than a dozen suppliers. Strengthening the core of the phone, the frame adds an air of solidity and style to the OPPO N1. The OPPO N1 phone body is made with a smooth, ceramic-like material designed to keep your device free of fingerprints and smooth to the touch. O-Touch Panel O-Touch is an entirely new way of using your smartphone. A 12 cm2 rear touch panel makes one handed use for the large N1 screen comfortable and easy. With O-Touch you can scroll, tap, or snap photos – all without your fingers blocking the display. O-Click Control O-Click lets you remotely operate the N1 camera even when you’re away from the device. Simply position the N1 and step back. If you misplace your device, find it by setting off an alarm on the phone. O-Click fits on your keychain and supports a range of up to 50 meters, staying connected to your OPPO N1 via Bluetooth (BLE). Innovation in Choice OPPO is committed to serve the smartphone market with an open attitude. OPPO N1 ships with Color (based on Android 4.2), a unique Android operating system with over 400 unique features and improvements over stock Android. CyanogenMod is the world’s most popular aftermarket Android operating system. International versions of the N1 come with Color, and also the ability to flash CyanogenMod directly from stock recovery. A limited OPPO N1 CyanogenMod Edition will ship with CyanogenMod preinstalled, the first CyanogenMod hardware product in the world. Available in 16GB or 32GB internal storage, the OPPO N1 is set to launch in early December.

Color

White

Dimensions

170.7 x 82.6 x 9 mm

Weight

213 g

Operating system

Color, based on Android 4.2

Processor

1.7 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon 600 Quad Core

GPU

Adreno 320

Memory

16 or 32 GB ROM / 2 GB RAM

Battery

3610 mAh

Display

5.9-inch, 1080p Full HD IPS display (1920 x 1080 pixels), 377 PPI

16 million colors

Multi-touch, capacitive screen

O-Touch

Slide up or down, left or right, tap, double tap and long press for different functionality

Rotating camera

13-megapixel sensor with dedicated ISP

Dual-mode LED

Aperture f/2.0

Normal, Panorama, High Speed, Rewind, Beautify, and Slow Shutter scene modes

Network

GSM: 850/900/1800/1900MHz

WCDMA: 850/900/1700/1900/2100MHz

Features

USB OTG

Bluetooth 4.0

5G Wi-Fi 802.11 ac

Wi-Fi Direct

Wi-Fi Display

GPS

Distance sensor

Light sensor

G-sensor

4D Gyroscope

In the box

OPPO N1

O-Click Bluetooth Remote Control

In-ear type earphones

Micro USB cable

Charger

SIM ejector tool

About OPPO OPPO is an international technology brand committed to designing beautiful technology products with an open attitude. Seeking to fuse technology and affection in all products, OPPO has been restless in the pursuit of the latest technology, the highest hardware quality standards and to delivering the element of positive surprise. For more information, please visit .

BBM for Android and iOS Put on Hold as Leak Overwhelms Blackberry

Kellen — Sun, 22 Sep 2013 10:08:32 +0000

BBM for Android was supposed to launch yesterday and never did. As many waited patiently (though, I don't know why) throughout the day without a release or update from Blackberry, a leak from the night before continued to circulate, giving many a first-hand look at the messaging service. By the late afternoon, Blackberry announced that they would not be launching because that leak had caused them problems. With over 1 million users installing the leaked app in such a short time, Blackberry could not keep up and has put it all on "pause." Here is the statement from Blackberry:

Prior to launching BBM for Android, an unreleased version of the BBM for Android app was posted online. The interest and enthusiasm we have seen already – more than 1.1 million active users in the first 8 hours without even launching the official Android app – is incredible. Consequently, this unreleased version caused issues, which we have attempted to address throughout the day. Our teams continue to work around the clock to bring BBM to Android and iPhone, but only when it’s ready and we know it will live up to your expectations of BBM. We are pausing the global roll-out of BBM for Android and iPhone. Customers who have already downloaded BBM for iPhone will be able to continue to use BBM. The unreleased Android app will be disabled, and customers who downloaded it should visit www.BBM.com to register for updates on official BBM for Android availability. As soon as we are able, we will begin a staggered country roll-out of BBM for Android and continue the roll-out of BBM for iPhone. Please follow @BBM on Twitter for the latest updates and go to www.BBM.com to sign-up for updates about BBM for Android and iPhone. These issues have not impacted BBM service for BlackBerry.

I'm just curious, what would they have done had they gone live and a few million people installed it? Maybe that leak was a blessing in disguise. Via: Inside Blackberry

After Dramatically Exiting CyanogenMod, Focal is Now Available on Google Play

Kellen — Sun, 22 Sep 2013 09:47:07 +0000

Shortly after CyanogenMod turned into Cyanogen Inc. last week, the camera app that had recently been incorporated into its code - called Focal - was removed with almost zero chance that it would ever return. (Oh, drama.) Thankfully (I think), the project will continue to live on through Google Play, currently in beta form for free. For those not familiar with Focal, you'll find an app that is fully-featured (assuming all of the features work on your phone) using a UI that requires gestures to bring up menus and other options. Things like burst mode, PhotoSphere, Panorama, and a number of manual settings can all be found. It's certainly a choice, if you aren't satisfied with your phone's current camera app, just expect there to be issues for now. Again, it's a beta. Play Link

Images Reportedly Show Android 4.4 "Kit Kat" UI Changes - New Dialer, Messaging, and More?

Kellen — Sun, 22 Sep 2013 09:21:36 +0000

Yesterday, the images we have included in this post were sent to 9to5Google as a potential first look at Android 4.4 "Kit Kat." Are they real or are they fake? That's the big question on the tech media's mind right now. The images show a familiar wallpaper, newly redesigned flat icons, and new UIs for both the dialer and messaging application. So are they the real deal? I don't think anyone really knows. They could be a brilliant troll job or they could be an early enough look at Kit Kat that shows all sorts of inconsistencies for Google to tidy up before launch. If we first take a look at the home screen picture (top left), you'll see a wallpaper that is by no means new, but that doesn't necessarily mean we should discount it. We have seen Google stick with Nexus wallpapers for extended periods of time, only adding on a couple of new ones from release to release. So by this person showing an old wallpaper, we can't necessarily say if these are fake or not.

This screen also shows newly redesigned flat icons that lack the shadowing of the current Google icon set. With Google's recent rebranding to a flattened "Google" logo, this move actually makes some sense if they want to remain consistent across the company. I also checked around at a variety of icon packs in the wild, and couldn't come up with one that matches this look. The closest is Holo, but the Music, Chrome, Dialer, Messaging, and Hangouts icons are all slightly different and not exact matches.

The third part to this first screen is where things get a bit wonky. You'll notice that the notification icons for WiFi, signal strength, and battery are all red. Now, there is a rumor circulating which suggests that Google will make notification bar colors customizable, but we're not understanding why only those three icons would change and not the clock or random "K" debug icon. Unless of course that isn't a debug icon? Tough to tell. If we look at the "About screen" image, you'll see a listing of Android 4.4, a 3.4 kernel built on August 30, and a build number for Android of KWS62B. Does that all look legit? Since I won't claim to be a kernel guru, it could very well be, but it's also information that could easily be faked. I've seen some suggest the kernel should be newer since this is Android 4.4, but that's up for you to decide. Moving on.

In these two images, we're looking at what could potentially be a brand new Dialer UI along with a revamped Messaging app. If we start with the Dialer, I'll just say this - it looks beautiful. Please be real. You have the three tabs up top for dialer, history, and contacts, just like you do with the current stock Android Dialer. Obviously, the color scheme has changed with more blue and white, and far less black. In fact, it matches up nicely with the current People app, which carries a similar style. The search, dial, and action overflow menus are placed exactly as they are now. The only odd piece here is the notification area once again. All of the icons are back to a white color scheme, but the notification bar is now semi-transparent so that you can see partial blue shining through from the Dialer app. That's a cool effect and all, but why wasn't the notification bar transparent on the home screen as well, or in the revamped Messaging app sitting next to it? Or maybe it's not transparent and it's simply a dark blue to match the blue from the app? Impossible to tell from this photo.

And speaking of the Messaging app, this could also potentially be its new UI. The icon in the middle is of Mr. Jingles, who became famous on Google+ as the notification icon. Since we are seeing Google make a massive push for G+ and to create some sort of cross-platform messaging system with Hangouts and G+ Messenger and Google Voice, this isn't at all surprising to see Mr. Jingles here. With that said, why aren't we eliminating the messaging app and just going with Hangouts at this point? Maybe Hangouts isn't ready to be a stand-alone messaging service just yet? Or maybe it never will be? The app does look great, though, since the stock Android Messaging app has been horrendous for years and in dire need of a makeover. The only other question here again, as I just mentioned, is the notification bar. In the Dialer image, we may have a transparent notification bar which shows the blue shining through, yet in this app, the notification bar has simply changed to a solid green to match the color scheme of the messaging app. Hello, inconsistency? Oh, the bottom navigation bar also looks transparent (at least to me) in the messaging app, but not anywhere else. In the end, I just don't know what to think. I really like what I'm seeing, that's for sure - it's just impossible to tell if any of this is real or not. Google has never been the king of consistency in anything they do, so to see inconsistent UI issues from one app to the next is not surprising at all. We also have seen decent UI changes whenever Google decides to rename a new version of Android. The changes from Froyo to Gingerbread to Ice Cream Sandwich were all intense, with the jump from ICS to Jelly Bean more of a polishing. If Kit Kat looks like these images, this would fall more in line with a polishing. Then again, in terms of looking at this as a leak, why were these pictures taken at such random times? For example, one photo was taken at 13:37 (1:30PM), but then we have two taken minutes apart at 01:55 and 01:57, with the last taken at 02:10. If this leak came from the same person, why not take them all at the same time? Was this a late night troll PhotoShopping-mock-up party that took hours to complete or am I looking too deep into that? You guys tell me. Do you like what you see? Is it all fake?

These images were also sent to Android Police who believe they are fake.

Via: 9to5Google Cheers David, Kidtronic, thedonxr, and Justin!

We'll Be Your Wingman This Weekend

Tim — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 22:08:20 +0000

We had fun during Episode 36 of The Droid Life Show this week, which happened to be National Cheeseburger Day, discussing topics ranging from seeing the Nexus 5 everywhere, our LG G2 review and CyanogenMod Inc. We also took some questions from this week's Q&A Session that was a bit of awkward fun. If you stick around to the end, you can even hear some of us rant about how great Grand Theft Auto 5 is. Shocker.

Moto X GSM Developer Edition Now Available for $650

Kellen — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 18:12:07 +0000

The Moto X Developer Edition for GSM networks (T-Mobile and AT&T here in the States) is now available from Motorola's online shop for $649.99. If you had been holding out for this two-toned version of Motorola's 2013 flagship, I would suggest jumping on it immediately. Both the Moto X Developer Edition for Verizon and DROID MAXX DE went live on Wednesday and sold out before the night was over. For those curious, this GSM version does work on both T-Mobile and AT&T's LTE networks. It also comes with 32GB of storage and a special two-toned paint job with the words "DEVELOPER EDITION" on its rump. We should point out that the fine print reads "due to high demand, your Moto X DE may take as long as 7 days to ship." Via: Motorola

This Week in the Life of DROID: 9/20/2013

Tim — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 16:39:33 +0000

We are nearing October, which means we should be seeing a ton more Kit Kat and Nexus 5 stories popping up, with a decent amount already out there. Shouldn't be too much longer before we finally see what Google has been working on. This week we posted our LG G2 review, we got our hands dirty with the new Google Wallet app, got confused by the incorporation of CyanogenMod, and flexed our minds on an Android 5.0 concept video. It was a fun week, full of excitement for the upcoming months. If you missed any of the action, here are the highlights.

Have a great weekend, folks!

Chart: Verizon Edge vs. AT&T Next vs. T-Mobile JUMP vs. Sprint One Up

Kellen — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 15:56:02 +0000

Now that Sprint has joined the other three major U.S. carriers by making their early upgrade plan official, we felt as if a simple chart was in store to help display most of the fine print from each. And while we wouldn't necessarily recommend that you participate in any of these outside of T-Mobile's, we know that monthly payment plans are an attractive option for those who want to keep current data plans and upgrade often. So below, to help those of you in that category out, you'll find a comparison of Verizon Edge, AT&T Next, T-Mobile JUMP!, and Sprint One Up. This isn't the money breakdown, which shows you how big of a rip-off the two plans from Verizon and AT&T are, because we already ran through those numbers. This is a chart that shows how each plan works, when you can upgrade, if there are fees attached, how many payments you'll make, if you can pay your phone off early, etc. Most of this stuff is pretty straight forward, but charts always make it easier to visualize and compare. Let us know if you have any questions!

SoundHound Announces Cloud Support - Allows Users to Sync, Save to the Cloud

Eric — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 14:10:13 +0000

The SoundHound app seems like it has been around for almost as long as Android, helping us to answer that age old question we have in bars of, "who sings this song?" Over that time, they have built up a userbase of over 170 million people around the world that use the app on more devices than just Android. Today, SoundHound announced a way to make using its app easier across multiple devices, and even platforms. Starting today, users who log into their SoundHound app are asked to login and create an account. Once that is finished, SoundHoud will save all of your recent song searches, your bookmarked songs, and your favorite artists and albums. Once this is uploaded to their new cloud service, logging into SoundHound on another Android device or a device on another platform will bring all of your data to you. This isn't the craziest use of cloud storage, but certainly will be a welcome addition to anyone who uses the application. Hit the link below to get your SoundHound on. Play Link

Here is the Front and Back of Verizon's Galaxy Note 3

Kellen — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 13:41:23 +0000

The Galaxy Note 3 is obviously the newest version of Samsung's popular oversized smartphone line with all sorts of new additions, but if there was one area where we were hoping to see an "Oh, hell naw!" from Samsung with a foot forcefully stomped to the ground, it would be over Verizon's branding of the phone's front home button. We made a colossal stink over the Galaxy Note 2's front-branded home button last year, and were prepared to go thermonuclear-Jobs-style-war again if the Note 3 had it. Thankfully, that won't be happening this time around. Verizon has already mentioned that this year's model wouldn't carry their logo on the front physical home button, but these new official images of the device posted to Best Buy give us an extra batch of relief. In the listing for the Galaxy Note 3 on Verizon, we get views of both the front and back. As you can see from the top image, the physical home button is as clean as can be. The backside on the other hand, does indeed feature Big Red logos of "Verizon" and "4G LTE," but those are pretty standard these days, just ask the HTC One. Mmmm, faux leather. So tasteful. (/s)

Via: Best Buy [2] Cheers Ray!

Droid Life Q&A Sessions: Volume 15 Answers

Tim — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 12:50:07 +0000

We have your answers to Volume 15 of the Droid Life Q&A Sessions. There were some great questions, so we took out a few of the best ones and placed them down below. A lot of readers seem interested in which phone is the best one to upgrade to, which according to our staff, is easily the Moto X. We gave our thoughts on an upcoming Google-made smartwatch, and discussed the spirituality of drinking beer. The questions are all over the place in terms of subjects, so have a look below and see if yours was answered. As a reminder – K is Kellen, T is Tim, R is Ron and E is Eric.

What is your least favorite feature that you wish was improved with Android?

E: To be honest, there's not a lot of things on Android that I dislike anymore. Our little OS has come a long way and Google has worked pretty well to fix all of the kinks out of it. If I had to choose something though, it would be that Google Now isn't integrated more into Android than it already is. I think Google has got something really, really cool with Now, so I'm excited to see how they try and bake it into Android a bit more. T: Text messaging on Android is pretty boring. If they would revamp that app or basically just finally give us a unified messaging service that combines, Google Voice, Hangouts and text messaging, I would be a happy camper. Tired of iMessage kicking our butts. R: My least favorite feature of Android is probably multitasking. I think Palm had it best with cards and Quick Launch, but I'd love to see more implementations. I think what Samsung did with the Note 3 and being able to draw in spaces for apps on top of other apps is cool. I also like what Paranoid Android Halo did with multitasking. I'd like to see some more innovation there. K: If we're talking stock Android, it's the camera app. The stock Android camera app has been terrible from day one, and even with updates over the course of a variety of builds, still remains the worst part about any Nexus product. Here's to hoping we see that change with Kit Kat and the Nexus 5!

Do you guys think that a mid-range phone (like the Moto X) will be sufficient for the next two years?

E: We're going to have to see. I think Moto has redefined what "mid range" is when they put this much work into the Moto X. The X8 Computing System that they added in seems to be a labor of love. It really takes whatever "mid range" specs the Moto X has and makes it shine, it's something you have to see for yourself. What we will have to see is whether or not the shine that the phone has now will hold up over the years. Obviously I'm willing to give it a shot since I bought one myself. T: The way we view and define "mid-range," at least in my mind, has been changed quite a bit since my time with the Moto X. The optimizations that Motorola put into the processor and its X8 Computing System is rather interesting. On paper, I would expect the Moto X to stutter and lag all over the place while switching between apps, but it's been almost a month now and it performs like it just came out of its box. If its current performance is anything like that two years down the road, then there is your answer. I am constantly searching for the perfect Android experience from many different devices. With the Moto X, I think I have found the closest thing to it. Cha-ching! R: I think the Moto X would be a great phone for the next two years. Historically it's been hard to tell, but as the spec race slows (ends) it should be easier to guess. The Moto X has great software, good specs, and Motorola is going to support it. I would feel very comfortable using the phone for two years. K: Is it really a mid-range phone? We know that the specs sort of lead you to believe that because the processor isn't a Snapdragon 600 or 800 and the display isn't 1080p, but Motorola added on additional companion cores to help the phone do things that phones running more powerful processors can't and won't ever be able to do. Also, is the iPhone 5s mid-range? It doesn't even come close to 1080p, yet people still think it's top tier. The Moto X should be a fine 2-year companion.

When it comes to packing in proprietary features, such as all the sensor tracking/gestures in the Galaxy S4, when does it begin to cross the line from useful to a novelty feature that is just bloat?

E: The key to these type of features is whether or not it gets out of your way. Adding in all these features sounds nice on paper, but if they are complicated and confusing to use they are going to be counterproductive. Motorola's Active Notifications are probably the best thing they've done in years because it just works. No hassle or fuss, but it just works when you need it to. When they don't work when you need them or want them to, then it becomes "bloat." T: Samsung reached and crossed that line some time ago, I think. Sure, multi-window software is totally sweet and has its uses, but some of that S-Pen stuff is completely unnecessary in my eyes. Not only does it seem to bog down the flow of productivity you want in a smartphone, but it's just too much to remember sometimes. Sure, if my hands are dirty it is nice to swipe across the sensor to answer a call, but I don't need that to swipe through pictures in my gallery. I don't need to hover over a video to view it. A thumbnail should suffice in most cases. Some features are sweet, some are dumb. It's as simple as that. What's great is that you can just disable the ones you don't like. R: I think the big difference is identifying things that regular people will want to use regularly because it solves a problem. Having your video not pause when you look away from the screen is not a problem. K: There are now two opposite approaches to feature add-ons for Android that we are going to watch closely - the approach by Motorola to keep stock Android and add 3-4 useful features, and then Samsung's approach which is to overwhelm and slap as much useless crap as possible onto a phone. There are few features on a Galaxy device that I find useful. I use the camera in Auto, don't use any of their gimmicky multi-tasking, wouldn't even consider any of their gestures, and do everything I can to cover up their vision. That answer your question?

What's your favorite beer?

E: I think we've had a question similar to this before and my last answer was an Indiana native, Sun King Sunlight Cream Ale. For the sake of switching it up though, I'll go with another Indiana beer, Upland's Champagne Velvet is the bomb. T: Favorite beer? Does "all of them" count? If I had to only live with one beer for the rest of my life, it would be Lost Coast Brewery's Great White. It's a summer time ale, perfect for any high temperature occasion, but for some reason I can drink it all-year round. In person I sometimes talk about resonating characteristics in many different aspects of life. I can sum this up by saying that Great White resonates deeply within me. Time to get spiritual. R: Hanger 24. K: Sooooooo impossible to answer. Kettlehouse brewery in Missoula, MT makes some of the best beer you'll ever find. If you are traveling through, grab a Cold Smoke Scotch Ale and enjoy those few glorious moments in beer heaven. Otherwise, give me a Franziskaner on draft in a traditional glass.

What phone do you recommend to everyone these days?

E: It's probably a tie between the Moto X and the HTC One. I'm not a big fan of the G2 or the S4, so these are the two that I really push. The Moto X is pretty much Android's iPhone and the HTC One is a premium Android smartphone that you can't really go wrong with. T: Oh, another chance to cash in a Moto check. What is the Moto X, Alex? That is correct, Tim! R: If they want an iPhone, I tell them the 5S or 5C. If they want an Android phone, I tell them to look at the Moto X, the HTC One, and the Galaxy S4. If they want a Windows Phone I recommend the Lumia 925 or Lumia 1025. K: Believe it or not, the Galaxy S4 is still one of the phones I immediately tell people to get. I can't exactly explain why, but it's combination of beautiful display, awesome camera, and battery life are hard to pass up. If not that, then the Moto X. I love me some Moto X.

Now that it has been out for a few months, what are your thoughts on Google's All Access music service?

E: I use it almost every day. It's an awesome service and definitely worth it. The other day I heard Lorde's "Royals" on the radio and really liked it (it's a good song) and I was able to pick up my phone and have the song added to my Library of music within a couple minutes. T: Can't live without it. I use it everyday, everywhere I go. It's a must have feature if you can't live without all of your music. R: All Access is a great service is you are only in Google's ecosystem. Personally I prefer the look and feel of rdio for subscriptions, though. I still prefer to buy my music from iTunes. K: I use it every single day still. In fact, I have two accounts for All Access - 1 for me and 1 for my wife.

What are your thoughts on Google Watch and what it might bring to the table?

E: If Google can integrate Google Now, Bluetooth Low Energy and a battery life of more than one day of use while making it look sexy, I'd be interested. Anything less than that and it's going to be just like the Galaxy Gear or Pebble, cool for a week or so and then gathers dust. T: I hope it's awesome. Since rumors state that the Android team is working on it, I think it's gonna be the shizznit. As far as what I want it to do, I want it to be the perfect extension of my already-existing Android experience. If I step away from my phone, I want it to tell me. If I have an important email come in, I want it to tell me and let me preview it. I do not want it to have a camera, and I would prefer if it didn't have Google Glass' user interface. Let's hope that's not asking too much from the amazing people at Google. R: If it's anything like the Galaxy Gear I think it will fail. We need to see innovation in terms of input. If someone can figure that out or find a way to make the watch something other than another screen to dismiss notifications then I think they'll have a hit. K: This is one of those products that I have no idea what to expect from. I'm just hoping it's not a black rubber slab thing made by Motorola. I hope the design tops Samsung's, but somehow stays minimal and modern at the same time. In terms of software, I have no idea where Google will take it. Part of me hopes they take the exact opposite approach to Samsung's, whose goal was to overwhelm with useless features, much like they do with phones. Make the watch an extension of my phone's experience, Google, nothing more.

What do you think is more important for Android OEM's now, software or hardware?

E: I think we've reached a hardware plateau right now, so Android really needs to focus on their software if they are looking to grow. No longer is the iPhone the far and away nicest or most well-built phone on the market, so Android needs to keep innovating and adding cool features to their phone and making sure they work well and they will be fine. T: I would say hardware. I mean seriously, why don't I have 8GB of RAM and 500GB of storage? I thought this was the future! All kidding aside, I can safely say that OEMs have reached the perfect level of hardware quality. If they could better integrate their software with Android, that would be great. I understand the importance of differentiation in the marketplace, but stop killing my Android's beautiful looks and features. LG, why did you skin over the two-finger pulldown in Jelly Bean on the G2? I want my system toggles there, not a copy cat of Samsung's never-ending line of toggles I have to scroll though. How is that helpful at all? I would like to see OEMs focusing more on software and keeping a steady pace of these spec beasts that are already out on the market. As of right now, we don't need anything faster than the Snapdragon 800, at least in my opinion. R: The spec war is over. Software is where we'll continue to see innovation and gimmicks. I think we'll continue to see some hardware innovation with cameras, displays, and batteries, but all of that will be determined by software innovation as well. K: Is marketing budget an option? It's still a combination of both. The Moto X is a great example, where Motorola only added a minimal amount of great features, but then also took a ton of care in designing the phone. But that doesn't always sell phones, just ask HTC.

Android 4.4 Build Number KRS74B Spotted in Chromium Bug Tracker

Eric — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 12:20:21 +0000

Ever since Google and Kit Kat came together to shock us all and announce that the next version of Android would be Android 4.4, the only question we have is "when can we have it?" We have been waiting patiently, but another Kit Kat reference coming out of the Chromium bug tracker has us excited. The Chromium blog earlier this week had a response with the mention of a Nexus 10 and Nexus 4 running a build number KRS74D, which is a build we have not seen yet. The last time we got a taste of Kit Kat/Key Lime Pie build numbers was back when it was KRS36B. Unfortunately for us, there is not any more information to give, but we know that Google is working on their next version of Android behind the curtains. Ever wonder what those build numbers actually mean? The guys over at myce have an explanation:

The build number KRS74D likely means that it is Kitkat / Key Lime Pie (K’) builds from the primary development branch (‘R’). Made in the third quarter of this year (‘S’) and the final number is x-th day in the quarter, in this case 74. The final character remarks the build of the day, the D is the fourth build of that day.

Interesting, isn't it? If that naming scheme is true this build comes fresh from September 12th, just last week. All of the rumors point towards October for an unveiling of this new Android version, so it certainly looks on track to make it. Via: Chromium | Myce

Video: Quick Look at the Moto X PowerDock by Griffin

Kellen — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 11:51:07 +0000

With the Moto X PowerDock by Griffin now readily available from Motorola's online shop, ours that was ordered prematurely back in August showed up this morning. And since it's on our desk, we figured a quick hands-on was in store. I know that many of you are interested in grabbing a desktop dock for your new Moto X - this may be one of your only options at the moment. At $39.95, it's neither cheap nor crazily overpriced. It is just a desktop dock though, which means you won't find AUX or HDMI ports. You can sync your phone with the PowerDock, charge it, use it as a nightstand/DayDream machine, and go hands-free thanks to Touchless Control. There aren't a ton of features to list out, but that should be expected from a desktop dock - it's all pretty straight forward here. I'll say this - it seems to be a really solid dock that also looks really nice. The plastics used feel thick and sturdy, the rubber grip on the bottom should prevent slippage, and the overall design certainly won't stand out in a bad way on your desk. If you have $40 to spend on a dock, I'm not sure you can go wrong here.

Video

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HdHUTtN6eLY[/youtube]

Gallery

Google Keyboard Screenshot on Google Play Shows Potential Android 4.4 Grey Color Scheme, Key Lime Pie Debug Icon

Kellen — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 10:58:00 +0000

Thanks to a recently uploaded screenshot to the official Korean Google Keyboard listing on Google Play, we may have our first look at Android 4.4, which has officially been dubbed Kit Kat. The screenshot, as you can see above, shows a grey notification color scheme along with a Key Lime Pie debug icon. As you all know, Key Lime Pie has been Google's internal codename for Kit Kat as they get Android 4.4 ready for release. Depending on how recently this screenshot was taken, they still may be running with KLP up until the last possible minute. So what can we learn? Well, a recent rumor suggested that Android 4.4 may offer users the option to customize the default system color scheme away from the Android blue and onto whatever you'd like. For example, you could go straight up DL pink across the system if you'd like. Seeing grey doesn't necessary confirm this new feature, but I certainly hope Google wouldn't force a drab black and grey scheme on us without the option to change. Color is a good thing, right? Other than that, not much else can be seen. For reference, the Jelly Bean debug icon is just that, a Jelly Bean icon. As we inch towards October, we should learn more and more about Kit Kat. This is only the beginning. Via: Google Play | Android Police

Android 4.3 Fastboot Files Leaked for T-Mobile Moto X, Features Updated Camera Software

Tim — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 10:44:33 +0000

Files taken from a system dump of a test device on T-Mobile's network, show that Motorola is working on an Android 4.3 update for the Moto X, featuring a fix for the device's camera software. The files are flashable, thanks to some work done by a developer on XDA, but your device will need to have an unlocked bootloader. The developer notes that this build is clearly for test purposes, as it performs a bit slower than the stock Android 4.2.2 build that the device currently runs. What has us quite excited is the potential of updated camera software. The device is known for having a somewhat lackluster camera experience, so hopefully this fix will go out to the Moto X across all carriers. If you are unlocked and interested in giving it a try, feel free to follow the via link. Be careful when attempting these flashes, though. Via: XDA

Oppo N1 Trailer Reveals Possible CyanogenMod Inc Partnership

Dave — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 09:43:43 +0000

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lV1c8nzDp5s[/youtube]

Earlier this week, CyanogenMod announced it was incorporating. One of their announcement hints was that they were already partnered with a mystery hardware vendor to bring an official CM-powered phone to market. Earlier today, manufacturer Oppo tweeted about its new device, the Oppo N1, and provided a link to a trailer. This is pretty basic marketing, but the real surprise in the room was an appearance from Steve Kondik, the founder of CyanogenMod. Wearing Google Glass, he made the announcement that he would be joining the Oppo team in Beijing for the phone's unveiling. He goes to let on that there will be an exciting announcement during this time. The video's description also offers a glimpse at what may be happening. Could we see a partnership between CM and Oppo? Nothing has been confirmed at this time, but today's reveal brings an Oppo + CyanogenMod partnership that much closer to reality. Would you be interested? Via: OPPO

Focal Camera App Removed From CyanogenMod, Won't Return Anytime Soon

Tim — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 09:04:37 +0000

Back in July, CyanogenMod baked in a completely new camera application called Focal. Focal was a highly-customized and feature rich application, but over time, many of its bugs apparently became too much for users and the CM team to keep up with. To top it off, there seems to be some internal dispute between CM leads and Focal's developer regarding new relicensing issues due to the incorporation of CM, but we won't be getting into that. For now, and possibly the rest of time, Focal has been removed from CyanogenMod. If you are a user of CyanogenMod enjoying Focal, you might be bummed by this news, but don't be too sad. According to its developer, Focal will launch on Google Play as a standalone app for everyone's use and even may team up with another custom ROM team. Sad day? Via: Reddit | +Guillaume Lesniak

Sprint Makes "One Up" Annual Upgrade Program Official

Kellen — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 08:17:27 +0000

This morning, Sprint joined the wireless carrier early upgrade party by launching their own annual upgrade plan called One Up. Details of this new plan were leaked earlier in the week, all of which look to be spot on now that things are official. So, is Sprint's deal any better than Verizon, AT&T, or T-Mobile's? According to Sprint, you'll save up to $45 over AT&T and Verizon's plans. Sprint is offering an introductory package of $65 per month that includes unlimited talk, text, and data, along with the option to upgrade every 12 months. At $65, this is a $15 savings over the current unlimited plan which runs $80. Once you buy into the plan, there is no downpayment (at least for now) on One Up, but you will pay 24 monthly installments for the device. Once you hit the 12-month mark, you can then trade in your current phone and upgrade to a new one, which you will then pay monthly payments on. If you are a current customer, but do not have an upgrade available and would like to participate in One Up, Sprint is allowing current customers to join the program now through the holidays. We are planning to put together a fancy little chart later today to compare all four of the upgrade plans from the major players. For now though, I'd say that with Sprint's introductory offer you are looking at a decent deal, just keep in mind that it's $65 plus your monthly device payment. But since they are slashing $15 off of the plan (from $80), you are seeing somewhat of a discount, which neither AT&T nor Verizon are doing. Via: Sprint

Omate TrueSmart Smartwatch Closes on Kickstarter With Over $1,000,000 in Funding

Kellen — Fri, 20 Sep 2013 07:43:20 +0000

If you were trying to figure out what product you could launch to kickstart a new company, I'll give you your best idea for free right now - just make a smartwatch. Like seriously, just make a smartwatch and put it up on Kickstarter. These things can't fail. The latest of the smartwatches to go wild on the crowd funding site is called the Omate TrueSmart. Having been successfully funded almost immediately after launch, the project has now closed with over $1,000,000 in funding and over 4,000 backers. So what is the Omate TrueSmart? It actually sounds like a pretty powerful $199 smartwatch, assuming you are ready for a smartwatch in your life. You also have to be ready for its intense size, which may be necessary once you realize how much tech has been packed into this wearable device. You are looking at a watch that has 2G/3G connectivity, can be a standalone computing device or a companion, is water resistant, has a sapphire face, full-ultra-bright touchscreen, records 720p video (yes, it has a camera), Android 4.2.2, runs on a dual-core processor with up to 1GB of RAM, and should have at least 100 hours of standby time. It's easily one of the most powerful (at least on paper) smartwatches we have seen to date. It's not going to last you a week like Pebble, but it should have the power to do so much more than Pebble. Now that it has closed on Kickstarter, we'll be waiting patiently for ours to arrive, because we seem to back anything with an Android pulse these days. Once we get it, we'll do a review just as we did with Pebble and will do with Samsung's Galaxy Gear. We would imagine that Omate will begin to sell a version at retail at some point after the Kickstarter pledges have all been fulfilled. So yeah, another smartwatch that went wild on Kickstarter. Have you bought into the smartwatch revolution yet or are you still waiting for the perfect product (whatever Google makes)?

Official Moto X PowerDock and Car Dock Now Available From Motorola

Kellen — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 18:44:14 +0000

Earlier today, the official Griffin vehicle dock for the Moto X showed up as "in stock" momentarily through Griffin's site before quickly selling out. We assumed (or at least hoped) this was a sign that both it and the PowerDock (desktop dock) would soon be available through Motorola's store after prematurely going live back in August. Sure enough, both are now available for $39.95. We've got some on order, and will be doing a thorough walk-through as soon as they arrive. But if you can't wait and have been anticipating the arrival of these two accessories since the phone first launched, we should point out that they also come with free 2-day shipping. If you order soon enough, you could have them by Monday, I would guess. Picking either up? Links: PowerDock ($39.95) | Navigation Dock ($39.95) Cheers again brent!

Nexus 7 WiFi JSS15R Factory Image and Binaries Now Available

Kellen — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 17:32:28 +0000

The factory image for the minor Nexus 7 WiFi update to Android 4.3 build JSS15R is now available. Binaries too. Go get 'em.

Links: JSS15R Factory Image | Binaries

EA Game's Madden 25 Hits Android Via Google Play, Free to Install

Tim — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 16:00:07 +0000

Football fans, it's time to go grab Madden 25 from Google Play. EA Games launched the title for Android today, which is free to install for everyone running Android 2.0+. Although, if you want the full experience and a ton of added plays and features, you might be looking at some hefty in-app purchases. Keep that in mind if you plan on getting through a whole season. The game features everything you would imagine from a Madden title - full-licensed teams, player names, and all of that jazz. One of the great features of this title is that you can create and customize your own NFL team, taking any player you choose from today's NFL roster. Finally, an All-Star lineup that will put on a better show than the Pro Bowl attempts to each year. And speaking of football, are you still in the running for this year's Droid Life Eliminator Challenge? Play Link

Thursday Poll: Who is Your Current Wireless Carrier? Why?

Kellen — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 15:20:47 +0000

With carrier policies constantly changing (not always for the better), the introduction of tiered and shared data plans, prepaid plans becoming more appealing, and LTE rollouts happening at various intervals, we can imagine that many of you have changed wireless carriers over the last couple of years. At one time, most of the DL family was filled up with Verizon subscribers, but our comments clearly indicate that you have had changes of heart and moved on to other options. So something we haven't done in a while is ask which carrier you are currently signed up with. Are you still with AT&T or Verizon? Have you gone the prepaid route? Did T-Mobile win you over with their UNcarrier approach? As always, cast your vote, but then afterwards take to the comments to tell us why you are with your current carrier. [poll id="270"]

Nexus 7 WiFi Receiving Update to JSS15R, Appears to be Ultra Minor

Kellen — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 14:10:31 +0000

A new Android 4.3 update is currently rolling out to the new Nexus 7 WiFi models this week as build JSS15R. The update is tiny, so we're not even sure if it does much but fix bugs. We were hoping that it would address the ongoing touch-screen issue saga, but reports out of Google's support forums aren't giving us much hope. The update is 8.0MB in size and can be grabbed by visiting Settings>About tablet>System updates, if it hasn't already downloaded automatically for you.

Cheers brent and Scott!

Nestle's German Kit Kat Page Apparently Confirms Android 4.4 Release for October

Tim — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 13:36:37 +0000

We knew it was coming soon, but since we all know nothing is ever confirmed until posted by Google, release dates for phones and OS updates are always up in the air. Apparently, Nestle's German-based Kit Kat page that hypes the upcoming Android release, outed that Android 4.4 will be available starting in October. No word on a date within that month, but this aligns with all the other reports and rumors that have been floating around.

When translated from German, it reads as the following - "Android 4.4 KIT KAT is available in October." Given that the folks at Nestle are probably quite in tune with Google's plan, considering the company will be hypebeasting the Google's name choice for Android 4.4, we will stick with the month of October being the best time to look for its release. Now all we need is a specific date. It's likely Google will host some type of event to unveil and showcase Android 4.4 (and maybe even a new Nexus device or two to go with it), so it should be a pretty exciting month for Android lovers. Via: German Kit Kat Facebook

Moto X Vehicle Dock Now Available Directly From Griffin for $39.99

Kellen — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 12:19:34 +0000

At the end of August, both the vehicle and desktop docks for the Moto X showed up as "in stock" through Motorola's online shop. Unfortunately, that stock status was short lived, as Motorola emailed to tell us that they pre-maturely went live with stock for each, but really weren't expecting the docks to arrive until some time in September. We're still without the option to buy either from Motorola, but if you'd like to pick up the vehicle dock today, Griffin (the manufacturer of each), has it available for purchase from their store for $39.99 with free economy shipping. The desktop dock is still unavailable.

Via: Griffin Cheers brent!

QuickOffice is Now Free to All on Android - New Logo and Free 10GB Storage Included

Kellen — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 11:52:37 +0000

Almost a year after Google acquired popular mobile office suite QuickOffice, Google opened the app up as a free service to Google Apps for Business users. A short three months later, and the app has been updated on Android, becoming free to all users in the process. Today's update of QuickOffice includes a new Google Drive-esque icon, works on both tablets and phones, and improves upon Google Drive integration. We're still finding it odd that Google needs both QuickOffice and Drive, but we're never one to complain about options. Also included in today's announcement and update, is a free dispatching of 10GB of Drive storage to anyone who logs in to the app before September 26. Thanks, Google, we love freebies. Play Link Via: +Google Drive

Android 5.0 Concept Video Hits the Web, Gets Our Imagination Running Wild

Tim — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 11:35:10 +0000

One of the fun things about having such a talented Android community is that we can imagine what future versions of Android will look and feel like, way before it hits the streets. Sure, it may end up looking nothing like it, but it's a great way to hear ideas of what people might like to see inside the OS. The most recent idea to hit the web is an Android 5.0 concept video, created by designer Craig Tuttle. In Craig's mind, the next version of Android following 4.4 "Kit Kat," will feature extremely deep system wide integration with Google Now. Instead of a regular notification pulldown, you will be greeted by things that would usually be seen inside the Google Now app, but only at times when you need them. This is already the idea behind Google Now, so it isn't the furthest stretch of the imagination to assume this could even happen. In addition, Craig changed up the color scheme of Android a bit, going for a more whited out look, instead of the now well-known Android blue that first stuck in our minds with Ice Cream Sandwich. Some would argue that the blue color came with Honeycomb, but does that really count? Take a look at the video and let us know what you think of the concept. We think it's pretty slick, especially the new multitasking windows. Those are hot. [youtube]http://youtu.be/HBL43tr8Gt0[/youtube]

Sonic and SEGA All-Stars Racing Hits Google Play

Tim — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 11:10:08 +0000

SEGA launched a new title to Google Play this morning, Sonic and SEGA All-Stars Racing. It's your classic kart racing title, full of all of your favorite Sonic characters. So far, it really reminds me of Crash Nitro Kart and of course, Mario Kart. There are 16 different tracks to race on, with unique challenges on each to help score you more coins. The game features a complete four player online multiplayer mode, as well as a four player WiFi multiplayer mode, since you know, racing computers just isn't as competitive. The game costs $1.99 on Google Play, so go check it out. Play Link ($1.99) [youtube]http://youtu.be/umWR5kCvWPc[/youtube]

Zombie Gunship Blasts Onto Android, A Gunner's Dream Game

Tim — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 10:45:45 +0000

A new game hit Google Play this week, one that we think anyone who loves killing zombies should enjoy. The game is called Zombie Gunship. In the game, you play as a gunner of an AC-130 gunship, whose mission is to protect civilians and bunkers from getting destroyed by blood-thirsty zombies. It's an easy plot to follow, but with a gunship that can get some insane upgrades and hordes of the undead that reach in the hundreds, the game quickly becomes an intense nail-biting experience. To upgrade your ship to larger ammunitions, you must kill off zombies. If you are more into buying victory, you can simply buy coins via in-app purchases and purchase any supplies you need. You can have three types of cannons, all three of which are used by America's armed forces, which gives the game a sense of realism. There is the 25mm Gatling gun, the 40mm Bofors auto-canon, and the big daddy 105mm Howitzer. The last one makes quite the boom. If you have spent anytime playing Call of Duty, and love getting into the seat of an AC-130, then you will feel right at home with this game. Play Link ($0.99) [youtube]http://youtu.be/NOJHHDNAZ34[/youtube]

Axis Icon Pack Brings Vintage, Shadowy Hotness to Your Android Device

Kellen — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 10:05:55 +0000

We have been testing a new icon pack over the last couple of days that we are delighted to share with you this morning, as it is now live on Google Play. It's called Axis, and it brings you the super trendy shadow effect that so many icon packs are using these days (as seen in packs like Nox), along with a perception of depth and this really cool vintage feel. This is a keeper, folks. The pack itself includes over 750 HD icons (all of your favorite apps will be featured), and 6 phenomenal vintage wallpapers. The developer tells us that he was unsure what the reaction would be to the wallpapers, but told us there are plans to introduce more in future updates (sooner the better!). You'll find multiple colors of the launcher, dialer, camera, text, and people icons to help fit into your setup. Top games are in there as well. The pack runs $0.99 and is well worth it. Play Link ($0.99)

LG G2 on Verizon Receiving Tiny Update to Build VS98011A

Kellen — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 09:44:04 +0000

The LG G2 on Verizon began receiving an update this morning to build VS98011A. No changelog is in sight, but with its minuscule size, we wouldn't be surprised if it was a security patch for the current root exploit or bootloader bypass. Then again, that would be a record turn-around for Verizon's software department. If you update, do so knowing that you could be patching up work previously performed by developers. If you'd like to update right away, head into Settings>About phone>Software update. Cheers David, Jerrod, Becky, Monroe, and Kodi!

Capital One Pulls Out of Isis Mobile Wallet, Not Much Left for This Delayed Payment System

Kellen — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 09:17:19 +0000

A little over a week ago, we received the email you are seeing below, which is a statement from Capital One, informing us that they were leaving the Isis Mobile Wallet pilot test. As you all know, Isis is the mobile payment joint venture between Verizon, T-Mobile, and AT&T that is essentially the reason we all can't enjoy Google Wallet to its fullest. They have been working on this mobile payment system for what seems like forever, only launching in two test markets last year. With semi-recent word that they had a nationwide rollout planned before the end of 2013, we thought all was well. But with news of one of their biggest credit card partners leaving, what's left for Isis? Well, they still have American Express and Chase, so they aren't completely dead. But even in my short time with Isis, I found it almost worthless as they still did not offer support for my bank's Visa or MasterCards. In other words, you can't just add any card in your wallet. So technically, they are alive and well, it just seems like without Capital One or the ability to add bank cards, that this is another failed mobile payment system that can't find backing from the players that truly matter. And if those three mobile carriers can't get massive bank card acceptance on board, then who can? On an additional note, the AT&T and T-Mobile Isis Wallet apps are no longer showing as compatible with any of my phones other than...Verizon phones. I have plenty of AT&T and T-Mo phones lying around here that are also attached to my account with NFC chips in them, so I can't help but wonder what's going on there. It could be nothing, or it could be a sign of trouble on the horizon. As much as I would rather use Google Wallet, because I adore Google's services, I was at least hoping to see Isis kickstart a mobile payment revolution. With the backing of major wireless carriers, this should have had the power to make mobile payments a part of your daily life. I guess we won't know if that's true until we see a nationwide rollout that hopefully includes an announcement of additional credit card partners, and not just the terrible app that is currently a part of the testing program.

NVIDIA, HP Partner Up to Bring Two Tegra 4-powered Tablets to Market

Tim — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 08:51:18 +0000

This morning, HP and NVIDIA announced two Tegra 4-powered devices, the HP Slate Pro and the HP Slate Extreme. Both are mid-sized tablets, the Pro sporting an 8" HD display, while the Extreme features a 7" HD display much like the old Nexus 7. For those keeping track of NVIDIA's work, it is somewhat clear that HP used NVIDIA's Tegra Note platform to build the Slate Extreme, as it is said to feature NVIDIA's DirectStylus technology, 16GB of storage, and dual front-facing speakers. The Slate Pro seems to feature the same specs, but does come with the bigger display. Other than specs, this device comes outfitted with a handful of HP's proprietary software, perfect for anyone that uses one of its printers or desktop computers. As for price and availability, there is nothing official listed quite yet. Although, given that the Slate Extreme is based on the Tegra Note platform, which comes with a suggested retail price of $199, we will look for HP to be somewhere in that range. As for the Pro, which does have a larger display and apparently more software, you might be looking at around $400. Do either of these Tegra-powered tablets interest you? Via: NVIDIA

Republic Wireless to Offer Moto X for $299 Sans Contract

Kellen — Thu, 19 Sep 2013 08:18:20 +0000

Republic Wireless, an MVNO who uses Sprint's network for service, announced this week that they will soon sell the Moto X for $299 without a contract. If they sound familiar, that's because they made headlines last year with a $19 per month plan that included unlimited talk, text, and 3G data. This time around, they are aiming to be taken serious by using a serious device, unlike the Defy XT that they initially launched with. At $299, and without a contract, you won't find a better deal on Motorola's 2013 flagship. Along with the announcement that they would carry the Moto X, Republic Wireless is also launching a series of new service plans starting at $5 per month. For a Lincoln, you get unlimited talk, text and data on WiFi only. For $10 per month, you can have unlimited talk and text on WiFi and cellular, plus unlimited data on WiFi. At $25, you are looking at unlimited talk, text, and data on WiFi, plus 3G. The last plan runs $40 and includes unlimited talk, text, and data on WiFi, plus 4G. In other words, since they do calling over WiFi, they expect you to be on WiFi and using your own home or public data rather than their network. Sure these plans are cheap, but how practical are they since they force you to be attached to WiFi more often than not?

Via: Phonescoop | Republic Wireless Cheers J_Z, Brian, and Scott!

The Droid Life Show: Episode 36

Tim — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 22:19:02 +0000

We are back in action tonight for episode 36 of The Droid Life Show. We were able to grab some of our staff away from Grand Theft Auto V (wasn't easy), and are ready to discuss the recent happenings in Android. Tonight, we will cover topics such as the recent development inside the CyanogenMod world, a recently recovered Nexus 5 that made a debut on YouTube, our LG G2 review, the updated Google Wallet app (spoiler: we adore it), and what we are having for National Cheeseburger Day. Yes, it's a real thing that should be celebrated. The show kicks off around 6:00PM Pacific (9:00PM Eastern). A live video broadcast will be embedded below closer to the start of the show. Until then, feel free to hang out in the Droid Life IRC room.

Subscribe | iTunes | Show Page

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ymgG5aqfR5k[/youtube]

Verizon Further Explains Nexus 7 LTE Debacle, Blames 4-6 Week Certification Process

Kellen — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 14:27:38 +0000

Yesterday, the internet made a bigger deal out of Verizon's inability to activate the new Nexus 7 LTE on their network than needed to be made. The story ended with Big Red claiming that the device was in their certification process, and that they would let us all know when it cleared. Today, Verizon is doing their best to let us in on that process of certifying devices for use with their expansive 4G LTE network. In short, it takes an incredibly long time as it is the "most rigorous" in the industry. In a short statement posted to their company blog, Verizon explains that the Nexus 7 has been in their certification program since August, but that it typically takes devices 4-6 weeks to clear. They employ third party labs to perform the testing, labs that are actually chosen by the manufacturer - which would be Asus. Once the testing has been completed, Verizon says that it will work with Google to enable the device to be activated on their network. Here is the statement:

The Google Nexus 7 is not yet a Verizon 4G LTE certified device, though it entered our process in August and we expect it will be certified shortly. Once the device is certified, we will work with Google to enable the device to be activated on our 4G LTE network. Verizon Wireless’ certification process, which generally takes between four and six weeks, is one of the most rigorous testing protocols of any carrier, and is focused on guarding the safety and security of our network. Certification is done by third party labs approved by Verizon, and selected by the device manufacturer. Over the years, Verizon Wireless has certified hundreds of devices; information on the certification process is available to anyone at opennetwork.verizonwireless.com. Verizon is committed to ensuring our customers have the best overall experience when any device becomes available on the nation's most reliable network.

And for the third or 60th time, the device already works just fine on Verizon's LTE network. We have already shown it to you in action. The problem here, which we talked about yesterday, is that since the device hasn't been "certified," it's not in Verizon's systems, thus the reason it can't be approved for a new line on your account. If they started the process in August, we could be anywhere from 3-5 weeks in. Assuming everything wraps up within the next week, and Google and Verizon can cuddle in a back room exchanging shoulder rubs for a couple of hours, we could see device activation before the end of...actually, that's silly to guess. This is Verizon and a testing process we are talking about. Via: Verizon

LG G2 on Verizon and AT&T See TWRP Custom Recovery

Kellen — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 14:06:00 +0000

After receiving root last week, the LG G2 on both Verizon and AT&T now have TWRP custom recoveries. So yes, that means custom ROMs will most certainly arrive in the near future, helping push this beastly device into territories the tinkerer in you was quietly dreaming. This also means you should be able to create backups, you know, to give you something to fall back on should you tinker too much. To flash recovery files, you'll first need to root (newest method). You'll then need to make sure you flash the correct recovery.img file since there are separate files for AT&T and Verizon G2 variants. Full adb instructions can be found at the XDA link below, which includes @djrbliss' Loki. Good luck!

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yr3rreetqiY[/youtube]

Via: XDA Cheers Kurt, Phil, Eric, Pirarre, bose301s, and Mitch!

Angry Birds Star Wars 2 is Now Live on Google Play, Free and Paid Versions Available

Tim — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 13:20:49 +0000

Been waiting for Angry Birds Star Wars 2? You can now grab it on Google Play. After plenty of teasing on Rovio's part, you can finally play as 30+ characters, including Anakin and all of your other favorite Star Wars characters. The Sith lords look to have some awesome powers, so don't be afraid to try out the Dark Side. There is a paid version for $0.99 and a free version full of ads if spending the dollar doesn't interest you. Play Link: Free | Paid ($0.99) [youtube]http://youtu.be/WdGk8S-gxiI[/youtube]

BlackBerry Messenger Hitting Android September 21 Through Google Play

Tim — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 12:45:18 +0000

Cue the Ron Paul memes, 'cause it's happening. BlackBerry announced BBM's official launch onto Android and iOS for September 21. The app will be available for free through Google Play, allowing users to send secure messages to any of their fellow contacts using BBM. App features:

BBM Chat – Enjoy real, immediate conversations with friends on Android, iPhone and BlackBerry smartphones. Not only does BBM let you know that your message has been delivered and read, it also shows you that your friend is responding to the message. More than chat – With BBM you can share files on your phone such as photos and voice notes, all in an instant. Your unique PIN – Every BBM user has a unique PIN that maintains your privacy, so you don’t have to give out your phone number or email address to a new or casual contact.

While it has taken quite some time to see this come to fruition, we are sort of glad it's finally coming. Will we use? Probably not, but for anyone that does want it, we will be sure to let you know when it hits the Play store. Via: BlackBerry

Icons and UCCW Episode 5: Vertigo, Portal, Romow Round, Weatherlove and More

Kellen — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 12:10:25 +0000

We're back with another episode of our ongoing Icons and UCCW series. This is the 5th installment, which I believe includes some of the finest work we have seen to date. The number of quality icon packs and UCCW skins continues to impress with each round of submissions. Creative folks, great work once again. For those new to the series, this is our little opportunity to feature some of the best icon packs and UCCW skins in the theming game. We are always accepting submissions for new quality creations. In the top setup, you are looking at Vertigo UCCW skin, along with the Romow Round icon pack, and a wallpaper out of the free Poly pack. The Poly pack is a must have since it's free and you'll find more than 30 abstract walls in a variety of colors that will go with almost any theme. The Vertigo skin comes with a 15 different colors and vertical arrangements from clocks to battery percentages to weather, not just the dark transparent skin you are seeing. Romow Round features over 400 icons.

In this setup, you are looking at a fantastic icon pack called Portal, paired up with one of its own wallpapers. Yes, it comes with a set of 9 amazing wallpapers and over 460 different icons. The UCCW clock skin is called Air Elegant 2, and is a similar take on the increasingly popular Elegante skin that we featured a few weeks back.

In this setup, you are looking at the Stock UI icon pack, which features over 1300 HD icons and over 30 wallpapers. The wallpaper is from the newly released Trinity pack that includes over 30 triangle-based walls with a variety of different colors. The clock is actually not UCCW, but a stand-alone, free widget called Weatherlove that is absolutely awesome.

In this last setup, you are looking at a set of icons called Holo Icons, which are a flatter version of the stock Android icons. They are fantastic to look at up close and personal. The UCCW widget setup is a series of skins from a pack called Infinity that can be downloaded as .uzip files below. The wallpaper is a popular wall at the moment in the theming community, originating from a Key Lime Pie concept. The links to everything can be found below! Icons: Romow Round ($1.32) | Portal ($1.99) | Stock UI ($1.60) | Holo Icons UCCW Skins: Vertigo ($1.49) | Air Elegant 2 (.uzip) (via) | Weatherlove (not UCCW) | Infinity (.uzip) (via) Wallpapers: Poly | Trinity Pack ($0.99) | Android 5.0 Gradient | Bonus: Contemporary (.zip) Tip: .uzip files need to be downloaded to your internal storage. To use them, simply add a UCCW widget in whichever size you choose, and then upon prompt, choose the "uzip" option in the top right, and then choose the file you downloaded.

Be sure to continue to submit your beautiful icon and skin creations to be featured in episode 6!

DROID MAXX Developer Edition Available as Well for $649

Kellen — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 11:39:38 +0000

Lost in the excitement/confusion/price-shock of the release of the Moto X Developer Editions, we thought we should also point out that a DROID MAXX Developer Edition is available as well, unlockable bootloader included. At $649, and with the same massive 3,500mAh battery that is included in the carrier-locked DROID MAXX, this is actually a semi-decent price. The Moto X Dev Edition with a smaller battery and slightly smaller screen is the exact same price. If you'd like to go slightly ~~more-pixelated~~ bigger screen, with kevlar backing and capacitive navigation buttons, you now have an option. Links: DROID MAXX Developer Edition (Verizon) Cheers Jay!

Gameloft Releases GT Racing 2 Trailer, Developed in Partnership With Mercedes-Benz

Tim — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 11:30:45 +0000

[youtube]http://youtu.be/iRnk-HUYCNY[/youtube]

Gameloft is always working on the next big thing for Androids, and today have released a trailer for their upcoming GT Racing 2 title. The game was created in partnership with Mercedes-Benz, so you can expect to see a lot of AMG branded vehicles in the trailer. The game features over 60 different cars from 35 manufacturers. If you are into mobile racing, it should be a pretty sweet title. The game is scheduled to launch this Fall.

Moto X Developer Editions Now Available for Both Verizon and GSM Networks, Priced at $649

Kellen — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 10:47:03 +0000

The Developer Editions of the Moto X are now available for both Verizon and GSM networks. Priced at $649, these two devices feature a custom look with black face and white back, along with the words "DEVELOPER EDITION" so that you don't forget how much of a tinkering boss you are. Should you choose the dev-style, you'll also get 32GB of storage and an unlockable bootloader. Motorola points out that with a Developer Edition you can "change settings, flash a new kernel, and pretty much gain superpowers," which of course also means that you will void your warranty in a hurry. From a specs standpoint, outside of the 32GB of storage, these Developer Editions remain identical to their carrier-locked counterparts. The Verizon version runs on LTE band 13, but also has global roaming capabilities that will land it on HSPA+ networks. The GSM version runs on LTE bands 2, 4, and 17 (700/AWS/1900MHz), so you should see LTE on T-Mobile and AT&T. The Verizon version is currently in stock. The GSM version is showing as "out of stock" at the moment. We should probably point out that the 32GB version from AT&T runs $629, so yes, you are paying a premium just to have an unlockable bootloader and two-toned color job. Worth it? You decide. Update: The DROID MAXX Developer Edition is available as well. Links: Moto X Dev Edition (Verizon | Moto X Dev Edition (GSM)

Monster Launches Line of Android-powered Tablets, Priced at $150

Tim — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 10:35:07 +0000

Monster, well known for its former partnership with Beats By Dre headphones, looks to have entered the tablet game. What kind of shocks us is that these are not overpriced tablets, either. The M7, which features specs best kept in 2012, sports a price tag of just $150, while its big brother the M10, will come with a bit-heftier tag and better specs. Details on the M10 are still unavailable. As for the M7, it features a 7" HD (1280 x 800) display, a dual-core processor clocked at 1.5GHz, 1GB of RAM, MicroSD expansion slot, Bluetooth 4.0, stereo speakers, Android 4.1, and comes in a huge variety of colors. Mind you all of these colors look extremely tacky, but that's just our opinion. Maybe the colors wouldn't bug us so much if they didn't plaster on that humungous chrome logo. Oh well. The M7 is available for purchase at your local Walmart for $150. Perfect for a kid's Christmas present.

MONSTER® LAUNCHES FIRST LINE OF TABLETS Monster® M7 & M10 HD tablets Feature Pure Monster SoundTM with Time CorrectTM Bluetooth
BRISBANE, Calif., September 17, 2013 – Monster, the world leader in high-performance personal audio, connectivity solutions and headphones, today announced the launch of its first line of tablets—the Monster® M7 and M10, 7-inch and 10.1-inch tablets. The Monster® M7 tablet is first to be released, it is fully loaded with features, and is the only HD Android-based tablet with Time CorrectTM Bluetooth, a feature that movie lovers using Bluetooth speakers and headphones will adore. The Monster® tablets also feature aptX for near-CD quality sound. A premium tablet, affordably priced, the Monster® M7 tablet is exclusively available online at Walmart.com for $149.00, in keeping with Walmart’s “Save Money. Live Better.” mantra. The Monster® M10 will launch later in the fall, price and specifications to be announced. The Monster® tablet is enclosed in a unique non-skid surface that is attractively styled in eight custom “candy” colors to match the Monster® N-TuneTM headphone line—Candy Blueberry, Candy Tangerine Orange, Candy Grape Purple, Candy Apple Red, Candy Lime Green, Cotton Candy Pink, Frost White and Midnight Black (available separately.) The Monster tablets are a perfect combination of sound, style, HD video, and high performance audio. Other features include Monster Central® PowerControlTM that allows complete energy and power monitoring over the Internet with Monster Power modules (available separately). The Monster® M7 is also pre-loaded with Google Mobiles Services applications, as well as popular apps such as Vudu, for instant access to all the latest movies and TV shows. Packed with features, in an array of color options to match our headphone colors, and offered at an affordable price, we believe the new line of Monster tablets is going to surprise a lot of people,” said “Head Monster” Noel Lee. Instant Entertainment Out-of-the-box with popular apps such as YouTube, Facebook, Google Talk, Twitter and Vudu, both Monster® tablets offer easy ways to connect with friends and watch all the latest movies, TV shows and music hits. Vudu allows the user to stream directly to their device or download to watch anywhere, any time. Cut Energy Waste, Save Big With Monster Central®, it has never been easier for users to control their Monster Central® PowerControlTM smart plugs (sold separately) right from their fingertips. The Monster Central® PowerControlTM app helps households save money every day, cutting energy waste by setting up automatic timers to turn off electronics, computers or game consoles when not in use. The app also monitors the electricity and dollars used by any device plugged into the Monster Central® PowerControlTM smart plugs. Specifications include: M7 7-inch Tablet: Equipped with a 1.5GHz dual core processor, Android operating system, HD 1280×800 resolution screen, Bluetooth 4.0 with Time CorrectTM, Micro USB input, 3.5mm headset jack, Mini HDMI, GPS, front (2.0MP) and rear (5.0MP) cameras, 16GB storage with 1GB DDR3 memory, MicroSD expansion slot and up to 8 hours of battery life, the 7- inch tablet is packed with all the latest specs with a great price.

Fargo, ND Gets Taste of AT&T 4G LTE, Same With Three Other New Markets

Tim — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 10:10:30 +0000

AT&T announced four new 4G LTE markets this morning, still on its quest to finish out the rollout nationwide. Just recently they surpassed 400 LTE markets here in America, with no signs of them slowing down yet. The new markets include two in Connecticut, one in Texas and the final one being Fargo, North Dakota. New Markets:

Fargo, North Dakota
Willimantic, Connecticut
Torrington, Connecticut
Amarillo, Texas

Where is pancakes house? Via: AT&T

CyanogenMod Forms Cyanogen Inc With $7 Million in Funding, to Release CM Installer App Through Google Play

Kellen — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 09:24:36 +0000

The CyanogenMod that you have come to know intimately over the last several years is now Cyanogen Inc., a company funded by Benchmark Capital and Redpoint Ventures that wants to make installing CyanogenMod easier than ever on your phone. Announced this morning via the official CM blog, Cyanogen Inc. (with $7 million in Series A funding) can now dedicate their resources full-time to continuing to build "best mobile OS—created by the users for users." Details are scarce at the moment, but the basics are this - CyanogenMod will become an installer, made available through Google Play, that can install CM onto your device with a single click. The app will become available in the "coming weeks" and will likely be free. They haven't said publicly how they plan to make money, but you can imagine how easy it could be with the millions of users they have already. According to Engadget, Cyanogen has a partnership already in place with an unnamed hardware manufacturer, but the newly formed company is exploring many potential business models. Their goal is to become the 3rd major mobile platform, even ahead of Windows Phone, Blackberry and other big names. This newly formed company opened two offices - one in Seattle and another in Palo Alto - and hired 17 full time employees. A reddit AMA with the CM team will happen at 11:30AM Pacific, in case you have questions or would like to learn all that we can learn.

Via: CyanogenMod | Mitch Lasky

Chromecast Updated to Build 13300, Includes Updated Kernel and Security Fixes

Tim — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 09:10:04 +0000

Google is currently pushing out an updated build, 13300, to Chromecast users everywhere. It's a seamless update which takes place behind the scenes, so no worries if you aren't prompted to perform any updates yourself. It isn't the greatest update we have seen in history, but anytime that Google releases "security fixes and enhancements," we won't complain. In addition to the enhanced security (could they be more vague?), there is an updated kernel, and improvement to the Chromecast's "robustness." Now that everyone should own a Chromecast by now, are you still liking it? Via: Chrome Blog

HTC One Max Pictured Again Next to Big Screen Buddies Galaxy Note 2 and Note 3

Eric — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 08:43:03 +0000

At this point, its no secret to us that HTC is looking to hop into the oversized device game with what we believe will be called the One Max. We have had some pretty clear images leak of the device up to this point, but nothing to really judge its large 5.9" screen against fairly. Today's latest leaked picture puts it (allegedly) up against the Galaxy Note 2 and Note 3 so we can get a better estimation of its size.

As you can see from the picture, the One Max is enormous, even compared to the newly announced Galaxy Note 3. It looks both taller and thicker than Samsung's latest tablet-phone hybrid offering. How big is too big? We're pushing Galaxy Mega size here, aren't we?

Other than the new comparison that we saw above, nothing new was learned from this leak other than that it scored a 26417 on the AnTuTu benchmark scale, which points towards a Snapdragon 600 processor packed inside, not the 800. The specs that we saw in the last leak seem to be true, with the 5.9" 1080p screen being the main attraction. Sense 5 is definitely on-board with a suspected 2GB of RAM, Android 4.3 and a 3,300mAh battery as well. But we also did get another shot of the fingerprint scanner on the back, for whatever that is worth.

Any interest in the One Max at all if it hits the States? Via: Phone Arena | SIMOnlyRadar

DEAD TRIGGER 2 Officially Announced for October 23 Launch

Eric — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 08:20:44 +0000

Need some more zombies in your life? Who doesn't? A lot of readers will be excited to hear that Madfinger Games, the masterminds behind the original DEAD TRIGGER, have announced a release date for the sequel. Players are only going to have until October 23 to get their trigger fingers ready to take down as many zombies as you can handle in the sequel. If you enjoyed the first game, DEAD TRIGGER 2 will take what you loved and make it better. This time the fight is global and will have players traveling from the London to Africa to Shanghai. Madfinger is promising "above-standard graphics" for the game as they introduce an enhanced graphics engine that will be able to draw all the zombies and surroundings very nicely before you shoot it all to pieces. The game's free-to-play model returns as well, meaning if you never want to pay for anything that's fine, but upgrades and boots could cost you some cash. Will you be picking up DEAD TRIGGER 2? [youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E74w49uL8jk[/youtube]

Google Looking to Add Offline Video Viewing to YouTube Mobile App Soon

Eric — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 07:43:11 +0000

YouTube may do some questionable things every now and then, like changing their video settings user interface every 6th months, but for the most part Google likes to keep YouTube as a pretty high priority in their app lineup. Late last night, YouTube took to a blog post to announce a new feature that will be a welcome addition for video watchers on the go.

YouTube currently has a "Watch Later" playlist, but all that does is flag the video for preloading on your desktop or mobile device once you get to network signal. Last night it was announced that true offline viewing would be coming to the app finally. The new feature will allow people to preload the video onto their device so that "something as commonplace as a morning commute" wouldn't get in their way. No official date for when we could expect this update, but we're told to check back around November to see how this will all work out. Update: Here are some additional details -

What’s happening On the YouTube app, users will be able, through “add to device” functionality available on videos and playlists, to designate certain content that they can watch for a short period of time when an internet connection is unavailable. With this, if a user experiences a loss of connectivity, they will still be able to watch the videos that they’ve added to their device for a limited period of up to 48 hours. If the device is offline for more than 48 hours the content cannot be viewed offline until the device reconnects. Once connected, the offline window refreshes and the viewer is able to watch the content again. How it works for viewers From the watch page through the “add to device” functionality feature, viewers will be able to designate certain content that they can watch for a short period of time when they do not have connectivity. At the time when the user no longer has connectivity, they will be able to watch the videos and playlists they have added to their device by accessing the videos through an “on device” section of their guide.

Not the most revolutionary idea for an update, but a welcome one. Do you watch videos through YouTube's mobile app often? Via: YouTube

NVIDIA Announces Tegra Note, a Tegra 4-powered Tablet Platform for OEM Partners

Tim — Wed, 18 Sep 2013 06:00:00 +0000

There has been buzz surrounding a Tegra Note tablet floating around for the past month, but with no official word from NVIDIA, it was all up in the air. Recently, a device named Tegra Note hit the FCC, so it was basically only a matter of time until NVIDIA made an official announcement. This morning, the company finally broke its silence and unveiled the Tegra Note tablet platform. But before you get excited and start lining up to buy one, you should be made aware that the device - the Tegra Note itself - will not be for sale through NVIDIA. The tablet is powered by a Tegra 4 processor, features a "groundbreaking" back-facing camera, a full stylus, PureAudio sound, a full lineup of accessories and complete support for TegraZone games. What makes the tablet interesting is that NVIDIA is set to partner with other companies that will throw on their own logos and features, then release it to their customers. This process is called white-labeling, which we have discussed before in regards to NVIDIA and rumors surrounding its entry into the smartphone market.

It’s a complete tablet platform, designed by NVIDIA and brought to market by our partners. It embodies the NVIDIA brand – from our hardware and software (right down to OTA updates), to our industrial design, accessories and network of partners in game development. It elevates the abilities of our partners, so they can provide tablets packed with innovation and features at prices they may not have been able to deliver on their own. In turn, NVIDIA gains access to their deep sales and distribution expertise in regions worldwide.

The Tegra Note comes with a suggested retail price of $199. That's good news for anyone looking to pick up a well-powered gaming slate. Once we start seeing devices hitting the streets that are produced using the Tegra Note platform, we will let you know. Via: NVIDIA

Verizon Can't Activate Nexus 7 LTE on Its Network, But Will Once They Certify It

Kellen — Tue, 17 Sep 2013 17:20:50 +0000

If you have entered the interwebs today and are a Verizon customer who loves Android, then you likely caught wind of a story which criticizes them over their inability to (or decision not to) activate the Nexus 7 on their network. Before we go down this road, though, we should point out that the Nexus 7 with LTE works just fine on Verizon's network - we have proven this already. The sticky point of this story is the fact that you can't walk into a Verizon store and activate a new tablet line with the Nexus 7. But since this is the internet, and we freak out about everything, talk of C Block regulation violations and such are flying about! So what's the deal? Well, after telling Jeff Jarvis - of journalism, blogging, and podcasting fame - that "not all LTE tablets are created equal" and that the Nexus 7 with LTE is "not part of our line up & can't be activated," Verizon has since gone into damage control and attempted to clarify the situation. Their latest response to Jarvis on Twitter claims that they cannot activate the tablet because it is not on a list of their compatible tablets, thus the problem cannot currently be solved. And in a statement to the press, Verizon PR has said:

This is not yet a device that is Verizon 4G LTE certified. We’ll let folks know when it's certified.

So here are my two cents. Verizon should have had their systems ready for the Nexus 7 once it was released by Google, since Google announced that it would work on their LTE network back in July. But it appears as if Big Red's systems simply aren't equipped to deal with an LTE-only device such as the N7 that hasn't yet been whitelisted. You see, I tried to activate mine as a new tablet line this morning when all of this fuss first arose, and of course, it failed on me as well. From what I've read from a half-dozen Verizon employees who are responding all over the place to these stories, the system simply cannot deal with activating a device they currently do not have in their system. That's sort of it. Is that a ridiculous problem of Verizon's to have that should have never existed, especially with VoLTE around the corner? Of course it is. Do I think that Verizon is somehow doing this purposefully to hate all over Google and their Nexus party? Not for a second. Keep in mind that Verizon's CFO sits at every single financial conference around the country talking about their Share Everything plans and how they are going to rake in cash from customers who add-on services, tablets in particular. Verizon charges you an extra $10 per month to add a tablet to your insanely overpriced and terribly-valued shared data plan. This is their cash cow and way of killing it for investors. So again, no, I don't believe Verizon is really doing everything in their power to tell Google and the Nexus 7 to F-off. It's not a phone, it's just a tablet that they can make money off of should you activate and use it on their network. I think this is simply a situation that could have been avoided had Verizon's current system which requires approval of devices not been stuck in the dark ages or molasses. I'm sure it will all get resolved before long and the device will get certified, assuming Big Red doesn't have their testing department on it. Because again, the tablet works just fine on their LTE network as long as you use an already active SIM. Their system just doesn't recognize the IMEI for the Nexus 7, thus the denial of service. Via: +Jeff Jarvis | @VZWSupport Cheers EC8CH and everyone else!

AT&T Looks to Sell Off 10,000 Cell Towers, Valued Around $5 Billion

Tim — Tue, 17 Sep 2013 15:00:20 +0000

Bloomberg reports that AT&T is currently in discussions with a few of America's largest cell tower operators, apparently looking to sell off up to $5 billion worth of towers. Once purchased by the various parties, AT&T will then look to lease the towers, which currently bring in $326 million of annual revenue. According to sources close to the matter, AT&T is looking to bulk up its cash pile as the carrier is planning a massive network upgrade, estimated around $14 billion. Now, since AT&T will lease the towers back, customers of the network won't need to worry about losing coverage area or anything of that nature. This type of thing has been seen before, as T-Mobile made the same type of move last year in September. T-Mobile sold the rights to operate 7,200 cell towers, and pocketed $2.4 billion off of the deal. Do work, AT&T. Via: Bloomberg

Dumb Ways to Die Finally Released on Android, Totally a Must-Have Game

Tim — Tue, 17 Sep 2013 13:00:08 +0000

Dumb Ways to Die - a game that a few iOS users have been hanging over my head for a long time now, has finally come to Android through Google Play. For anyone else who has been looking for this title, you might have seen a barrage of fakes in the Play store under the same name. Thanks to helpful reviews titled, "Fake" and the ever-so-delightful, "This app is total bull***," we were able to stay clear of any deceitful titles. In this game, you play 15 different puzzles. Each one is different, and the object of each puzzle is to not die. Sometimes you have to swat away bees or make sure your characters don't get hit by a train. Once you complete a few puzzles successfully, it gets faster and then they get even "fasterer." It's a very challenging, but incredibly fun game. It's free, so go check it out right now. Play Link

[responsive_vid]

How to: Upgrade Phones at Verizon and Keep Unlimited Data

Kellen — Tue, 17 Sep 2013 12:30:41 +0000

What's the number one worry around these parts when it comes to upgrading to a new phone? Keeping unlimited data on Verizon, of course. Over the last couple of years, we have seen wireless carriers realize how important data is to their bottom lines and future earnings potential, which has in turn allowed them to start charging you a premium for every single GB you consume. With that realization and price hike, we also saw the death of unlimited data and the introduction of tiered or shared data plans that offer you less for a steeper price. Yes, you are now getting screwed by most carriers. They are finding ways to take away your unlimited data, while offering up services and phones that beg you to consume more, so that they can continue to nickel and dime you. It's a terrible situation for consumers, but since you have chosen a carrier more than likely because they offer you superior coverage in your area, you are stuck taking it. Thankfully, there are a few ways for you to work the system to continue to enjoy that unlimited data that you locked into years ago. We have a couple that we'd like to go over to, so that as you approach contract end dates, you'll know the proper steps to take to not give up your freedom.

Option 1: Buy at Full Retail

If you'd like to keep unlimited data going forward on Verizon, all you need to do is continue to buy phones at full retail. This means paying $500-$650 for top tier 4G LTE Android phones, so that you don't have to sign a contract. You see, as you sign contracts, that's when Verizon has the power to take away your current unlimited data plan and force you into something you aren't going to be satisfied with. If you buy at full retail, all you need to do is then slap your current SIM card into the new phone and continue to enjoy your current monthly plan. Since there is no upfront discount or contract signing, you get an expensive new phone on the same data plan you already had. This is probably the least attractive option upfront for most consumers to choose, since it's the most expensive, but we still feel that it's your best overall. If you can force yourself to save up for phones and pay for them at full retail once your contract has run out, not only are you then keeping unlimited data, but you are also turning your account status to "month-to-month," which means Verizon no longer has control over you. With a month-to-month account, you can walk away at any time without having to pay an ETF (early termination fee). The best place to order phones at full retail from Verizon is through the Iconic Portal.

Option 2: Steal Another Line's Upgrade

If you have more than one line on your Verizon account, the easiest way to keep unlimited data is to steal or transfer upgrades between lines and then use the newly purchased phones on your line with the unlimited data. Let me try to explain further, as there are details you don't want to miss. If you have multiple lines on an account, Verizon will let you take upgrades and transfer them between lines as long as the transfer is going from phone to phone. For example, my situation looks like this - 3 line account, two have unlimited data, with a third setup as a feature phone that runs me $9.99 per month. Since I keep my phones on a month-to-month status for the most part, I almost always have an upgrade available on one of my two unlimited data lines. So should I want to upgrade one of those two unlimited lines and keep unlimited data, all I need to do is transfer my upgrade over to that feature phone line and use the upgrade for a new smartphone. There are a couple of ways to do this. The first would be to walk into a store, tell a sales rep that you have an upgrade to use, but don't want to lose unlimited data. So you are going to transfer your upgrade to a different line, use the upgrade there, and then actually use the phone on an unlimited data line. They should be able to walk you through the process with no problem, just make sure when paperwork and signatures are flying around, that your unlimited data line isn't being touched. They may have to add, remove, or tweak a data package on the line that you are technically using the upgrade for, but again, just make sure no changes are happening to your unlimited line. If you are like me, and use a feature phone line for upgrades to keep unlimited data, you can always remove a data package and return that line to a feature phone line of $9.99 per month once the entire process is all sorted out and your new phone is running on your unlimited line.

The second method involves ordering a phone online from Verizon's store. To begin, you need to transfer an upgrade to a line that you don't care that much about (a feature phone or tiered data line). You can transfer upgrades in the dashboard through My Verizon. Once you have the upgrade transferred to a non-unlimited data line (could be a feature phone line), you walk through the ordering process with that line, buy a phone, and likely deal with some sort of smartphone data package add-on (likely 2GB for $30). Once the phone arrives, some recommend that you activate it on that feature phone/other line temporarily using the instructions that arrive with the phone. Be aware that this will also temporarily activate the previously mentioned smartphone data package. After activating, you will then need to call customer service to get the feature phone placed back in the system on that line as a $9.99 feature phone. This will kill off the 2GB $30 smartphone plan you just had on there and return your account to its previous state. Once that has been completed, grab the SIM card from your current phone with unlimited data and place it in the new smartphone that you would like to use on your unlimited line. This may seem like a lot of work, and I'm not 100% sure those extra steps are needed, but it is a proven method. Should you receive your new phone and activate it immediately on your unlimited data line without addressing the feature phone/other line, there is a chance that Verizon will take that as you using an unlimited line as an upgrade, which could in turn wipe out your unlimited data. I personally don't think that's possible, since you are only making changes to your feature phone line and not your unlimited line, but it's better to play it safe. *Note - You may be able to remove the smartphone plan on your feature phone line through your account at Verizon's website. Also, customer service can look back through your history to find the feature phone you'd like to use over and over again, so there is no need to keep that feature phone handy. Keep in mind that even if you transfer your upgrade to another line and then use the upgrade, you are extending your contract on the line which the upgrade originated (could be your unlimited line), not the line you transferred the upgrade to. This is probably going to be the most commonly used, assuming you have an account with more than one line attached because it is the least expensive.

Option 3: Find an Awesome VZW Store Manager

This may sound silly, but there really are ways for managers to override systems and return your account to unlimited data after purchasing a new phone at a discounted price. I haven't personally gone this route, but a number of readers over the last year have emailed in with their success stories from select Verizon stores and dealing with employees who help get authorization on unlimited plans. I don't have any stores to recommend going to to keep those unlimited plans, but I'm sure readers can help you out in the comments.

Option 4: Sign-up for New Service, Cancel, and Pay the ETF

This last option for you should technically work, but it definitely sounds like a lot of work and won't save you all that much in the end. Should you choose to go this route, this is how it could go down. If you sign-up a new line on your account or even completely new account altogether, you could in theory buy a phone at a subsidized price for say $199, then cancel the line or account, pay an ETF (early termination fee) of $350, and come out slightly lower than a full retail priced phone. Most top tier phones run you $600 to $650 off-contract, but at $199 for the subsidized price plus $350 for an ETF, you are looking at somewhere around $550. And that's assuming that Verizon doesn't charge you up front for the first month's data and minute package, an activation fee, and any other new account costs. I know unlimited data is important, but that all sounds like one massive headache. To keep it simple and clean, save up another $100 and buy the phone outright.

Wrap-up

As I mentioned in the beginning, carriers are going to do whatever they can to get you out of your unlimited data plan. Hopefully these couple of options will help save some of you from being nickel and dimed with overpriced tiered data options. None of them are pretty, and you'll more than likely use the option 2 loophole until Verizon closes it up, but you do still have options. Also, if you successfully upgraded recently and managed to keep unlimited data, please share your story in the comments.

Nexus 7 LTE Now Available With AT&T SIM, $100 Credit for Signing Contract

Kellen — Tue, 17 Sep 2013 11:58:32 +0000

Google added two new Nexus 7 LTE purchasing options to the Play store this morning, one of which includes an AT&T SIM and a deal that will land you a $100 bill credit for signing a 2-year service agreement. It certainly isn't the 2GB of free data for a month that T-Mobile is offering without a service agreement, but it's a deal none-the-less. If carrier SIMs aren't your cup of tea and you'd rather your new LTE-equipped tablet arrives by itself, they also are now listing the LTE model at the same $349 price without any sort of carrier add-ons or features. As a reminder, the LTE model works on Verizon's network perfectly well. If you live internationally, you'll be pleased to learn that the LTE model is also now available in Australia, Canada, Germany, Spain, France, UK, Japan, and Korea. Play Link Via: +Nexus

For The Ladies: Samsung Galaxy Note 3 Mini Purse Accessory

Tim — Tue, 17 Sep 2013 11:06:17 +0000

Samsung looks to have a few whacky accessories lined up for the Galaxy Note 3 and Galaxy Gear devices, but this new one might be a hit with female audiences. Mini Purse, anyone? With this accessory, simply stick your Note 3 device inside, then you can keep track of it, plus all of your cash, credit cards and other misc. girly things. The Mini Purse should launch sometime around the official release of the Note 3, but will only launch with the blue color as pictured above. According to the source, additional colors should be in the works for release sometime later down the road. Well, ladies - what do you think? Via: FoneArena

New ASUS PadFone Launches, Features Snapdragon 800 Processor and Same Interesting Design

Tim — Tue, 17 Sep 2013 10:25:47 +0000

The PadFone from ASUS is a device you won't see too often in America. Why it hasn't cracked into the US market too heavily must partially be due to ASUS and the carriers. The PadFone is a phone that fits comfortably into a tablet dock, which eliminates the need for a separate tablet attached to a data plan. This is the type of thing carriers don't care for. It's a pretty futuristic idea, but then again, we are living in the future. The newest rendition of the PadFone is much like last year's model in terms of looks, except ASUS has thrown some healthy spec bumps inside - including Qualcomm's Snapdragon 800 processor clocked at 2.2GHz. The phone features a 5" 1080p display, 2GB of RAM, 13MP back-facing camera, a 2,400mAh battery, plus a complete overhaul of the system's applications. If you own the previous PadFone, you will see a much cleaner and more minimal UI within plenty of ASUS' stock apps that are found on the device. No prices are detailed yet, but it's rumored to be somewhere in the $650 range. If you want the tablet dock to go along with it, you are looking at an additional $250. That's quite the investment.

Via: ASUS

"Google Nexus 5" Appears at GFXBench With "Hammerhead" Codename, 1080p Display, and Snapdragon 800

Kellen — Tue, 17 Sep 2013 09:56:19 +0000

I think it's pretty safe to assume at this point that LG is making the next Nexus phone for Google. There have been enough leaks out of bars, the FCC, and even Google's own campus to leave us with little doubt. The only things we don't know for sure, are what the name will be and if Google has any tricks up its sleeve to set this device apart from a crowded market with a dozen or so legitimate top tier players. If a recent benchmark through GFXBench is to be believed, the oft-used "Nexus 5" name could at least be correct. In the benchmark listing for a "Google Nexus 5," we're seeing a lot of signs that point to this phone being the next Nexus. The "hammerhead" codename that we first revealed weeks ago is present, as is the KeyLimePie reference in the software build that we saw in the original FCC filing last week. You'll see a build number for the Android version the device was running of KRS71D, with the "K" referencing Android 4.4 Kit Kat. There are "Google" mentions in the build host, "brand," and build fingerprint. In terms of hardware, this benchmark shows a device running a Snapdragon 800 clocked at 2.26GHz with an Adreno 330 GPU, the same processor and speed seen on the LG G2, which the new Nexus is heavily rumored to be somewhat based off of. The screen resolution shows as 1794x1080, which sounds off, but that's because the on-screen buttons are reducing the resolution slightly from 1920. Could this benchmark have been faked? Maybe. But GFXBench scores have been incredibly reliable in the past at revealing spot-on information for soon-to-be-released devices, so I would tend to put some weight on this info.

Via: GFXBench

Hands-on With the New Google Wallet, Download Available

Kellen — Tue, 17 Sep 2013 09:18:37 +0000

Google shocked us a bit this morning with the announcement of a new Google Wallet app that works on almost any device, as long as they are running Android 2.3 and above. The app may not be able to make NFC payments through all devices, but it does bring a loyalty cards locker, money-sending between email addresses, and Google Offers to your fingertips. The update was supposed to begin rolling out as early as today, and sure enough it has. A handful of readers were able to grab the update immediately following Google's announcement, which means we have it for you to sideload should you be on the slow end of this staged rollout. In the revamped app, we're seeing classic Android design guidelines with the "hamburger" or slideout navigation menu. You'll find pages for My Wallet, Send Money, Transactions, Wallet Balance, Offers, and Loyalty Programs embedded within. If you own a supported device, you'll see a wallet balance and default credit card at the top of the main tab, with a "You're ready to tap and pay!" message. If you do not own a supported device, you'll only see a wallet balance box. As you navigate through each section, you'll see instructions for setting each up, from adding bank accounts, to finding loyalty programs, and sending money to friends. It's all pretty straight forward stuff, but certainly welcomed. Wallet on all phones! Sort of.

Download Link Cheers Scott and shamo316!

Google Introduces New Google Wallet App for "All" Android Phones (Updated)

Kellen — Tue, 17 Sep 2013 07:52:52 +0000

This morning, Google announced that they will release the newest version of Google Wallet this week to all Android phones running Android 2.3 and above. Yes, I just said all. This new Google Wallet will allow users to send money from "anywhere" using email addresses (similar to the new Gmail feature) that have been linked to bank accounts, keep store loyalty cards in a locker of sorts with a quick scan of your card, find and use Google Offers with ease, and see all of your purchase activity in one place. The app will still make purchases via tap-and-pay over NFC, but your phone - as was the case in the past - needs to be on their approved device list, which currently only includes 29 different devices. Google did mention that they have more NFC-enabled devices on the horizon as they "continue to invest in NFC with partners." The new app will rollout this week, so continue to check the Play store or update your existing Wallet app. Once you see it, be sure to give us a heads up! Update: We have a quick hands-on, plus a download link at this post. Play Link Via: Google Commerce

Nexus 4 16GB Now Sold Out Through Google Play as Well

Kellen — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 16:57:47 +0000

Space has officially been cleared for the arrival of the next Nexus. Both 16GB and 8GB variants of the Nexus 4 are now sold out through Google Play, neither of which is likely to return. After a price drop of $100 for each phone, it took less than a week for the 8GB model to sell out. Here we are two weeks later and the 16GB version has joined the party. We still don't know the official name of the next Nexus, but we do know that it will be made by LG and look a heck of a lot like this. And this. Oh, and this. Hopefully you had a chance to pick up an N4 before they sold out this afternoon. Even after being on the market for a year, it was still one of the best smartphone deals on the planet. Play Link

Google Drive 1.2.352.10 Update Finally Rolling Out - Features Pull-to-Refresh, Easier Uploads, Tweaked UI

Kellen — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 16:16:08 +0000

Early last week, Google published updates to both Google Maps and Drive. Thanks to staged rollouts - our least favorite thing on Earth - it took days before the mass Maps rollout began, and even longer for the Drive rollout to hit everyone. We just received the Drive update, which is listed in the Play store as being nothing more than "bug fixes." That's actually a lie, since the update introduces pull-to-refresh, quick shortcuts (for upload, create, and scan), and a lighter UI that ditches the black for a grey. That's pretty much it, but it's more than "bug fixes." Play Link

Droid Life Q&A Sessions: Volume 15

Tim — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 16:05:01 +0000

With a ton of new devices hitting the streets, and things coming up in the future, now is the perfect time to get your questions in for a new DL Q&A session. Curious on if we think the next Nexus will hit Verizon? Should you invest $300 for a new Samsung smartwatch? We know you have plenty of questions, so throw them down below in the comments section and we will do our best to field them. On Friday, we’ll grab a handful of the best comments and let the team tackle them. To see all of our previous Q&A’s, check them out here.

Google Releases Android 4.3 JLS36C Factory Image and Binaries Nexus 7 LTE (2013)

Kellen — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 15:45:34 +0000

Moments ago, Google posted the Android 4.3 (JLS36C) factory images and binaries for the new Nexus 7 with LTE. If you own the LTE variant, feel free to grab them at the links below. Our N7 LTE received the update to JLS36C this morning.

JLS36C Links: Factory Image | Binaries

LG G2 Review

Kellen — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 14:40:13 +0000

We knew that when the LG G2 arrived, it would be a smartphone more powerful than any we had seen before it. LG teased it for weeks, even announcing the phone's Snapdragon 800 processor, display tech, and name before it ever took the stage to make the phone official. So when we finally got our hands on it, our concerns weren't about the display quality or performance, they were going to be about the ecosystem that LG was trying to create with its new app suite, whether or not the camera could live up to its fancy spec list, and if those oddly placed volume and power buttons could win us over. For the most part, I can easily say that LG has won us over on a number levels with the G2. The display is insanely good, the camera might be our favorite to date, and the UI over the top of Android isn't as awful as we thought it would be. Let's talk about all of that and more, to help you decide if the G2 is your next phone.

The Good

Display

The 5.2" IPS LCD display on the LG G2 is gorgeous. At a resolution of 1920x1080 with 423ppi, the sharpness, accuracy of color, above average viewing angles, and clarity are unlike almost any other smartphone display I have ever seen. When you first boot the G2, you will more than likely be blown away by its beauty. Videos look like true 1080p on a small screen should, games are full of amazing detail, and to the touch, it feels almost soft as you swipe, gesture, and tap. The panel itself leans slightly to the cooler side of display temperatures, whereas the AMOLED in a device like the Moto X clearly comes off warm. In the shots below, you can see how the 1080p display reproduces a variety of colors when compared to that of the Moto X, Nexus 4, and Galaxy S4. It's viewing angles aren't quite as good as those with AMOLED displays, but it's whites are certainly whiter.

MACRO SHOT

What takes the experience even further over the top, is the absence of bezel around the front of the device. When you talk about a full-screen experience, the G2 beats everyone, and it's not even close. The side bezels are almost non-existent, the top and bottom areas are small enough, and you truly feel like you are holding nothing but one giant smartphone panel in your hand without any extra fuss. If you were looking for the best display a smartphone has to offer at the moment, I'd say that you can stop looking now that the G2 is out.

Specs

LG tried to create the ultimate powerhouse with the G2 and succeeded. To power it all, you have the latest quad-core Snapdragon 800 processor from Qualcomm clocked at 2.26GHz with an upgraded Adreno 330 GPU. Then you add on the 5.2" FHD display, 2GB RAM, 13MP camera with OIS (optical image stabilization), 4G LTE, 32GB of storage, and 3,000mAh battery all tucked into a frame that is only 8.9mm thick, and you have a smartphone that few will come close to matching for months (which is an eternity in smartphone terms). We talk a lot about "future proof" phones that can last you the life of a contract without slowing or becoming obsolete or behind-the-times - the LG G2 may last three or four years before it shows signs of aging. The screen is as good as it gets, the processor is the most powerful on the planet, and the camera includes the next movement in mobile photography. When you think about the ultimate specs list, LG checked all the boxes with the G2.

Performance

Thanks to the quad-core Snapdragon 800 processor clocked at 2.26GHz and 2GB RAM, the G2 is buttery smooth no matter what you are doing. While running a suite of benchmarks that tested out items like GPU performance, you rarely see the phone's frame rate dip below 50 fps, even on the heaviest of virtual 3D environments. If you want to multi-task, the G2 won't even hiccup. If you want to shoot pictures in an instant, you can without hesitation. And if you want to out-duel your friends with benchmarks, they'll struggle to keep up. It's a beast, folks.

Camera

So far, Tim and I have had nothing but great things to say when it comes to the 13MP Sony IMX135 Exmor sensor in the G2. In my testing, I've found the camera to be quicker than any other smartphone camera to date, while still being able to produce completely acceptable results. We're talking instant shutter with very few reasons to ever need to re-take a photo. At 13MP and with 9-point autofocus, you should see plenty of detail and not the over-processed and de-saturated photos we saw the Moto X take during our testing period.

With the G2's camera, you have options for most manual settings like focus, brightness, ISO, and white balance, but LG has also included pre-set modes for Burst, Beauty, Dual camera, etc. Unlike the Moto X where the game is all about simplicity, LG has tried to combine a simple UI with features that will satisfy both photogs and casual users. While I'm still a fan of Motorola's incredibly minimal approach to smartphone camera UIs, I still like to have some of the options that LG and Samsung include in their camera suites - manual settings for one. In most situations, you'll find yourself in full auto-mode, which will get the job done. Taking the G2 from extreme low-light to sunsets to macros returned impressive results (at least to our eyes) without having to adjust a thing. Thanks to OIS (optical image stabilization), you'll snap photos in the darkest of areas, but also see much less shakiness and blur during video recording or when zoomed in. Other than a bit of artifacting here and there in our low-light shots, OIS shined as an important piece of smartphone camera tech that will be tough to live without. We have a handful of samples below, but hope to continue to test out the G2's camera. It just feels like a 2-week period is enough to fully appreciate what LG has done here.

Full resolution: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8

Battery Life

Thanks to a 3,000mAh battery tucked inside the svelte 8.9mm frame of the G2, I ran into zero battery scares. The day I pushed it the hardest, I easily cleared 13+ hours and still had 20% or so left. The rest of the days, with 4G LTE only and light-to-medium use, I almost always cruised through 15 hours with another 10+ to spare (according to the device). If you aren't hammering on the device, you'll have the opportunity to get through more than a full day's use - I'm talking 24 hours. If you are putting in heavy work (gaming, lots of messaging, video watching, etc. with 3+ hours of screen-on time) you should still see 14-18 hours of battery life.

Availability

The trend in mobile for 2013 has been the release of flagships by the top manufacturers on all of the major U.S. carriers. We saw Samsung do it with the Galaxy S4, Motorola with the Moto X, and now LG with the G2. As of the posting of this review, you can currently buy the G2 on Verizon, AT&T, and T-Mobile, with Sprint availability coming in late October. Availability may seem like a small thing that most consumers won't care about, but it's a big deal for LG. It's a hell of a lot easier to sell phones and hammer home your brand when you can produce a single design, and then make it available to almost everyone. Even Verizon couldn't completely botch the G2. They are one of the first to sell it, and have also only made a couple of minor changes to the design. The Big Red variant has wireless charging, and a slightly tweaked button arrangement that keep the G2 very G2-like.

Software Suite

LG is trying to turn the G2 into the ultimate productivity tool. They have included apps like QuickMemo, QSlide, and Slide Aside that all want you to be able to accomplish multiple tasks at once. With the long press of the volume up button or the quick swipe up from home, you can get into QuickMemo to take down notes. With the pulldown of the notification tray, you can jump into a variety of QSlide apps that hover as mini apps over whatever you are doing. You can change their transparency to see through to your background task and even open more than one at a time. With Slide Aside (my least favorite of the three), LG wants you to use a 3-finger swiping gesture while in an app to hide it off to the side. You can stack up to three apps to the side, accessing them again with another 3-finger swipe. It's unnecessary since Android already has a multi-tasking app that can be accessed with a long-press on Home and shows much more than your last three apps. The apps aren't all great, but the inclusion of them shows that LG is attempting to innovate and continue to make your smartphone smarter. A lot of this stuff reminds us of what Samsung is doing, but when you are the underdog trying to catch someone like Samsung, sometimes copying or closely mimicking is the way to go. Just ask Samsung how that worked out. We've demoed all of these features in a video included below that I highly recommend you check out. It's a solid 13-minutes of G2 software goodies.

Somewhere-in-the-Middle

LG's UI

You can see Samsung's influence in LG's Android skin before you even leave the lock screen. There are water effects, a crowded notification pulldown, and a cartoonish design that probably makes minimal design enthusiasts queasy. With that said, it's actually a lot prettier than the Gingerbread-ish scheme that Samsung has chosen to continue to use with its TouchWiz. LG has instead taken the Android color scheme of blues and greys, and then incorporated swiping gestures, mostly useful software add-ons for enhanced multi-tasking, and even gone with on-screen navigation buttons to give you the full Android experience. While LG has skinned everything from the dialer to the calendar to the calculator, most of it doesn't look terrible. Sure, it might not be as pretty as HTC's Sense 5 or stock Android, but again, it looks like a beautiful cityscape compared to the junkyard that is Samsung's TouchWiz.

Plus, LG lets you customize almost everything. We're talking full control over icons, colors in folders, the settings menu, navigation button arrangement, lock and home screens, and more. You can almost think of LG's skin as a fully-equipped 3rd party launcher that you may find on Google Play. There is no OEM out there doing customization like LG, which we will gladly applaud them for. It's not all amazing, though. You do feel at times as if you are a bit overwhelmed by all of the things that LG is trying to accomplish. They take multi-tasking in far too many directions, remove easy multi-select in things like the gallery, have an excessive amount of sound and vibrate options that will certainly confuse the average consumer, and try to push a really terrible voice-action system called Voice Mate as a Siri and S Voice competitor. Everything just seems so excessive when you look at something like the Moto X, which clearly took the opposite approach to enhancing Android.

Design

I personally am not a fan of the design of the G2, as it comes off completely uninspired and frankly, boring. Last year, we saw LG create an innovative design technology called Crystal Reflection that was featured in both the Optimus G and Nexus 4, yet they moved completely away from it in 2013 as if it never existed, instead choosing cheap plastic backsides that are glossy, fingerprint magnets. The G2 is really nothing more than a big black slab with no distinctive design characteristics or memorable pieces outside of the display. For many, that may be enough since the display is that good, but in 2013, I think we should be doing more with smartphone designs than simply copying Samsung's oft-criticized plastics. We've talked a lot about the design of the Moto X over the last couple of months, praising it for its in-hand feel. The G2 doesn't feel bad by any means, thanks to its subtle outer curves. However, the combination of gloss, plastic, and size can't help but leave us feeling that it deserves more, especially with the rest of the premium parts used. I'll get into the rear button arrangement in a minute, but it's certainly not something LG should be bragging about either.

The Not-so-Good

Physical Button Arrangement

Before I get into this, let me just say that there are few faults with the G2. Two of the "not-so-good" items here are simply my personal opinions and preferences that you may completely disagree with. With that said, I cannot stand LG's decision to move the volume and power buttons from the traditional side placements and stuff them in the middle of the backplate under the camera lens. Pressing them often feels completely unnatural and regularly confusing. Most of my griping is directly attached to the Verizon version, though. Big Red changed up the button setup from being a subtle bump for the power, with flush volume buttons above and below it. They chose to make separate buttons out of the whole situation, which leaves you unable to tell by touch which button you are trying to press. In fact, I've now resorted to flipping the phone over each time before use to make sure I'm hitting the correct button. Thankfully, LG included KnockON, so you don't necessarily need to press the power button in order to wake or sleep your phone (assuming it works regularly). The international and AT&T variants are also much easier to figure out.

This is something that almost anyone could more than likely get used to if this phone became theirs for a 2-year period. It's just such a drastic change for someone like me that uses a traditional button setup after traditional button setup, that I couldn't get over it. By no means should this setup deter you from considering the G2, I'm just making sure you are ready for a semi-frustrating opening experience. If you want some positives for the button setup, I'll give you three - LG made long-pressing volume down a quick launch shortcut for the camera, and long-pressing of volume up a quick launch shortcut for Quick Memo. They also made volume down a shutter button or zoom for taking selfies or regular pics.

Glossy Plastics

Ugh, glossy plastics. Look, I get that plastic is probably much easier and cheaper to work with than glass or metal, but if you are going to use it, at least go with a matte finish. The G2 and DROID ULTRA are now battling for champion in the 2013 "Fingerprint Magnet of the World" competition. There is nothing redeeming about a black slab of shiny plastic that needs to be wiped a minute after using it so that it doesn't look like the Cookie Monster's buttering slab. And trust me, during this review, I've had to wipe the phone at least a dozen times in order to make it presentable enough for the camera. If you buy the G2, invest in a case...like, now.

Holy Bloatware

I counted at least 20 bloatware apps on the Verizon variant of the G2. Tim found at least 18 on his AT&T variant. I think the G2 is now the record holder. Thankfully, their app drawer allows you to hide unwanted apps and Android at a system level lets you disable most.

Other Notes

KnockON: I couldn't find a proper spot to mention this, but one of my favorite features on the G2 continues to be KnockON. A simple double knock or tap on the screen quickly wakes the device, while another knock with the screen on will put it back to sleep. Since I can't stand the button arrangement, KnockON has become my best friend on the G2.
Call quality: I've had no issues with calls on the G2 (Verizon's version), but have already received emails from readers and forum threads where users are experiencing a hissing noise. Something to keep an eye on.
GPS issues: This could be my location and the lack of a Verizon tower, but I noticed regularly that the GPS on the G2 was flagging Google Now to give me directions to my "work." It other words, it had issues pinpointing my "work" location, which is actually my house since I work from home. No other phone has ever put me a mile or two away on a regular basis like the G2 has. That said, I used it a couple of times with Google Maps navigation and it performed just fine.
Buttons: Not sure if I made this clear or not, but the rear-placed buttons of the Verizon version are far worse than the international and AT&T G2 variants. The gentle slope of the AT&T version makes it fairly easy to figure out which button you are about to press. Since Verizon had LG separate both volume keys and the power button into 3 separate buttons, it's a disaster.
Wife test: The G2 did not pass the wife test, as it was too big, greasy, and the button arrangement was confusing.

Gallery

Video

Unboxing and Hardware Tour

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fBw6sDWSzfU[/youtube]

Software Tour

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ENcaKEZXH00[/youtube]

The Verdict

I can safely say that the LG G2 should be on your short list of devices to consider for the foreseeable future should you find yourself in need of a new smartphone. With some of the best specs a smartphone has ever seen, an unmatched 5.2" display, impressive 13MP camera, and availability on all major carriers, there is so much to like here. My only negatives for the G2 are pretty minor, and can easily be overcome. Cases can cover cheap plastic, and your fingers can learn to adjust to buttons. If you can get past those two things, you are looking at one hell of a smartphone. Nice job, LG.

Links: LG G2 deals at eBay | Amazon

Videos Leak of Nexus 5 in Action, Pictures Too

Tim — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 14:16:35 +0000

Two videos hit YouTube today, briefly (we stress briefly) showing off Google's upcoming Nexus 5 smartphone in action. From the videos, we can watch the device be turned on, then the user playing with the N5's lockscreen. The other video shows off the device's screen-off animation, which looks to be the same as Jelly Bean's (retro TV). Along with the videos, three pictures were also taken of the Nexus 5. One gives us a very crisp look at the device's backside, while the other shows off the front. The third image captures a look at the boot animation, which appears to be the same the Google Play Edition device's boot animation. As we can see, the device is clearly made by LG, which goes along with everything else we have seen from leaked images to reports out of the FCC. As you may see and hear in the videos, it's quite clear that the device was being played with at some high school party or at a bar. There is loud music, loud voices and is that a bong I spot? From the amount of info we are seeing leaked, it's safe to say we may be getting pretty close to an official unveiling.

[youtube]http://youtu.be/QPYVbaF1Jmg[/youtube] This video contains NSFW language. [youtube]http://youtu.be/2yJSYSuyKfY[/youtube] Via: 9to5 Google Cheers Nick!

Stack the States Launches on Android, the Perfect Mix of Education and Fun Times

Tim — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 12:53:43 +0000

[youtube]http://youtu.be/9B3SKf96nkY[/youtube]

A very fun game hit Google Play this weekend called Stack the States. The game has been featured on iOS for a long time, so it's quite exciting to finally see it launched for Android. The game features a few different modes to play, but the trivia mode was always my favorite that I would play with my nephew. The game asks you certain geography questions pertaining to the United States. When you select the right answer, you get to use the state as a stacking block to reach a designated line in the game. Depending on how high the line is will determine how many questions and states you need to get right. It mixes basic geography skills with some good hand eye coordination to do the stacking. If you have sons/daughters or nieces/nephews in your life, they will love it. And even if you're a grouchy old grownup, you might like it too. Go check it out on Google Play for just $0.99. Play Link ($0.99)

Sprint Prepping Its Own "One Up" Early Upgrade Program

Tim — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 12:31:06 +0000

With all major carriers following T-Mobile's lead on the early upgrade road, Sprint looks like it too is launching a plan of its own. Titled One Up, this will allow customers to purchase devices on a monthly payment plan, then upgrade devices after only a year with their current device. Previously, customers were only able to upgrade with no extra charge after two years of service. Most of the early upgrade plans from each carrier are similar, but with small differences. For example, with Sprint's One Up, there is no down payment for a device, which differs from T-Mobile's hefty down payment. Instead, users pay for the device over 24 monthly installments. If the customer decides to end the plan early, they are then left to pay the remainder of the device's cost on the following month. For a very detailed look at each of the differences found between carrier's plan, check out our rundown right here. According to CNET, much like T-Mo's JUMP!, Sprint also takes the cost of the subsidy out of your plan's rate. This is unlike Verizon and AT&T who factor in that cost on top of the monthly bill, effectively charging you twice. One Up is scheduled to launch nationwide on September 20.

Via: CNET

Nexus 7 LTE is Currently No Longer for Sale Through Google Play (Updated)

Kellen — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 11:36:49 +0000

We're not sure if Google has run out of stock, simply removed it from inventory for unspecified reasons, or is tweaking Google Play store pages, but the new 2013 Nexus 7 with LTE is now showing as "not for sale at this time." In the past when devices have gone out of stock, Google Play will reference the reasons, which typically involves inventory levels. This statement of "not for sale" at this time, just 7 days after the device went on sale for $349, is a bit odd. We'll keep an eye on its status and update this post if we learn more. Update: It's now showing as "out of inventory" for some. Maybe Google sold through 'em. Update 2: It's now back in stock. Via: Google Play

Super Clear HTC One Max Pictures Leak Alongside Finalized Specs?

Tim — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 10:20:40 +0000

More pictures and details for the One Max (model number 8088) from HTC hit the web over the weekend, this time bringing some of the clearest images we have seen thus far. In these shots, we get a good look at the Max's user interface that is on the apparent 5.9" 1080p display, along with a closeup of the pogo pins HTC placed on the backside of the phone. In addition, it was previously reported that the Max would feature a Snapdragon 800 processor, but it is now shown to be running either a Snapdragon 600 or Snapdragon S4 Pro processor. The S4 Pro is the same chipset that is currently powering the Moto X device and new DROID lineup of devices. To top it all off, the phone is reported to sport a 5MP camera with UltraPixel technology, 2GB of RAM, a 3,300mAh battery, Android 4.3 and 16GB of storage. Why HTC would feel that 16GB is enough, when even Samsung killed off the 16GB variant of the Note series, remains to be seen. It is listed from the leak that the One Max should hit the market sometime in October. Is anyone waiting on this device to launch? Specs:

5.9" (1920 x 1080) display
Snapdragon S4 Pro or Snapdragon 600 processor
2GB RAM
16GB ROM
Android 4.3
5MP UltraPixel camera
3,300mAh battery
NFC
Bluetooth 4.0
Fingerprint scanner

Via: VR-Zone | Mobile01

Google Acquires Bump For Undisclosed Amount

Tim — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 09:48:54 +0000

This morning, Bump's CEO announced through an official blog post that Google acquired the company. Back in the early day of Android and iOS devices, Bump was one of those interesting applications that made smartphones appear to be smart. Two users could simply bump their phones together, which would allow them to easily transfer pictures, contact data or other misc. files through the cloud. Nothing actually happened between the two phones except for the sensors in the devices sensing the bump, then sending the data up to the cloud, then placing it in the other users' account. We would guess that the Bump team will start working with Google's Android Beam team, but no details have been made public yet. For now, Bump claims that all services and applications will continue to be updated and receive support following the acquisition. It's always nice when Google gobbles up a semi-big name in the mobile space. Something exciting should come from this. Via: Bump | The Verge

BlackBerry Messenger Leaked for Android - You Can Log In, Just Can't Use It

Tim — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 09:03:24 +0000

Years later, the BBM for Android application has finally leaked, and we are so very close to seeing its official launch. Over the weekend, a special build of BlackBerry Messenger was posted to the web, but only whitelisted accounts can gain access past the login screen. You can set up an account and get yourself oriented with the app's icon, but so far, there is no functionality for regular users. Once BBM's internal testing of the app is finally complete, we will hope to see this application launch for everyone. Will it take another couple of years? Hopefully not. To download the app and sideload it onto your device, go grab it from the forums below. Via: CrackBerry

LG Nexus 5 Takes Virtual 3D Form, Lets You Go Hands-on With It Today

Kellen — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 08:09:17 +0000

Can't wait until the end of October/early November to get your hands on the next Nexus made by LG? Maybe this 3D rendering of the device will help satisfy your need for all things Nexus. Published to reddit over the weekend, this mockup is clearly based off of the FCC screw-ups and premature sightings thanks to Googlers taking in statue unveilings. It could give a great representation of what we can expect when Google makes the device official next month (likely) or Google could surprise us with something completely different (not likely). Either way, you have to love creativity combined with the internet. If you want to catch-up on all things Nexus 5, be sure to head over to this post. To interact with the 3D rendering below, simply click and let it load. Once it hits 100%, you can use your mouse to drag the device in full 360-degree motions.

Best Buy Selling Verizon's HTC One for $49, Including the New Exclusive Blue Version

Kellen — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 07:24:51 +0000

Best Buy is currently hosting a solid deal on the HTC One from Verizon, where you can land either the exclusive blue color or classic silver for just $49.99 on contract. The phone is still new enough that Verizon wants the full $199 for it - other online dealers are asking for as much as $149. The only other deal similar to Best Buy's is through Amazon, where you can grab the One for $49.99, but the blue color is obviously not a choice. We have reviewed the HTC One on three separate occasions now in case you'd like to know all there is to know about variants from a variety of carriers. Even though the One is months old at this point, it's still a solid competitor and choice in the smartphone market.

Via: Best Buy [2] Cheers Mike, Dustin, Amanda, and Patrick!

Sprint Adds 34 New 4G LTE Markets, Totaling 185 Across the Country

Kellen — Mon, 16 Sep 2013 06:59:00 +0000

This morning, Sprint announced that it had turned on 34 new 4G LTE markets across the country, bringing their total to 185. It's mostly smaller markets, but you will see Sprint LTE in spots like Oklahoma City (OK), Corpus Christi (TX), Port Arthur (TX), and Salem (OR). While this is an improvement and good news for Sprint customers, with Verizon pushing past the 500 market mark, and AT&T eclipsing 400, you can see how far Sprint has to go to compete. Even T-Mobile is lighting them up faster than we can keep track of these days. Here is the list of newbies:

Via: Sprint

We're Like Jim Furyk's 59: a Weekend Must Watch

Kellen — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 22:33:29 +0000

The DL Show episode 35 went down this week live on Wednesday, featuring talk of Samsung's two new products on the block, the Galaxy Note 3 and Galaxy Gear. We fought over the Gear design, decided that only Tim is ready for the Note 3 Cult, and that faux leather with stitching is only slightly less gross that glossy plastic. Beyond Samsung chatter, we talked about the LG G2, the next Nexus (also made by LG), Apple's snoozy announcements, and our favorite apps and games of the week. Be sure to listen or watch as you head into the weekend. You can catch us live on Wednesday nights 6PM Pacific!

Google Maps Updated With Faster Navigation, Improved Hotel Search, Tips and Tricks Menu

Kellen — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 18:06:18 +0000

A new Google Maps update popped up earlier this week through Google Play, but since staged rollouts start in small waves before arriving on everyone's handsets, we're now just seeing the rollout increase. If you haven't yet updated, there is a pretty good chance that the update is awaiting your approval. In the update, we're seeing faster navigation, that also has route previews and better traffic overviews. There are improved hotel search results with sponsored rate and booking links (read: advertisements). And Google even included a "Tips and Tricks" menu that can be accessed through the slideout navigation, though it's nothing more than a redirect to a Maps support page. What's new:

- Faster access to navigation, complete with route and traffic overview - Improved hotel search results with sponsored rates and booking links - Tips and Tricks available in the side menu - Bug fixes

Play Link

This Week in the Life of DROID - 9/13/2013

Tim — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 16:30:32 +0000

It's Friday the 13th. Spooky. This week can be summed up with one word - revolutionary. Apple announced and unveiled two new iPhones this week, the iPhone 5S and the iPhone 5c. We had some fun and liveblogged the event, with lots of you joining in on the action. In spite of Apple pretty much taking up the whole week with their news, there was still plenty of Android stuff to chat about. The biggest piece is that the Moto X and new DROID devices received root, so if that's your game, then you better jump on that. In addition, Twitter was updated to version 5.0 in the beta, we got some new looks at the upcoming Nexus device from LG and Google, and we spent some time with the LG G2 on AT&T and Verizon (reviews to follow next week). If you missed any of the action, check out the highlights below.

Watch: The Droid Life Show - Episode 35 [Subscribe]
Review: Motorola DROID MAXX
Video: Software tour of the LG G2.
Video: Hands-on with the new Nexus 7 running Verizon LTE data.
Thanks to FCC goof, we got a great look at the upcoming Nexus 5.
Moto X, DROID Ultra, MAXX and Mini all get root.
Samsung talks 64-bit architecture, says it is coming soon.
Motorola planning custom-made tablets like the Moto X?
LG G2 on Verizon and AT&T receive root.
Twitter starts rolling out version 5.0, looks good so far.
Apple announced the new iPhones. Cool story, bro.
More pictures and specs of the possible DROID 5 leak.

Have a great weekend, folks!

Friday App Sales: EPOCH, Bag It!, Football Manager Handheld and More

Tim — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 14:49:04 +0000

It's Friday, which means you might need some new apps to keep you busy over the weekend. This week, there are a few games which we have seen before, such as Bag It! and EPOCH, as well as some utility apps like Root Call Blocker and Light Meter Tools. If SEGA's Football Manager has interested you, but that $10 made you shy, you can also grab that for just $7. Not too bad at all. Check out the full list below. Friday app sales:

Talisman Prologue HD ($1.99)
Go ($2.99)
EPOCH ($0.99)
Toolbox Pro Key Manager ($1.00)
Bag it! ($0.99)
Samurai Showdown II ($3.99)
Light Meter Tools ($0.99)
Circuit Training Assistant Pro ($1.31)
Football Manager Handheld 2013 ($6.99)
Root Call Blocker Pro ($2.99)
Paper Artist ($0.99)

Developer support - initiate!

Google Glass With "Blue" Could be a Baseball Fan's Best Friend at the Park

Tim — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 14:04:59 +0000

Google Glass is still unavailable to the general public, but for the developers and few enthusiasts that do have their hands on a pair of Google's eyewear computer, big things are happening. Applications are constantly being created and tested, and the newest one, built especially for baseball fans, has definitely caught our attention. The application is called Blue, developed by Paper Model Plane, which allows game attendees to follow all of the action taking place on the field through Glass. Blue geolocates you at the park, then gives you the pitch-by-pitch information as it happens. As you will see in the video that demoes its uses, you can track which type of pitch was thrown, who is up, and pretty much anything else you would need to know while at the game. This is the type of app that we want to see more of before Glass launches. [youtube]http://youtu.be/nIVieBzP3gk[/youtube] Via: Android Spin

LetsTalk is Selling the Verizon LG G2 at $29.99 for New Contracts, $79.99 for Upgrades (Updated)

Kellen — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 12:13:06 +0000

I don't know why or if it's on purpose, but LetsTalk is currently selling the brand new LG G2 from Verizon for $29.99 if you sign-up as a new customer, or $79.99 with an upgrade. That's...umm...a crazy good deal. Verizon is offering the phone at $199, Amazon doesn't have it yet, and other online dealers are only going as low as $149. How on Earth LetsTalk is able to sell this top tier phone at such a ridiculously low price is beyond me, but hey, we won't complain. At least one reader of ours was able to place an order, and so far hasn't seen a cancellation or a "whoops we screwed up!" email. Cross those fingers. Then go order. Update: LetsTalk has now pulled the G2 listing. Let's hope they at least honor orders that were placed. Also, if you pop in promo code "letstalkpromo" during checkout, you could save an additional $5. As you can see from the screenshot, LetsTalk does free overnight shipping as well. Via: LetsTalk Cheers Cloud!

Verizon and AT&T LG G2 Receive Quick Root Treatment

Tim — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 11:58:16 +0000

Well, the wait for root on the new LG G2 was not long at all. According to users on XDA, an easy rooting method for the new device on either AT&T or Verizon has been released. As a tip, you will need some simple ADB knowledge to get yourself started. If you can set that up, and after you have downloaded the proper drivers and one-click software, your device will then be rooted. After playing around with a Titanium backup process, then making sure a custom recovery is installed, users should be able to have a lot of fun with this phone in terms of hacking. For a full list of instructions to get you started, follow the link below. And please, be careful when attempting these tasks with your new phones. Make sure to follow all instructions carefully and make backups whenever possible. Let us know how it goes if you attempt it. Via: XDA Cheers Han, Open1Your1Eyes0, and Richard!

Google Updates Ingress With 10 Fancy Achievement Badges

Tim — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 11:35:55 +0000

Still playing Ingress? If so, you can grab the newest update recently posted to Google Play, complete with new achievement badges. Finally, all of that hard work will count for something. With this new "Agent Achievement" system in the game, you can better track your progression and skills throughout the game. Need to size up the competition? With the new system, you can just check their badges.

Ten badges will be rolling out over the course of the next few weeks for players to track and earn in the new Ingress player achievement system, including:

Explorer – Indicates a player’s visits and hacks of distinct portals.
Pioneer - Tracks the capture of distinct Portals
Liberator – Tracks the capture of all portals.
Purifier – Signals the number of Enemy Resonators destroyed.
Hacker – Indicates the number of portals hacked.
Guardian – Measures the ability to maintain control of a portal for an extended period of time.
Builder - Tracks Resonators deployed.
Seer - Indicates new Portals discovered and successfully submitted.
Connector - Signals the number of Portals linked.
Mind Control – Recognizes the creation of Control Fields.

Play Link Via: +Ingress

T-Mobile Expands 4G LTE Market to 180 Million POPs, AT&T Hits 400 LTE Markets

Tim — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 11:15:18 +0000

T-Mobile updated its complete 4G LTE coverage list, flaunting that the new LTE network now covers up to 180 million POPs, a number that saw a massive spike in growth last month when their CEO flipped the switch live on stage. While T-Mobile grows at a steady pace, AT&T is almost wrapped up with its rollout, though. As Verizon crossed the finish line first with 500+ LTE markets, AT&T just cracked 400 markets, covering roughly 240 million POPs. The network is currently seeing expansions in major markets such as San Francisco, Washington D.C., Nashville and Houston. To catch a full list of LTE markets from both carriers, hit up the via links below. Via: TmoNews [2] | AT&T

Chromecast Officially Back in Stock Through Google Play, Orders Ship in 1-2 Days

Kellen — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 10:45:29 +0000

After a couple of months of stock issues, Google's Chromecast is now back in stock and shipping within 1-2 days through Google Play. Since being introduced in July, Google and a variety of other retailers have had trouble keeping the HDMI dongle in stock. Within the last week, though, we have seen Best Buy hold a steady inventory, so it makes sense that Google would catch up as well. It is their product after all. At $35, the Chromecast is still a no-brainer if you are a tech enthusiast. While you may not use it by the hour, it certainly comes in handy as an additional to your home media setup. Plus, with additional support arriving in the future from additional media companies, it could become your go-to video streaming device. Chromecast owners, still using your dongle? Play Link

Angry Birds Star Wars 2 Out September 19, Here is the First Gameplay Footage

Tim — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 10:00:39 +0000

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xAr2oEdegKs[/youtube]

This morning, Rovio launched a massive gameplay trailer for the upcoming Angry Birds Star Wars II game. Inside the trailer, we get a great look at how each of the characters will perform, as well as some interesting additions such as the NFC-powered Telepods. If you have been part of the Skylanders craze that is currently sweeping this nation's youth, then parents, you will know exactly what you are in for. The game is set to be launched September 19 on all platforms and markets.

Straight Talk Prepaid Service Now Supports AT&T LTE

Kellen — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 09:37:24 +0000

Straight Talk, one of the most popular and affordable prepaid smartphone options, now appears to support AT&T's 4G LTE. At $45 per month for unlimited talk, text, and data, this is now an incredibly interesting choice if carriers, subsidies, and contracts are not something you ever want to see again in your life. Just last week, we saw AT&T's official prepaid plans through Aio Wireless go live nationwide, however, their plans start at $55 for any sort of meaningful data amount. Aio Wireless is also up front about their data throttling limits, and the speeds you will receive. For $55, you'll receive access to AT&T's LTE network with max speeds of 8Mbps up and down for the first 2GB of data you use each month. After that, you'll be throttled to even slower speeds. Straight Talk on the other hand has never been open to discussing their speeds or throttling limits. In fact, they have been sued at least once for throttling people at limits as low as 1.5GB of data. Their terms are pretty vague, but they essentially state that you will see varying speeds and that they reserve the right to throttle. We've got one of the SIM cards on order, so once it arrives, we'll activate it and perform some tests to give you guys an idea as to where they stand. Via: Straight Talk Cheers Matt!

Verizon Details DROID DNA Sense 5 and Android 4.2 Update With BlinkFeed, Highlights, and More

Kellen — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 08:36:51 +0000

Verizon updated their DROID DNA support page recently, detailing a yet-to-be-announced software update that will include Android 4.2 and Sense 5. In the support page, we are seeing evidence of the arrival of BlinkFeed, a new gallery app with video highlights, new 4.2 quick toggles in the notification bar, smart dialer, updated People app, and a new calendar. This update helps bring your DNA into HTC One software territory, you just can't snap Zoes. We have no idea when the update is going to rollout, but with all of the details up on Verizon's site, we can't imagine that it won't arrive fairly quickly. Unless of course they mistakenly posted it and will be pulling it shortly after we post this. HTC did promise that the update to Android 4.3 would be available on the DNA before the end of September - maybe this is it? Either way, we'll keep an eye out!

Via: Verizon Cheers zepfloyd!

New Flattened, Minimal Google Homepage is Rolling Out

Kellen — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 08:16:18 +0000

A couple of readers noticed this morning that the Google homepage has updated with a much more minimal UI, including a new flat logo. Gone are the shadows on the logo, and the black bar with links to additional Google services - in is a flat, color-tweaked logo and Chrome-style app button situated in the top right corner that gives shortcuts to other Google apps. It should be noted that this Google homepage style has been an experiment for a few months, but this appears to be a rollout to non-experimental users. Here is a comparison of the new and old logos:

And here are some screenshots showing how the new app button will work throughout services. As you can tell, I'm only able to see the new UI through my phone's browser and not in a desktop browser.

Anyone else seeing the new look this morning? Cheers Damian and Aaron!

Moto X, DROID MAXX, ULTRA, and Mini Have All Been Rooted.

Kellen — Fri, 13 Sep 2013 07:30:14 +0000

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B9aTUp_5vio[/youtube]

If you own a Moto X on AT&T, Verizon, Sprint, or US Cellular (Rogers too), you can root your device with a simple app created by Justin Case, called MotoRoot. If you don't own a Moto X, and instead decided upon the DROID MAXX, ULTRA, or Mini, you too can root your device with a simple 1-click app. To root, hit up the correct XDA thread below, grab the .apk file that matches your device (Moto X has specific .apk files depending on carrier), install and run it on your phone, and tap the "Setup" button. Your device will then fully reboot. Once it reboots completely, you will be rooted. At that point, you can enter the Play store and install Chainfire's SuperSU app. In order to keep root, you do need to keep MotoRoot installed. Should you uninstall the app, you will break root, but can regain it by installing the app again. There is an option to "unroot" as well. Go get it! XDA Links: Moto X Root | DROID Family Root Cheers Reginald, billy, bboyairwreck, Shane, Dan, and Open1Your1Eyes0!

Microsoft Working on Cortana, a Personal Assistant to Rival Google Now

Tim — Thu, 12 Sep 2013 15:26:53 +0000

Microsoft is finally getting around to developing a personal assistant for Windows Phone users, as they ready a Windows Phone 8.1 update that is said to feature Cortana. As for the name Cortana, she is an AI character featured in the Halo video game series, personified by the above-pictured girl. To what extent Cortana will be baked into the OS is still not completely known, but The Verge was able to snag some screenshots of her in action, detailing that she will be quite a bit smarter than the already built-in voice commands Windows Phone devices feature. Apparently she can handle simple tasks, such as checking your local weather, handling notifications and system toggles. There is no doubt that Microsoft will want to try and make Cortana as user friendly and intuitive as Google Now or Apple's Siri assistant. The 8.1 update is rumored to launch sometime in early 2014. For any Windows Phones users that are reading this, we are sure you are excited right now. Via: The Verge Cheers Travis!

Today is an Incredibly Elegant Calendar Widget for Android

Kellen — Thu, 12 Sep 2013 15:02:12 +0000

You probably all know how minimal I keep my Android phone setups. My main home screen for years has been a set of apps with custom icons placed below a constantly changing minimal clock widget. From there, I do keep a screen to the left and right of my default for a couple of out-of-sight widgets that I check quite often. To the right has been the stock calendar widget for as long as I can remember. I've become somewhat of a calendar addict since starting DL, meaning I can't function in life nor remember a thing if it isn't on my calendar. And that leads me to this post, where I think I've found a permanent replacement for that stock Google Calendar widget. It's called Today, and was released well, today. Created by Jack Underwood (known for Now Playing), this simple widget is inspired by a calendar widget idea that the Android team's Roman Nurik released a couple of weeks ago to G+. As you can see from the images, it's a semi-transparent widget that pulls from user-selected Google calendars. You'll see white-backed items that are happening today, with mostly-transparent items that are on the horizon. You can set the date range for items you'd like displayed, tweak some appearance settings, have it show location info, and even use it with DashClock. It really is simple, but incredibly elegant. Play Link ($1.09)

Quick Look: Portenzo Nexus 7 Cases - Alano, BookCase, and HardBack

Kellen — Thu, 12 Sep 2013 14:16:38 +0000

Portenzo cases have been some of our favorites for a couple of years now, because who doesn't easily fall in love hand-made, high-quality bookcase style cases for tablets such as the Nexus 7? We took a look at their N7 offerings last year, but as you would expect, the company is back with models that fit the newest 2013 tablet from Google. They were kind enough to send over review samples of their Alano (high-end leather case), BookCase (traditional bookcase style), and HardBack (minimal bookcase style) options for us to show off. Without saying too much here, since it's all covered in the video, I'll simply preface this with what I seem to say time and time again when it comes to hand-made cases from companies like Portenzo and DODOcase - you can't beat the quality. When a company is using single sheets of leather and stacks of maple as a housing, along with dozens of color combinations that you get to choose from, there is no losing. You can feel the work that went into them, especially with the Alano, the minute you pick them up. With that said, hand-made cases are never going to be the cheapest on the block. If you want the under-$20 line (reviewed here), you will have to look elsewhere. These are premium cases that carry premium price tags. Forking out $100+ for a case that covers your sub-$200 tablet might be something that you can't wrap your brains around, but if you have the cash and want the best, these are certainly an option. Portenzo Links: Alano ($99.95) | BookCase ($59.95) | HardBack ($34.95)

Video

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nxvPVjXOEQc[/youtube]

Gallery

Alano

Book Case

Hard Case

Twitter Rolls Out Version 5.0 to Android Users - Completely Reworked UI, Sidebar Navigation

Tim — Thu, 12 Sep 2013 13:37:51 +0000

Twitter is allowing beta testers to try out version 5.0 of the official app, which brings a few exciting new features and a completely revamped look. For starters, the top navigation columns still exist, but the mothership of app control is now based in the newly-added sidebar system which is seen in many other apps like Facebook and Google+. From here, you can quickly navigate throughout the entire application. Again, this is for beta users, so go sign up if you are interested in trying it out. Play Link Cheers David and Jared!

Samsung and Dana Lorenz Partner to Create Awful-Looking Accessories for Galaxy Gear and Galaxy Note 3

Tim — Thu, 12 Sep 2013 12:58:02 +0000

Right when you think you have seen it all, Samsung partners with a random "fashion designer" and shows off some of the most interesting accessories for the Galaxy Gear and Galaxy Note 3 we have ever seen. From what we can see in the pictures posted, there appears to be some custom-bedazzled wrist straps for the watch and a bedazzled-leather case for the Note 3. Yes, the way I view anything artsy is my own opinion, and I am sure others might like these looks, but they just don't resonate very well with me. There are gold metallic studs everywhere, and even a gold chain to allow the Galaxy Note 3 to dangle ever-so carelessly from your body. While I feel that these accessories are somewhat uninspired and play off of the long-dead gaudy punk trend, these look tacky and gross. On the other hand, if you have to put studs on a smartwatch for a girl to want to wear it, then so be it. You can expect these accessories to launch sometime this month, alongside the Galaxy Gear smartwatch.

Via: CNET

Plants vs. Zombies 2 Now Available for Android, But It's the Chinese Version

Tim — Thu, 12 Sep 2013 11:30:02 +0000

We have been awaiting the release of Plants vs. Zombies 2 for what feels like forever. Finally, it has arrived on Android, sort of. The only downer is that Popcap can't seem to get anything right on the Android side of things, and still has yet to publish this game to Google Play. According to their blog, no matter where you live, the game will be available this fall. If you want to play the game now, you will need to settle for the Chinese version which comes to us from the Baidu app store. It seems legit, but as always, you should be cautious when using apps that are not from Google Play. When you sideload this game, it will preview all of the permissions that this game requests. It will ask for full network access, Google Play billing service, read phone status and identity, and also the permission to send SMS messages. These could be pretty normal permissions for a game that would feature in-app billing and things of that nature, but as always, be cautious. I played it for a few minutes and besides not being able to read anything, it was everything I had imagined. Go give it a whirl if you are up for it. Baidu download link. Via: Phandroid

Verizon Launches Total Mobile Protection Service at $10 Per Month

Kellen — Thu, 12 Sep 2013 11:14:13 +0000

This week, Verizon plans to launch a new protection plan for smartphone owners called Total Mobile Protection (TMP). At $10 per month, subscribers to this new service will receive device tech support, security, and replacement services should you have a mishap with your expensive gadget. On a support front, TMP will offer you "premium" tech support through Verizon's "Tech Coaches." A simple tap of a button through your phone will get you into direct contact (at shorter wait times than normal) with a live person for device support, apps, cloud services, and device integration with other tech. In terms of security, Verizon's TMP claims it can protect you from viruses, malware, and other mobile threats thanks to the Verizon Mobile Security app. The app also features mobile device lock, locate services, and wiping should you lose your phone or have it stolen. Finally, TMP is there in case you need to replace a lost, stolen, or damaged device. Total Mobile Protection includes insurance, extends the warranty on your phone, and offers next day replacement. Again, this new service will run you $10 per month and launches this week. It appears as if Asurion is leading this charge. You can find out more info here.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GPlGU3BLMqY[/youtube]

Via: Verizon

Motorola Drops Another "Lazy Phone" Ad, This Time Tackles Bedazzling

Kellen — Thu, 12 Sep 2013 09:28:28 +0000

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=379bEGvn2EQ[/youtube]

"We're like sisters!"

Samsung Exec Promises 64-bit Architecture in Upcoming Phones

Eric — Thu, 12 Sep 2013 09:00:57 +0000

One of the more interesting announcements to come out of the iPhone debut earlier this week was that Apple has put the work in to make sure their upcoming flagships would be on the 64-bit standard. True to form, we saw the rest of the mobile industry reacting to what Apple has done with Samsung as no exception. Co-CEO for Samsung, Shin Jong-Kyun, has been quoted as saying that Samsung would join in on the 64-bit architecture in their upcoming phones. 64-bit is just the next step as far as processors go. It just started becoming standard on desktops and laptops within the past two years or so and it seems like mobile processors are following soon as well. Jong-Kyun said that the next step is coming, but it might not be coming that quick, “Not in the shortest time. But yes, our next smartphones will have 64-bit processing functionality." He could be the Galaxy S5 or Note 4 for all we know. At some point, though, Samsung will have a 64-bit device. That being said, Android will have to get some updates before 64-bit can fully be taken advantage of. Maybe that will be something we see in Kit Kat? Are you excited for 64-bit architecture in your phone? Via: Pocketnow | KoreaTimes

LG G2 Now Available From Verizon for $199, "VERIZON30" Discount Drops it to $140

Kellen — Thu, 12 Sep 2013 08:29:52 +0000

The LG G2 is now available from Verizon for $199 on-contract or $599 at full retail. This is easily one of the most powerful smartphones ever built, with a Snapdragon 800 processor, 5.2" FHD display, 13MP camera with OIS, 2GB RAM, and connectivity on Big Red's LTE network. It should definitely be on your short list of devices to consider for 2013. We have already unboxed the G2, compared both AT&T and Verizon versions, and even given an in-depth look at its software features. Our full review will be up within the next few days, but those three videos should give you a solid overview of what the phone is capable of. If you have decided to make this powerhouse-of-a-phone your next, be sure to use coupon code "VERIZON30" during checkout to slash another $60 off of the on-contract price.

Buying? Via: Verizon Cheers -R!

New FCC Docs Accidentally Give Us Multi-Angle Images of New LG Nexus

Kellen — Thu, 12 Sep 2013 08:03:28 +0000

LG recently submitted a "class 2 permissive change" to the FCC for Verizon's variant of the G2, known internally as the LG-VS980. With the G2 launching on Big Red today, these last minute submissions are apparently typical. That said, there is nothing typical about this one, as it appears to be a screw-up either at the FCC or by LG. The documents are available for the world to see at this point, something that tends to happen once a phone is made available, but they do not show the LG G2 for Verizon. No sir, they show the LG-D820 in a variety of images, a device better to known to us as the next Nexus device or potentially, Nexus 5. As can be seen on the lower white sticker in the top image, the model number shows as LG-D820. The actual images themselves depict a device that matches up exactly to the phone seen in a Googler's hands during the Kit Kat unveiling, and also last week's FCC docs for the LG-D820. We've already laid out our reasons to believe that this is the next Nexus, if you haven't read it yet. We have a top left-positioned camera lens with flash below. On LG G2 models (all of them), the camera is centered with flash, volume, and power located directly below it. As you can see in these images, the volume rocker and power switches are located in the more traditional spots on the left and right sides of the device. Again, this is clearly not the G2.

In the top and bottom shots of the phone, which are incredibly blurry, you can pick out microUSB and headphone ports. On the G2, you have microUSB and headphone jack both on the bottom of the device, not on opposite sides of each other like we are seeing here.

Also, keep in mind that this looks like a very early prototype and by no means is a finished product. So no, that top notch is likely not a fingerprint scanner if that's what you were thinking. If you look at the image below with the back removed, there is nothing underneath it from what we can tell. Oh, and this also does not mean that the back is removable - it's simply the FCC digging under the hood. The 2300mAh battery is confirmed yet again, though.

And is it just me or does this look identical to the shape of the Nexus 4? Thoughts? Via: FCC | Phonescoop | @evleaks [top image]

Terraria Builds Itself a Home in Google Play, Available for Free Right Now

Eric — Thu, 12 Sep 2013 07:37:44 +0000

There are three types of people in this world: those who play Minecraft, those who play Terraria and those who have never heard of either. As much as the two games have their differences, they are quite similar. Each world in Terraria is randomly generated and lets you loose with the ability to break it down and build it back up as you see fit. The game has been a hit on PC for a while now and it's finally come to Android as well. In a game like this, building is everything and Terraria has over 200 crafting recipes based on what materials you bring to the table. There are at least 75 different mobs for you to take down as well. The list of features coming to the Android game is fairly long:

75+ MONSTERS!
5 BOSSES!
Over a DOZEN environments to explore!
Dynamic water & lava, day/night cycles!
10+ NPCs to meet and recruit to your home!
Find and summon the Exclusive Android Pet!
Google Play Game Services leaderboards & achievements!

This definitely isn't just a half-baked port that will be updated later. Terraria is an addicting game and now it can be everywhere you go, hit the link below if you're ready to get drawn in. Play Link

The Droid Life Show: Episode 35

Tim — Thu, 12 Sep 2013 00:00:51 +0000

With Kellen traveling last week for the reveal of the Galaxy Note 3 and Galaxy Gear smartwatch, we were unable to do a Droid Life Show. Now that he is back, and Apple has gone ahead and unveiled the iPhone 5S and iPhone 5C yesterday, you can imagine that tonight's show is going to be packed with excitement and debate among the staff. The show kicks off around 6:00PM Pacific (9:00PM Eastern). A live video broadcast and chat will be embedded below closer to the start of the show.

Subscribe | iTunes | Show Page

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-NMBE2J1Jys[/youtube]

Video: LG G2 Software Feature Tour - KnockOn, Slide Aside, QuickMemo, and More

Kellen — Wed, 11 Sep 2013 16:22:24 +0000

The LG G2 launches at Verizon tomorrow (AT&T on Friday), so since we have one in house, we're doing our best to give you as much info as possible in case this phone is on your short list. Our full review will be up within the next couple of days, but can imagine that some of you want to know features, hardware thoughts, and camera performance as soon as possible. We have already compared the VZW hardware to AT&T's variant, and even unboxed the international model, leaving us with software features and camera. In the video below, we knock another off that list by tackling the G2's most buzzworthy software add-ons. You'll see how to quickly access Quick Memo in a handful of ways, how Slide Aside works, the variety of apps that can be used with QSlide, the brilliant simplicity of KnockON, and additional uses of those awkwardly placed back volume buttons. It's a long one, so grab a snack.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ENcaKEZXH00[/youtube]

Quick Review: Motorola DROID MAXX

Tim — Wed, 11 Sep 2013 14:21:03 +0000

Sorry for the wait, but here is our look at the DROID MAXX. After having already reviewed the DROID ULTRA, you should be able to get a general sense of what to expect if you plan on purchasing this device. The only differences between the MAXX and the ULTRA are the battery, bit of thickness that comes with it, and a matte finish over the ULTRA's glossy exterior. The ULTRA features a 2,130mAh battery and is 7.2mm thin, while the MAXX sports a beefy 3,500mAh battery and measures in at 8.5mm. Other than that, the phones' processors, display, camera, software and everything else are identical. Again, for a deeper look at this phone's software features and everything else besides overall feel and battery, check out our ULTRA review and Moto X review. Let's break it down and see if the MAXX will get you through a day's hard work.

The Good

Hardware

Much like it's brother, the MAXX features a healthy list of specifications for a 2013 carrier flagship device. I say carrier flagship, because you won't be seeing Motorola touting this device as their main baby. Sure, it's a good device, but you have so much hype surrounding the Moto X that you are more likely to push more of your marketing dollars into an already-winning phone. Just like the RAZR MAXX HD, the DROID MAXX will be marketed heavily by Verizon, given that the MAXX HD was a general success for Big Red. Beyond just the battery, the phone sports good specs, including a 5" 720 OLED display, a dual-core Snapdragon S4 Pro processor clocked at 1.7GHz, 2GB of RAM, the Motorola X8 Computing System built in relation with Qualcomm, a 10MP back-facing camera, Bluetooth 4.0, NFC, 32GB of internal storage and the ever-listening power of Touchless Control. In comparison to the Galaxy S4 or the LG G2, it may seem ill-equipped, but it holds its own and I never experienced any type of lag or slowed performance. Plus, to help keep that battery life long, it's clear why Moto would go for the 720p display and less-powerful processor. While it would be nice to have the added performance and 1080p display, for us to say they are necessities yet would be an exaggeration. Although, that's not to say we don't like our 3GB of RAM and quad-core processors - we most certainly do.

Battery

The main reason, and pretty much the only reason we are here right now - the battery. The DROID MAXX is the exact same phone as the DROID ULTRA, but features a massive 3,500mAh battery that is capable of providing up to 48 hours of talk time , according to Motorola and Verizon. From my time with it, I was pretty much blown away at how I couldn't kill this phone's battery like other phones. After days of playing Candy Crush and watching YouTube videos in HD, the battery always lasted about a day and a half. Of course I didn't stay on the phone with anyone for 48 hours, but this device lasted longer than any other phone I have used.

Software features

We have probably talked about this a few times, but the light additions of UI and software tweaks that Moto adds in on top of stock Android is quite nice. For example, neither Kellen or myself can live without Active Display. This feature needs to just find its way to every Android phone out there. To get a sense for what all Motorola added in, check out this video of Kellen demoing these features on the Moto X. All of the same exact features are found on the MAXX. [youtube]http://youtu.be/5P5_yAA9xTE[/youtube]

Design

If you are torn between the ULTRA and MAXX, one other bonus for the MAXX is its design finish. Rather than using the fingerprint-magnet-of-an-epoxy-topcoat that was used on the ULTRA, Motorola went with a soft-touch, matte kevlar finish on the back of the MAXX. It feels much more premium than the ULTRA, similar to what you found on last year's RAZR HD models.

Wireless Charging

Another subtle difference from ULTRA to MAXX that I had yet to mention is wireless charging. If you go with the MAXX, you can buy a variety of wireless chargers, set your phone onto one, and never worry about plugging into a microUSB cable again.

The Not-so-Good

Camera

Much like the DROID ULTRA and Moto X, the camera leaves quite a bit to be desired. In certain situations, where the time calls for a good macro shot, the camera performs quite well. Anything over 5ft. for some reason, the camera takes you right back to old smartphones with no more than 5MP sensors. I don't know what it will take for Motorola to step up their camera game, but they need to do something soon before I lose all hope completely. Do not buy this phone in hopes of taking crazy awesome smartphone photos to put on your Instagram. And I would know, since that's all I ever do with my phone's camera.

Capacitive navigation buttons

We here at DL are hoping that these could be the last Motorola phones (ULTRA and MAXX) to come from the old pipeline that the company had before Google bought them. Being that we are approaching 2014, we need to start seeing some type of unification between devices, especially when they are coming from the same OEM. The Moto X comes with on-screen keys, and both the MAXX and ULTRA would have been so much more beautiful without those nasty-looking capacitive navigation buttons along the bottom of the device. The bezels would be much smaller, allowing for a more enjoyable user experience. With the way Android has evolved over the years, the need for these keys has become very obsolete.

Price

We have talked a lot about the pricing of Motorola's new lineup of phones. With specs (on paper at least) that do not match up to other flagships in the industry, one could easily argue that phones like the DROID MAXX are overpriced, especially at its premium $299 price point. And when you compare that to the recently announced Galaxy Note 3, which is also priced at $299 yet has a 1080p display, included S Pen, 3GB RAM, Snapdragon 800, and camera that records in 4K, you should't feel bad about questioning Verizon and Motorola's pricing.

Gallery

Verdict

Once again, this review was short for the simple reason that the DROID MAXX is the exact same phone as the DROID ULTRA, but with a larger battery and different exterior finish. For a more in-depth look at the software features and everything else this device offers, please see our ULTRA review right here. As for whether the MAXX should be your next phone, I could easily see myself recommending it to anyone that doesn't mind a large device or the $299 price tag. Sure, it has capacitive buttons instead of on-screen and its in-hand feel is somewhat over the top, but the device performs quite well, will easily last you all day long with heavy usage and blends just the right amount of stock Android with custom UI tweaks done by Motorola. If you are a current DROID RAZR MAXX owner, it's a no brainer.

Android 4.3 OTA Build Leaked for AT&T HTC One, Download Available

Tim — Wed, 11 Sep 2013 12:48:13 +0000

HTC One owners on AT&T hoping to see some Android 4.3 action could be in luck if they are into the hacking and rooting scene. A recently leaked RUU has been posted on the web, and is apparently an OTA of Android 4.3 for the One. It has been made into a flashable zip file, so for anyone with the ability to flash it, go for it. Be warned, though - the update brings an updated Hboot, meaning you can kiss any chance of S-Off via Moonshine or Revone goodbye. As for what Android 4.3 will bring to your One, it's hard to tell what HTC has added in since we have not flashed it ourselves. To see what Google added in to AOSP on 4.3, you can see our overview post right here. Feeling froggy? Via: RootzWiki Cheers Open1Your1Eyes0!

Google Announces New Intel Haswell-powered Chromebooks and Chromebox

Tim — Wed, 11 Sep 2013 11:40:47 +0000

Today at the Intel Developer Forum, Google introduced a few new Chromebooks and a Chromebox that were made in partnership with ASUS and Toshiba, powered by Intel's Haswell processor. The Haswell processor is known for its ability to bring more power, while also consuming less battery, which is good news for Chromebook users that can't get through a full day of usage on their laptops. Google claims these new models can last "all day," but we have yet to see any specs or tests on the new ChromeOS-powered machines.

Intel’s latest processors sip less power to improve battery life by more than 2X over previous generations, while offering increased performance. This means these new Chromebooks last almost all day so you can focus on getting things done. Over the coming months, you’ll see Chromebooks from multiple device manufacturers. These include newly designed Chromebooks from Acer and HP, as well as new entrants ASUS and Toshiba.

You should see these new Chrome devices hit the market over the next couple of months, right in time for the holiday shopping season. Currently own a Chromebook? Do you like it? Via: Google Enterprise

Video: AT&T LG G2 vs. Verizon LG G2

Kellen — Wed, 11 Sep 2013 10:54:29 +0000

Last week, we had a chance to unbox and give our newest impressions on the LG G2, even spending most of last weekend with it. That unit happened to be an international variant, though, so in case you were wondering, we have been waiting to publish a review on the device until we had actual U.S. units in house. That time has come! We have both AT&T and Verizon review units on hand, and are ready to finish off our thoughts and put together a review, since we know many of you are itching to learn as much as you can before making any purchasing decisions. The Verizon LG G2 launches tomorrow (September 12) for $199 on-contract with the AT&T version joining it Friday for the same price. In the video below, we're doing the simplest of comparisons in terms of hardware, along with a brief preview at software differences. We've already unboxed and shared initial thoughts, so this is really about the subtle changes that carriers seem to continue to make on what should be identical phones. You'll notice a changed volume rocker and power button setup on the Verizon version over the AT&T and international variants. The Big Red version also has wireless charging built-in and a honeycomb-like design on the backside. The rest is the same, including the brilliant 5.2" HD display, 2.3GHz Snapdragon 800, 13MP camera with OIS, 2GB RAM, and internal 32GB of storage. [Specs] We'll have much more finalized looks at software, camera performance, battery stats, etc. over the next couple of days in our official review.

Video

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fBw6sDWSzfU[/youtube]

Gallery

Phonebloks Looks Like a Kid's LEGO Phone, But It's a Great Idea

Tim — Wed, 11 Sep 2013 10:20:04 +0000

The makers of Phonebloks bring up an excellent point in their introduction video. When a cellphone reaches its end of life, it is usually due to a single component within the phone. Maybe the screen has died or the processor simply gave out. No matter what the issue is, if the phone was made of interchangeable blocks, including the display, we could just fix the issue and not resort to throwing away a whole phone. With Phonebloks, each component of a device is built into blocks. These blocks then connect to a "base," which houses all of the blocks. You can even upgrade blocks depending on how you use your phone. If you don't want a camera block, then you can have a bigger battery block. It's a very graspable idea, but it's going to take a lot more than just a nice video and some word of mouth to get this idea off the ground. To support the idea, all you have to do is sign up through the service Thunderclap. Through a coordinated effort on their part, they will blast the entire social media world with a demand for Phonebloks. The hope is that CEOs, entrepreneurs and basically anybody with enough money will want to support this idea if they see enough demand for it. While the design of the phone isn't exactly our cup of tea, we could actually see this being pretty awesome in terms of customization and what fun it would be to build a Lego-like phone.

[youtube]http://youtu.be/oDAw7vW7H0c[/youtube]

Via: Phonebloks

Video: First Look at Verizon Data on the New Nexus 7 LTE

Kellen — Wed, 11 Sep 2013 09:49:50 +0000

When the new Nexus 7 (2013) with LTE became available earlier this week on Google Play, I immediately purchased one even at its $349 price. This is the version of the tablet that I have been waiting for. Since it has the ability to connect to Verizon's LTE network (AT&T and T-Mobile's too), it was a no-brainer as a device that I could use while on-the-go when traveling or should I happen to step out of my ~~cave~~ home office. WiFi tablets have never really fit into my life as I always felt as if they needed to be stuck at home on WiFi, tethered, or in a state of struggle while finding an open network in an airport or other location. With this LTE model, that's no longer a worry. So here is a quick video on how the whole LTE connectivity situation works for this device. This isn't a review of the Nexus 7 (I promise we'll do one of those one day), but it does show you that getting up and running on Verizon's (or other carrier's) LTE networks is incredibly simple. Assuming you have a microSIM through your carrier of choice, all you need to do is drop it in the SIM tray and off you go. You could pull the SIM out of your phone if you'd like - by no means do you have to purchase a separate tablet plan to use this phone on Verizon. All it takes is a SIM swap from phone to tablet. The official press docs for this model show that it supports LTE bands of 1/2/3/4/5/13/17. If you want to run it on HSPA+, it supports 850/900/1900/2100/1700/2100MHz frequencies. Unfortunately for Verizon customers, this does not support Big Red's 3G, so if you leave an LTE area, you will be stuck without coverage until you return to one.

Video

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w4LhsNGRS5I[/youtube]

Motorola to Produce Custom Tablets Through Same Process as Moto X?

Tim — Wed, 11 Sep 2013 08:58:06 +0000

According to Motorola's CEO Dennis Woodside, the Google-owned company is not just attempting to dominate the custom-designed smartphone game, but it also wants to do tablets. In a recent discussion with Engadget, Woodside confirmed that tablets are something the company is currently working on, but has nothing to announce at this time. It was not confirmed that the tablets would be built through MotoMaker, like the Moto X, but given Motorola's feeling on customization being the company's future, it could be likely. In addition to the little tidbit on tablets, it was also hinted that even a Moto-made phablet could be seen later down the road. When asked about larger devices, Woodside said that the devices could take, "some of the design cues, as well as technologies, from the Moto X." Would a custom-made Motorola tablet interest you? Here's hoping for something different than the XYBOARD. Via: Engadget

Motorola is Pumping Out 100,000 Moto Xs a Week From Its New Texas Plant

Eric — Wed, 11 Sep 2013 07:59:59 +0000

There had been a few rumors floating around that Google and Motorola had an event planned for September 10, but no one really knew what it was going to end up being. An official launch and unveiling of Motorola's new Texas plant was what took place yesterday, and with that Motorola's CEO Dennis Woodside felt like sharing some information with the public. Woodside told us yesterday that 100,000 Moto Xs are coming out of Texas each week. He wouldn't exactly say how many of those were the standard white and black colors and how many were customized through MotoMaker, but he did say the demand for customization options was pretty high. For just getting off the ground, 100,000 units a week moving out of an American plant isn't a bad number. Combine that with the 2,000 jobs that they created by opening this plant and it seems like the Moto X launch in America is doing pretty well. You can Street View the factory here, if you'd like. Via: Reuters | Motorola

Temporary Root Achieved on Verizon Moto X and 2013 DROID Line Up

Eric — Wed, 11 Sep 2013 07:30:57 +0000

Some carriers in the US are nice enough to allow companies to unlock bootloaders of their flagship devices when they launch on their networks. Unfortunately for most of us here, Verizon is not one of those nice carriers. Locked bootloaders and the struggle to get root is nothing new for Verizon customers, but there is now a ray of hope for fans who enjoy rooting their phones. Temporary root has been achieved on the Moto X, and the better news is that this exploit should work on the 2013 DROID line as well. Notable Android developer Justin Case from TeamAndIRC tweeted out last night that he achieved root on the Moto X. Right now the root is just temporary and there is still some work that needs to be done before it's permanent, but it is a start. This same exploit, while untested at the moment, should work on the new DROIDs like the Ultra, Mini and Maxx. Of course, if you want to keep this exploit open, Case suggests that you shouldn't take any upcoming OTAs until this gets more permanent. Do you want to root your new Moto X or DROID? Via: R0otzWiki Cheers Willimus, Bill, and thedonxr!

Here is the New Google Play Logo

Kellen — Tue, 10 Sep 2013 14:42:55 +0000

Google updated the Google Play logo moments ago across the Play store, so we thought we'd share in case you didn't notice. It's a subtle change, but no longer says "Play" in it and is also much darker with a bigger "Google" font. Who knows if the removal of "Play" means anything or if they just want the triangle icon to mean "play," but this is what we're looking at. Update: They switched it back to the old logo at some point in the night. Just sharing.

Disa is a Unified Messaging App, Brings All of Your IM and Text Messages to One Location

Tim — Tue, 10 Sep 2013 14:31:52 +0000

If you currently use multiple applications to talk to the same person, say for example you text, IM and Facebook chat your girlfriend, life is about to get so much easier for you. Disa, a unified messaging app that is currently in the alpha testing stages, is looking to combine all of those services into a single conversational thread. Simply pair your existing accounts to Disa, then allow the app to filter through everything and neatly pile all of your matching contacts and message threads into a column. For anyone that uses Google Hangouts, the UI will look extremely familiar and should be a breeze to navigate through. The app is currently available to download through the Play store, but is still lacking some of its real meaty features. For example, users will only be able to set up SMS/MMS and WhatsApp accounts for the time being, as the development team is still working on adding other services such as Hangouts, Facebook IM and others. You can add yourself to the Disa Google+ group, then become a beta tester by following this link. Let us know what you think down below if you try it out. Play Link Via: Disa

Walmart Intros Nationwide Smartphone Trade-in Program, Get Instant Credit Towards a New Phone

Tim — Tue, 10 Sep 2013 14:07:36 +0000

Today, Walmart launched a trade-in program for aged-smartphone owners hoping to get quick credit to put towards a new phone. Walmart gave some examples for what your old phones would be worth, so we can list those out and then you can compare to other services such as Gazelle that offer cash for your used phones. Walmart will currently hand out $50 to $300 worth of credit for over 100 different smartphones. You can get $300 for a working non-damaged iPhone 5 and up to $175 for a non-damaged Galaxy S3. If you have an old Galaxy S2 sitting around, that could be worth up to $52. #ballsohard To see their full list of trade-in values, you can check out the program when it launches nationwide on September 21 in more than 3,600 Walmart locations. Via: PR Newswire

Spec Comparison: iPhone 5s/5c vs. Galaxy Note 3 vs. Moto X vs. Galaxy S4 vs. More

Kellen — Tue, 10 Sep 2013 12:37:58 +0000

The Apple announcements are in, and we have a new iPhone 5s and iPhone 5c to swoosh around our brains like Drano. I think you can probably imagine how we feel about each, especially if you joined us during our live blog, so this is the technical comparison. We've got the specs of each pulled directly from Apple's site, compared to the leading Android devices of the moment. A few things were missing, like RAM and battery capacity, but we'll likely see those before long and will try to update. Until then, jump below to take it all in.

(Click to enlarge)

Phil Schiller Says New iPhone 5C is "Android-free" - You Damn Right It is.

Kellen — Tue, 10 Sep 2013 11:53:29 +0000

Oh that Phil Schiller - the mouth of Apple - still can't seem to get over Android's success. On stage this afternoon, Schiller managed to sneak in what he believed to be a dig at our favorite mobile OS as he talked about the environmental friendliness of his company's new plastic iPhone 5C and its accompanying cases. He talked about it meeting environmentally happy means, saying that it was "Arsenic-free, mercury-free, and...Android-free." Good one! Belly buster. Mic dropper. Walk-off...bunt. But you know what? We are 100% OK with Schiller's continued antics, especially now that we know he gets case design inspirations from children's games (or Crocs) , build materials from companies they regularly sue, and camera ideas from none other than HTC ("Had To Copy"). We're glad that Apple wants to continue to try and distance their ideas and gameplans from Android, you know, since most of them came from Android ideas and inspirations introduced 3 years ago. We've moved on. Oh, and because someone in our live blog requested it - Jony Ive face!

IMAGE [2]

Live Blog: Apple's iPhone 5S Event!

Kellen — Tue, 10 Sep 2013 09:21:44 +0000

Yes, dear friends, the day has come. It's time to revolutionize something, probably fonts on a phone that was released last year which now has a fingerprint scanner and a champagne finish. It's iPhone 5S day. At 10:00AM Pacific, our favorite Apple execs with limited descriptive dictionaries will take the stage, use bold white lettering with numbers that only they understand, because they are in categories that only they have deemed important. They'll take shots, but so will we. They'll invent this and that, while forgetting that most of us have been doing this and that for ages. I cannot wait. Let's live blog this piece. Join us below. Again, the festivities kick off at 10:00AM Pacific (1:00PM Eastern). Apple may or may not live stream it. Should they decide to, we'll give you a link and hopefully find a way to embed the feed.

Additional Photos and Specs Leak for the Motorola DROID 5

Tim — Tue, 10 Sep 2013 08:55:36 +0000

Back in August, we caught our first glimpse of what we believe to be the DROID 5 from Motorola. There have been many readers who continually hope to see another phone come out with a full-QWERTY keyboard, and finally, their time has come. Or has it?First to be thought a mythical device that could bring honor to the OG DROID's name, featuring decent specs much like the DROID Ultra or Moto X, a new leak shows that this smartphone is a mere mid-range (could even qualify for low-range in our books) device that may not even come to see the light. Last time we wrote this device up there were no specs to go along with the pictures. This time, the source states the device is running a 4.3" 720p display, a Snapdragon S4 Plus dual-core processor and Adreno 255 GPU, 1GB of RAM, 16GB of storage, supports microSD, features wireless charging capabilities and has an NFC radio. Pardon me while I basically pour one out for our fallen comrade. The device even appears to be running an older version of MotoBlur, which probably has most of you running for the hills by now. The DROID 5 is placed next to Sprint's Photon Q device, which is basically the same thing. Is the DROID 5 a shelved product that is somehow getting leaked now or does Motorola actually intend on putting this device on the market? Is it bad that I'm hoping for the former? Let us know your full thoughts on the DROID 5 down below. If you're interested in it, can you tell us why?

Via: New Cell Phones | Weibo

Simplenote Released on Android, Because the World Needs Another Note App

Kellen — Tue, 10 Sep 2013 07:47:16 +0000

Simplenote, an "award winning" note taking app on iOS, is now available on Android. As the name suggests, this is a simple app, for simple notes. The UI is ultra-clean and minimal, has the slideout navigation drawer we love so much, and works across platform from web to Android to iOS. You can search through your dozens of notes, organize them with tags, and share it all to the world, thanks to Android's awesome sharing powers. It does lack powerful features like the ability to set reminders, attach photos, or use any sort of formatting, but again, the name is Simplenote. If you were looking for a note taking app without any fuss or overwhelming set of features that also works on tablets, phones, and computers, give this one a look. It's also free, so you probably should anyway. Play Link Via: Simplenote

Roku Update Adds Ability to Play Locally Stored Android Videos

Kellen — Tue, 10 Sep 2013 07:22:53 +0000

While Chromecast is slowing early innovation because its developer SDK has yet to leave early preview stages, competitors are fully embracing things like the sharing of local video files. Take Roku for example, who updated its Android app last night to include Play On support, a feature that was introduced on iOS a while back. With Play On, you can stream your locally stored Android videos through your Roku player, something Chromecast has yet to officially implement. This new Play On feature currently works with the Samsung Galaxy S3, Samsung Galaxy S4, HTC One, Nexus 4, and Nexus 7 (2012 edition). Via: Roku

Google Music v5.2 Being Rolled Out, Brings Genre-based Radio Stations

Tim — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 15:56:01 +0000

Google has started the slow process of rolling out an updated version of Google Music to the masses. The version number is 5.2, and it brings at least one very cool addition - genre-based radio stations. Why that wasn't available form the beginning, don't ask us. From looking in the app for a few minutes, there also appears to be an updated UI for your download queue, but other than that, there isn't much to see. If you want to get this on your own device, hit the download link below and sideload it for your own enjoyment. Download Link Via: +Keyan X

Nexus 7 2013 LTE Variant Available Now for $349

Kellen — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 14:50:19 +0000

The Nexus 7 (2013) with LTE just went live on Google Play for $349. Google is selling it as being unlocked with a T-Mobile SIM, however, it should work on (almost) everyone's LTE network here in the States. We're talking Verizon (was announced as being supported), T-Mobile, US Cellular, and AT&T, since it supports LTE frequencies of 700, 850, AWS, 1900MHz. I do not believe that Sprint is supported, at least according to the official tech specs which do not list bands 25 and 26. Keep in mind that you won't be able to fall back to Verizon 3G at any time, but you can fall back to AT&T and T-Mobile HSPA should you choose their service. We're trying to confirm all of this, but that's what was announced at the Nexus 7's unveiling. If you want to use the device on T-Mobile, though, it looks like Google and T-Mo have partnered up to give you 2GB of free 4G data for the first month with "no obligations." Ground shipping is also free. This Nexus 7 model comes with 32GB of storage. Here are the officially supported bands according to press docs:

Via: Google Play

Google Glass XE9 Update Introduces Vignettes, YouTube Search Results, and Sound Search

Kellen — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 14:17:55 +0000

The Google Glass team released their regularly scheduled software update this afternoon, bringing with it three new features under build XE9. Explorers of Glass can use a Vignette feature that allows you to "tell stories through pictures" by capturing both photos and whatever is on your display at that specific moment. If story telling is your deal, you'll also find YouTube videos in searches, the ability to perform sounds searches should a mysteriously awesome song be playing near you, and take advantage of the beginning steps of Google Apps integration. Here is the full list of changes:

Vignettes Glass now has a whole new way to tell stories through pictures. You can capture both a photo and whatever was on your display in that moment. All you need to do is tap and select “Make vignette” after you take a picture. Our team has been having a blast with this feature (as you can see below). YouTube videos in search results You’ll now see YouTube results for some searches. For example, imagine your bike tire’s just gone flat. Walk it home? Nope. Now, you can find and watch a quick YouTube video on how to fix it in a flash. Just tap to play and pause, swipe forward to fast forward and backward to rewind. Sound search This does exactly what it says on the tin. You’re wearing Glass (obvs), you hear a song you like and you want to know what it is. Now all you have to do is long press on the touchpad, swipe forward and whoomp (there it is). Alternatively, you can long press on the touchpad and simply ask “What song is this?” Glass with Google Apps accounts You asked, we listened, we toiled and now we are building and testing Glass with Google Apps accounts. Some services, like email, are working already. Feel free to try it out by factory resetting your Glass, and signing in with your Google Apps account.

And that's that, for the three of you who may own Glass. Via: +Google Glass

This Video Reminds Us That We Hardly Use Google Now and Voice Search to the Extent of Their Abilities

Tim — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 13:43:54 +0000

Google Now and Voice Search have grown a lot over the last couple of years. Google has added in a ton of different searches that can be performed with your voice, many of which are likely not even getting used simply because people probably don't know they exist. With videos such as the one below, an average user shows off a variety of the new searches that can be performed using your Android device, as long as it's running Jelly Bean. For some example, conversational searches allow for a user to not have to repeat themselves when making inquiries. And we're not talking about simply asking who the President and his wife are, we're talking about starting with a city, moving onto its population, then mayor and wife - stringing numerous queries together. You'll find that location-based reminders, finding photos in your G+ feed that were taken during recent trips, having Google show you indoor locations in Maps, or traffic in a nearby city, all can be accomplished with your voice. These features aren't necessarily new, but when you get down into the weirder searches and tasks you can perform, it reminds us that we have been barely using Google Now to its full potential. Give the video below a watch and then go do some searches. [youtube]http://youtu.be/yiQX-_Y0gms[/youtube]

Seagate Moves Into Mobile Tablet Storage, Intros New Ultra Mobile HDD Offering 500GB of Memory

Eric — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 13:01:47 +0000

When you think of mobile storage and in terms of GB, there are only a few options that really come to mind: 8, 16, 32, 64 and 128 (if the device is extra fancy). It has been that way for a while now, but Seagate, a popular maker of storage devices for PCs, is looking to change that. Today they have announced a new line of Hard Disk Drives (HDD) aimed straight for the growing mobile tablet market. Seagate's new Ultra Mobile HDDs have been slimmed down to the point where OEMs can start using them inside of the tablet's that we love. What hasn't been slimmed down is the storage size. These new HDDs offer up 500GB of space and Seagate promises all the performance of flash memory. There are other reasons why a spinning HDD might not work in a tablet, but Seagate says they have that covered. They say they have "heavily tested" these drives for heat, shock management, vibration and gyroscopic motion to make sure that they will work under any situation. The tablet market has been steadily growing over the past years and Seagate wants to provide this new market with PC-like storage options if it is needed. Do you need or want 500GB of storage in your tablet?

Seagate Redefines the Tablet Market

Ultra Mobile HDD Solution Empowers Tablets with 500GB of Storage and the Performance of a Flash Device

NEW YORK--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Seagate Technology plc (NASDAQ:STX), a world leader in storage solutions, today took the wraps off the new Seagate® Ultra Mobile HDD designed exclusively for mobile devices. Integrated with the Seagate Mobile Enablement Kit which includes Seagate’s Dynamic Data™ Driver software technology, the new storage solution delivers up to 7x the storage capacity of a traditional 64GB tablet with the same power, performance and reliability of a flash device. “When comparing side by side a tablet and a portable PC, today’s tablets are trading off storage capacity in order to realize a thin and light form factor device and long battery life” “Coupling an ultra-thin, high-capacity HDD with software designed to optimize integration into tablets at a value-add price has allowed us to deliver a truly ground-breaking solution, enabling our partners to reimagine the mobile device,” said Steve Luczo, president, CEO and chairman of Seagate. “By empowering our OEMs with this revolutionary new technology, we have invited the industry to re-think the mobile market making this offering a true game-changer in the world of storage.” “When comparing side by side a tablet and a portable PC, today’s tablets are trading off storage capacity in order to realize a thin and light form factor device and long battery life,” noted John Rydning, IDC’s research vice president for hard disk drives and semiconductors. “Seagate’s new Mobile Enablement Kit will bring PC-like storage capacity to future thin and light tablet designs, and position Seagate as a potential storage solutions provider to the fast-growing tablet market.” Seagate has addressed several key areas beyond a standard laptop HDD to optimize mobile applications with the Ultra Mobile HDD and Mobile Enablement Kit. These areas include shock management, heat and vibration and gyroscopic motion— all of which have been heavily tested to ensure the drive delivers the best experience in a tablet solution. Seagate Dynamic Data Driver Software Keeping pace with today’s mobile storage demands presents other challenges as well including power consumption requirements, device drops by consumers and user demands. Merging the new Ultra Mobile HDD with the Dynamic Data Driver software alleviates these obstacles enabling OEMs to comfortably fit high-capacity storage into mobile devices. Seagate’s use of Dynamic Data Driver software addresses these challenges through a combination of system design considerations. Reduced power consumption and improved performance are achieved through an intelligent caching design that is implemented at the system level. As a result a mobile device using 8GB of flash and the Ultra Mobile HDD and Dynamic Data Driver software have the power consumption equal to that of a 64GB tablet and the performance equal to that of a 16GB tablet— while costing less than either. The software provides drive protection through the use of enhanced motion sensor and thermal monitoring algorithms to control drive access and avoid usage conditions that might harm it. The drive is so well insulated that in many cases a dropped device’s screen would break before its hard disk drive. To further reinforce reliability for mobile devices, the Ultra Mobile HDD integrates Seagate’s own Zero Gravity™ Sensor providing better shock management. Incorporated power modes support the drive in sleep, standby and idle enabling it to consume as low as 0.14W and support the long battery life demanded by tablets. Its slim, rugged design allows it to be utilized in new emerging applications like convertible and detachable storage. Leveraging the company’s experience with ultra-portable applications like iPods, MP3 players, and handheld video recorders, the newly-engineered 2.5-inch drive is just 5mm thin while weighing in at a mere 3.3oz— about the same as a light bulb. Featuring up to 500GB of capacity, it delivers the highest areal density available in a small, ultra-thin form factor while supporting over 100,000 photos, 125,000 songs or 62 hours of high-definition video and movies. The Seagate Mobile Enablement Kit includes the Ultra Mobile HDD, Dynamic Data Driver software, and an optional customized reference design which allows HDD-powered tablets to transparently deliver high-capacity storage space to an end user in a mobile solution. The kit is currently designed to support the Android operating system. The Seagate Ultra Mobile HDD will be available separately and as part of the Seagate Mobile Enablement Kit. Dynamic Data Driver software not sold separately. For more information on both products please visit http://seagate.com/www/mobilekit.

Best Buy to Carry Exclusive Metallic Blue HTC One on AT&T, Verizon and Sprint

Tim — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 12:38:35 +0000

Best Buy announced this morning that they will be the exclusive seller of the HTC One in Metallic Blue. We first caught a glimpse of this device last week, complete with Verizon branding. According to Best Buy, the device will be available on Verizon, Sprint and AT&T starting on September 15. No exact word on if this One will be priced differently from the regular One on these carriers, but that is unlikely. On a personal note, that tint of blue is hot.

Best Buy Launching Exclusive Metallic Blue HTC One September 15
The award-winning HTC One will be available in a stunning new Metallic Blue exclusively through Best Buy in the United States with the option of 4G LTE service from AT&T, Sprint or Verizon at the more than 1,400 Best Buy and Best Buy Mobile stores as well as on BestBuy.com onSunday, Sept. 15. Since its launch, the HTC One has received critical acclaim for its premium all-metal design and breakthrough smartphone features including the UltraPixel camera, reinvented home screen called HTC BlinkFeed™ which incorporates both news updates and social networks, and as the only smartphone with stereo front-facing speakers.

Mystery Motorola "Touch Computer" Stops by FCC - Sports LTE, 4410mAh Battery, and Android 4.1.2

Kellen — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 12:09:03 +0000

A new Motorola device stopped off at the FCC today, sporting a variety of LTE bands, Android 4.1.2, and two battery sizes, one of which weighs in at 4410mAh. The FCC doc will only refer to it as a "Touch Computer," though there are traces of "phone" throughout in standard FCC verbiage. It's tough to tell if it's a phone or tablet, but the use of LTE and GSM radios, along with two battery sizes leads us to believe that it could very well be some sort of new phone. The measurements in the image above are also a pretty good clue.

We're looking at a device that supports LTE bands 2, 4, 5, and 17, along with GSM850 and 1900, so I'd guess that it's headed to AT&T. Rear camera, Bluetooth, NFC, and WiFi are also on board, as well as the previously mentioned Android 4.1.2. Yes, that build of Android is old, but this FCC test was scheduled for back in July. In terms of device measurements, you are looking at a phone that is 138x70mm, with a diagonal reach of 153.8mm. For comparison's sake, the new LG Nexus device is 131.9x68.2mm, with a diagonal measurement of 145.7mm. So it's slightly bigger than what we believe to be the next Nexus phone. Where this becomes interesting, is in the listing of for battery size which states that the device supports two battery options: 2940mAh and 4410mAh. The only devices from Motorola that we have seen with two battery sizes are the DROID ULTRA (2130mAh) and MAXX (3500mAh). These two devices are essentially identical outside of their batteries and outer cosmetic changes. So what is this device? Some type of AT&T MAXX or ULTRA variant? I don't know, but we're interested. Update: As has been noted by readers, this is a "Motorola Solutions" product, so it's likely something enterprise-related rather than mobile like we typically care about.

Via: FCC Cheers Dale!

Bad Decision Alert: Snapchat Releases App for Samsung Galaxy Gear

Eric — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 11:30:44 +0000

I use Snapchat almost daily, sending and receiving absolutely meaningless photos and videos between my friends from my phone. The only thing that sounds worse to me than opening a loud video or stupid photo in public on my phone is opening one of those on a watch attached to my wrist. Nevertheless, the Snapchat team was extremely quick on the uptake and has released an app specifically made for the Samsung Galaxy Gear. The Gear was just announced last week and isn't compatible with regular Android apps. Developers have to use the SDK that Samsung provided for the Gear to make their apps, but the Snapchat team has gotten it done. The app has the exact same capabilities of its phone counterpart, using the Gear's 1.4MP camera to take photos and 10 second long 720p videos. You can send and receive as much as you like right from your wrist. What it can't do is hide the embarrassment you'll feel from doing so in public. Via: TechCrunch

HTC to Break Back Into the Tablet Game With This Abomination?

Tim — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 11:07:03 +0000

Almost exactly one year ago, HTC announced its withdrawal from the American tablet market, stating that it was a "learning experience" for the manufacturer. With sales apparently somewhat dismal, there was just no money to be made when competing with Apple and Samsung. In a new plot twist, if this newly-leaked picture is to be believed, then could HTC be rethinking its stance? Leaked from overseas in Asia, where consumer electronics can tend to get a little sketchy, an image of a tablet-sized device with HTC One characteristics has hit the web. You can see HTC's popular BoomSound front-facing speakers, a front-facing camera and a well-sized display showing itself off. It is what we don't see that has us a bit worried, though. We do not see HTC's logo in its trademarked place on the front under the display, plus we see some massive bezels alongside of the screen. Even the One doesn't sport bezels of that size. So, could this just be some cheap knockoff? Could HTC actually intend to market this device? We know they are currently working on a phablet-like phone named the One Max, but this would be almost too ridiculous to imagine. Let's hear your thoughts down below. Via: SimOnlyRadar

T-Mobile Moto X Added to Motorola Bootloader Unlock Program

Kellen — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 10:35:39 +0000

With the T-Mobile version of the Moto X going up for sale this morning, Motorola has gone ahead and added it to their bootloader unlock program. We knew it would be a part of it, but are still surprised to see it happen so quickly. Good job, Motorola. The T-Mo version joins Sprint and US Cellular models in terms of the U.S. contingent. We'll still see developer editions on this list as well, assuming they ever arrive. Remember, their arrival in "days" has already turned into weeks.

Via: Motorola

NVIDIA Tegra Note (Tab?) Stops by the FCC - 7" HD Display, Tegra 4 Chipset, Stylus

Tim — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 10:15:40 +0000

The Tegra Note from NVIDIA stopped by the FCC recently, showing off its pretty exterior and listing out its internals for the world to know. Before we jump into specs, we should touch on the device's name. According to some reports, this tablet will be marketed as the Tegra Tab, but from the FCC filing, we still see the Tegra Note moniker. There are clearly a few prototypes of this device floating around, so until there is an announcement from NVIDIA, we are going with Tegra Note. As for the tablet's specs, there is nothing new that differs it from previous leaks - this will be a mid-range tablet that will more than likely be priced accordingly. Powering the device is a Tegra 4 quad-core processor, while it also sports a 7" 1280 x 800 display made by LG, 2GB of RAM, a 5MP camera and a stylus. No word on when or if this device will ever hit the market, but once we see FCC filings, we could expect it at anytime. Keep your eyes peeled.

Via: Engadget | FCC

TJ Miller Stars in New "Lazy Phone" Moto X Marketing Campaign From Motorola

Tim — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 09:43:55 +0000

Motorola kicks off a massive marketing campaign for the Moto X this week, starting with three new commercials that will show up on TV and the Internet. The commercials focus on three primary features of the Moto X, three features that we ourselves enjoy very much; Quick Capture, Touchless Control, and Active Display. The commercials give off the humorous vibe, as they star TJ Miller as your "lazy phone." For example, when you are giving your wife a nice massage with sensual oils, you don't want to go touching your smartphone. With a phone that doesn't feature the Moto X's Touchless Control, you can expect these scenarios to get pretty interesting. Motorola clearly pokes fun at a few other phone manufacturers, so give them a look down below and let us know which one was your favorite. Quick Capture [youtube]http://youtu.be/MtHtmC8pSDM[/youtube] Active Display [youtube]http://youtu.be/nY-o-cVgwkA[/youtube] Touchless Control [youtube]http://youtu.be/2_JQxm53114[/youtube] Via: Motorola

Moto X Available for T-Mobile Starting Today, Purchase From Motorola.com

Kellen — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 09:05:01 +0000

This morning, Motorola announced that it will begin selling the T-Mobile variant of the Moto X beginning today through Motorola.com. Once that happens, you'll be able to purchase Motorola's newest flagship from all of the major U.S. carriers, including Verizon, AT&T, Sprint, US Cellular, and T-Mo. The device will run $599 off-contract and have an unlockable bootloader. At this point, the device in both black and white is still showing as "out of stock," so that price could change to include some attachment to T-Mobile's payment plans. That's speculation on my part, meaning we'll update this post as it goes live. We still have no word on the developer editions, which we were told over two weeks ago would be arriving in "days." We've reached out to Motorola on their status for clarification. Update: The black version is now available. Via: Motorola Blog | Moto X (T-Mobile)

LG-D820: Nexus 5 or Just Another G2 Variant?

Kellen — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 08:43:52 +0000

Last week, we caught a glimpse of what we believe to be the next Nexus device from Google, made by LG. During an unveiling of the Kit Kat statue, a Googler was caught using his unannounced Nexus phone to snap a photo of the statue happenings. As you can imagine, word and image proof quickly spread as Google buried the video, with the world eventually deciding that this was the "Nexus 5." While the name is by no means official, this was indeed an unannounced Nexus phone used by a Googler, and that's at least something to talk about. Then days later, an LG device surfaced at the FCC under the model number LG-D820, with all sorts of signs that this could be the device we saw in the Kit Kat video. And then this morning, famed Twitter leaker @evleaks posted a couple of notes claiming that he believes the LG-D820 is nothing more than a CDMA variant of the LG G2, not a new Nexus. I'm not sure I'm ready to buy into his story, but he has been on-point enough in his history to at least be heard. So Evan showed a picture this morning of a listing for a device under the model number LG-D821 which does indeed look to be a G2 variant. Since the model number is so close to the D820 we believe to be the new Nexus, he's sort of jumping to the conclusion here that 820 to 821 would likely be a similar device. It does seem a bit odd that LG would slot in the new Nexus as the 820 and then another G2 variant as the 821. His listing also shows that the device runs Android 4.2.2, and has matching dimensions to the other G2, which is the D802.

But I'm still a believer in the D820 being the next Nexus, and here is why. First, we laid out evidence already here, which you should definitely read, but there are some specific details here that still have me on #teamnexus, starting with the codename. We were told months ago (at least 3 months ago) by an incredibly reliable source that the codename for one of the new Nexus phones would be "hammerhead." The LG-D820 was spotted at the FCC last week running an unreleased version of AOSP Android (labeled KeyLimePie) with the name "hammerhead" attached to it. That would be too odd of a coincidence for this not to be the Nexus device that our sources tipped us off to. Beyond the codename, the dimensions of the D820 paint the picture of a slightly smaller device (131.9X68.2mm) than the G2, with a smaller 4.96" display. The G2 (as seen in the photo above) has dimensions of 138.5x70.9 with a 5.2" display. The camera housing on the D820 also matches up to the phone held by the Googler, which is a top left placement, when the G2 (in all variants) has a centered camera with flash and terribly placed volume and power/lock buttons. Why would LG move the camera and top design choice (button placement) of the G2 on one single variant known as the D820? Seems odd. So, what do you think? Is the D820 the new Nexus or just a G2 variant? I think I'm still leaning heavily towards new Nexus at this point. Via: @evleaks [2]

Microsoft Revamps Xbox Music, Puts Out Snazzy New Android App to Celebrate

Eric — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 08:25:02 +0000

Xbox is coming up on the one year anniversary of their streaming music service Xbox Music. To celebrate, they have gone through and done some changes to their service (like free web streaming), but the biggest feature that Android users will be concerned with is the new Xbox Music application that just landed in Google Play. You have to be an Xbox Music subscriber to use this app, but if you do use the streaming service you can bring down all of your music straight to your device. Since the app just launched, it doesn't have all the features that Microsoft wanted, but they assured that "we’ll continue to improve" the service over time. An offline mode isn't present yet, but it will be coming in the near future. As usual with Microsoft's newer applications, the app is smooth and easy to use, but useless unless you have the Xbox Music Pass. Do you use this music service or plan on switching to it? Play Link Via: Xbox

Sprint's LG G2 Pre-orders Open October 11

Kellen — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 07:29:14 +0000

Sprint announced this morning that its version of the LG G2 will go up for pre-order October 11 for $199 on-contract. Personally, that seems a bit late as the rest of the major U.S. carriers are all planning to launch the phone in mid-September. No matter what, you have to applaud LG for getting their newest flagship out to all of the big players in the U.S., something they probably couldn't have dreamed of doing a couple of years ago. Then again, that's the way the industry is trending these days, and we're big fans. If you pre-order, Sprint will toss in a free Quick Window case with a value of $50. To see our most recent hands-on overview with the LG G2, hit up this post. Via: Sprint | Pre-order

Twitter's Official Tablet App Sneaks Out of IFA, Ready for Download

Kellen — Mon, 09 Sep 2013 07:22:18 +0000

The folks over at Android Next were cruising the IFA show floor last week when they stumbled upon Samsung's new Galaxy Note 10.1 tablet and noticed that it was running what appeared to be an official Twitter app for tablets. As Twitter fanatics are aware, the official Twitter app for Android tablets has been missing, well, since day 1. iOS has one for the iPad, but Android still doesn't - at least until now...sort of. The app was pulled (we're assuming) from the show floor Note 10.1 that AN was fondling, so it's not like this app is officially available. In fact, we aren't sure if this version was on the Note 10.1 because Samsung struck some deal with Twitter to exclusively house the app for some time, or if they were just lucky enough to get to test it on their tablets before anyone else. Either way, the .apk is now available for anyone willing to give it a run. As you can see from the screenshots, your buttons for timeline, mentions, hashtags, and profile are now off to the left side. The far right panel is often used in screens to display additional info such as pictures, profile details, and other popular Twitter items. The app works in both landscape and portrait, and for whatever reason is an older build of 4.1.1 (the newest Twitter release is 4.1.7). If you want to install, this is for tablets only. I'm sure it could work on a phone, but I'd imagine the experience would look all sorts of squishy. Also, you may have to uninstall your current version of Twitter in order to install this. Give it a go! Download Link

Via: Android Next

This Week in the Life of DROID: 9/6/2013

Tim — Fri, 06 Sep 2013 17:00:03 +0000

This was the week many people in the Android community were waiting for, as Samsung took the stage in Berlin to unveil the Galaxy Note 3. Not only did we get the Note 3, but we also got a sweet new smartwatch to go with it called Galaxy Gear. Sure, you can only use it with Samsung devices and it costs $300, but we are sure there will be a few people sporting them in no time. On top of the Samsung craziness, Google announced that Android 4.4 will be the next version number of our favorite mobile operating system. In a ~~strange~~ awesome twist, they are calling it Kit Kat. You can't make this stuff up, folks. As a cherry on top, a new device from LG (more than likely the next Nexus phone), hit the FCC. Yep, this week was one of the best ever. If you missed any of this week's news, we have recapped all of the highlights below.

Have a great weekend and be safe!

Amazon to Possibly Price Upcoming "Kindle" Smartphone as Free (Updated)

Tim — Fri, 06 Sep 2013 16:28:04 +0000

Update: Amazon has flat out denied this report, stating that they are not launching a phone this year, but if they did it "would not be free." According to sources of ex-WSJ reporters Jessica Lessin and Amir Efrati, Amazon might be listing its upcoming smartphone at an unbeatable price - free. Apparently, there is still some speculation on how Amazon will make its money back on the device, but a few reports speculate that the e-retailer could require a subscription to Amazon Prime. From what the source states, "Amazon wants the device to be free whether or not people sign up for a new wireless plan at the same time." The device would be sold online, straight to consumers without the need of going through carriers for subsidization. When and where we can expect to see this free smartphone hit the market is still unclear. Another aspect, a large one at that, is who would manufacturer such a device? According to the sources, many companies that were reportedly in talks with Amazon currently have agreements to not produce Android devices that do not support Google's services, which means no forking of the OS. We could be a ways from seeing this device, but that is not new. Talks of an Amazon smartphone have been around for a long time. As for our opinion, much like their Kindle tablets, a phone from Amazon would more than likely be a heavily-skinned Android device. This interests us, but then again, you can kiss access to Google Play, Google apps, and many other great Android features goodbye. What is your take on a free Kindle phone? Would you ever buy a phone that doesn't have access to Google's suite of apps? Via: Jessica Lessin

Motorola Adds Sprint's Moto X to Its Bootloader Unlock Program

Kellen — Fri, 06 Sep 2013 16:11:43 +0000

The Sprint Moto X is available as of, well, today. If for some reason you decide to leave your carry and join Sprint, you can pick it up for as little as $99 on-contract. If you are already a Sprint customer, you aren't quite as important and will have to pay the typical $199. Either way, if you picked up (or plan to) a Moto X from Sprint, understand that your model comes equipped with an unlockable bootloader. Like the T-Mobile version (whenever it becomes available) and the developer editions (who have already moved out of the "days" away category and are now on 2 weeks), you can unlock to your heart's desire with Motorola's bootloader unlock process. Motorola added the device to their supported devices list this morning, along with the Latin American variant. All you need to do to unlock is hit up the link below, and follow the few easy steps which include an adb command or two to find your device ID. It's pretty simple, assuming you have the Android SDK and adb all setup. Keep in mind that unlocking the bootloader of your device will void its warranty. Via: Motorola

HTC One Review [Verizon]

Eric — Fri, 06 Sep 2013 13:17:13 +0000

We have reviewed it once, we have reviewed it twice - Finally, the HTC One is available on Verizon. After months of waiting for Big Red to pick up the slack, HTC's flagship for 2013 is available for purchase on their massive network. And what a time to launch, with many people who purchased the Galaxy Nexus two years ago due for an upgrade in the coming months. With that knowledge, we figured that it would be worth it to share our opinions on Verizon's variant of HTC's hero device. This isn't a full review, since again, we did that twice already. These are simply some thoughts on Verizon's variant that stood out. Is it worth your upgrade? Let's find out.

The Good

Hardware The overall hardware and feel of the One is the main part that really sets it in a different category from the other 2013 flagships. The feel of the aluminum body when you pick it up is just unmatched by anything out there at this point. The back of the device has a slight curve to it, and even the left and right edges of the phone are at an inward angle so that holding it feels solid. I could go on about how much of a joy it is to use the One, but you get the idea. Like every other One on the different carriers, the specs are the same. It has a 4.7" 1080p display, a Snapdragon 600 processor clocked at 1.7GHz, 2GB of RAM, Sense 5 UI atop Android 4.2.2, a 4MP UltraPixel camera, 2300mAh battery and weighs in 143 grams. For the specs being top tier earlier this year, they still hold up quite well as we get into the later part of 2013. Battery Life Coming from a Galaxy Nexus that struggles to make it through half of a day of typical use (with an extended battery), a phone that can stand up to my use is definitely on my list of must haves. I heard mixed reviews about the battery life the One devices that didn't have LTE, so I was fearful of Verizon's network destroying the battery. The result was much better than I was expecting. I was blown away actually - the battery easily lasted 12+ hours every single day that I used it with me charging it nightly. At first I was monitoring my use to try and minimize the power drain, but by the end of my testing, I was struggling to use it enough to try and drain the battery. That's good news for anyone that worries over a phone's battery.

BoomSound It's not just a marketing gimmick, people. The dual front speakers on this device are a natural wonder of the tech world that you need to experience for yourself. Watching any kind of media on the One is better than any other Android device, hands down. Audio is not only loud, but it's clear as well. Beats Audio might have something to do with that, but the speakers themselves are the story here. Having the phone anywhere above half volume made it feel like a bomb going off in my pocket whenever I got a text message (that's a good thing). Camera Some people have given Motorola credit for trying to end the spec war with the launch of the Moto X this fall, but HTC's UltraPixel deserves a nod as well. The camera isn't the best out there, but it will get the job done in everyday situations that you will find yourself in, without a better dedicated camera. If you look hard enough, you can find the times where it brings in too much light or in some photos you can pick out the noise. All in all, the camera isn't that terrible. (To check out more in-depth camera tests see our earlier reviews here and here.)

BlinkFeed BlinkFeed is pretty much the only part of Sense that I actually enjoyed using. Once you add a few social networks to it, the page becomes a pretty useful place to get updates in scannable form that you can flick through. If HTC made BlinkFeed your permanent homescreen I would have been turned off, but the fact that you can switch it to a secondary page made it less of an annoyance. You can view more of our thoughts on this feature by viewing this post.

The Not So Good

Power Button I liked pretty much everything about this phone, but man the power button that HTC chose drives me nuts. There is something to be said about having a design where things are flush with the edge of the device, but HTC took it a bit too far. For the first hour I had the phone, I honestly couldn't figure out how to turn the screen off. The little black button on the top left is so barely raised off the phone that it looks painted on. Not to mention its location was just bad placement as well. For me, having the power button just a bit more raised would have been great. Capacitive Button Layout Going into the review, I knew all about HTC's weird design of only having a back button and a home button. I didn't think it would cause that much pain, though. You don't really take for granted the 3-button layout that Android has grown into over the years until someone takes it away from you. On the Droid Life Show, I elaborated on how much the double tap home button didn't take me to home, but instead took me to recent apps. I tried switching the layouts, but then whenever I pulled the notification drawer up from the bottom of the screen, I'd activate Google Now with that same gesture. It is very annoying, but to each their own.

Connection Issues Coming from the G-Nex where it takes about half a day for the 4G and 3G radios to switch off, the One was a dream. However, for some reason at times when I switched from 4G to WiFi and vice versa, I would be left with no data for a good 5 to 10 minutes. Not the biggest problem in the world, but definitely noticeable.

Verdict

If you are looking to upgrade from your aging Galaxy Nexus or any other older device, the HTC One is a great choice. It's as simple as that. HTC's sales numbers might not reflect it, but they have put together one of the best smartphones of 2013 in the One. If your phone's camera is a huge selling point, you might want to check out other devices because that is one of the One's few weak points. Overall this is one solid device wrapped in aluminum.

LG G2 Unboxing and First Impressions

Kellen — Fri, 06 Sep 2013 13:01:29 +0000

The LG G2 is in the building! Our friends at LG were kind enough to drop off an international review unit of their latest flagship while we were in New York dealing with all things Galaxy Note 3. And since some of us have yet to fondle this beast of a device, we thought a quick unboxing and first impressions session was in store. I say "some of us" because Tim got touchy-feely with it a couple of weeks ago at the G2 press unveiling. So what do I think? Holy gorgeous display. Forget the oddly placed rear power and volume buttons or the gross glossy plastic case for a second - this display is so edge-to-edge and crisp that my eyes may be in shock at its beauty. It's also stunningly fast, thanks to the Snapdragon 800 processor inside and 2GB of RAM. I'm loving the on-screen navigation keys, the camera is ridiculously quick, and there is a headphone jack on the bottom (Hallelujah!). The body is also a size that can be handled easily with one hand for the most part - it's just slightly bigger than the Galaxy S4. I will say that the build feels slightly questionable thanks to the fingerprint magnet/gross glossiness that is happening all over the backside. I'm also not sure what to think about the rear placement of the power and volume buttons, but I'm assuming I can get used to them and will withhold judgement for now. The UI is pretty much LG's take on Samsung's TouchWiz, though I'll have to give it a solid run-through before deciding if it's better, worse, or just completely overdone. LG has packed in more software features than I think I even know what to do with. Definitely looking forward to trying them all out. The notification of "Life is Good!" is completely obnoxious and will be changed before I can finish typing this line (you'll hear in the unboxing and know what I mean). So those are some quick thoughts, most of which can be seen in the video below. Again, this is the international variant, so we're mostly just going to be playing with it as we await the arrival of the U.S. versions that have actual wireless service. If you have questions or would like to see certain things tested, be sure to drop them in the comments.

Video

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZWIsuFy9bWY[/youtube]

Gallery

Friday App Sales: Sprinkle Islands, Alien Breed, Gravity Guy, Star Wars Pinball

Tim — Fri, 06 Sep 2013 12:36:55 +0000

Need some apps to keep you busy over the weekend? There are a few sales taking place through Google Play, mostly games that we actually like, so give the list the once over and see if any are to your liking. We have written up Alien Breed before, a futuristic shoot-em-up where destroying aliens is the name of the game. There is also Sprinkle Islands, which is the sequel to Mediocre's smash hit Sprinkle. Take a look at the full list down below. Friday app sales:

Camera 2 ($0.99)
Sprinkle Islands ($0.99)
Bridge Constructor Playground ($0.99)
Worms 2: Armageddon ($0.99)
Alien Breed ($0.99)
MP3dit Pro ($0.99)
Gravity Guy ($0.99)
n7player Full ($0.99)
Star Wars Pinball ($0.99)

Go support those awesome devs!

Motorola Hits the Road with MAKEwithMOTO, Allows X Owners to Make 3D-printed Accessories

Tim — Fri, 06 Sep 2013 12:06:26 +0000

A team from Motorola is hitting the road, traveling from university to special event site, promoting creativity. The project is called MAKEwithMOTO, traveling in a velcro-covered van across the east coast. If the vast amount of customization options on MotoMaker isn't already enough, and you are near one of the event's meet-up spots, then you can try to create yourself a exclusive Moto X accessory using a 3D printer. Accessories that can be made can be like the custom case as seen in the picture below, as well as "NFC-enabled topographic dog tags and tessellation bracelets." Basically, anything super nerdy and Moto X-related can probably be fabricated. To see the full list of events and how you can score a chance to make your very own accessory, follow the links below.

Via: MAKEwithMOTO | Engadget

Blue HTC One is Headed to Verizon, We Have Pics

Kellen — Fri, 06 Sep 2013 11:36:22 +0000

How pretty is that? Here is your first look at the HTC One in blue on Verizon. There probably isn't much else to say about it, since it's the same as the silver HTC One, the color has simply been changed. We haven't heard yet if it's coming to carrier stores or not. In fact, at least one source told us that the blue color is more than likely a Best Buy exclusive. This phone is from a BBY shop. We'll see what other details we can find out, but would assume that it'll run the same $199 on contract.

Cheers Skittlez!

Larry Page Receives His Android Kit Kat Bar, Breaks Us Off a Piece

Tim — Fri, 06 Sep 2013 10:58:40 +0000

It must be nice being Larry Page, receiving everything first, way before the general public. Not only will Larry probably be running Android 4.4 Kit Kat on his phone before any of us, but it appears that Kit Kat went ahead and sent him his very own Android Kit Kat bar. Needless to say, we are jelly. Enjoy it, Larry. Via: +Larry Page

AT&T's AiO Wireless Prepaid Service Now Available Nationwide (Update)

Tim — Fri, 06 Sep 2013 09:59:43 +0000

AT&T's AiO prepaid wireless service launched nationwide this week, which is great news for anyone looking for an affordable option to access AT&T's 4G LTE network. Before this week, AiO was only available in select markets, such as Florida, Texas, Atlanta, and Chicago. Getting started is extremely easy. There are three plans to choose from, each of which offer unlimited talk, text and data. Yep, unlimited data. The plans range from $40 to $70. The $40 plan will get you 250MB of high-speed data, which will then get throttled once you hit that limit. The same throttling applies to each plan once you hit your cap. The $55 plan, which seems to be the best deal for average smartphone users, comes with 2GB of LTE data and the $70 plan comes with 7GB of high-speed data. To top it off, anyone singing up now will receive their third month of AiO service for free, which is a special promotion for the early birds. Update: According to AiO's service terms, "high-speed" data equates to a "maximum of 8 Mbps for compatible devices." What we can take from that is that not only will AiO throttle your speeds once you hit a data limit, but your speed is already being throttled down from AT&T's 4G LTE. If this is accurate, that is a downer. Cheers to reader Scott for spotting that small print.

High-speed access with download speeds up to a maximum of 8 Mbps for compatible devices. Maximum data download speeds are reduced when usage exceeds high-speed access allowance.

Thinking about giving it a try? I know Kellen is. Via: AiO Cheers Jeff and Adam!

Themer App by MyColorScreen to Transform Your Homescreen With One Click

Tim — Fri, 06 Sep 2013 09:29:36 +0000

If you are not familiar with MyColorScreen, it is a site dedicated to the customization of smartphones. Users post pictures of their custom homescreens, then post links to how fellow users can achieve the same look. The MyColorScreen team is currently developing an application called Themer, an app that will allow users to change up their homescreens with the press of a single button. It will customize your widgets, icons, backgrounds and more.

If you haven't realized it yet, Themer lets you "theme" your Android homescreen, transforming it both visually and functionally--integrating widgets, backgrounds, custom icons, and more. Our library of themes is growing daily, we hope you find ones that fit your personality, make your device more beautiful and functional, and make you more productive.

Themer will soon hit beta and the development team is currently taking beta requests via a signup page. If you want to be one of the first to try the app out, go sign up. [youtube]http://youtu.be/jKfnzawQFYU[/youtube] Via: MyColorScreen

Galaxy Note 3 Launch Date on T-Mobile Set For October 2

Tim — Fri, 06 Sep 2013 08:59:21 +0000

Customers on T-Mobile looking to grab the Galaxy Note 3 can do so on October 2, according to an announcement made by T-Mo this morning. Unlike Verizon and AT&T, whose on-contract price is listed at $299, the Note 3 on T-Mobile will cost you $199 on contract through its "Simple Choice Plan." After the upfront cost of $199, subscribers will then make 24 monthly payments of $21. In addition, T-Mo will also carry the Galaxy Gear smartwatch for its usual $299 price. For anyone on US Cellular, the company announced this morning that the Note 3 would be available in October, but gave no specific date or pricing yet. Via: T-Mobile | US Cellular

LG Nexus 5 Round-up: A Beautiful Render, Plus Everything We Know

Kellen — Fri, 06 Sep 2013 08:25:43 +0000

Of course, as I'm on a plane back from New York, the LG Nexus 5 floodgates open with fury thanks to an FCC filing that outed more details than I think Google would have liked them to. So now that I'm all caught up on everything, it's time for a recap, since there seems to be some confusion, especially around whether or not this bad boy will work on Verizon. This is what we're pretty sure we know thus far. First, a huge thanks to @epicrivas for the render at the top of the post. While that's not official, we know that the device does look similar, thanks to a quickly pulled Google Kit Kat unveiling video. For now, this is about as clean as it gets in terms of a look at the new Nexus. While it may be another mega-black slab, it does look minimal and sexy. Mmhmm.

Ok, so we first reported that the codename for the device was going to be "hammerhead" last week. That report is now confirmed to have been spot on, as the FCC filing revealed the name in a software build that also referenced the name Key Lime Pie. Key Lime Pie was likely an early build of Android 4.4 before the name change to Kit Kat, so don't look into that much. If anything, it just proves that the move to Kit Kat was fairly recent and that KLP was in line to be the name for some time. Sources of ours had previously indicated that this launch would be more of a new "Nexus 4" than a Nexus 5. But with a 5" display, that could obviously change. We know that the model number is D820. For reference, the LG G2, which is said to be the base for this new Nexus, carries model number D802. Seems like a natural step in model number progression. Specs:

Qualcomm Snapdragon 800 (M8974A)
4.96" display
2300mAh battery
NFC
Wireless charging
802.11a/b/g/n/ac WiFi
Bluetooth 4.0

In terms of connectivity (the important stuff to Verizon customers), we are looking at a GSM/CDMA device that can also connect to a variety of LTE bands. Unfortunately, this does not look like a Verizon-compatible device, as much as we all hope that it will be, the chances are pretty slim. The FCC filing shows GSM and WCDMA, meaning it should work fine on both T-Mobile and AT&T in terms of 3G. Verizon, as you know, runs its 3G network on CDMA, which is also present here in bands 0, 1, and 10. Now, the tests show CDMA frequencies in the 800MHz and 1900MHz ranges, but those could be for Sprint. Verizon does run its CDMA network in those ranges, so yes, there is a bit of hope. In terms of LTE, we're looking at bands 2, 4, 5, 17, 25, 26, and 41. Notice anything missing? That would be band 13, the LTE frequency that Verizon currently runs its entire LTE network on. Now, you will notice a band 4 in there, which will eventually host Verizon's AWS LTE spectrum, and should rollout later this year. Problem is, Verizon only plans to launch 5,000 sites with AWS connectivity by the end of the year, which is not exactly covering much of the country. So even if Verizon decides to allow the new Nexus access to its CDMA network, the phone wouldn't even have full LTE coverage throughout the country. Can you really envision a situation where Verizon, who is as anal as it gets about experience on its network, is going to allow a phone to barely work on only a portion of its network? I hate to squash dreams, but no band 13 is not a good sign. Remember, with CDMA, Verizon gets to decide who connects to their network - this could be a case where they said, "No thanks, and please don't use our LTE either." "But what if it's an LTE-only device?" you ask? Could be, but again, Verizon is only deploying 5,000 AWS sites by the end of this year. They will continue to rollout more next year of course, and will also include the AWS frequency in phones by the end of the year, I just don't think this Nexus is making the cut. After all, it's still a phone that needs to make calls, something it wouldn't be able to do if it couldn't also connect to Verizon's CDMA network. The phone will work just fine on Sprint (bands 25 and 26), T-Mobile (band 4), and AT&T (band 17) LTE networks. Exciting stuff (if you aren't a Verizon customer). We are hearing from sources that late October could be the big reveal. Update: The FCC screwed up and posted a handful of pictures of the device to an LG G2 filing. While the device pictured is clearly an early prototype, it gives us a clear shot of what we can expect in terms of styling for the next Nexus.

Pre-orders Open for Verizon and AT&T's Galaxy Note 3 at $299

Kellen — Fri, 06 Sep 2013 07:12:33 +0000

Pre-orders for the Samsung Galaxy Note 3 on Verizon and AT&T are now open starting at $299 for the phone with a new contract. AT&T expects pre-orders to begin shipping by October 1, while Verizon is showing a "ship by" date of October 10. If you'd like to buy the phone at full retail and not sign-up for a new contract, Verizon is selling the Note 3 for $699, while AT&T has upped the price further to $725. If you don't want to go the full retail or on-contract routes, you can always buy using either carrier's monthly-payment plan. Verizon Edge has the phone at $29.16 per month with $0 down - AT&T Next shows a $35 per month payment, also with $0 down. If you want the Galaxy Gear along with your new Note 3, Verizon is already offering a bundled set with the two that runs $599 ($299 for the phone, $299 for the watch) if you sign a contract for your Note 3. If you go full retail, you'll pay $1000. AT&T would only say that the Galaxy Gear is to arrive in the coming weeks. I'm not actually seeing any way for you to buy the Galaxy Gear as a stand-alone product, which is unfortunate. Verizon Note 3 Links: Note 3 [phone only] | Note 3 (black) with Gear Bundle | Note 3 (white) with Gear bundle AT&T Links: Note 3 [phone only] | Press release Cheers Colin and Paul!

LG-made Possible Nexus 5 Hits FCC, Model Name D820 (Updated)

Tim — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 17:54:17 +0000

Earlier this week, Google announced Android 4.4 would be called Kit Kat. In turn, they posted a video showing off the unveiling of its campus' newly delivered delicious statue. Incredibly enough, whether it was on purpose or not, a Google employee was spotted snapping pictures during the event with an unannounced smartphone. The Web quickly went abuzz and talks of a Nexus 5 ran wild. Like hypebeasting clockwork, a supposed LG-made superphone (model D820) has hit the FCC. Could this be the Nexus 5? If you look at the devices backside, you will see a large opening for the camera, lining up almost perfectly with the picture we saw taken from the Kit Kat video, which was made private by Google. Inside the FCC report, we see LTE support for AT&T, Sprint and T-Mobile, but no signs of support on Verizon. In addition, we see a Qi wireless charging coil, Bluetooth 4.0, NFC and dual-band 802.11 b/g/n/ac. Even if this device turns out not to be the Nexus 5, it will still be a pretty powerful phone. Below is the shot taken from this week's video. Look familiar, now? Let us know your thoughts down below on if we should put money on the D820 being the Nexus 5. Update: Engadget gleaned a bit more information from the documents that were filed at the FCC tonight that shows that we most likely are looking at a Nexus 5. The firmware is listed at M8974A, which points towards a Snapdragon 800 SoC. As if that wasn't exciting enough, the software version of this device is listed as:

"aosp_hammerhead-userdebugKeyLimePieFACTORYeng.sangjoon84.lee.20130618.015154."

Yes, "hammerhead" was first reported by us last week as being the codename of the next Nexus. The "aosp_" is something that Google has taken to doing on their Nexus devices and gives us a good indication that this might be another one. As for the KeyLimePie bit, the name change to Kit Kat could have been a last minute change that hasn't been reflected in software builds yet, but only time will tell! Update 2: A reader (Cheers Tyler!) of ours dug even further into the FCC docs and came away with it having a 4.96" (or 5") display and 2300mAh battery. [FCC] Update 3: Here is our round-up of everything including a render and our opinions on this working with Verizon's network.

Via: Engadget | FCC | S4GRU

Get Inspired to Create a Moto X Using "Moto Match" on Facebook

Tim — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 15:58:25 +0000

If you are like me at all, you might be having trouble customizing your very own Moto X on MotoMaker. The issue is that once you select your colors, you have to be certain that you are happy with your color selections. If you are bad with commitment, then you will feel my pain. No worries, though - Moto Match to the rescue! With Moto Match, an application built for Facebook users, you can select one of your favorite pictures from your albums, and MotoMaker will personally handpick colors that compliment that picture. If you select a photo with lots of green, you can expect a green phone. If you select a photo of a sunset, you can look forward to a gorgeous Moto X highlighted with yellows and oranges. The service is a pretty great idea, and even though there is no pink in the photo I selected, the phone it made for me is super sexy. If you didn't already guess, you will need a Facebook account to use the web-based application. Go check it out by following the via link below. Via: Facebook

Xiaomi Announces Mi3 Flagship Device, First Smartphone Powered by NVIDIA Tegra 4

Tim — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 15:25:02 +0000

Xiaomi, the same company that recently acquired Hugo Barra from Google's Android team, announced its latest flagship smartphone today - the Mi3. It is clear that the device is not running stock Android as seen in the picture above, but is in fact Android 4.2+ covered heavily by Xiaomi's custom skin. It features top tier specs, but an amazingly low price of just $327 at full retail. In addition, the Mi3 is being marketed as the first phone in the world to be powered by NVIDIA's Tegra 4 processor. The device features a 2GB of RAM, a 13MP camera with Sony's Exmor RS and a 3,050mAh battery. Unfortunately, the device doesn't appear to support any US 3G/4G LTE networks, so importing this specific model will do you little to no good. Specs:

$327 price tag
5" 1080p IPS LCD (441p) display.
1.8GHz quad-core Tegra 4 processor
2GB of RAM
Up to 64GB of storage
13MP back-facing camera (Sony Exmor RS unit)
Aluminium-magnesium inner frame
3,050mAh battery

Apparently, there is a rumor floating around that Xiaomi is planning a Snapdragon 800-powered model that could then be imported to the States. If that happens, would you be interested in China's latest and greatest? Via: NVIDIA

Sliding Messaging Updated to Incorporate Google Voice Support

Tim — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 13:36:05 +0000

Our favorite messaging application, Sliding Messaging, received a very important update this week, beginning its complete support and integration of Google Voice. In the update, texts can now be sent directly through the app from your Google Voice number. The developer is currently working on being able to receive Voice texts through the app, but it's not quite there yet. In addition to that awesome news, there is a new theme, Card+, color options for the SlideOver feature (ChatHead-like pop-up option), and a few new options which makes this one of the more highly-customizable messaging options on Google Play. What's New:

Support for sending Google Voice messages (no receiving YET)
New Card+ UI added
Color options for SlideOver, the bubble can now be fully themed
Option to disable vibrate and ringtone for incoming messages while in a call
Option to disable the date in the conversation list panel
Option to theme the hyperlinks for anyone with the theme engine
Option to close Halo after sending a message (not for SlideOver)
Bug fixes

If you still have yet to try this application out, you're doing it all wrong. Play Link Cheers Inquizitor!

Samsung Posts Extensive 18-minute "First Hands-on" of the Galaxy Note 3 and Gear

Kellen — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 12:23:24 +0000

If you thought last night's 6-minute introduction video for the Galaxy Note 3 was lengthy, wait until you see the 18-minute long clip that Samsung uploaded this afternoon. In this "first hands-on" footage, Samsung takes you on an exhaustive tour of both the Note 3 and their Galaxy Gear smartwatch. You'll start at a hardware overview of the new Note, followed by a software and feature tour that lasts for around 12 minutes. Once the Note 3 section wraps, it's onto the Gear, where Samsung takes you through a similar hardware tour before diving into the pairing process, and other software highlights. If you are interested in either device, this would be a good one to watch.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-Fo5x7ZIPCM[/youtube]

PayPal Launches Version 5.0, Brings New UI and Local Check-ins

Tim — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 12:04:30 +0000

This afternoon, PayPal launched version 5.0 of its Android application, complete with an entirely new look. Not only is it a refreshed look, but the way the app operates and performs has been completely rewritten, providing Android users with a seriously-polished payment app. PayPal also added in the ability to check in and make payments at local shops and restaurants, given that it is supported at the location. To see places near you, simply check the "Shop" tab in the app. If you rock PayPal, go grab it from Google Play. What's New:

Use the app to check in to pay with your mobile in local shops, restaurants and more
Bold new design
Bug fixes and more

Play Link [youtube]http://youtu.be/qRdRwyFceJY[/youtube]

Qualcomm Toq Smartwatch Launches in October, Will Cost You $300

Tim — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 11:37:20 +0000

Yesterday, amid Samsung's announcement of its very own Galaxy Gear smartwatch, Qualcomm unveiled Toq. The Toq is a Android-exclusive smartwatch that features a reflective Mirasol display, which will allow wearers to view it in any type of lighting. The watch also features wireless charging, plus is capable of running a multitude of applications such as messaging apps, a phone app, email and calendar. It's your basic smartwatch, but brings a sense of luxury and efficiency that Qualcomm hopes justifies the $300 price tag. According to CNET, the watch will launch this October and pre-orders should be up very soon. From what a Qualcomm spokesperson stated, the company actually only intends to sell a limited amount of units, reaching to only the "tens of thousands." No word on why they are limiting production. $300. Is anyone still interested? Once the pre-order link goes live, we will update the post. [youtube]http://youtu.be/YzTrqifCOhs[/youtube] Via: CNET

Sprint Finally Announces Moto X Launch Date, September 6 for $199

Tim — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 10:50:37 +0000

It was previously thought that the Moto X would launch on Sprint's network on August 29, the same day as AT&T. Once that didn't happen, there was no new confirmed date for Sprint customers that were hoping to pick up Motorola's newest flagship device. That changed this morning, as Sprint confirmed that this Friday, September 6, the device will launch for $199.99 on contract. In addition, they even tease that within the coming months, Moto X purchases can look forward to MotoMaker.

For a limited time only, new customers who switch their phone number to Sprint from another carrier will receive an additional $100 instant credit, reducing the price of Moto X to $99.99 (excluding taxes). In the coming months, Sprint will also add the ability to customize Moto X with Moto Maker. With more than 2,000 possibilities to choose from, customers can design a phone that's uniquely theirs from the front to the back.

Any Sprint users picking this up? Via: Sprint

Thursday Poll: Are You Getting the Galaxy Gear Smartwatch?

Tim — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 10:20:37 +0000

Yesterday, we asked if the Galaxy Note 3 was your next smartphone. With a large number of our readers saying "yes," there is only one question that remains - are you picking up the Galaxy Gear to go with it? The Galaxy Gear is Samsung's first major attempt at a smartwatch, and for the most part, we are pretty impressed. Despite the fact that you need to be running a newer Galaxy device with TouchWiz, the watch does offer a few great features for users. With the ability to run apps from Samsung's App Store, take pictures with its built-in camera and a supposed battery life of 25 hours, the Gear acts as a very productive extension to your smartphone. The only downer that we can see is the price tag, listed at $299. Is it worth that much? We want to hear your thoughts below. [poll id="269"]

TriMet Launches Android Ticket App for Portland-area Residents

Tim — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 10:00:32 +0000

Portland residents that ride TriMet should go pick up the recently-launched TriMet Tickets application for Android. With the Tickets app, riders can easily save a credit card inside the application, then buy a ticket anytime, anywhere. No more standing in line. Represent, Portland. Play Link [youtube]http://youtu.be/Y-9rKx4gFnw[/youtube] Shoutout to David!

Video: NVIDIA SHIELD Receives Your Not-so-Typical Teardown Treatment

Tim — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 09:30:34 +0000

Most of the time, those typical teardown posts are kind of boring in the entertainment department. NVIDIA looked to spice it up a bit and has delivered an awesome teardown video for all of you SHIELD fans. As the header image suggests, this is an "Explosion Teardown." This is how all teardowns should happen. [youtube]http://youtu.be/ecRkkVrKvQA[/youtube]

This is What Nokia Imagined When They Heard Android 4.4 Would be Named Kit Kat

Eric — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 09:05:20 +0000

Lost in the smartwatch madness yesterday were some fighting words to come out of Nokia's German Twitter Account. We were just as surprised as anyone when earlier this week the Android team announced that their upcoming version would be named after the well-established candy, Kit Kat. Most people might have bought a piece of candy after hearing the news, but Nokia had other ideas. Nokia, who themselves made news last week by being acquired by Microsoft, found time to put together the picture above and post it to their Twitter page. Hopefully no Galaxy S4s were actually harmed in the making of this picture. This is certainly a case of #shotsfired.

Via: Twitter

Verizon Confirms LG G2 Launch for September 12, Priced at $199

Tim — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 08:36:41 +0000

Verizon announced the official launch date of the LG G2 on its network this morning, scheduling its release for next Thursday, September 12. The device will be priced at $199.99 on contract, making the G2 a big contender for those considering the Galaxy S4, Moto X or the newly-unveiled Galaxy Note 3. The G2 features a 5.2" 1080p display, 13MP back-facing camera with OIS technology, a Snapdragon 800 processor coupled with 2GB of RAM and a very unique button configuration gracing its backside. It is every bit of a top tier device for 2013. And for all of you T-Mobile users, the G2 has been confirmed to launch on its network September 18 online through T-Mobile.com. The device should hit retail stores nationwide starting September 25. As for T-Mo's pricing, they have it listed at $99 down, with 24 monthly payments of $21. Is this your next? Via: Verizon | T-Mobile Cheers Alex!

Galaxy Gear Will Have Over 70 Apps Eventually, Samsung Promises 12 at Launch

Eric — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 08:07:06 +0000

After yesterday's announcement of the Samsung Galaxy Gear we heard the unfortunate official word from Samsung that their smartwatch would not run regular Android apps. Instead, Samsung would have to work with app developers to make useful applications that ran on their newest device. Don't worry though, Samsung is a big enough company that they can draw in developers for their new smartwatch. They have announced 12 apps with launch with the Gear and that the number will eventually be up towards 70. Social networking site Path, eBay and RunKeeper have all come out and promised that they will be supporting the Galaxy Gear at launch. No word yet from Facebook or Twitter, so Path will have to do as far as social networking goes. Evernote, MyFitnessApp and TripIt have all been named for Gear apps as well. Samsung hasn't come out and listed all 70 apps that they will have, but you can be sure that we will hear them as soon as they are announced. Via: The Verge

Android Distribution Charts Updated for September, Eclair and Donut Finally Dismissed

Dave — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 19:14:02 +0000

With all of the world focused on Google's unveiling of Kit Kat and Samsung's big announcement, Google snuck out another update for the Android Distribution Charts. The biggest addition to this month's update is actually what it subtracts. Donut and Eclair (versions 1.6 and 2.1 respectively) are no longer listed on the pie chart. According to Google, those versions of Android only accounted for about 1% of devices that checked in to Google server. Froyo only dropped 1% from last month to 2.4% and Gingerbread is down to 30.7% from 33.1%. Ice Cream Sandwich went from 22.5% to 21.7%, a small drop. Of course, Jelly Bean continues to gain pie share, moving from 40.5% to a nice 45.1%. The chart only shows percentages for versions 4.1.x and 4.2.x of Jelly Bean, so 4.3.x has not really taken a hold yet on Android devices. As manufacturers work on updating their devices, maybe we'll see it make a debut next month. Of course, October is more than likely when we'll hear more information about KitKat 4.4 thus making the 4.3.x version of Android old news. Via: Android Developers

Video: Samsung Takes You on Detailed 6-Minute Galaxy Note 3 Software and Hardware Tour

Kellen — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 16:53:58 +0000

[youtube]http://youtu.be/ylP4DDwXZb8[/youtube]

If you want to know all that's new in the Samsung Galaxy Note 3, watch this video. Samsung, as you would expect in a promo video produced by them, does a great job at highlighting the Note 3's new powers through the S Pen, the upgrades in hardware, and how you would use it all together in real life situations.

Wednesday Poll: Is the Samsung Galaxy Note 3 Your Next Phone?

Kellen — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 16:15:36 +0000

Well, did you see enough today to make the Samsung Galaxy Note 3 your next phone? We know that the Note 2 cult had quite the membership, but does the Note 3 offer enough to get Note 2 users to upgrade and Note-holdouts to make the switch? We're talking a similar sized device with a slightly bigger yet full HD display, upgraded camera, more RAM, a super-powerful processor, new S Pen, and the latest version of Android. It's quite the overall package, even with that ridiculous faux leather back. Is the Note 3 your next phone? [poll id="268"]

ASUS Unveils Transformer Pad 701T, Transformer Book at IFA

Tim — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 16:00:36 +0000

Samsung and Sony weren't the only ones pumping out new devices today. ASUS also had their very own holiday lineup announcements, full of new Fonepads, MeMo Pads, and a Transformer Pad, topped off with a Transformer Book. The six new devices are highlighted by the introduction of the Transformer Pad 701T and the Transformer Book, a new device in terms of what it is capable of doing. The Book is a 3-in-1 PC device, capable of dual-booting between Windows 8 and Android 4.2. It comes with a detachable keyboard, which brings functionality and extreme multitasking to the everyday user. With full access to Google Play, it could be a pretty sweet device for Windows and Android lovers. The Transformer Pad 701T was the other device that interested us quite a bit. It is the newest addition to the Transformer Pad series, featuring an insanely-high display resolution of 2560 x 1600. In addition to that beautiful 10.1" display, the Pad 701 features a Tegra 4 processor, 2GB of RAM, SonicMaster audio technology, a USB 3.0 port, a microSDXC card slot, plus more tablet goodies including a keyboard dock. No word on pricing or availability for it quite yet, though. If you are interested in the additional ASUS devices that were announced, feel free to find all of the information be following the via links below. Via: ASUS [2]

Samsung Plans Android 4.3 Update for Galaxy S4, Galaxy S3, and Note 2 in October

Tim — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 15:20:24 +0000

During the Samsung Unpacked event today in Berlin, it was mentioned that an Android 4.3 update would become available for the Galaxy S3, Galaxy S4, and Note 2 this October. For the Galaxy S4 owners, the update will also include support for the Galaxy Gear smartwatch, right in time for when the smartwatch will become commercially available. As for what we could see inside the Android 4.3 update, take a peak at our Android 4.3 breakdown and see what you can loosely expect in the update from Samsung. Are you a current Galaxy S4 or S3 owner? Stoked out of your mind for October? You should be. Via: Engadget

NVIDIA Tegra Note Tablet Showcased in China, Specs Revealed

Tim — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 15:00:27 +0000

This year, NVIDIA has been working on a reference tablet to market to its partners, which had been previously leaked before as the Tegra Tab. This time, we are getting some really-detailed pictures and even some specifications to go along with them. According to the report, this device, labeled the Tegra Note, will be shopped around to partners who will then slap on their own branding and then sell it as their own. The tablet features a 7" 1280 x 768 display, a Tegra 4 quad-core processor clocked at 1.8GHz, 2GB of RAM, a 5MP back-facing camera, front-facing speakers and comes complete with its very own stylus. Specs:

7” 1280×768 HD Display
1.8 GHz quad-core Tegra 4 CPU
2GB of RAM
5 megapixel rear camera,
Front camera (resolution unknown)
micro-USB, HDMI support
Stylus

When and if this tablet hits stateside, we can expect that it will be reasonably priced given previous Tegra-powered tablets (2012 Nexus 7). Would you be interested?

Via: Unwired View

Spec Comparison: Galaxy Note 3 vs. G2 vs. Moto X vs. Galaxy S4 vs. HTC One

Kellen — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 14:32:17 +0000

Now that we have had a chance to go hands-on with the new Samsung Galaxy Note 3, it's time to check the device out on paper and see how it compares to other flagship phones of the moment. In the table below, you'll see the Note 3 vs. the LG G2, Moto X, Galaxy S4, and HTC One. Also, we tossed together another table showing how it stacks up to Samsung's last few releases, including the Note 2.

vs. the competition

vs. other Samsung devices

*This last table shows the state of each Samsung device at launch.

Play With This Cool 3D Model of the Android Kit Kat Figure

Tim — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 13:54:43 +0000

Google threw us a curveball yesterday when they announced that Android 4.4 would be called Kit Kat. Unsurprisingly enough, I found myself at the store later that day, pleasuring this new desire I had to eat Kit Kat bars. Good move, Google. Anyways, some legendary person has created a 3D model of the Android Kit Kat figure, and you can play with it yourself by using your computer's mouse. It is extremely detailed, as much as a candy bar can be, so go take a break from all of this Samsung news and have some fun.

Google Glass App Store Coming in 2014, Public Launch Around the Same Time

Tim — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 13:41:03 +0000

The public release for Google Glass was first penciled in for later this year, but Google since pushed it back to sometime next year in 2014. According to new reports, Google confirmed that an app store solely for Google Glass applications would be launched around the time of the official release of Glass. Google failed to mention if the Glass store would be an addition to Google Play or a standalone service just for Glass users. Google Glass, while the general public is unable to buy it, has creeped into our lives for quite a while now. People seem to be more comfortable seeing it and don't become so shocked or surprised when they see someone wearing it. It is as if Google wanted to slowly saturate our minds with the idea of wearable technology being "cool." Probably for the best. Who here is still looking to buy Glass when it is finally made available? Via: Engadget | Marketing Land

Qualcomm Announces Toq Smartwatch, Seemed Like the Perfect Day to do That

Tim — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 13:08:11 +0000

Today, the same day that Samsung announced its very own smartwatch, the Galaxy Gear, Qualcomm decided to unveil the Toq. The Toq is the processor-giant's flagship smartwatch, capable of syncing with your smartphone, then controlling many aspects of the device. The watch can easily handle your music, weather forecasts, text messages, phone calls and your schedule. It features a interferometric modulator display, which "leverages the light around it so you can see your screen anywhere, even in bright sunlight." A feature that makes Toq unique is the ability to wirelessly charge the device with a specially designed dock from Qualcomm. Unfortunately, not many specifications were announced, one of the only ones being that it supports any Android device running Android 4.0.3 or higher, and that it comes equipped with Bluetooth 4.0. No word on screen size, battery size or anything else. Are we interested? [youtube]http://youtu.be/YzTrqifCOhs[/youtube]

Qualcomm Launches the Qualcomm Toq Smartwatch Featuring Mirasol Display

Revolutionary Smartwatch Unveiled at Qualcomm’s Uplinq 2013 Developer Conference
SAN DIEGO — September 4, 2013 — Qualcomm Incorporated (NASDAQ: QCOM) today announced that its wholly-owned subsidiary, Qualcomm Connected Experiences, Inc., will release a Qualcomm branded smartwatch in Q4 of 2013. Designed to serve as a second display to your smartphone, the Qualcomm® Toq™ (‘talk’) smartwatch will feature proprietary Qualcomm MEMS Technologies, Inc.’s Qualcomm® Mirasol™ display technology, a revolutionary reflective, low-power display that enables an always on viewing experience, wireless charging by Qualcomm WiPower™ LE technology and a true stereo Bluetooth audio experience, all while offering its wearer long battery life with seamless connectivity to their smartphone. “Toq’s always on, always connected, always visible wearable technology gives you a ‘Digital 6th Sense,’ telling you what you need to know, when you need to know it, with just a glance at your wrist or a whisper in your ear. Toq is a showcase for the benefits of the Mirasol display, WiPower LE and stereo Bluetooth technologies and highlights the experience that the wearable category can provide,” said Dr. Paul E. Jacobs, chairman and chief executive officer of Qualcomm. “Toq not only represents a long history of technological innovation for Qualcomm, but it also demonstrates our commitment to delivering the breakthrough technologies that redefine the ways we interact with each other and the world around us.” The introduction of this limited edition smartwatch will feature the key technologies necessary to deliver unique experiences on wearable devices. The color capacitive touchscreen display is always on – similar to a traditional watch – with days of battery life before the device needs to be recharged. In fact, Toq’s power profile is so low that it does not require an on/off button. Recharging Toq is hassle-free, as it also is the world’s first smartwatch to incorporate the Qualcomm® WiPower™ LE technology, enabling a true “drop and go” charging experience. With Toq, consumers will be able to manage smartphone calls, text messages, meeting reminders and various notifications from their wrist. Developers also will be able to tap into Qualcomm Innovation Center, Inc.’s AllJoyn™ framework to send program notifications to the smartwatch through the Qualcomm Toq app, which supports the AllJoyn Notification Services Framework. Qualcomm will continue adding functionality to the Toq through software upgrades, including integration with Qualcomm Life, Inc.’s 2net platform and the recently announced 2net Mobile software. Toq provides participants of the 2net ecosystem the opportunity to deliver new, compelling ways for consumer to manage their health. Qualcomm Life and Qualcomm Innovation Center are subsidiaries of Qualcomm Incorporated. Toq also will be made available in a “Premium Audio Edition” that features the first truly wireless stereo headphones. This means no wires between the headsets for listening and no wires for recharging. Another key feature of the headset is that it sits outside the ear canal for all day comfort and wearability. The Toq Premium Audio Edition features high quality stereo sound with a dedicated tweeter and woofer for superior wide band audio. Calls can be placed with the smartphone using either of the headsets. As this category grows, Qualcomm expects to closely collaborate with traditional ecosystem participants and new entrants to enable new product opportunities leveraging these industry-leading technologies, further driving forward the emerging wearables space. At launch, Toq will be compatible with Android™ 4.0.3 and above mobile devices. For more information about the Toq, please visit www.toq.qualcomm.com.

AT&T, T-Mobile and Sprint Also Confirm Plans to Carry Galaxy Note 3 and Galaxy Gear

Kellen — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 12:53:47 +0000

We already pointed out the fact that Verizon has announced its plans to carry both the Samsung Galaxy Note 3 and Galaxy Gear, but wanted to make sure you knew about the other three major U.S. carriers as well. Sprint says they will indeed carry the Galaxy Note 3 "this fall," but did not mention the Gear or a date. AT&T and T-Mobile wouldn't give us a time frame, but did acknowledge that they will carry both products. US Cellular will carry the Note 3 as well. Be sure to check out our hands-on time with both the Galaxy Note 3 and Galaxy Gear. Via: Sprint | AT&T | T-Mobile

Verizon Confirms Plans to Carry Galaxy Note 3 and Galaxy Gear From Samsung (Updated: Date Listed)

Tim — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 12:14:02 +0000

Verizon tweeted out its plan to carry both, the Galaxy Note 3 and Galaxy Gear on its network, with pre-orders coming "soon." There is no word on if there will be some sort of package pricing or anything of that nature, but one might hope so considering the Galaxy Gear is listed at $299. As for the Note 3's pricing, that is yet to be announced. And just to clarify, the Gear does not have any type of wireless connectivity besides its Bluetooth 4.0 radio. So no, you won't see 4G LTE or 3G options on Verizon. Sorry. Once pre-orders go live, we will let you know. Plan on signing up? Update: Pre-orders for Verizon's Note 3 will go live September 6 at 9AM EST.

Via: Verizon Cheers David!

Hands-on: Samsung Galaxy Gear Smartwatch (Updated: Video Added)

Tim — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 11:56:34 +0000

We were able to get hands-on time with the new Galaxy Gear smartwatch that was announced by Samsung this morning. The device syncs seamlessly with the Galaxy Note 3 and other Galaxy devices, adding a extension to your already-existing smartphone experience. With the Gear, you can take calls, view messages, emails and even snap pictures with its 1.9MP camera. The camera is built right into the watch's strap, allowing you to easily (and even sneakily) snap pictures of whatever you would like. Stay tuned for a full hands-on video and Kellen's reactions to the device. Also, ignore the giant metal contraption on the bottom. That was put in place for security, so us silly bloggers didn't try to walk out with one. The Galaxy Gear goes on sale for $299 starting in October. Interested?

Video

[youtube]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PP9nwyxuUL0[/youtube]

Gallery

Hands-on: Samsung Galaxy Note 3 (Updated: Video Added)

Tim — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 11:28:37 +0000

Kellen is on hand at Samsung's NYC event that showcases the new Galaxy Note 3 and Galaxy Gear smartwatch. The Note 3 features a crisp 5.7" 1080p Super AMOLED display, 3GB of RAM, a quad-core processor, a revamped S-Pen and more proprietary software than you would like to count. We will have a full hands-on video and Kellen's initial reactions to the device shortly. Take a closer look at the Galaxy Note 3 with our full gallery down below. So far, how are you liking the new Note 3?

Video

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0rA4kDNTlrM[/youtube]

Gallery

Samsung Unveils Galaxy Gear Smartwatch During IFA in Berlin

Tim — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 10:13:18 +0000

Samsung announced the Galaxy Gear smartwatch this morning at IFA in Berlin. It is being touted as the ultimate tool for your Galaxy smartphone. It features a 1.63" display, a 800MHz processor, as well as a 1.9MP camera built inside. The camera is placed on the outside wristband, allowing you to quickly capture those "precious moments." To access the camera function, simply swipe down on the device, snap your picture, then upload the photo wherever you would like from Gear. Specs:

1.63" display (320 x 320)
800MHz processor
1.9MP camera
720p video playback and recording
Bluetooth 4.0
4GB internal memory with 512MB of RAM
315mAh battery
25+ hours of battery life

Galaxy Gear supports all of your favorite apps that can be found in the Samsung App Store. In addition, the device is cross compatible with past Galaxy devices, such as the Note 2, Galaxy S4, S3, etc. The Gear will be available in October throughout the US markets starting at $299.

Via: Samsung

Samsung Announces the Galaxy Note 3 at IFA in Berlin

Tim — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 10:08:42 +0000

Samsung's CEO, JK Shin, took the stage this morning in Berlin to unveil the Galaxy Note 3. The Note 3 features an S-Pen, as well as many of 2013's top tier specifications. In terms of overall looks, the Note 3 features a larger display, but Samsung did not add any width or depth to the device's body. On the back, it features a leather-like texture with fine stitching. Specs:

5.7" Full HD Super AMOLED (1080p) display.
Snapdragon 800 processor or Octa Core processor depending on market.
Android 4.3.
13MP back-facing camera.
2MP front-facing camera.
NFC.
Bluetooth 4.0.
3GB of RAM.
32GB and 64GB storage options.
3,200mAh battery.

The S-Pen has been revamped, featuring many new useful features that has allowed it to evolve into a multitasking machine. According to Samsung, the S-Pen is the "key" that unlocks the Note 3's power and speed. It features Air Command, where you simply place the Pen near the display, then press the Pen's button. It then opens up a fanned-out menu. From here, you can do a quick note, access applications and more. In addition, there is a new feature called Scrapbook. From inside the browser application, you can draw a circle around any content on the web, then easily save it to your device for later viewing or editing. S-Note also received a revamping, with a more intuitive interface, plus a simplified organization feature. You can more easily move notes within other notes, plus easily sync your S-Notes with Evernote and other cloud storage services. Multitasking has also been enhanced. A new feature called Pen Window, allows for a user to draw a window on either side of the display while it is in landscape or portrait. From here, you can quickly access another application while still using the app you are already in. Samsung also announced Multivision, a feature that allows multiple Note 3 devices to be placed next to each other, which then creates the look of a larger display.

There are new flip covers for the Note 3, with 10 different colors options to choose from. The Note 3 will be available in US markets this October. No pricing yet. Via: Samsung

AT&T Launches 14 New 4G LTE Markets Across America

Tim — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 09:41:14 +0000

AT&T announced a few new 4G LTE markets this morning, spanning from North Carolina to Utah. In total, there are 14 new markets, as AT&T is pushing hard to apparently finish its LTE rollout as soon as possible. According to AT&T, they have invested almost $100 billion into the network across the country, with even more planned on being poured in by the end of 2015. To see the full list of new markets, look below. New Markets:

Yazoo City, Mississippi
Murray, Kentucky
Columbus , Mississippi
Logan, Utah
Rolla, Missouri
Waycross, Georgia
Morristown, Tennessee
Alexandria, Louisiana
Greenville, North Carolina
Abilene, Texas
Morehead City, North Carolina
Albemarle, North Carolina
Sandusky, Ohio
Vidalia, Georgia

Via: AT&T

Sony Xperia Z1 Officially Announced at IFA, Arrives Later This Month

Tim — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 08:35:32 +0000

After much anticipation and leaked information on the device, Sony took the stage this morning in Berlin to officially unveil the Xperia Z1 smartphone. The device features a waterproof design, packed with some of today's top tier specifications. For starters, the Z1 smartphone features a 5" 1080 TRILUMINOS display, a Snapdragon 800 quad-core processor clocked at 2.2GHz coupled with 2GB of RAM, plus a massive 3,000mAh battery. Those interested in mobile photography should be happy, as the device comes equipped with a 20.7MP Exmor CMOS image sensor and BIONZ for mobile image processing engine. Sony claims this phone's camera is now the pinnacle of mobile cameras. Sony was able to throw in some proprietary camera software for easy sharing from the camera application, as well as some special filters to give you the best chances of capturing excellent snapshots. The press release states that the Z1 will launch globally "from September," however, no specific countries, carriers, or pricing was announced.

Video

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=blUhgOJXetM[/youtube]

Gallery

Press Release

Sony introduces Xperia™ Z1 – a stunning waterproof smartphone with a groundbreaking camera experience
04 September 2013

Combines the very best of Sony’s technology in a slim, waterproof and beautifully designed Android smartphone

True compact camera performance through combination of Sony’s award-winning “G Lens”, large 1/2.3-type 20.7MP “Exmor RS for mobile” CMOS image sensor and “BIONZ for mobile” image processing engine

Innovative suite of Xperia Camera Applications that deliver unique experiences including live social broadcasting

Immersive viewing experience via Sony’s TRILUMINOS® Display for mobile and X-RealityTM for mobile

Discovery of online and offline content through the integration of Music Unlimited and Video Unlimited with Sony’s media applications

Premium and exclusive out of the box entertainment offer from Sony Entertainment Network

Unrivalled ecosystem of accessories and companion products

4^th September 2013, IFA, Berlin; CET 16:45 – Sony Mobile Communications (“Sony Mobile”) today introduces Xperia Z1, a premium waterproof smartphone that combines the very best of Sony’s technology, entertainment and wide range of companion products with a unique and groundbreaking camera experience. Xperia Z1 will launch globally from September 2013. “Xperia Z1 represents a significant milestone for Sony in our continued efforts to deliver unforgettable experiences to our consumers,” said Kunimasa Suzuki, President and CEO, Sony Mobile Communications. “Not only by bringing the power of Sony to the smartphone and through close collaboration with our partners but by setting a new standard in premium smartphones.” The world's leading camera in a smartphone The elegant, 5” Xperia Z1 is the latest addition to Sony’s premium Z series of products and brings Sony’s proven world-class technologies to the smartphone like never before - including the very best of Sony’s camera expertise. Xperia Z1 features Sony’s award-winning “G Lens” with a 27mm wide angle and bright F2.0 aperture, custom made large 1/2.3-type CMOS image sensor Exmor RS for mobile with 20.7MP and a BIONZ for mobile image processing engine. The combination of these technologies delivers the same level of quality and performance as a conventional compact digital camera in a slim, waterproof smartphone. Indeed, independent testing has confirmed that Xperia Z1 provides the best overall image quality of all leading smartphones.* This means that Xperia Z1 captures beautiful, sharp and bright images even in lowlight conditions. High shutter speeds and 3x clear image zoom also prevents shots from being blurred while enabling them to be captured at distance. Innovative suite of Xperia Camera Applications Xperia Z1 takes the conventional camera experience to a whole new level by including an innovative set of Xperia Camera Applications that deliver new experiences. Applications at launch include:

Social live: Broadcast precious moments live from Xperia Z1 to Facebook and get your friends’ comments right on your screen.

Info-eye™: Innovative visual search function that provides related information on landmarks and on items such as books or wine simply by capturing them with the camera.

Timeshift burst: Capture the perfect shot every time - Xperia Z1 takes 61 images in 2 seconds - a second before and after pressing the shutter - so you can scroll back and forth to find the perfect image.

AR effect: Overlay a selection of fun, customizable animations to create pictures using Sony’s SmartARTM augmented reality technology.

This experience is supported by a robust ecosystem of established and up-and-coming developer partnerships who are working to create Xperia Camera Applications. Many more apps will be available through the Sony Select recommendation store after launch. Beautiful design with high power and performance Xperia Z1 also includes all of the features consumers have come to expect of a Sony smartphone. Its stunning looks combine Sony’s acclaimed OmniBalance design with premium materials and precision engineering in a slim waterproof and dust resistant smartphone (IP55 & IP58). A solid one-piece aluminium frame with tempered glass on the front and back ensures beauty and durability as well as a consistent viewing experience from any angle. Xperia Z1 features the fully integrated Qualcomm^® Snapdragon™ 800 processor with 2.2 GHz quad-core CPU and 4G LTE to provide a seamless connected entertainment experience, industry leading battery performance and amazing speed. The Qualcomm Snapdragon 800 processor features the latest GPU and dual ISP for incredible graphics, 3D games and videos. The Xperia Z1 also includes a 3000 mAh battery for a high battery performance. Sony’s Battery STAMINA Mode automatically turns off functions to save power when you don’t need them and restarts them when you do. Incredible out of the box entertainment with Sony’s media applications and technologies Xperia Z1 integrates PlayMemories Online**, a cloud-based image and video service that is integrated into the Album application. A new ‘All Sync’ feature enables users to instantly auto-upload all of their photos without storage limitation***. Sony’s “WALKMAN” and Movies applications are also included and provide access to more than 22 million songs on the “WALKMAN” app through Music Unlimited and more than 150K movies and TV series on the Movies app through Video Unlimited**** from Sony Entertainment Network. Thanks to the inclusion of Sony’s BRAVIA TV technology, Xperia Z1 features Sony’s unique TRILUMINOS Display for mobile, creating a wider palette of rich natural colours for an immersive viewing experience. It also includes X-Reality for mobile - Sony’s intelligent super resolution technology which analyzes each image and optimizes the quality to deliver super sharp videos. Xperia Z1 also brings Sony’s audio expertise to play with Sony’s ClearAudio+ which automatically optimizes the audio experience without the need to adjust individual settings. Xperia Z1 comes with an incredible entertainment offer that includes five great movies plus an exclusive movie access pass to the digital release of Sony Pictures’ summer blockbuster Elysium as well as a two month free trial of Sony’s Music Unlimited streaming service plus much more.***** Xperia Z1 also features a new application called TrackID^TM TV that enhances your TV-viewing experience. It lets users search, share and explore information from broadcasted TV shows such as cast & crew, biographies, filmography or show related Tweets.****** Unrivalled ecosystem of companion products and smart accessories Xperia Z1 is supported by an ecosystem of innovative companion products and accessories. All are underpinned by Sony’s one-touch functions with NFC technology which will number approximately 100 compatible products by the end of the year including TVs, headphones, audio speakers, tablets, and more. Key products include: Companion products to enhance the camera experience

QX10/QX100: High-performance ‘lens-style’ cameras designed for mounting on smartphones and operated through the smartphone screen – a perfect partner for the Z1.

Smart Imaging Stand IPT-DS10M: An intelligent accessory that helps Xperia Z1 detect smiles and capture special moments without the need to hold the handset

Smartphone Tripod SPA-MK20M: A versatile tripod perfect for extra stability when taking pictures or capturing video

A host of other companion products and smart accessories that enrich your smartphone experience.

SmartWatch 2 – Use as a second screen for Xperia Z1. Read messages, handle calls, easily access notifications – all from your wrist. Trigger the Xperia Z1 camera shutter. Download other camera apps to enhance the Xperia Z1 experience. Sony is working closely with developers for even more optimised apps

SBH52 Smart Bluetooth Handset – Splash proof wireless audio accessory that enables you to listen and talk without taking out your smartphone.

MDR-10BT NFC headphones and SRS-BTS50 wireless speaker - New, high quality NFC enabled headphones and wireless speaker.

SmartTags NT3 – Create a unique experience for your tag and share with a friend via NFC.

Continually update the experience over time with the Bluetooth Music Receiver BM10 – stream music and audio from Xperia Z1 to your home Hi-Fi system

Miracast Wireless Display IM10 – Mirror your smartphone display on your HDTV or projector

Live: Samsung Unpacked 2013 Episode 2!

Kellen — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 08:15:55 +0000

We are live in New York City for Samsung's Unpacked 2013 Episode 2 event! Below you'll find a live stream of the event, along with play-by-play coverage through our live blog for those who can't stop what they are doing to watch the action unfold on video. As you can see the from the picture I snapped last night, Samsung is indeed preparing to take over Times Square once again, just like they did with the Galaxy S4 launch. This time though, it's all about the Galaxy Note line, and the Galaxy Note 3. We'll also more than likely be treated to Samsung's first smartwatch, dubbed the Galaxy Gear, so join us below to take it all in. The live event kicks off at 10AM Pacific (1PM Eastern). Following the live event, we'll have a chance to get our hands on all that is announced. Stick with us!

[youtube]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OaBP1zLZBzY[/youtube]

Moto X Now Available From US Cellular Online, in Stores Friday

Kellen — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 07:41:49 +0000

The Moto X is now available from US Cellular for the low price of $125 on-contract to new customers and newly added lines. It can currently only be purchased online, but will arrive in stores by this Friday, September 6. Like on other carriers, the Moto X is available in both woven white and black models, with no word on if or when MotoMaker will become available. Be sure to read our Moto X review if you haven't already. Via: US Cellular

Watch Sony's IFA Press Event Live Stream!

Kellen — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 07:13:11 +0000

Sony is taking the stage at their IFA press conference in Berlin this very minute to announce all of their new products for the upcoming holiday season. Since Sony is more than just a mobile tech company, this may be more than just phones and camera lens accessories, but for our purposes, we'll be focused on what we expect to be the announcement of the Sony Xperia Z1 (full specs and details) and "Lens-style Camera" QX10 and QX100 attachments (full specs and details) for smartphones. Details of both products have leaked numerous times already (lens-style cameras now on Amazon), but that doesn't mean there aren't other secrets for Sony to reveal. For one, we would love to hear specifics on a U.S. launch, something Sony can't seem to manage to pull off even after all these years.

Sony Lens-style QX100 and QX10 Cameras Now Up for Pre-order on Amazon

Kellen — Wed, 04 Sep 2013 06:33:34 +0000

Sony's Lens-style QX100 and QX10 smartphone accessories are now up for pre-order on Amazon, ahead of their official unveiling at IFA. Since both were leaked at length yesterday, there aren't many surprises left, but we now know their release date - September 27. The QX100 brings DLSR-like photography to your smartphone using the same sensor that is inside the RX100 Mark II, while the QX10 is more of an affordable Cybershot experience with 10x zoom. Both use NFC to quickly pair to your phone, so that your photos can be shared, edited, and stored on the fly. When paired, you can also use your phone as a remote viewfinder, perfect for snapping pro selfies for Instagram. The QX100 will retail for $499, while the QX10 will drop in at $249. More details can be found at the Amazon links below or this post from yesterday. Amazon Links: QX100 ($498) | QX10 ($248) Via: Sony Alpha Rumors

Prediction Time: Tell Us the Name of the "L" Version of Android

Kellen — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 16:25:50 +0000

As of this afternoon, we know that Android 4.4 will arrive before long, under the name Kit Kat. The "K" name pushes Google's alphabetical and dessert naming scheme forward for Android, even if we were all running under the impression (for months) that it would be Key Lime Pie or KLP. Yes, Google ~~trolled~~ pulled-the-switcheroo on us this time around, so we'd love to get your predictions in even earlier for whatever comes next. Assuming the alphabetical, dessert scheme continues, we will arrive at "L." There are a number of obvious options (licorice, lollipop, lemonhead, lemon meringue, etc.) that immediately come to mind, but knowing Google and the Android team, we could see something unique. In the comments, drop your predictions (as many as you'd like). Assuming someone gets it right, we'll have it on the books, forever.

IMAGE

Is This the First Look at the LG Nexus 5?

Kellen — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 15:38:40 +0000

Google just posted the unveiling of the Android 4.4 "Kit Kat" statue, but there was something else in the video that caught our eye. What exactly is the phone on the left that the guy in the brown shirt is holding? It has the horizontal Nexus logo on it and matte finish like we have seen on the new Nexus 7, yet is clearly smaller than a Nexus 7. It only appears to be slightly larger than the Nexus 4 that is in the hands of the women in the blue shirt. We can see what appears to be an LG logo, massive camera sensor with flash, and a similar styling (rounded 5-inch design) to the G2, which the device has been rumored to have been based off of. Update: And Google pulled the clip. Is this the Nexus 5? Some other new Nexus device that has yet to be announced?

Cheers Achal and Dain!

Video: Here is the Kit Kat Statue Unveiling

Kellen — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 15:26:53 +0000

The arrival of the Kit Kat statue on the Google campus, as seen by the Android team. Update: Oh boy, what device is the guy holding at the 38-second mark? Update 2: And Google has now pulled the clip.

Sony Xperia Z1 Press Release Leaked - Shows Off 20MP Camera, 1080p Display, 2.2GHz Quad-core Processor

Tim — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 14:35:55 +0000

Sorry, Sony - the Internet has successfully leaked all of your goodies that were set to be shown off during tomorrow's press conference. Earlier today, both of Sony's camera lens-style devices were leaked, and now it appears to be time for the Xperia Z1. What should get some excited is that according to the press release, Sony is expecting a global launch in September, but no real confirmation if the US can hope to get in on any of that action. The device's specifications are typical top-tier specs that one would expect to see in 2013. The device will come with a 5" 1080p display, a Snapdragon 800 processor clocked at 2.2GHz, features 2GB of RAM, microSD support, a massive 3,000mAh battery, an insane 20.7MP back-facing camera and comes running Android 4.2.2. Specs:

5" 1980 x 1080 Triluminous HD
Snapdragon 800 quad-core processor
2GB of RAM
16GB of internal storage
MicroSD support
3,000 mAh battery
20.7MP back-facing camera
NFC
Android 4.2.2
Color options: white, black, purple.

So, now that we see the looks and know the internals, are we interested? Are you hoping it doesn't stick as some AT&T or T-Mobile exclusive?

Via: Xperia Blog

Reminder: 2013 DL NFL Eliminator is Open and Your Chance to Win a Phone of Choice

Kellen — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 14:03:14 +0000

If you have yet to sign-up for this year's NFL Eliminator, we encourage you to do so before Thursday evening when the Broncos and Ravens kick off the 2013 NFL season. Our prize once again this year, is a phone of choice to the winner at a $650 value. You could pick up the new Moto X, potentially a Galaxy Note 3, or maybe even whatever the next Nexus device is. It's free to join as usual, lasts 17 weeks, and again, could win you a phone of choice. All of the details can be found here.

Sony QX10 and QX100 Press Release Leaked, Pricing and Full Details Now Known

Tim — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 12:34:43 +0000

Why wait for IFA and Sony's official announcement when we live in this amazing digital age? Today, a press release and product video for the Sony Qx10 and QX100 hit the web, so now there are no more secrets about these two accessories. If you wanted to know pricing, availability and full specs, then read on. The QX100 will be the more expensive of the two, coming in at around $500. It features the same sensor that is found in the RX100 II, capable of taking very low-noise and "exceptionally detailed" photographs. The QX10 will come priced in at around $250, featuring an 18.2 megapixel Exmor R™ CMOS sensor and 10x optical zoom. Both lens-style cameras work over WiFi to connect to any Android device that is running Honeycomb or over. Connecting to devices is easy, with NFC capabilities that allow users to easily bump the two devices to begin the connection. From there, you can either use a special attachment to connect the lens to your phone or even utilize a special tripod for taking still shots. The devices will be available later this month through Sony's online store. Interested? [youtube]http://youtu.be/HKGEEPIAPys[/youtube]

New Sony QX100 and QX10 “Lens-Style Cameras” Redefine the Mobile Photography Experience

New Concept Cameras Link Flawlessly to Smartphone, Offering High-Zoom, Stunning Quality Images and Full HD Videos for Instant Sharing
Merging the creative power of a premium compact camera with the convenience and connectivity of today’s smartphones, Sony today introduced two “lens-style” QX series cameras that bring new levels of fun and creativity to the mobile photography experience. The innovative Cyber-shot™ QX100 and QX10 models utilize Wi-Fi® connectivity to instantly transform a connected smartphone into a versatile, powerful photographic tool, allowing it to shoot high-quality images and full HD videos to rival a premium compact camera. It’s an entirely new and different way for consumers to capture and share memories with friends and family. With a distinct lens-style shape, the new cameras utilize the latest version of Sony’s PlayMemories™ Mobile application (availablefor iOS™ and Android™ devices, version 3.1 or higher required) to connect wirelessly to a smartphone, converting the bright, large LCD screen of the phone into a real-time viewfinder with the ability to release the shutter, start/stop movie recordings, and adjust common photographic settings like shooting mode, zoom, Auto Focus area and more. For added convenience, the app can be activated using NFC one-touch with compatible devices. Once pictures are taken, they are saved directly on both the phone and the camera*, and can be shared instantly via social media or other common mobile applications. “With the new QX100 and QX10 cameras, we are making it easier for the ever-growing population of ‘mobile photographers’ to capture far superior, higher-quality content without sacrificing the convenience and accessibility of their existing mobile network or the familiar ‘phone-style’ shooting experience that they’ve grown accustomed to,” said Patrick Huang, director of the Cyber-shot business at Sony. “We feel that these new products represent not only an evolution for the digital camera business, but arevolution in terms of redefining how cameras and smartphones can cooperatively flourish in today’s market.” The new compact, ultra-portable cameras can be attached to a connected phone with a supplied mechanically adjustable adapter, or can be held separately in hand or even mounted to a tripod while still maintaining all functionality and connectivity with the smartphone. They can also be operated as completely independent cameras if desired, as both the QX100 and QX10 cameras have a shutter release, memory card slot and come with a rechargeable battery.
Premium, Large-Sensor QX100 Camera
The Cyber-shot QX100 camera features a premium, high-quality 1.0 inch, 20.2 MP Exmor R™ CMOS sensor. Identical to the sensor found in the acclaimed Cyber-shot RX100 II camera, it allows for exceptionally detailed, ultra-low noise images in all types of lighting conditions, including dimly lit indoor and night scenes. The sensor is paired with a fast, wide-aperture Carl Zeiss Vario-Sonnar T* lens with 3.6x optical zoom and a powerful BIONZ image processor, ensuring beautifully natural, detail-packed still images and Full HD videos. As an extra refinement, the QX100 sports a dedicated control ring for camera-like adjustment of manual focus and zoom. Several different shooting modes can be selected while using the QX100 including Program Auto, Aperture Priority, Intelligent Auto and Superior Auto, which automatically recognizes 44 different shooting conditions and adjusts camera settings to suit.
High-Zoom Cyber-shot QX10 model
Boasting a powerful 18.2 effective megapixel Exmor R™ CMOS sensor and versatile 10x optical zoom Sony G Lens, the Cyber-shot QX10 camera allows mobile photographers to bring distant subjects closer without sacrificing image quality or resolution, a common problem in smartphones. It’s also extremely portable and lightweight – weighing less than 4 oz and measuring about 2.5”X2.5”x1.3”, it’s a great tool for travel photography. Additionally, the camera has built-in Optical SteadyShot to combat camera shake, keeping handheld pictures and videos steady and blur-free. It has Program Auto, Intelligent Auto and Superior Auto modes to choose from, and will be available in two different colors – black and white.
Pricing and Availability
The new Cyber-shot QX100 and QX10 lens-style cameras will available later this month for about $500 and $250, respectively. The cameras and a range of compatible accessories including a soft carry case and dedicated camera attachment for Sony Mobile phones like the Xperia™ Z can be purchased at Sony retail stores (www.store.sony.com) and other authorized dealers nationwide. Please visit www.blog.sony.com for a full video preview of the new Sony Cyber-shot QX Series cameras and follow #SonyCamera on twitter for the latest camera news.

Via: Sony Alpha Rumors

Kit Kat Embraces Android 4.4 Naming, Posts Silly Spoof Video

Tim — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 11:32:10 +0000

[youtube]http://youtu.be/OKOrkLxOBoY[/youtube]

Nestle and the Kit Kat team seem to be embracing their newly announced partnership with Google quite well, taking to the web and social networks with passion and excitement for Android 4.4. Kit Kat posted a silly video to its YouTube page today, treating the popular candy bar as if it was the world's greatest smartphone. Yes, quite funny. And if you plan on heading into your local convenient store sometime soon, keep your eyes peeled for some specially-designed Kit Kat wrappers that could score you a free Nexus 7 or Google Play credit. More info on the sweeptstakes can be found on the Kit Kat site by following the via link down below. Via: Kit Kat

Sidebar Plus is a Multi-taskers Dream App, Check Out the Beta

Tim — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 10:45:11 +0000

A new application, currently in beta stages called Sidebar Plus, could be the dream app of multitask users everywhere. With a sectioned pullout bar on the side of your device, allowing users to access recently used apps and system toggles, it makes accessing anything on your device very simple. The way it works is easy - the app places a sidebar on the side of your display that is transparent, then depending on which part of the bar you slide out, you get different settings/apps options. You can set different toggles, place different apps in your most-used list and even place widgets on the bar. There are a lot of options to go through, so we would recommend downloading and fully checking it out. Features:

Multiple bars.
Support different types: apps, contacts, common settings, shortcuts.
Widgets on sidebar (ex. check twitter stream on your lock screen).
Extension (compatible with DashClock extension).
Full customization with theme, options.

You can sideload the app from XDA, so go check out the app's thread and see what all Sidebar Plus is capable of. Via: XDA Cheers Karim!

Kit Kat Will be Android 4.4, Not Android 5.0 - Download the Official Wallpaper

Kellen — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 10:14:45 +0000

Thanks to Sundar Pichai, we now know that the next version of Android will be forever known as Kit Kat, not Key Lime Pie. And thanks to a newly updated Android site, we know that the next version will be Android 4.4, instead of the oft-reported Android 5.0. Details on new Kit Kat features are scarce (read: unavailable), but Google does say that their goal with Android 4.4 is to "make an amazing Android experience available for everybody." Ready to speculate on what that means? Also, this new Android version page includes this sweet Kit Kat themed wallpaper:

Kit Kat Android Statue Arrives on Google Campus, So Long Key Lime Pie

Kellen — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 09:47:29 +0000

Android boss Sundar Pichai just revealed the new name of the next major version of Android - Kit Kat. Through a picture of a new statue on the Google campus lawn along with a note posted to Google+, Pichai said that he "can’t wait to release the next version of the platform that is as sweet as the candy bar that’s one of our team’s favorites." In other words, goodbye Key Lime Pie - hello, Kit Kat. We ~~still don't know if it will be Android 5.0 or~~ 4.4 (it's officially 4.4), but at least we can stop referring to it by the wrong name. We will more than likely see Kit Kat arrive some time around the end of October at a press event that should include the unveiling of new Nexus devices. For those not familiar with the significance of the statue, just know that each major version of Android is represented by a statue outside of the Android team's Google building. Whenever a new statue arrives, the new version of Android typically arrives shortly after. In the picture, you can see Gingerbread, Jellybean and Honeycomb. He also mentioned that Android activations have now topped 1 billion, which is a pretty remarkable number. Update: It is confirmed that Kit Kat will be Android 4.4. Thoughts? Via: @sundarpichai | +Sundar Pichai | Android Cheers Brian, Jared, Sean, and everyone else!

New iPhone Arrives September 10

Kellen — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 09:28:47 +0000

Because we like to keep tabs on the other side of the mobile industry that competes directly with Android, we thought you'd all like to know that Apple has set the date for the unveiling of the next iPhone, likely dubbed the iPhone 5S. September 10 is the day. There is also a good chance that they will introduce a cheaper version of the same phone, with a variety of iPod Touch-esque colors to choose from. We would imagine that iOS 7 will come out of beta as well, and become available shortly after the new phones launch. You should then expect Apple to remove bundles of key features from it for older phones and tablets, update them quickly, and then brag on stage early next year about how awesome they are at updating in a timely manner (to half-baked versions of their OS). Other than that, it should be a blast to watch. There is nothing more comical than an Apple presser. Be prepared for "amazing," "beautiful," and "revolutionary" all over again, and again, and again. And again. Give us your thoughts. Via: @tim

Additional Sony DSC-QX10 and QX100 Press Images Leak Ahead of Unveiling

Tim — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 08:54:59 +0000

This week, IFA kicks off in Europe, with companies such as Sony and Samsung showing off what they have in store for the holiday shoppers. The accessories that has us buzzing from Sony are the DSC-QX10 and DSC-QX100 camera lenses. They are Bluetooth/WiFi-powered accessories that hook right up to your smartphone, acting as powerful lenses that will turn any phone into a impromptu DSLR. Thanks to a leaked manual and previous render leaks, we know quite a bit about these lenses. With the QX100 featuring the same sensor that is currently found in Sony’s RX100MII, we are hoping for some great photo-taking capabilities. Until Sony finally unveils these lenses this week, go ahead and check out these newly leaked press renders that hit the web yesterday. They don't give us any new details or information, but they sure do look nice. Hoping the price is just right so you can pick one up? In addition, let's hope more phones than just Sony devices can use them.

Via: Photo Rumors

LG G2 Global Rollout Starts in September, U.S. and Germany are Among First Markets

Kellen — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 07:00:57 +0000

Over the weekend, LG announced that its newest flagship, the G2, is ready for a global launch starting in September with initial launch markets that include both the U.S. and Germany. No specific carrier dates were announced for September, but with a confirmation from LG (and individual carrier acknowledgements) that we would see the G2 on all four major U.S. carriers, we would hope that they would try to push them all out within a couple of weeks of each other. If you haven't already, be sure to check out our initial hands-on tour of the device, a spec showdown featuring the G2, and a quick preview of its unique software features (including the camera). I know that the Moto X seems to be the darling of the moment, but the G2 should be on everyone's short list if the ultimate in specs is what your body desires.

Video: BBM for Android Receives Hands-on Tour

Kellen — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 06:06:13 +0000

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FSLajOurLOE[/youtube]

Well, there it is - BBM for Android. Thanks to a beta build shown off on video over the weekend, we now know what to expect from Blackberry's formerly popular instant messaging client outside of a release date. It's a Blackberry 10-esque version of Blackberry Messenger that works on Android. You've got group chats, emoticons, NFC contact sharing, an ongoing BBM icon notification (in case you forgot it was running), and even that snazzy little BBM notification sound. So yeah, it's just another IM client in a world filled with too many IM clients. Blackberry had their chance to port this over years ago to other platforms when it was relevant and make it fly, but refused as they continued grasping at straws. At this point, all a BBM release to Android or iOS would do is help kill off Blackberry's smartphone business as it's simply another excuse for Blackberry users to jump ship. We still aren't sure if this is going to come to Samsung devices initially or if Blackberry will open it up onto the Play store. We really don't care all that much, to tell you the truth. Google Hangouts and the other dozen or so IM clients we have had at our fingertips for years are working just fine. Via: BlackberryOS

HTC Announces "Vivid Blue" HTC One and Mini, BoomBass Bluetooth Subwoofer

Kellen — Tue, 03 Sep 2013 05:48:02 +0000

After a couple of weeks of quick glimpses, followed by rumors of carrier exclusivity, the HTC One in "Vivid Blue" is now official. As you can see from the pictures, it's certainly pretty, assuming the device can hold onto that color and not chip or scuff easily. The One Mini will also see a variant in this color. Both will be available in Q4, though no specific carriers have been mentioned at this time. HTC also announced a new portable Bluetooth subwoofer this morning, called the BoomBass. By pairing it with BoomSound on the One, the BoomBass provides "clearer, more powerful bass" while allowing the One to produce "enhanced quality of lower range frequencies." No pricing was given for the BoomBass, but it will be available in the HTC accessory store from mid-October. HTC announced a couple of mid-range devices as well, both of which will likely stay overseas.

Category-changers: HTC introduces new mid-range Desire 601 and entry-level Desire 300

New HTC BoomBass™ supercharges BoomSound™ for the ultimate HTC One® audio experience
Taipei, Taiwan, 3 September 2013 – HTC, a global leader in mobile innovation and design, today announced the addition of the HTC Desire 601 and HTC Desire 300, to its popular smartphone family enabling consumers to enjoy a premium experience at any price point. Changing the face of the mid-range, the HTC Desire 601 introduces 4G LTE speeds and innovative features from the flagship One family, including HTC Zoe™ with Video Highlights and HTC BoomSound. Setting a new standard for entry-level smartphones, the HTC Desire 300 offers a powerful, large-screen browsing experience and HTC BlinkFeed™. In addition to extending its range of affordable Desire smartphones, HTC is also bringing new choice and performance enhancements to its acclaimed HTC One family. HTC BoomBass, a Bluetooth subwoofer, combines with the One family’s HTC BoomSound to offer a fully-immersive audio experience like no other. A new ‘Vivid Blue’ HTC One and One mini also introduce a bold new option for those who want a handset that stands out from the crowd. “For the last 17 years HTC has challenged the mobile industry to develop innovations that change the way in which people use their mobile phone. Now we’re not only changing the way people view the mid-range and entry-level market but setting the bar even higher when it comes to our premium devices and capabilities,” commented Peter Chou, CEO of HTC Corporation. “We are committed to offering the most innovative portfolio of products on the market. Our Desire family has become synonymous with affordable quality. Offering some of the most advanced capabilities of any smartphone, these phones truly represent premium quality in a more affordable price bracket.” HTC Desire 601: A powerful value smartphone for everyone The HTC Desire 601 comes complete with many of the features that have led the HTC One to be crowned the best phone in the world. HTC BlinkFeed, HTC Zoe with Video Highlights and HTC BoomSound make this the most advanced mid-range smartphone available on the market today. The rear-facing 5MP camera captures HTC Zoes, bringing images to life in three-second videos. The simple editing capabilities of HTC Zoe support advanced features such as Sequence Shot, Always Smile and Object Removal, making it easy to achieve incredible results with minimal effort. Video Highlights takes the camera experience to the next level by creating highlight reels displayed on the HTC Desire’s 601’s 4.5" qHD screen. Accompanied by a range of pre-set themes for a more personal memory, these stunning 30-second video montages are simple to create and instantly sharable. Superfast streaming, sharing and browsing The HTC Desire 601 combines a Qualcomm® Snapdragon™ 400, dual-core, 1.4GHz processor and 4G LTE connectivity to enable superfast HD video and music streaming with no compromise on quality. Changing the way you experience media on the go, dual, front-facing HTC BoomSound speakers join with the large screen to create a completely immersive audiovisual experience. Delivering richer, sharper tones, the raw power of the speakers lets you take the “big screen, big sound” home entertainment experience with you, wherever you go. HTC Desire 300: A personal and powerful entry-level smartphone The HTC Desire 300 enhances the entry-level browsing experience with HTC BlinkFeed making personal and up-to-date content and social media updates available instantly on your home screen. Its stunning 4.3”, full lamination display is perfect for reading your customised HTC BlinkFeed updates, watching videos, viewing photos and surfing the web, whilst the Qualcomm® Snapdragon™ dual-core, 1GHz processor means that you’ll never be short on performance. Boosting the bass for HTC One In the HTC One, HTC redefined the smartphone sound experience with HTC BoomSound and has now raised the bar again with the introduction of a new accessory for the HTC One family. HTC BoomBass, a compact, Bluetooth-enabled subwoofer with a dedicated amplifier, provides clearer, more powerful bass when combined with the HTC Onefamily’s BoomSound. The subwoofer enables HTC BoomSound’s speakers to produce enhanced quality of lower range frequencies so, no matter what music you’re playing or video you’re watching, you are guaranteed immense and exceptional sound that can travel with you. Availability The new HTC Desire 601 will be available with mobile operators and major retailers in select markets across EMEA from October 2013. The HTC Desire 300 will be available in select markets from October 2013. The new Vivid Blue HTC One models will be available in select markets from Q4 2013 and HTC BoomBass will be available from the HTC Accessory Store from mid October 2013.(http://www.htcaccessorystore.com) For more information visit www.htc.com. About HTC Founded in 1997, HTC Founded in 1997, HTC Corp. (HTC) is the creator of many award-winning mobile devices and industry firsts. By putting people at the center of everything it does, HTC pushes the boundaries of design and technology to create innovative and personal experiences for consumers around the globe. HTC's portfolio includes smartphones and tablets powered by the HTC Sense® user experience. HTC is listed on the Taiwan Stock Exchange (TWSE: 2498). For more information, please visit www.htc.com.

8GB Nexus 4 Now Out of Stock on Google Play

Kellen — Mon, 02 Sep 2013 14:12:02 +0000

Well, the $100 price drop less than a week ago certainly worked, as the 8GB Nexus 4 is now sold out through Google Play. If Google was trying to push out remaining inventory before they announce a new Nexus phone, they only have the 16GB version left to worry about. At $249, I'd imagine it won't last long either. There is still a small chance that the 8GB version returns, since the listing does say "We are out of inventory. Please check back soon." However, that seems unlikely at this point. The next Nexus phone should arrive some time in October, possibly around October 31, according to sources of ours. At this point, we still aren't sure who is making the new Nexus phone, but are sort of expecting a re-release of the Nexus 4 (though the manufacturer could change). We've seen the codename "hammerhead" tossed around behind the scenes attached to a new Nexus under the name "Nexus 4." There also could be a Nexus 5, though we have yet to see any real proof of that other than speculation. LG's new G2 seems like it could be a candidate for the base of a new Nexus under the "Nexus 5" name. Who picked up the $199 N4 before it sold out? Play Link Cheers Marco and Vincent!

Verizon Agress to Buy Vodafone's 45% Stake in Verizon Wireless for $130 Billion

Kellen — Mon, 02 Sep 2013 09:43:37 +0000

In case you had been following along in the seemingly monthly-ongoing talks between Verizon and Vodafone over Vodafone's 45% stake in Verizon Wireless, we thought you'd be interested to learn that they have reached an agreement, unanimously voted on by both boards. Verizon will acquire Vodafone's 45% stake in Verizon Wireless for roughly $130 billion, giving them 100% ownership of the "industry-leading wireless carrier." And that's that. Will this affect you as a consumer? Only time will tell.

VERIZON REACHES AGREEMENT TO ACQUIRE VODAFONE’S 45 PERCENT INTEREST IN VERIZON WIRELESS FOR $130 BILLION
Transaction Provides Verizon with 100 Percent Ownership of Verizon Wireless Enhances Ability to Provide Customers with Seamless and Integrated Services Transaction Expected to be Immediately Accretive to Verizon’s EPS Verizon Board Authorizes 2.9 Percent Increase in Quarterly DividendNEW YORK - Verizon Communications Inc. (NYSE, Nasdaq: VZ) today announced that it has entered into a definitive agreement with Vodafone Group Plc (London, Nasdaq: VOD) to acquire Vodafone’s U.S. group with the principal asset of 45 percent of Verizon Wireless for $130 billion, consisting primarily of cash and stock. Verizon expects the transaction at close to be immediately accretive to the company’s EPS (earnings per share) by approximately 10 percent, without any one-time adjustments. The transaction was unanimously approved by the boards of directors of Verizon and Vodafone, and is subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals and the approval of both companies’ shareholders. The transaction is expected to close in the first quarter of 2014. The transaction would provide Verizon with 100 percent ownership of the industry-leading wireless carrier in the United States. As a wholly owned entity, Verizon Wireless will be better equipped to take advantage of the changing competitive dynamics in the market and capitalize on the continuing evolution of consumer demand for wireless, video and broadband services. Lowell McAdam, Verizon chairman and CEO, said: "Over the past 13 years, Verizon Wireless has been a key driver of our business strategy, and through our partnership with Vodafone, we have made Verizon Wireless into the premier wireless provider in the U.S. The capabilities to wirelessly stream video and broadband in 4G LTE complement our other assets in fiber, global IP and cloud. These assets position us for the rapidly increasing customer demand for video, machine to machine and big data. We are confident of further growth in wireless, and our business in its entirety." McAdam continued: "This transaction will enhance value across platforms and allow Verizon to operate more efficiently, so we can continue to focus on producing more seamless and integrated products and solutions for our customers. We believe full ownership will provide increased opportunities in the enterprise and consumer wireline markets." McAdam concluded: "Verizon Wireless is the greatest wireless company in the world, and a big part of this success was due to the hard work of both partners, Vodafone and Verizon. The timing was right to execute a transaction that benefits both companies and their shareholders. Today’s announcement is a major milestone for Verizon, and we look forward to having full ownership of the industry leader in network performance, profitability and cash flow." Vittorio Colao, Vodafone Group CEO, said: "This transaction allows both Vodafone and Verizon to execute on their long-term strategic objectives. Our two companies have had a long and successful partnership and have grown Verizon Wireless into a market leader with great momentum. We wish Lowell and the Verizon team continuing success over the years ahead." Quarterly Dividend Increase Demonstrating the importance of its dividend policy to deliver value for shareholders, Verizon also announced today that its Board of Directors has declared a quarterly dividend of 53 cents per outstanding share, an increase of 1.5 cents per share, or 2.9 percent, from the previous quarter. On an annual basis, this increases Verizon’s dividend 6 cents per share, from $2.06 to $2.12 per share. Financing and Approvals The transaction consideration of $130 billion consists of a combination of cash, Verizon common stock and other items. Verizon will pay Vodafone $58.9 billion in cash. To fund this portion of the consideration, Verizon has entered into a fully executed $61.0 billion Bridge Credit Agreement with J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and Barclays. Verizon intends to reduce the commitments under the Bridge Credit Agreement with the issuance of permanent financing. In addition, Verizon expects to maintain capital structure, balance sheet and financial policies consistent with investment-grade credit metrics, in part based on 100 percent access to Verizon Wireless’ cash flow. Verizon will also issue common stock currently valued at approximately $60.2 billion to be distributed to Vodafone shareholders, subject to a collar arrangement with a floor price of $47.00 and a cap price of $51.00 that will determine the maximum and minimum number of shares to be issued upon closing of the transaction. In addition, Verizon will issue $5.0 billion in notes payable to Vodafone, and Verizon will sell its 23.1 percent minority stake in Vodafone Omnitel N.V. to Vodafone for $3.5 billion. The remaining $2.5 billion of the transaction value will be a combination of other consideration. Guggenheim Securities, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Paul J. Taubman served as lead financial advisors to Verizon, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC also rendered fairness opinions in connection with the transaction. Barclays and BofA Merrill Lynch served as financial advisors to Verizon.Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz and Macfarlanes LLP are serving as transaction counsel to Verizon, and Debevoise & Plimpton LLP is advising Verizon on its debt financing. Conference Call Verizon executives will hold a conference call for investors and analysts to discuss further details of this transaction at 8 a.m. Eastern time tomorrow, September 3. There will also be a live webcast of the call on Verizon’s Investor Relations website, www.verizon.com/investor, where presentation materials will be posted. Dial-in numbers are 888-455-3018 for domestic callers, and 773-799-3816 for international callers; the passcode is "VERIZON." A replay of the webcast will be available within two hours after the call. The webcast will be accessible on Verizon’s Investor Relations Web site, www.verizon.com/investor.

Any.Do for Android Receives Update to V2.32 With Google Now and Glass Support

Kellen — Sun, 01 Sep 2013 16:39:17 +0000

Any.Do, one of the most popular to-do list apps on both Android and iOS, received a sizable update for our favorite platform this weekend. If you follow the saga of Any.Do at all, you know that its development team has been heckled quite steadily over the last month or so as Android users have felt neglected compared to their iOS counterparts. Any.Do users have been wondering when Any.Do's new Cal calendar app will arrive on Android, which has also led to conflict over the lack of Android updates. It's been entertaining, to say the least. Maybe this new update will help change the mood? The update in introduces compatibility with Android 4.3 restricted profiles, adds "note to self" and "set an alarm" commands for Google Now, brings Any.Do reminders to Google Glass timelines, and revamps the authentication/sync system. No, it doesn't introduce Cal, but it does make a solid task list app even more solid. What's new:

New authentication/sync system - Syncing your tasks with our servers is now more battery efficient.
Google Now: Adding tasks using "note to self" and "set an alarm" commands
Google Glass: Any.do reminders will now be posted to your Google Glass timeline
Compatibility to Android 4.3's restricted profiles
Translations: Added Farsi and Thai
Small bug fixes

If you have yet to use Any.Do, it's one of those apps I would highly recommend. The UI is beautiful, its reminder features for missed calls and predictability with tasks are second-to-none, and since it has compatibility with native Google apps, you are looking at one powerful app. Play Link

Evleaks: Moto X Price Drop to $100 On-contract Coming Q4

Kellen — Sun, 01 Sep 2013 16:10:30 +0000

According to famed leaker @evleaks, we could be looking at an on-contract price drop of the Moto X within the next month or so. The Moto X currently sells for $199 on contract at both AT&T and Verizon, but Evan is under the impression that the price will be as low as $100 some time during Q4 of this year. Price drops of this magnitude aren't out of the ordinary by any means, but often times won't happen for months down the road or unless a phone isn't selling well. Since the Moto X has only been available for a week or two, we can't imagine that carriers or Motorola would have enough numbers to already think about slashing its price. If anything, this move seems like it may have been planned from day 1. Also, the Galaxy S4 and HTC One both still seem to be holding onto their initial launch prices of $199, yet we are 5 and 6 months out from their debuts. On a related note, Evan has echoed our report that the wood backs for the Moto X will cost customers an extra $50 once they become available. Via: @evleaks

This May be the Samsung Galaxy Gear, Damn is It Huge

Kellen — Sun, 01 Sep 2013 15:58:42 +0000

According to VentureBeat, that right there is the new Samsung Galaxy Gear smartwatch that will be unveiled next week in Berlin. As you can tell from the pictures, which VB claims to have been snapped from a promo video of the new wearable gadget, the watch is quite large, possibly weighing in with a display at around 3-inches. That large size is likely due to all of the tech that Samsung managed to pack in, all of which we'll try to get through below. In terms of size, this report claims that the Galaxy Gear is every bit as big as it looks from these shots. In fact, Christina Farr mentioned that the prototype of the watch that she was able to play with didn't come close to fitting on her wrists, saying that it "dwarfed" them. The watch she used came in black and grey, and was "clunky and masculine." In terms of specs, we're looking at a watch that can last around 10 hours, features a 3-inch display, 4MP camera, WiFi, and Bluetooth. On a software front, you can expect heavy S Voice and S app integration, along with social networking connectivity, fitness apps, and potentially even the option to initiate calls from your phone through the Galaxy Gear. There is a chance that the Gear will be able to connect to any Android device, though this report doesn't specially hammer that point home. The drawing below gives you an idea of the button placement, including the camera.

Below, you'll see some additional shots of the UI, which looks quite colorful. There are icons for the camera, fitness activities like heart rate and step counting, and even a gallery icon. The watch is more than likely navigated through using swiping gestures, similar to an iPod Nano (the old square style) or even the MotoActv. From this report, it's pretty clear that Samsung is going to push fitness with the watch to not only compete with fellow smartwatches, but to also take on Nike and Fitbit. No word yet on pricing, but we should know that in a couple of days. What do you guys think?

Via: VentureBeat Cheers Justin, Daniel, and Epyon!

LG Announces G Pad 8.3 With 8.3-inch HD Display and Snapdragon 600, Arrives Q4

Kellen — Sat, 31 Aug 2013 19:10:38 +0000

LG made their new tablet, the G Pad 8.3, official this fine pre-IFA Saturday evening after teasing it earlier in the week. In terms of hardware, the tablet boasts an 8.3-inch full HD display (1920x1200, 273ppi), which makes it the first FHD tablet in its class (that would be the rarely touched 8-inch tablet class). The G Pad 8.3 is also powered by a 1.7GHz Snapdragon 600 processor, 2GB RAM, dual cameras, and a massive 4600mAh battery. On a software front, the new G Pad introduces a pairing experience with any phone (not just LG phones) called QPair that allows you to see incoming calls and messages. You can't actually receive/take calls on the G Pad, from what we can tell, but you can respond to texts. The G Pad also uses additional software that offer "real-life benefits" such as multi-tasking with Slide Aside, Qslide, and KnockON, all of which are featured in the recently announced G2. The tablet will arrive in Q4 of this year throughout key markets like North America, Europe, and Asia. No pricing has been announced.

LG TAKES ON GLOBAL TABLET MARKET WITH ‘LG G PAD 8.3’

New Tablet to Debut at IFA 2013, Worldwide Rollout to Follow
SEOUL, Sep. 1, 2013 — LG Electronics (LG) today announced the LG G Pad 8.3 tablet, the latest addition to its G Series lineup of premium mobile devices. The all-new LG G Pad 8.3 boasts the first Full HD display on an 8-inch class tablet, a unique user-experience and wide range of connectivity features. Set to officially debut next week at the IFA 2013 trade show in Berlin, the LG G Pad 8.3 builds on the recent launch of the LG G2 superphone, reinforcing LG’s commitment to leadership in advanced mobile devices through its premium G Series products. “Complementing our G Series smartphones, the introduction of the LG G Pad 8.3 further strengthens LG’s premium lineup consisting of our most cutting-edge devices,” said Dr. Jong-seok Park, president and CEO of the LG Electronics Mobile Communications Company. “Our G Pad is just another example of LG delivering devices with the unique selling points consumers around the world will appreciate.” Pocket-Sized Portability with Powerful Battery Despite its large display, the LG G Pad 8.3 features a slim and sleek form factor that is comfortable enough to hold in one hand. Such compact portability is based on LG’s learning from consumers regarding the optimum size of a tablet. While maintaining its portability, the LG G Pad 8.3 squeezes in a powerful 4600mAh battery for long-lasting usage time but is still as light as a newspaper at just 338g. First Full HD Display Tablet in 8-inch Class Incorporating a key attribute of other premium G Series devices including the G Pro and G2 smartphones, the LG G Pad 8.3 is the first 8-inch class tablet to offer a Full HD display. The G Pad is equipped with a 1920 x 1200 WUXGA (Widescreen Ultra Extended Graphics Array) display capable of delivering picture quality with even higher resolution than a standard Full HD display. In addition, the Qualcomm? Snapdragon™ 600 Processor with 1.7GHz Quad-Core CPU enhances the viewing experience with powerful performance as users will be able to enjoy Full HD content without any compromise. True Convergence Experience with QPair The LG G Pad 8.3 meets the demanding requirements of the convergence age by improving connectivity between multiple devices. With the unique QPair app, every call and message received on a smartphone will appear on the G Pad for a true convergence experience. Users can then send simple replies through the LG G Pad 8.3. QPair also allows the G Pad to easily connect to other manufacturers’ smartphone and tablets (Jelly Bean OS recommended). Notes created on the G Pad’s QMemo can be seamlessly saved into users’ smartphones and shared from either device. User Experience Maximized for a Tablet The LG G Pad 8.3 offers practical features that provide real-life benefits, such as enhanced multitasking. Thanks to its 8.3-inch Full HD Display, user experience (UX) fea-tures unique to the LG G Pad 8.3 are maximized for the large screen: Slide Aside enables seamless multitasking by simply “sliding” currently open apps off to the side using a three-finger swipe QSlide controls up to three different apps in one window with no interruption, especially convenient on a large screen KnockON turns the device on and off by tapping the display twice The LG G Pad 8.3 will be rolled out globally in key markets including North America, Europe and Asia as well as other regions starting in the fourth quarter of 2013. Prices will be announced at launch time. Key Specifications: • Processor: 1.7GHz Quad-Core Qualcomm? Snapdragon™ 600 Processor • Display: 8.3-inch WUXGA (1920 x 1200 pixels / 273 ppi) • Memory: 16GB eMMC • RAM: 2GB LPDDR2 • Camera: Rear 5.0MP / Front 1.3MP • Battery: 4,600mAh • Operating System: Android Jelly Bean 4.2.2 • Size: 216.8 x 126.5 x 8.3mm • Weight: 338g • Colors: Black / White # # # About LG Electronics, Inc. LG Electronics, Inc. (KSE: 066570.KS) is a global leader and technology innovator in consumer electronics, mobile communications and home appliances, employing 87,000 people working in 113 locations around the world. With 2012 global sales of USD 45.22 billion (KRW 50.96 trillion), LG comprises five business units — Home Entertainment, Mobile Communications, Home Appliance, Air Conditioning & Energy Solution and Vehicle Components — and is one of the world’s leading producers of flat panel TVs, mobile devices, air conditioners, washing machines and refrigerators. LG Electronics is a 2013 ENERGY STAR Partner of the Year. For more news and information on LG Electronics, please visit www.LGnewsroom.com.

This Episode Will Be Your Designated Driver This Holiday Weekend

Tim — Fri, 30 Aug 2013 20:00:48 +0000

We have a three-day weekend upon us, and you know what that means - time to have some fun. If you find yourself with some downtime though, make sure to catch this week's Droid Life Show, episode 34. We chatted up the breaking news that was Hugo Barra's departure from Google, more Moto X fun, Samsung's upcoming smartwatch, Eric's thoughts on the Verizon HTC One, plus a whole lot more friendly banter between the DL staff. Make sure to catch us live on Wednesday nights when you can at 6PM Pacific!

This Week in the Life of DROID: 8/30/2013

Kellen — Fri, 30 Aug 2013 16:00:40 +0000

Another week of sensational Android content has filled up the pages here at Droid Life as we step into the long weekend ahead. We handed out all sorts of amazing prizes from a custom designed Moto X to $100 in Google Play gift cards. We also went live for episode 34 of the DL Show, kicked off our NFL Eliminator challenge, saw the Moto X launch with Verizon, watched Hugo Barra leave the Android team, and Google slash Nexus 4 prices by $100. It was a packed week, that's for sure. But things aren't slowing next week, even with the 3-day weekend before it. Remember, that next week is Samsung's Galaxy Note 3 and Galaxy Gear unveiling. We'll be on hand for the festivities and will surely bring your our first impressions of each. In the mean time, before we get to next Wednesday, be sure to catch up on anything you may have missed.

Watch: The Droid Life Show Episode 34 [Subscribe]
Contest: Join the 2013 DL NFL Eliminator. First game is next Thursday.
Video: Nexus 7 case showdown.
Moto X: Now available from Verizon | Cost to build | MotoMaker officially live.
The Galaxy S5 rumors have already started, and that's simply silly.
Pressy turns your headphone jack in a functional button, crushes Kickstarter goal in 1 day.
Tip: This is the best way to buy phones from Verizon at full retail.
Google reportedly bought smartwatch maker WIMM to create its own watch.
AT&T's prepaid service, Aio Wireless, goes nationwide in September.
Our latest gathering of icons and UCCW clock skins.
Hugo Barra has departed the Android team for Xiaomi. Damn.
Is this the front panel of the new Galaxy Note 3?
Verizon Max and Edge are now live if you are interested in paying for phones monthly.
Apps and Updates: Digg | Shazam | Twitter
Deal of the week: Nexus 4 prices slashed by $100.

Be safe out there this holiday weekend - we want you all to experience the next "phablet" with us. Yes, I broke down and said the dreaded word.

Google Reportedly Bought WIMM Labs Last Year, Maker of Android Smartwatches to Help Its Own Cause

Tim — Fri, 30 Aug 2013 14:05:48 +0000

In a recent scoop that was picked up by GigaOm, a major transaction secretly took place last year around summer time between Google and WIMM Labs. WIMM Labs was a producer of Android-powered smartwatches, with its first watch launching back in 2011 called, WIMM One. The watch was very developer centric, and when it hit the market, it apparently did not gain too much traction. Although, if a product is good enough for Google to notice, then you could be sitting on a goldmine. Here is an excerpt taken from their site, smartwatch.com.

During the summer of 2012, WIMM Labs entered into an exclusive, confidential relationship for our technology.

The recent rumors of Google creating their own smartwatch have been getting more credible over the past few months, with recent reports stating that the Android team would be the lead developers for the device. To also lend credibility are recent patent filings and things of that nature that we have discussed before. According to GigaOm, WIMM Labs' team of developers went on after the acquisition to work for Google, and have been working closely with the Android team to help produce Google's smartwatch. All of this lends more credit to the idea that when Google does finally announce a smartwatch, we can rest assured it won't be some half-baked science fair project. Google has taken their time and have spent lots of resources on this project, with GigaOm even speculating that Andy Rubin could have some part in it. As for Rubin's involvement, we find it far stretched, but anything is possible these days. Via: GigaOm

J.D. Power Ranks Verizon Highest in Network Quality Performance Across the U.S.

Tim — Fri, 30 Aug 2013 12:00:03 +0000

Verizon takes its network quite seriously - from the countless millions of dollars invested into the network's infrastructure, to the money spent on marketing, making sure Americans know that it is the country's "most reliable" network. This week, to Verizon's joy, J.D. Power published its semi-annual findings that ranks America's top mobile network providers. Unsurprisingly, Verizon ranked highest in all categories across all six U.S. regions, with only one tie taking place in the North Central region. Network performance is based on 10 problem areas that customers might regularly experience. These are dropped calls, calls not connected, audio issues, failed/late voicemails, lost calls, text transmission failures, late text message notifications, Web connection errors, slow downloads, and email connection errors. These studies have been conducted for the last 11 years in America, with Verizon being the first company to ever score highest across the entire board against other providers.

For the first time since the study moved to a regional format in 2004, Verizon Wireless is the first wireless provider to rank highest across all six regions of the country. By region, Verizon Wireless ranks highest in the Northeast region for an 18th consecutive reporting period. Verizon Wireless achieves fewer customer-reported problems with dropped calls, initial connections, transmission failures and late text messages, compared with the regional average.

Just another notch for Verizon's belt of many achievements in the mobile communications space. Via: J.D. Power

Droid Life Annual 2013 NFL Eliminator is Now Open - Winner Takes Home a Phone of Choice

Kellen — Fri, 30 Aug 2013 11:33:10 +0000

In less than a week, the 2013 NFL season officially kicks off with a showdown between the Broncos and Ravens. If you have been a part of the Droid Life community over the last couple of years, you also know that the start of the season means that our annual eliminator challenge is in store. And like in years past, we're rewarding the end-of-year winner with a phone of choice, valued at up to $650. Since many of us lost out early last year with a week 2 upset, I think I can speak for the crowd when I say that I can't wait for this year's challenge to start. If you aren't familiar with NFL eliminators, we have some basic rules for you below, along with a link to more in-depth instructions. The basics are: join for free, pick a winner each week, go the entire season without getting a pick wrong, and you win. It sounds simple, but boy is it tough, especially since you can only use each team once. Ready? Join the group: Droid Life Eliminator Password: droidlife Simple rules for those new to eliminator chalenges: 1. Join the league up above. Create an entry for yourself. Get ready to pick winners. 2. Since this is an eliminator challenge, you only have to pick 1 winner each week. 3. Remember though, that you only get to use a team one time and cannot pick them to win again. 4. If you choose correctly each week, you continue to advance. 5. If you choose incorrectly, you are out. There are no mulligans in football or this league. 6. If that didn’t make sense, check out the full “How to Play” rules here. 7. If we run into a tiebreaker, we will decide a winner based on these rules. Prize: Once again, we are giving away a phone valued at up to $650 to the winner. Once week 17 wraps and the winner is picked, we'll contact them through their ESPN account to verify everything. Then, it's up to them to choose a phone. Reminders: We’ll try to remind folks to make their picks each week, but cannot guarantee that we’ll remember. If we do though, it will be on Twitter, so be sure to follow us there. Week 1 starts next Thursday, with the first game between the Ravens and Broncos on September 5. Good luck!

Friday App Sales: Zombies, Run!, Gangstar Vegas, Sine Mora, Kingdom Rush

Tim — Fri, 30 Aug 2013 10:24:58 +0000

Have you been looking for some new apps and games to keep you occupied over the Labor Day weekend? Well, look no further. You can pick up some big titles like Gangstar Vegas and Kingdom Rush for just a couple of bucks, but maybe you are more of the go out and feel accomplished type? If so, you can grab Zombies, Run! and start running for your life at the reasonable price of just $1.99. Look over the list below and see if there is anything that strikes your fancy. Friday app sales:

Sine Mora ($2.99)
Gangstar Vegas ($3.99)
Kingdom Rush ($0.99)
ABBYY TextGrabber ($1.99)
Runtastic Push-Ups Pro ($0.99)
smsBlocker ($0.99)
Gear Jack ($0.99)
Zombies, Run! ($1.99)
Zombies, Run! 5K Training ($0.99)
GPP Remote Viewer ($1.00)

Go support those devs!

Verizon HTC One Bootloader Unlock Bounty Reaches $1500

Kellen — Fri, 30 Aug 2013 09:52:09 +0000

While we were happy to see the HTC One on Verizon compatible with HTCdev's bootloader unlock tool at launch, we also knew that the party would be a short one. Early adopters of the phone (read: those who purchased it early on day 1) were able to take advantage of the tool before Verizon and HTC eventually shut it down. It was indeed a brief window of opportunity. And since it was such a brief window, there are more than a handful of owners of the One who want the same freedoms that those early adopters enjoy. That want has led to a bounty. Over at XDA, a thread has been put together to raise funds in hopes that a developer will eventually find an exploit that will lead to a bootloader unlock. The bounty currently stands at $1500 after a few short days, but it will likely rise pretty quickly as more One owners learn of its existence. There is no better motivation than money. If you own a One on Verizon and want your bootloader unlocked, you may want to participate or at least follow the thread we have linked below, closely. We should point out that there are no guarantees that locked bootloaders on devices like this will ever be unlocked. At this point in the wireless game, you should never buy a phone with the assumption that someone will eventually unlock it. Sure, we've seen it happen time and time again, but holes are being patched by the day and these OEMs are tightening things up from a security standpoint. Look no further than the Galaxy S4 bootloader unlock bounty which now sits at around $4,000 after almost two months of pledges (would be higher but the thread is locked). These things seem to be taking longer than ever. HTC one owners, we'll keep an eye on this situation. Via: XDA Cheers Daniel and George!

HTC Unveils New Accessories, the Bluetooth-powered Mini+ and Fetch

Tim — Fri, 30 Aug 2013 09:29:56 +0000

Over in the UK, HTC announced two new accessories this morning, perfect for pairing with the One or any other HTC device that is able to sustain a Bluetooth connection. They are called the Mini+ and the Fetch. The Fetch is a compact keyring device, supposedly able to hold a charge for six months. It's purpose is to be always connected to your device via low-power Bluetooth 4.0, making sure you never lose your phone. If you can't find your phone, simply hit the button on Fetch and your phone will start ringing. The same thing will happen if you step too far away from your phone, and Fetch will make sure you don't leave it behind. As for the Mini+, it is in the shape of a little cell phone, able to pair with your phone and even your HDTV. You can take and place calls from the little device, view messages, as well as connect it to your Media Link HD streamer, if you own one. It's an interesting little device, set for launch at an unknown price point this winter. The Fetch is listed on a UK retailer for roughly $40, but HTC says the device will be widely available before 2013 is over.

Via: The Verge | HTC [2]

Twitter Opens Android Beta Program, Test the Latest Tweeting Experiments

Tim — Fri, 30 Aug 2013 08:47:00 +0000

Twitter is the newest company to join in on the Android beta fun. Earlier this week, Snapchat opened up a beta program, a move that apparently a lot of companies are looking to make. Once joined, you can access experimental features that won't be live to the general public, but keep in mind that when using a beta, there is always a chance that you can experience issues. Joining is easy - simply join their Google Group, then opt-in to the beta with the click of a button. Once in, you will download the beta Twitter app from Google Play. From there, it is up to you if you want to give feedback to Twitter on the beta features. You are not required to do anything, but they would probably appreciate it. We are hoping for a beta feature to remove blue conversation lines. Fingers crossed. Via: Twitter

AT&T's Aio Wireless Prepaid Service Goes Nationwide in September

Kellen — Fri, 30 Aug 2013 08:24:41 +0000

AT&T announced last night that their Aio prepaid wireless service will go nationwide in mid-September. This nationwide rollout is great news to those of you looking for affordable prepaid plans with access to AT&T's 4G LTE network. Currently, Aio Wireless is only available in Florida, Texas, Atlanta, and Chicago. Plans start range in price from $40 to $70, all of which offer unlimited talk, text, and data - yes, data. They are similar in a way to T-Mobile's new plans in that you get unlimited everything, but only set amounts of data at full LTE speeds. For example, the $40 plan gives you unlimited data, but only 250MB of it are at full speed. After you hit that cap, you are throttled down. Aio Wireless also includes a $55 plan with 2GB of full speed data or a $70 plan with 7GB of high speed data. Once the service goes live in September, Aio Wireless will kick of a Fall promotion that will give customers their 3rd month of service free as long as they sign up before September 29. As someone on a month-to-month AT&T plan, I can tell you right now that I'll be looking into these once they are live. Via: ATT

Amazon Offers Up "Greatest Hits" as Free Apps of the Day: World of Goo, Swiftkey, Pac-Man and More

Kellen — Fri, 30 Aug 2013 07:43:33 +0000

If you don't frequent Amazon's free app of the day, today might be the day to stop back by. The online retailer is offering up a handful of their greatest hits, all for free as we head into the weekend. You'll see titles like World of Goo ($2.99), Swiftkey ($3.99), PAC-MAN ($2.99), and Sprinkle ($1.99). Of course, you'll need Amazon's Appstore in order to get any of these, and may even need to keep it installed to use them. That's unfortunate, but part of the game. Go get your freebies. Via: Amazon Cheers Tony, Brian, and Greg!

Shazam for Android Updated to Version 4.0, Brings Slick New UI and Full Tablet Support

Tim — Thu, 29 Aug 2013 15:52:54 +0000

The Shazam team pushed out a major update to version 4.0 to Google Play today, bringing an entirely revamped look, along with full tablet support. We don't use Shazam much, but after playing around with it, it seems like a lot of work went into this update, full of great swipe-based gesture controls and smooth transitions throughout the app. After searching for a song, you are greeted with large artwork, plus links to share your recent music tag on social networks and buy the song from Amazon. We would prefer Google Play, but that's just us. Here is the full changelog for those interested. What's New:

Faster in-app music purchases via Amazon
Beautifully revamped music tag results
New UI with updated listening screen that features a blue Shazam dial
More engaging artwork
Optimization for Android tablets

Play Link Cheers Savvas!

Digg Finally Launches on Android

Kellen — Thu, 29 Aug 2013 14:54:55 +0000

Digg released their new Android app this afternoon, bringing yet another RSS reader to the table for those looking for the best Google Reader replacement. At first glance, it's hard to argue against it's beautiful design. It (mostly) follows Android design guidelines with its swipe gestures and side navigation menu, is as clean as you can get thanks to the white and black theme, and runs incredibly well. This should definitely give Feedly a run for its money, assuming it can continue to update with features. With that said, for a first launch, this is a solid start. Notable features:

Quickly swipe back and forth through Digg’s Top Stories, as well as through any feed or folder in Digg Reader. Choose from either the web view or the parsed text view.
Digg or save any story; send it to Instapaper, Pocket or Readability (automatically upon save, if you choose); and share to Facebook, Twitter, Google+, LinkedIn, Tumblr, WordPress, Buffer, Dropbox, Google Drive, email, text or any other sharable app on your device.
Search Digg Top Stories.
Sort your Digg Reader items by popularity to quickly see which of your items are the most talked-about on the social web.
Log in to Digg Reader with your Google, Facebook or Twitter account.
Search for and add new feeds. Create, organize and delete folders.
If you so choose, post your diggs automatically to your Facebook timeline.

Play Link

Via: Digg

Samsung Gear App Screenshots Leak, Shows Off NFC Connection and Other Misc. Info

Tim — Thu, 29 Aug 2013 14:40:19 +0000

Oh, that @evleaks is at it again. Today, he posted up screenshots of the upcoming Samsung Gear (model SM-V700) application, which will be used by Gear smartwatch owners to control their wrist-connected devices. In the screenshots, we can easily see that the device will connect to your smartphone with NFC, then you can get new apps for your watch through Samsung Apps, which was previously reported. And no signs of Google Play support, as we had talked about. And that's about it. Not much else to see. There is a small view of the Gear device, but nothing too solid to take away in terms of a design we are to see. The watch is set for unveiling on September 4, alongside the Galaxy Note 3. Via: @evleaks

Smart Cube - The Accessory That Makes the Android-powered NX Camera Pointless

Tim — Thu, 29 Aug 2013 13:40:13 +0000

[youtube]http://youtu.be/tASDtBZEf0U[/youtube]

There are many pro photographers out there that are using "dumb" cameras. There is no easy way for these trained professionals to take their stunning images, upload them to the cloud or edit them on the fly, without first having to import them to the computer. With the newly introduced Smart Cube, now even the dumbest of DSLR cameras can be "smart." Thanks to Smart Cube, you won't have to worry about investing in the $1600 Galaxy NX or the $500+ Galaxy Camera. Just hook up your existing camera to the Smart Cube, and boom, instant access to thousands of Android apps, 3G/4G/WiFi connectivity and other great features for sharing your work. Sure, it's a little bulky and doesn't even exist, but we thought it was funny. Well played, Smart Cube team. Via: Smart Cube

Billy's Nightmare Released to Google Play, Help This Poor Boy Make it to the Morning

Tim — Thu, 29 Aug 2013 13:15:33 +0000

A new game hit Google Play this week, called Billy's Nightmare. Billy's issue is that he likes to stay up late to play video games. Well, all those hours of missed sleep are finally catching back up to him, and once he finally dozes off, that's when the monsters come for him. The game is a simple memory game, but once you start getting into deeper levels with tougher monsters, the game becomes quite challenging. There is a great little soundtrack, along with some stunning animations. Great effort on the developer's part all around. There is a free version of the game available to try out, as well as a paid "full" version for $0.99. Go check it out. Play Links: Free | HD ($0.99) [youtube]http://youtu.be/IKNKQb0qHNc[/youtube]

SHIELD Update Brings App2SD, Improved Miracast Streaming and Support for Additional PC Game Titles

Tim — Thu, 29 Aug 2013 12:35:50 +0000

SHIELD owners can start to download the newest update from NVIDIA, update 59, which brings a good list of added features and other enhancements for the gaming console. Gamers can now move games and app data from the device's internal storage to a microSD card, which should help you store even more fun things to do on your unit. In addition, Miracast got a bump in performance with the intro of Actiontec ScreenBeam Pro software, letting you better stream your titles right to the TV. Get a full look at the changelog down below. What's New:

Move game and app data files from SHIELD’s internal storage to an SD Card.
Improved Miracast streaming with the Actiontec ScreenBeam Pro.
Improved PC Streaming stability, gamepad detection, and Wi-Fi performance.
Support for additional PC games including FIFA 13, Call of Juarez: Gunslinger, DIRT 3, Mortal Kombat: Komplete Edition and Resident Evil: Revelations; bringing the number of officially supported titles to 31.
Added support for Tegra developer tools: CPU sampling profiler (Tegra Profiler) and GPU analysis (PerfHUD ES).

Anyone here enjoying their SHIELD? Via: NVIDIA

Nexus 7 Case Showdown: Poetic Slimline vs. MoKo vs. rooCase

Kellen — Thu, 29 Aug 2013 12:10:16 +0000

A couple of weeks ago, Google began selling an official Nexus 7 sleeve through Google Play for a reasonably bloated price of $30. We offered up a handful of alternatives at that time, all of which were available from Amazon for well under $20, some even for under $5. We now have all of those featured options in house, and wanted to do a quick overview of each to show you which are really worth your money and which are better left in the "too good to be true" category. Below, you'll find a hands-on of the Poetic Slimline (our personal favorite), MoKo Case, and rooCase. All three are available in a variety of colors from blue to purple to green to pink, and with customer ratings of 4-stars and above. Again, there are so many solid options out there that are worth exploring before you go diving into anything over $20. These are just a few to get you started. Amazon Links: Poetic Slimline ($7.95) | MoKo Case ($4.99) | rooCase ($2.98)

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=izrEMwOxIyo[/youtube]

Could the Cheaper Moto X Model Come With Interchangeable Back Plates?

Tim — Thu, 29 Aug 2013 11:45:18 +0000

Shortly after the unveiling of the Moto X, Motorola's CEO Dennis Woodside, stated that a cheaper version of the X was in the works. Could this be the first glimpse of said "cheaper" X? According to its source, the cheaper Moto X will feature interchangeable back plates, exactly like we see pictured here. No need for customizing the phone of your dreams on MotoMaker, when instead, you can just snap on a new back plate. In addition, the source states the device features dual-SIM support, so we could be seeing a single device for multiple markets. Given Moto's recent history with keeping new devices under wraps (see DROID 5), we think there could be more "cheap" Moto X leaks coming down the road. Via: Engadget | G4Games

Contest: We're Giving Away $100 in Google Play Gift Cards!

Kellen — Thu, 29 Aug 2013 11:01:09 +0000

Since it's a Thursday (not sure why that means anything), it seems like a great day to continue on with what seems to be a week of giveaways here are Droid Life. We have four $25 Google Play gift cards that are collecting dust here in the office, and thought you might enjoy them. With so many solid apps, games, icon packs, and clock skins floating around in our inbox, we'd love to help you buy them all and alleviate some of that wallet stress with free money. Who is ready?

Contest

Prizes: 4 (four) $25 Google Play gift cards. How to enter: a Rafflecopter giveaway Winners: We'll choose our four winners randomly tomorrow morning at 10AM Pacific.

Pressy is a Fully-Funded Kickstarter Project That Adds Functionality to Your Headphone Jack

Tim — Thu, 29 Aug 2013 10:22:15 +0000

Pressy, a project on Kickstarter that already reached its $40,000 goal, has the Internet going crazy. The device/accessory is a pretty great idea, though. Pressy fits right into your phone's audio jack, which then allows you to perform tasks with a few simple taps on its button. What's even sweeter is that when you have your headphones plugged in, and not Pressy, you can use your headphone's button (if they have one) to perform the tasks. I suggest watching the video, because explaining it better than they have would be impossible. When Pressy is all set up, you can use programmed taps to perform functions. For example, if you tap on Pressy twice, you can take a picture. Tap on Pressy three times and you can make a call to a pre-determined contact of your choice. The choices are basically endless, which makes this a very unique and interesting little piece of hardware. Pledging to Pressy is pretty cheap considering what the device is capable of. If you want a Pressy, you are looking at a pledge of only $17. Not bad at all, right? And since they have already reached the goal, then you are pretty much guaranteed a unit. Picking one up?

Foursquare Team Starts Rolling Out Smarter, More Power Efficient Application for Android

Tim — Thu, 29 Aug 2013 09:39:21 +0000

Over the course of its existence, Foursquare has logged billions of checkins from millions of users. With that data, the team is looking to release a smarter, more sophisticated application for both Android and iOS users. In an update that will slowly rollout to all users over the course of the next few months, Foursquare is going to make sure you aren't missing anything special near you. When you sit down in a new hot spot, the app will happily notify you of other user's recommendations, as well as show you a little picture of a hot menu item. On top of that, when you arrive in either a new neighborhood within your city or are traveling abroad, the app will find places that are catered to you, along with friend's reviews and fun things to do.

Today we’re excited to start rolling out this smarter Foursquare. Here’s how it will work: when you sit down to dinner, we might ping you with the can’t-miss dish on the menu. Or when you arrive in a new neighborhood or city, we’ll suggest a few places that your friends love. It’s like having a ton of local friends stuffed in your pocket wherever you go.

As mentioned in their post, the update won't be available to all users immediately. They are taking their time with this rollout, so just keep your eye out and remain patient. Play Link Via: Foursquare

Galaxy S5 Rumor Watch 2013: Samsung Looks to Incorporate Metal Chassis and 16MP With OIS?

Tim — Thu, 29 Aug 2013 08:59:03 +0000

The hypebeast train never slows, as new rumors have surfaced on the Interwebz, detailing a few features of Samsung's 2014 flagship device. The Galaxy S4 was released a couple of months ago, which means that Samsung is already working on the next rendition, with sources stating that prototypes are already in use overseas. The Galaxy S5, which is presumed to be debuted sometime next year, is currently on track to have production begin later this year around Q4. According to a report from ETNews, the Galaxy S5 could feature a metallic chassis, as Samsung looks to possibly move away from its plastic-body calling card. Although, it is reported that a lot of testing is going into issues found with metal devices, such as reception, continuing to utilize a removable battery and featuring expandable storage. Last, but certainly not least, recent rumors indicate that the S5 will feature a 16MP back-facing camera complete with OIS (Optical Image Stabilization) technology. This same technology is found in LG's newest G2 device and is also rumored to come inside of the Galaxy Note 3. We still have a ways to go before the Galaxy S5 sees the light of day, but in this business, it's never too early to start chatting about it. Via: SamMobile | ETNews

Tip: To Order the Moto X (or Any Phone) From Verizon at Full Retail With No Hassle, Use the Iconic Portal

Kellen — Thu, 29 Aug 2013 08:12:24 +0000

Since Verizon's website has become a disaster of shopping experience, especially for those who want to keep unlimited data and not get robbed with the industry's overpriced data bucket scams that you are constantly being forced into, we wanted to point out the easiest way for you to order all of your off-contract, full retail phones from Big Red. This includes the Moto X, HTC One, Samsung Galaxy S4, and almost any other phone of theirs that you have always dreamed of owning (outside of the new DROIDs for some reason). It's called the Iconic Portal, a spot in Verizon's site that typically is reserved for pre-orders of phones. However, you can order full retail phones without the fuss through here as well. And when I say "without the fuss," I'm not kidding. If you follow the steps below, at no time will you be asked to change plans, join a Share Everything scam, or use Verizon Edge. You find your phone, see the full off-contract price, add it to a cart, jump through a couple of confirmations, and then order. It's that simple.

Instructions:

1. Visit Verizon's iconic portal website. 2. Sign-in as an existing customer. 3. Choose "Devices without Wireless." 4. Tap the "All Devices" button at the top to see their entire lineup. 5. Find the phone you'd like to buy and select the amount you want. 6. Press the "Continue" button. 7. Decide if you want to buy accessories, then click "Continue." 8. Enter your billing info. 9. Confirm the total. 10. Confirm the order again. 11. Pay for your new phone.

Samsung Galaxy NX Will Launch in the U.S. in October at $1599

Kellen — Thu, 29 Aug 2013 07:53:59 +0000

Samsung announced this morning that its Galaxy NX will officially launch in the U.S. during the month of October at a starting price of $1599 (body only). The interchangeable "professional" grade smart-camera that runs Android 4.2, which Samsung is calling the "first connected Compact System Camera," can also be bundled with a 18-55mm lens for $1699. These prices are for the WiFi model. And no, I'm not making these prices up. For those not familiar, the Galaxy NX offers a 20.3MP APS-C sensor along with a DRIMe IV Image Signal Processor to deliver the “speed and accuracy which today’s photographers demand.” It also has an Advanced Hybrid Auto Focus system, a 1/6000 sec shutter speed and 8.6fps shooting, and a selection of interchangeable lenses from compact pancake to ultra-wide fisheye to longer prime and zoom lenses. As an Android device, it runs Android 4.2 on a 4.8-inch HD LCD display and has access to the Google Play store and all of your favorite apps. The device itself sports a 1.6GHz quad-core processor, 16GB of internal storage, microSD card slot that is expandable up to 64GB, 2GB RAM, and a 4360mAh battery. It also includes all of Samsung's TouchWiz Smart Modes in the camera, so you are swipes away from filtering the hell out of your $1600 photos. Any takers?

The Droid Life Show: Episode 34

Tim — Wed, 28 Aug 2013 22:15:19 +0000

The Droid Life Show returns again tonight at 6:00PM Pacific (9:00PM Eastern). On episode 34, we have lots of Moto X talk to go over, as well as Eric's insight on his time with Verizon's HTC One. We will go over Google's decision to drastically drop the current price of the Nexus 4, then finish it off with this week's apps and games recommendations. Ready? The show kicks off around 6:00PM Pacific (9:00PM Eastern). A live video broadcast and chat are embedded below.

Subscribe | iTunes | Show Page

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=th8tMz5r1Os[/youtube]

Moto X is Now Available From Verizon in Either Black or White for $199

Kellen — Wed, 28 Aug 2013 21:12:38 +0000

For those waiting patiently for the Moto X to arrive on Verizon, your time has come. Motorola's 2013 flagship can now be purchased through Big Red's website for $199 on-contract in either black or white. If you'd like to go off-contract and pay full retail, the device will run you $599. Yes, that is $20 higher than the $579 off-contract price that AT&T is currently selling the phone at. The device is only available online for the time being, with in-store stock arriving in the coming weeks. We've already reviewed the Moto X on Verizon, be sure to check it out if you haven't. Note: The VERIZON30 coupon code still appears to work if you'd like to save 30%. Tip: If you are buying at full retail, use the Iconic Portal. Via: Verizon Cheers Michael and Ryan!

Report: Hugo Barra Leaves Android Team for Xiaomi (Updated)

Kellen — Wed, 28 Aug 2013 17:58:44 +0000

According to AllThingsD, Hugo Barra, the vice president of product management for Android, has decided to leave Google to take a position at Xiaomi. If you have followed the Android world at any level over the last couple of years, or have paid attention to Google's Android-focused events, you have more than likely seen or heard the name Hugo Barra. He frequently stands on stage to show off new operating system features and the new devices that Google has in-store. In a way, he has been the face and voice of all things new to Android. Xiaomi builds Android phones in China, so he's not exactly leaving the industry. The move is quite surprising, though, I must admit. And while this news is just now coming across the wire, it's not exactly exciting news to those of us who have watched Android come into its own over the last couple of years with him at the helm. As you all know, Andy Rubin recently left his post as the head of Android as well. Things are certainly changing. Update: Google has confirmed in a statement that Barra has left the company:

“We wish Hugo Barra the best,” a Google representative said in a statement. “We’ll miss him at Google and we’re excited that he is staying within the Android ecosystem.”

Update 2: Barra confirmed his move to Xiaomi in a quick note on his Google+ page:

A new Android chapter After nearly 5½ years at Google and almost 3 years as a member of the Android team — the most amazing group of people I've ever worked with in my life — I have decided to start a new career chapter. In a few weeks, I'll be joining the Xiaomi team in China to help them expand their incredible product portfolio and business globally — as Vice President, Xiaomi Global. I'm really looking forward to this new challenge, and am particularly excited about the opportunity to continue to help drive the Android ecosystem. It has been an amazing ride and true honor to be part of the Android team at Google, and I especially want to thank +Andy Rubin , +Hiroshi Lockheimer , +Sundar Pichaiand +Vic Gundotra for their phenomenal support and mentorship over the years. +Android team, I will truly miss you all!

Via: AllThingsD

The Award-Winning Platform Game BADLAND is Coming to Android

Tim — Wed, 28 Aug 2013 14:45:56 +0000

The award-winning atmospheric game BADLAND will hit Android in the near future according to its developers. The game has been a major success on iOS, with large amounts of downloads and nearly all positive ratings. The game is a one-touch platformer of non-stop mystical action. The game does well at creating a dark, yet intriguing atmosphere of a world inhabited by these black blobs of matter that kind of look like evil porcupines. Your goal is to get these black blobs as far as you can by using the environment to your advantage. To better help understand the gameplay, please watch the below video. Anyways, no official date or price has been set quite yet, but once we know, we will relay it to you. [youtube]http://youtu.be/8APyE1MxqyE[/youtube] Via: Frogmind Games

Waze Updated in Google Play, Sets Google as Primary Search Provider

Tim — Wed, 28 Aug 2013 14:12:56 +0000

Back in June, Google acquired Waze for reportedly over $1 billion. Today, the official Waze app is finally starting to see some Google-esque changes, with a Google-powered search bar now visible whenever you are viewing the application's map. In addition, the app has received somewhat of a UI makeover, now cleaner and minimal, allowing users to more easily see what is on the map. On top of all of that, 1080p devices now have full support, as well as some good bug fixes and optimizations. What's New:

Search bar accessible on map
Cleaner map UI - elements on map appear based on distance and duplicate reports grouped together
Full support for 1080 pixel devices
Optimization & bug fixes

Play Link [youtube]http://youtu.be/y_7yoEUrVhw[/youtube] Cheers Humberto!

Quick Look: Griffin PowerDock for DROID ULTRA and MAXX

Kellen — Wed, 28 Aug 2013 13:37:46 +0000

Because I'm impatient, and grew sick of waiting for Motorola to release the official PowerDock for the Moto X, I went ahead and ordered a similar dock made by Griffin that was built specifically for its half-robotic DROID brothers on Verizon. This is the DROID PowerDock, that while being made by the same company, is still strikingly different than the modern, minimal design we are expecting to see with the official dock for the Moto X. It has definitely been DROID-ified with a boxy, all-black exterior. The dock runs $39.99 from Big Red, though I'm sure you could find a corporate discount or coupon code somewhere online to drop that down a bit. There is no audio jack or HDMI-out port - it's more of a desktop dock than anything. The sell here, is that it props up your phone at a reasonably comfortable viewing angle to let you take advantage of Android's DayDream functionality or to use Motorola's TouchLess Controls while your phone charges. That's pretty much it. It does all of those things well, so it's purpose is indeed served. But does it work well with the Moto X? It does, sort of. When placed in the dock, the Moto X wobbles a bit much for my liking, but will charge or sync since the center-placed USB plug matches up to that of the dock. I definitely wouldn't recommend that you buy this dock for your Moto X, though. This dock was clearly designed for the DROID line and no other phones. The dock comes with three inserts that can be swapped out around the microUSB plug to help you adjust fit in case your phone has a case around it. Those inserts are also made for each device - the Mini, ULTRA, and MAXX. I was able to test the ULTRA on the dock, and can't complain about anything. The device fits perfectly on the PowerDock as expected. It's a solid product, assuming you are in the market for a dock. Note: Yesterday, the Moto X PowerDock became available from Motorola for a brief time. However, shortly after we ordered one, Motorola sent out emails saying that a glitch in the system had caused them to show as in stock, when they really aren't expecting inventory until some time in September.

Video

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fciZxqpp90E[/youtube]

Gallery

Twitter Enhances Conversations in Android App, Boosts Performance on Weaker Devices

Tim — Wed, 28 Aug 2013 13:23:51 +0000

A new update for the official Twitter app hit Google Play today, full of new little features and fixes that greatly improve the app in the eyes of its developers. The big change you will see is a new "blue line" that connects conversations that are taking place in between people you follow. For example, in the photo we posted above, you can see two people I follow go back and forth about blue lines, and you know they are replying to each other thanks to the blue line. We wouldn't' say this feature was necessary, but it is what it is. In addition, the app has been optimized for "entry-level" devices, essentially becoming less intensive, allowing the weaker phones to handle the app. There are new notification settings, as well as the ability to report tweets as abusive or spam. To see the full changelog, check below. What's New:

A blue line in your home timeline indicates a conversation between people you follow
The first Tweet in the conversation now appears above the most recent reply
Tap to see all of the replies, even from people you don’t follow
Optimized for entry-level Android smartphones
Report Tweets as abusive or spam
New notification settings
Bug fixes for direct messages, login verification and more

Play Link

Google Keyboard Updated, Brings Long-Press Numbers for Tablet Users and More

Tim — Wed, 28 Aug 2013 12:02:44 +0000

Today, Google is sending out an update to the official Google Keyboard application, full of a few new bugfixes and added little features for tablet users. Listed in the changelog is "tuned keyboard layouts" when using some languages, as well as long-press numbers along the top row of tablet layouts. Nothing major, but it's an update, which we know you all love. Also, you might see that inside of Google Play there are no buttons to "update" or "uninstall" currently. We don't know why that is, but Google must be messing around with something inside of the app. What's New:

Added long-press numbers to the top row of tablet layouts.
Tuned keyboard layouts for some languages.
Bugfixes and stability improvements.

Play Link

Quick Look: Cruzerlite Nexus 7 FHD Cases

Kellen — Wed, 28 Aug 2013 11:27:40 +0000

As of this morning, we have a number of cases in transit for the new Nexus 7, all of which we plan to show off and share thoughts on to some extent over the next week or so. The first batch to arrive is from our friends at Cruzerlite, who sent over an entire box of almost every single color or design they currently offer. (Yes, that means a contest will be in store before long.) These are their TPU cases, which they have continued to sell successfully for more devices than I can probably keep track of. They offer a wide range of colors and styles. From the three picture located here, you can see the Experience (top), Androidified (bottom-left), and Circuit (bottom-right) covers, many of which will look familiar if you have followed Cruzerlite at all over the last couple of years. In terms of colors, you'll find everything from neon green to bright blue to pink to purple to red to fog to black. If you were looking for something to warm up that cold black slab of a tablet, a simple TPU case can certainly do the trick. On a fit and functionality front, the TPU cases from Cruzerlite fit incredibly well. In fact, you have to put in a little work to get the last corner wrapped around the bottom, something I appreciate because it assures me that this case was made to fit perfectly. There is nothing worse than a case that's soft or floppy on the edges - we're looking at you official Asus-made Nexus 7 travel cover. They also included cutouts for both speakers, USB port, all buttons, mics, and the camera. No functionality is lost with one of these cases attached. All of Cruzerlite's Nexus 7 cases drop in at $17.95, which is a reasonable price. There are cheaper options on Amazon that offer front covers and sleep-wake functionality, but these are well made and from a company that has been doing this successfully for some time.

Video

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iKgLiDaVJTY[/youtube]

Gallery

Via: Cruzerlite

Leaked Photos Pretty Much Confirm Fingerprint Scanner for Upcoming One Max From HTC

Tim — Wed, 28 Aug 2013 11:17:23 +0000

Well, in case the previously leaked photos were not enough, this new set of shots showing off the upcoming One Max from HTC should pretty much confirm any suspicions we had. The One Max, will in fact, rock a fingerprint scanner. Will it be available in all markets, though? No word is coming from HTC quite yet, as the company will most likely announce the device sometime around when Samsung plans to unveil the Galaxy Note 3. Whether that is a good marketing strategy or not shall remain to be seen. From pictures posted by ePrice, we can clearly see that the hardware is created with the intention of including a fingerprint scanner. There is a massive square along the backside, right below the Ultrapixel camera. To top it off, a photo showing the system settings toggles, previews a toggle for the scanner with a fingerprint icon. We would say this is a pretty good indication that HTC is set in its ways, going for the scanner instead of maybe throwing in a better camera sensor or something worthy of use. As a bonus, we can also see a set of pogo pins along the bottom backside of the phone. Let's hope they plan on releasing the dock around the same time they launch the phone. Fingerprint scanner, anyone?

Via: ePrice

OUYA Console Getting Telltale Games' The Walking Dead Later This Year

Eric — Wed, 28 Aug 2013 09:29:04 +0000

The Android powered OUYA gaming console may have gone through a bit of a rough launch, but their latest announcement is sure to gather some interest and maybe some sales as well. Telltale Games was the creator of a series-based game based on The Walking Dead that ended up being one of the best reviewed and top selling games across any console last year. Yesterday, they announced that they are bringing the entire first season to OUYA. Telltale announced that the whole first season and the 400 Days expansion pack would be hitting OUYA this fall. Since the OUYA dictates that games must have free-to-play demos, the first episode of the game will be a demo for people to play to see if they like it. Their game was new in the sense that it played across 5 different episodes, spread across weeks between launches. If this news seems a bit late to you, since the game is over a year old, don't worry, Telltale plans to bring the second season of TWD to OUYA as well. This game was one of my favorites of all time having all the great components of writing, character development, suspense and action when needed. Definitely look to pick this up on the OUYA or whichever gaming console you have. Via: Telltale Games

AT&T Lights Up 12 Additional 4G LTE Markets

Tim — Wed, 28 Aug 2013 08:44:33 +0000

AT&T announced a new batch of 4G LTE markets this morning, highlighted by a couple of large cities such as Milwaukee, WI and Springfield, OH. If you are on AT&T and have a device capable of connecting to the network, then you should be seeing some much-improved speeds this week. The full list of new markets can be viewed below. New Markets:

Corning, New York
Mayfield, Kentucky
Champaign, Illinois
Tifton, Georgia
Moultrie, Georgia
Springfield, Ohio
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
Stevens Point, Wisconsin
Marshall, Texas
Tyler, Texas
Tupelo, Mississippi
Paducah, Kentucky

Via: AT&T

Moto X Reportedly Costs $221 to Build

Kellen — Wed, 28 Aug 2013 08:12:48 +0000

Market research firm IHS has come to the conclusion that the Moto X costs $221 to build. If you need something to compare that number to, we can look at the previous findings of the IHS for devices like the Galaxy S4 and Apple's iPhone 5. At launch, they estimated that Samsung's newest flagship would cost the company $237 to build, while the iPhone 5 was estimated at launch to cost around $209 to build. That puts the Moto X somewhere in between two devices that are considered by almost everyone universally to be high-end flagship devices. The question is, does this number make the phone worth that $199 pricetag that has been a hot topic of conversation ever since the phone was announced on August 1? According to IHS findings (or estimates), the components used to build the Moto X roughly total $209. It then costs Motorola another $12 per unit to manufacturer the device, which is roughly $4 or $5 higher than the cost of most phones made in Asia. As you can see, the "Made in America" stamp is actually costing Motorola more, but that shouldn't surprise anyone. In terms of component pricing, IHS estimates that the Qualcomm Snapdragon S4 used inside the Moto X costs $28 per unit. Couple that with the two Texas Instruments companion cores that run $4 and $5 each, the display (made by Samsung) at $62.50, an Omnivision camera, and other parts, you get to your total of $209. And as one reader points out, Google is selling the Nexus 4 (off-contract) at a price lower than what Motorola is able to even produce the Moto X for. Only Google is capable of doing such a thing (maybe Amazon too), but that just shows you how insane of a deal the N4 is right now. So the phone, at least on paper, costs Motorola as much to make (as estimated by the IHS) as it costs Samsung or Apple to produce their high-end phones. I'm not sure if that's supposed to ease your mind on a Moto X decision or not, but it's at least additional info to pile on the stack. Via: AllThingsD

Google+ Update Rolling Out on Android - Introduces Auto Awesome Notifications

Kellen — Wed, 28 Aug 2013 07:33:42 +0000

A mostly minor, bug fixing update to the Android Google+ update is rolling out today that does include one feature worth a mention - Auto Awesome notifications. As many of you know, Auto Awesome is Google+'s photo feature that takes similar photos, or those taken at specific location or time, and then combines them into things like animations, panoramas, or filmstrips. As the name suggests, it does this automatically for you behind the scenes. While that's awesome and all, knowing that Google+ was making behind-the-scenes magic was difficult to realize unless you went into your photos and searched for "#autoawesome." Well, until this new update. In the most recent update, that is obviously on a staged rollout schedule, you will be notified whenever Google+ creates a new Auto Awesome photos (see image above). And that's pretty much it. Have you gone and searched G+ photos for #autoawesome? You may not even know that Google+ has created a handful out of your own pictures. I was certainly surprised to find a few. Play Link Via: +Virgil Dobjanschi

Nexus 4 Price Drops by $100 for Both 8GB and 16GB Variants, Now $199 and $249

Kellen — Tue, 27 Aug 2013 17:27:45 +0000

I don't know what's going on, but Google just dropped the price of the Nexus 4 by $100 for both 8GB and 16GB models. So yes, you can get a brand new off-contract phone for either $199 or $249, respectively. As you can see from the screenshot at the top of this post, the Play store listing for the 16GB model mentions that the change was made purposefully. Holy deal. Does it mean that the new Nexus is on the way? Are they clearing inventory for something else? Is it a temporary change? I'm not sure I care as my mind is still wrapping itself around a really incredible phone being sold off-contract for the same price that you see most phones selling for on-contract. Sure, it doesn't have LTE, but HSPA+ is plenty fast in most situations. It's also a Nexus.

Play Links: Nexus 4 8GB | Nexus 4 16GB

Note: If you recently purchased a Nexus 4, like within the last 15 days, Google will price adjust for you. Simply fill out this form.

Cheers Dean, John, Evan, and David!

Snapchat for Android Goes Beta, Brings New Features to Those Willing to Test Them

Tim — Tue, 27 Aug 2013 15:18:57 +0000

It appears that Snapchat is the latest company to go the beta route, allowing Android users to enroll in a special program to test the latest and greatest features the development team has to offer. Signing up is easy enough - just join Snapchat's Google+ community, then become a tester on Google Play. Once that's completed, you can start downloading the beta apk from Google Play, then you are all set. As for what is in the beta, there are two new features that some may get a kick out of. The first is an "enhanced canvas," where depending on the sized tip you are using to draw on your pictures, the lines will either be bold or slim. Lastly, there is an enhanced keyboard, which will allow for Swype-style input. This is nice because I have found that the Snapchat keyboard is pretty terrible about spacing and autocorrects. If you are feeling up for some testing, follow the via link down below to learn all about the program.

Via: Snapchat

Tuesday App Sales: The Room, Walking Dead: Assault, Splice, Toy Defense 2

Tim — Tue, 27 Aug 2013 14:50:36 +0000

It looks like Tuesday is a game sales day on Google Play, as some highly popular titles are now listed at discounted prices. A most well-known from this would have to be The Room, a point and click puzzle/mystery game that is incredibly-well rated, as well as Superbrothers Sword & Sworcery - a Google Play classic in terms of Android gaming. You probably can't go wrong with any of these, so go give them the once over. Tuesday app sales:

Splice ($0.99)
Toy Defense 2 ($1.00)
Wisp ($1.53)
SpaceChem Mobile ($2.99)
Superbrothers Sword & Sworcery ($1.99)
The Room ($0.99)
The Walking Dead: Assault ($1.49)
Dropchord ($0.99)

Some good games here. Go support those hard-working devs!

Icons and UCCW Episode 4: Minimal UI, Tondo, Flatshade, PushOn and More

Kellen — Tue, 27 Aug 2013 13:08:36 +0000

So, we decided to start labeling these to keep better track of them going forward. Welcome to the "Icons and UCCW" series that will hopefully continue to become a regular feature here at Droid Life. We casually tossed out a handful of icon packs and UCCW clock skins that had come across our desk a few weeks back, and many of you seemed to enjoy them, even asking for more. Here we are some four episodes later with more clocks and icons than we know what to do with. And you know what, we're really enjoying it all. This is our little chance to highlight the amazing work that clock and icon designers are out there putting in. Since it can be tough to navigate through the thousands of entries in the Play store at times, we hope this helps you focus in on the quality stuff - the stuff you'd like placed on your home screen. In the top setup, you are looking at a UCCW clock called Flatshade that can be picked up for free, along with an icon pack called Minimal UI for $1.49. The icon pack features over 800 icons and 8 wallpapers, one of which is being used there.

In this setup (above), you are looking at a UCCW clock skin called PushOn that can be had for free. The icon pack is called Tondo - also free. The icon pack has over 150 icons, so it's not exactly robust, but it gets the job done. Tondo also features 4 incredibly colorful and bright wallpapers that I love, one of which is included here.

In this setup (above), you are looking at a UCCW clock skin called It's On that can be had for $0.99 and comes in both white and black. The icon set is an old school free bundle called Tiny White. The wallpaper is another from the previously mentioned Minimal UI pack. And in the last setup (below), you are looking at a UCCW clock skin called Long Shadows. It runs $0.99 and comes in both black and white. I matched it up with our previously covered Nox icon pack from kovdev, since the shadows matched up perfectly. The wallpaper is from a pack called Fuzz, that I highly recommend you all grab. Don't forget to submit new clocks and icon packs! You can also drop them in the comments.

Rovio Explains What Angry Birds Go Is - Hint, It's a Kart Racer

Tim — Tue, 27 Aug 2013 12:50:13 +0000

[youtube]http://youtu.be/iOlcwbuygJ8[/youtube]

Word on a new type of Angry Birds game hit the web back in June, with Rovio now finally giving some more insight into what the public should expect from Angry Birds Go. In essence, the game will be a kart racer, with Rovio taking the idea from a suggestion that was made by Red Bull and various online polls of Angry Birds fans. There is still no gameplay footage or any goodies like that, but I think a kart racer should be an exciting new path for the series. Via: Rovio

Contest: Win a Custom Moto X for AT&T, Designed by You

Kellen — Tue, 27 Aug 2013 11:49:16 +0000

Well, we tried to run this contest last week but failed thanks to a system limitation at AT&T stores. However, MotoMaker is now live and open to full retail/off-contract orders of the Moto X which means we get to give one away to the Droid Life community! That's right, we're going to let you customize your own Moto X should you be chosen as our winner. Through MotoMaker.com, you can customize your prize of a 16GB AT&T-ready Moto X any way you'd like. How awesome is that? As we typically do for contests, we've gone with Rafflecopter since it makes the entry and winner choosing incredibly simple for everyone. You can enter numerous ways (giving you more entries) or by picking and choosing. It's completely up to you, but this way we give more people an opportunity to win. This contest is for U.S. entries only. Ready?

Contest

Prize: 1 (one) custom MotoMaker-designed Moto X 16GB model. How to enter: a Rafflecopter giveaway Winner: We'll choose our winner randomly tomorrow morning at 11:00AM Pacific.

MotoMaker is Now Open for Online Moto X Orders, Off-Contract AT&T Phones Too

Kellen — Tue, 27 Aug 2013 11:18:18 +0000

MotoMaker is now open to the public. At the end of last week, Motorola launched the site, but would only allow you to order phones through it had you stopped by an AT&T store to pick-up a prepaid Moto X card. If you wanted to jump on the site and start from scratch without a card, you could only design a phone and save it for later. Today, that's all gone. If you head to MotoMaker right now, you can customize a phone from step 1 all the way through checkout and then purchase it. No cards needed. You can even purchase the phone at full retail/off-contract pricing, which runs $579 for the 16GB model or $629 for the 32GB version. As you all know, the 16GB model in black or white launches on Verizon this Thursday. MotoMaker is only available for AT&T customers at this time, but should rollout to other carriers before long. Keep in mind that developer editions should arrive any day now, so if unlocked bootloaders is all you dream of, you may still want to hold out a bit. Those versions won't be customizable through MotoMaker, but will feature a one-of-a-kind black/white color scheme. We should also point out that Motorola had initially promised a 4-day turnaround from design to in-your-hand delivery. They did mention that these times can be adjusted depending on demand, which we are seeing now with MotoMaker showing most customizations in an 8-day window. That time will likely drop once they get things under control. Remember, this is the first time that a smartphone manufacturer has brought assembly to the U.S. and also allowed customers to make specific design choices. Get to it! Via: Motorola | MotoMaker

Sony to Unveil Next-Gen Xperia Z1 Device on September 4

Tim — Tue, 27 Aug 2013 10:51:28 +0000

On September 4, Sony is set to take the stage and unveil its latest smartphone achievement, the rumored Xperia Z1 aka Honami device. We have seen leaks and rumors for the Honami for some time, but this is some of the first official looks we are getting at the device. For starters, we see that massive camera sensor along its backside, which is rumored to be 21MP, capable of shooting in 4K. And as for other specs, we are expecting the Xperia Z1 to launch with a Snapdragon 800 chip inside, a 5" 1080p display, 2GB+ of RAM and all the other specs you would expect to see inside of a next-gen smartphone. The question is, will it ever come to any US carriers besides AT&T? The chances of seeing it on T-Mobile are possible, but Sony's past with not pursuing the American market heavily leaves us skeptical. [youtube]http://youtu.be/alVwMu5fvns[/youtube]

Neptune Pine Smartwatch Goes Up For Pre-Order, Still the Watch of Dreams

Tim — Tue, 27 Aug 2013 09:49:01 +0000

All the way back in February of this year, we wrote a piece on the Neptune Pine smartwatch. The watch is no ordinary smartwatch, but actually has the capability of replacing your smartphone almost entirely. It features full 2G/3G radios (no LTE), Bluetooth 4.0 and WiFi connectivity options, allowing it to be a standalone device for communicating with the world. The watch features a 2.4" touchscreen display, with a resolution of 320 x 240, a Snapdragon S4 dual-core processor, a back-facing 5MP camera (yes, a camera!), 512MB of RAM, while running Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich. It is practically a full version of Android, with a keyboard, messaging apps, web browsing capabilities and pretty much anything else you would need. Like we said, you can basically leave your phone at home. The device is now finally up for pre-orders, with the company making lots of revisions and fixes to that initial design we saw earlier this year. The previous renders looked nice, but gave off a futuristic concept look, not allowing our minds to really see it as a reality. With the watch now finalized, it looks sleek, sexy and totally awesome. The watch is pretty expensive, so don't be shocked when you are throwing down $335 for the 16GB version and $395 for the 32GB model. We told you it was expensive. Keep in mind that this is basically a smartphone you are strapping to your wrist. Sure, it probably can't play Angry Birds or Grand Theft Auto, but the Neptune Pine looks like a great peak at the future of wearable technology. Picking one up? [youtube]http://youtu.be/V1fy8jJtVvI[/youtube] Via: Neptune

Moto X Official Desktop and Car Docks Now Available for $39.95 (Updated)

Kellen — Tue, 27 Aug 2013 09:29:36 +0000

With the Moto X reaching AT&T stores at the end of last week, and with carriers like Verizon preparing to launch it this week, the official accessories for Motorola's new flagship are starting to arrive as well. The Griffin PowerDock desktop dock that we first spotted a couple of weeks back can now be had for $39.95 (plus shipping). The PowerDock holds your phone in an upright position that Motorola claims to be at a "comfortable viewing angle," allowing you to use your phone hands-free with Touchless Control. The dock also supports a Moto X with a case up to 2mm thick, so there is no need to unsheathe your phone every time you dock it. The vehicle navigation dock, also made by Griffin, runs $39.95 as well. When attached, your phone will automatically open into car mode, which can be taken advantage of thanks to Touchless Controls and voice commands. This dock also features a ball and socket adjustable arm, and should hold even the biggest cases that you may end up squeezing your Moto X into. Neither accessory is incredibly cheap nor are they overly expensive. If you want accessories that were built specifically for this device, these are probably the ones to have for now. Update: Motorola reached out to us this afternoon to inform us that they had an inventory mix-up and that the Griffin PowerDock won't actually be available until September 9.

We had a small inventory mix up on the site this morning with the PowerDock for Moto X, it is actually not in stock yet and will not be available until the week of 9/9. If you don't mind waiting, your order will process and ship when it becomes available, I wanted to give you a heads up.

Motorola Links: Desktop Dock | Car Dock

Rovio Teasing More Angry Birds Star Wars, Invites Us to "Join the Pork Side"

Tim — Tue, 27 Aug 2013 09:10:19 +0000

Rovio is going to keep on milking this Star Wars cash cow, so we are about to go through another wave of intense teaser trailers and hyping for the upcoming release of Angry Birds Star Wars II. In the latest round of videos, Rovio invites us to "join the pork side," with a special voice appearance from the one and only Ian McDiarmid. If the name doesn't sound familiar, he's the actor that played the OG emperor in the original trilogy. There are a few gameplay trailers in the character unveils that took place yesterday, but the coolest one we saw was the Emperor. We place the video down below so you can check it out. [youtube]http://youtu.be/WdGk8S-gxiI[/youtube] [youtube]http://youtu.be/Y68KG9u2dbs[/youtube] Via: Rovio

DROID ULTRA, MAXX, and Mini Owners - Don't Forget About Your Free 6-Month Google Music All Access Subscription

Kellen — Tue, 27 Aug 2013 08:38:53 +0000

When Motorola announced its new line of DROID phones for Verizon - the ULTRA, Maxx, and Mini - they mentioned a special promo that would give new owners of each device a free 6-month subscription to Google's All Access music service. Now that each device has been released, we're hearing from a handful of owners (mostly of the MAXX) who are trying to receive the free 6-month offer and failing. In fact, they aren't finding the offer anywhere other than in listings on Verizon's page for each phone. So how can you get the free 6 months? If you are currently an All Access member, the waters here are a little murky. With that said, if you have yet to give All Access a chance, you can simply open the Google Music app to be greeted with the 6-month offer, as seen in the screenshot above that I just took from an ULTRA. All you have to do is tap the "Try it FREE" button, enter some credit card information, and be on your way to enjoying free music. It's that simple. Now, if you are a member of All Access, we're not sure if you can try it free for 6 months or not. I know that's not the answer you were looking for, but it has been difficult to find an actual answer. Some customer service reps claim that you can't receive the 6 free months if you are already a member, while others claim that you should just automatically get 6 months for free without being billed (if that makes any sense). We've even had readers say that by calling customer service, they were able to get a credit to their account that amounts to the total of an All Access subscription for 6 months. That's probably not going to happen for everyone, so we don't necessarily recommend going that route. We'll reach out to Verizon to see how they plan to get the free 6 months to current subscribers, or if it's even available to them. In the mean time, if you have yet to try it, should have no problem getting your free trial started.

Samsung Exec Confirms September 4 Unveiling of Galaxy Note 3 and Gear Watch, Front Panel Leaks

Kellen — Tue, 27 Aug 2013 07:45:59 +0000

A Samsung official sat down with the Korea Times this week to discuss their plans for an upcoming September 4 event that we are all expecting to be the unveiling of the Galaxy Note 3 and Galaxy Gear smartwatch. Guess what? She confirmed that both items will be on hand. Samsung's executive VP of mobile business Lee Young-hee said that her company will release its first "smartwatch" and also debut their next phone-tablet hybrid. She even managed to give off a few details about the smartwatch, which she also confirmed will be called Galaxy Gear. Young-hee said that the watch will use a "non-flexible display" and that they have been preparing this wearable product for a long time. The watch should "enhance and enrich the current smart mobile experience" - Samsung is confident that the Gear will "add meaningful momentum to the mobile industry." In terms of the Note 3, no details were given other than with this new version of their popular line of oversized devices, Samsung will "introduce our customers to enhanced key features." And on that note (pun sort of intended), ETrade Supply posted a bundle of images today that are allegedly of the front panel of the Note 3. They claim that the display runs 5.68", has bezels some 2.2mm thick, and carries a total panel thickness of just 1.8mm. As is pictured below, and not surprising to anyone familiar with Samsung designs, we could very well see the continuation of the physical home button, coupled with capacitive menu and back buttons. Overall, it reminds us a lot of the Galaxy S4 design. You are looking at similar sized device to the Note 2, but with a slightly bigger screen that has substantially less bezel. We'd imagine that it will be another must-have for fans of this form factor. After all, Samsung did essentially invent the category.

Via: Korea Times | Etrade Supply Cheers Blake!

Google Issues Response to Third Party Chromecast App Situation

Tim — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 16:41:46 +0000

When you tinker with unfinished software and APIs, you sometimes have to expect certain things to break after updates. That was the case when Google sent out the latest update to Chromecast, which left many third party apps for the HDMI dongle in a non-working state. One app in particular that was affected was Koush's local video sharing application called AllCast. After the update broke his app, Koush publicly addressed the update as an intentional move to kill off his app's video playback functionality through Chromecast, even going as far as stating that the device would probably end up not being friendly to indie developers. In true Google fashion, since they do monitor the happenings inside the community, the company released a statement to TechCrunch addressing what happened.

We’re excited to bring more content to Chromecast and would like to support all types of apps, including those for local content. It’s still early days for the Google Cast SDK, which we just released in developer preview for early development and testing only. We expect that the SDK will continue to change before we launch out of developer preview, and want to provide a great experience for users and developers before making the SDK and additional apps more broadly available.

So, long story short - if we plan on messing around with unfinished SDKs that are in testing only arenas, or decide to reverse engineer related products, then maybe we shouldn't be surprised if we get shut down until the final revisions are made available to the public. If you are really bummed about AllCast dying, we wouldn't be surprised if Koush and company will continue developing the aforementioned app once this is all settled. Via: TechCrunch

Contest: Win a Pair of Motorola S-11 HD Headphones From AT&T

Kellen — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 14:50:34 +0000

A couple of months ago, we had the pleasure of reviewing Motorola's new (at the time) S11-FLEX HD bluetooth headphones. Overall, we really enjoyed them, especially for long runs or during rigorous workouts. But what about the version that's still tailored to HD audio, yet has a more subtle non-workout appearance for other occasions like say, school? With school right around the corner for many, we're giving away a pair of their non-FLEX brother, the S-11 HD wireless headphones, thanks to our friends at AT&T. Whether it’s walking to school, riding on the bus or killing time in between classes, students use headphones for an average of 1.5 hours a day. These wireless Bluetooth headphones provide better-than-wired HD sound and won’t get tangled in pockets and backpacks. They are featherweight yet durable, adjustable to comfort, and are sweat-proof for a secure fit. Additional features include dual noise-cancellation microphones and voice commands, along with a sleek black and orange color scheme. You can buy the S-11 HD headphones from AT&T for $99.

Contest

Prize: 1 (one) pair of Motorola S-11 HD headphones. How to enter: a Rafflecopter giveaway Winner: We will randomly choose our winner tomorrow afternoon at 3PM Pacific.

Monday App Sales: A Liquid Cloud LWP, Plex for Android, Combo Crew

Tim — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 13:35:30 +0000

It's a new week, which means it's time to check out the newest app sales on Google Play. Today, there are a few good choices for the gamers among you, with some good titles such as C.H.A.O.S Tournament and Combo Crew, as well as one of our all-time favorite live wallpapers, A Liquid Cloud. To top it off, if you still have yet to check out SwiftKey, now would be the perfect time since it is still on sale. Monday app sales:

Combo Crew ($0.99)
C.H.A.O.S Tournament HD ($0.99)
A Liquid Cloud LWP ($0.99)
Plex for Android ($1.99)
Boulder Dash XL ($1.30)
Walking Mars ($1.99)
Spider: Secret of Bryce Manor ($0.99)
Fast Burst Camera ($1.99)
Minesweeper Professional ($0.99)
Majesty: Northern Expansion ($1.30)
SwiftKey Keyboard ($1.99)
SwiftKey Tablet Keyboard ($1.99)

Go support those developers!

Moto X Officially Arrives at Verizon on August 29

Kellen — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 12:58:19 +0000

Verizon announced via Twitter this afternoon that the Moto X will officially arrive online, August 29, for $199 on-contract. Yes, that would be this Thursday. The device will then arrive in stores over the coming weeks. We've reported this as the current target date a handful of times now, so we're glad to finally have it set in stone. As most of you already know, the Moto X will be available in both black and white models (woven design on the back), with MotoMaker customization coming further down the road. AT&T currently has the off-contract or full retail price set at $579 for the 16GB version - I'd imagine that Verizon will match that price point. AT&T currently has an exclusive deal on the 32GB version as far as we know, so you may only see the 16GB version on Verizon for the next couple of months. If more storage interests you, as does an unlockable bootloader, be on the lookout for a Verizon developer edition that could arrive within a matter of days. Be sure to read out Moto X review of the Verizon variant if you haven't already. Via: @VZWnews

Chromecast Available From Best Buy at the Moment (Updated)

Kellen — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 11:39:03 +0000

Hurry, before they are all gone (again). Update: It appears to be sold out again. Via: Best Buy Cheers Erick and Ben!

Verizon Max $30 6GB Data Deal for Unlimited Data Users is Live as Well

Kellen — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 11:35:57 +0000

Last week, we reported on a new Verizon special called Verizon Max that was going to launch for a limited time on August 25 for unlimited data customers who want to participate in Verizon Edge, the upgrade-often, month-to-month plan that went live yesterday. The deal, which Verizon hasn't exactly announced or promoted publicly, is live as expected for those with unlimited data. I hopped into my account moments ago, punched the "upgrade" button, chose the HTC One with Verizon Edge, and was almost immediately greeted with a pop-up message confirming that unlimited data no longer exists and that in order to participate, I'd have to go with a Verizon Max option. Yes, you read that right - you cannot keep unlimited data and use an Edge plan. At one time, we thought there was a chance that you could because with Verizon's Device Payment Plan you could. However, Edge is different than that plan and is forcing you into a Max plan should you choose to participate.

Once I chose "OK," I was able to see the full breakdown of Verizon Max choices, which also includes an 8GB for $50 option that is bundled with tethering. The 6GB option does not include tethering. Should I have continued on with the process, you'll see that confirmation screens show a drop of unlimited $29.99 data and an add of Verizon Max.

And I'm not sure how clear this was, but if you are an unlimited data customers, this new Verizon Max plan essentially replaces your unlimited data, but does not change your minute or text plans. Those remain separate, so this does not automatically move you to a shared plan or give you unlimited talk and text. This is an individual line feature that is separate from shared data and is more of a data swap than anything. If you had say a 700 minute plan, with an unlimited text add-on, and unlimited data, your bill should in theory only change by a penny per month assuming you go with the 6GB option. Well, you would also add on the month-to-month charge for your new device that was purchased with Edge.

Anyone thinking about jumping on the Max plans with Edge?

Hangouts Update Allows AT&T Users to Make Video Calls Via Cellular Data

Tim — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 11:13:14 +0000

If you caught the Hangouts update that took place this weekend, and are currently on AT&T, then you can start making video calls using your cellular data. Previously, users on AT&T would need to be connected to a WiFi connection in order to place calls, but that is no longer the case. No other carrier placed such restrictions on video calls, but AT&T actually has a history of doing this type of thing. Either way, freedom has come at last. If you haven't already, go grab the update through Google Play. Play Link Cheers Alfonso and Jason!

New Nexus 7 Equipped With LTE Hits Japan Mid-September, Could U.S. Expect the Same?

Tim — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 10:24:35 +0000

Today, Google announced that the LTE-equipped variant of the new Nexus 7 would hit Japanese markets in mid-September. Interestingly enough, Google still has yet to give US markets an official timeframe for the device's release on our shores. According to the press release that was snagged by Japan's Ameblo, the tablet will support four different wireless carriers, much like what we are expecting here in the States. It is still unofficial which American carriers will support the new Nexus 7's LTE radios, but from what we have seen in FCC filings, we could be looking at support for T-Mobile, AT&T and Verizon. Once Google gives us more info on the device's release, that can all finally be confirmed. Have you already picked up a new Nexus 7 or are you waiting for the LTE-equipped version? Via: Ameblo

eBay Daily Deal is a New Nexus 10 32GB for Only $369.99

Tim — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 09:54:28 +0000

eBay is hosting a sweet little deal on new Nexus 10 tablets, priced at only $369.99 for the 32GB variant. If you were to look on Google Play, you can find the exact device, but listed at a whopping $500. The tablet, in regards to specs and performance, is still a great option for those who like to compare. It features the super high-res 10" 2560 x 1600 WQXGA display, an Exynos 5 dual-core processor, 2GB of RAM, a 5MP back-facing camera and the ability to have the latest versions of Android running almost as soon as they are released. If a Nexus 10 sounds tempting, the deals don't get much better than this. Buy. ($369.99)

Verizon Edge is Now Live - Most Top Tier Phones Start at $25.22 Per Month

Kellen — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 09:30:25 +0000

Shortly after T-Mobile (JUMP!) and AT&T (Next) revealed new upgrade-often, monthly payment plans, Verizon joined the party with Edge. We've already compared all three, essentially coming to the conclusion that the options from AT&T and Verizon are nothing short of rip-offs that double charge you for the same device, while T-Mobile's is at least a somewhat fair choice. But no matter what we think, Edge (which is now live) is an option for those who want to upgrade often and also do not want to have to pay an upfront down payment. Edge will allow customers in good standing the chance to get a phone at a relatively low monthly price and zero down, other than the activation fee and first month's payment. Along with the go-live of Verizon Edge, we're also expecting a special to rollout to unlimited data customers called Verizon Max. Max is an option that would allow unlimited customers a chance to join the Edge program, while still maintaining a sizable allotment of monthly data. We're talking package deals that start at 6GB of data for $30, an amount that would run a Share Everything customer at least $80. The deal is not being advertised on Verizon's site at this time, so we're assuming it'll only be presented to customers with unlimited data. (Update: It's live.) So with Edge now live, we thought we should point out at least a few of the important pieces of it. We knew most of it previously, but now with the official FAQ live, we know it all. NOTE: To be clear, since there seems to be confusion - you cannot keep unlimited data and participate in Edge. Verizon has introduced Verizon Max as the option for unlimited data users who want to go the monthly payment and early upgrade route. We have gone back to clarify that in previous posts on Edge. Here are some of the most important FAQ to be aware of:

1. What are the benefits of Verizon Edge? With Verizon Edge, you can:

Purchase a new phone with a low monthly payment

Enjoy the latest technology available by upgrading your phone more frequently

Sign a month-to-month agreement instead of a long-term contract

Upgrade without additional fees or finance charges

2. Who is eligible for Verizon Edge? To be eligible for Verizon Edge, existing customers must meet the following requirements:

Six months of good payment history

Eligible for an upgrade

Customers with accounts less than six months will need to go through an internal e-credit check. To be eligible for Verizon Edge, new customers must pass a credit check. Prepaid accounts aren’t currently eligible for Verizon Edge. 3. Can I add insurance to a Verizon Edge phone? Yes. You can purchase insurance and are encouraged to do so to protect against loss or damage. 4. Is there an activation fee for new customers who sign up for Verizon Edge? Yes. The activation fee policy applies to all new customers, even those signing up for Verizon Edge. 5. Does the Verizon Edge program require a contract? Yes, you must have a service agreement at the time you enter your 24-month Verizon Edge Agreement. However, a long-term service agreement isn’t required. 6. Can I pay more than my scheduled monthly Verizon Edge installment? No, unless you are either seeking to Edge Up to a new device, which requires that you pay at least 50% of the device following the initial six months of the Verizon Edge Agreement, or you are seeking to pay off 100% of your Verizon Edge installment agreement, which you may do at any time. 7. What is the Edge Up option under Verizon Edge? The Edge Up option allows you to turn in your existing Edge phone and upgrade to a new one without an upgrade fee. You must meet the other Edge Up eligibility requirements in the Verizon Edge Agreement to use this option.

Here are some of the prices you'll pay for top tier phones:

DROID MAXX - $27.15 per month ($299 on-contract)
HTC One - $25.22 per month ($199 on-contract)
DROID ULTRA - $25.22 per month ($199 on-contract)
Galaxy S4 - $25.22 per month ($199 on-contract)
DROID Mini - $18.97 per month ($99 on-contract)

Via: Verizon Cheers Todd!

Asphalt 8 Launched Over the Weekend, Perfect for Any NVIDIA SHIELD Owners

Tim — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 09:03:23 +0000

Last Friday, Gameloft published the highly-anticipated Asphalt 8 to Google Play. This is the newest volume of their lasting series that puts you behind the wheel of the world's most powerful exotic cars. In the game, there are over 40 makes of vehicles to cruise in, including some Ferraris, Lamborghinis and even the Bugatti Veyron. There are many new maps/courses to explore, plus the intro of an entirely new physics engine, which will have your car soaring through the sky like a bird. Sure, it's not the most realistic driving game out there, but it's pretty great to hit the Nos and land a barrel roll in your $350,000 whip. Word. And for any NVIDIA SHIELD owners out there, the game is completely compatible with the console's controls as soon as you download the 1GB+ file from Google Play. Quite the experience. Go grab it on Google Play. Play Link [youtube]http://youtu.be/tazzoh9PS6Q[/youtube]

Shell of the Leaked Blue HTC One Spotted, When Can We Get Our Hands On It?

Eric — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 08:38:49 +0000

Now that the HTC One has launched on Verizon, it seems that HTC is going full-steam ahead in terms of advertising with their flagship device (again). Their Robert Downey Jr. media campaign is in full swing, they have a red version launching on Sprint sometime soon and now the previously leaked blue device looks to be in the cards in the near future as well. Pictures of a real device housing have made their way to the internet, showcasing...a blue One. We aren't sure if you should get your hopes up just yet or not for an imminent launch - it might be a while before you can buy this blue version of the One, but it might also be right around the corner. The red, Sprint device finally launched August 16 yet we have known about its existence off and on since the One launched earlier this year. Now that the device is available on all four major US carriers there's a chance this could come to Verizon (rumors suggest that it will), but there's also the very good chance AT&T wants to match this to their carrier color and make it another AT&T exclusive. Then again, since when have carriers color-matched? Do you like the blue? Would you get it over the regular silver color? Via: Engadget | EPrice

LG Also Posts Detailed 4-Minute G2 Video, Highlights Exhaustive List of Features

Kellen — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 08:06:47 +0000

The LG G2 has been official for a couple of weeks now, but as a launch looms (and continues to evade us), LG is going to do everything in its power to keep it on your radar. And can you blame them? The Galaxy Note 3 is going to be announced on September 4, followed by the next iPhone. If you are a smartphone manufacturer trying to carve out your own little niche, there couldn't be a more difficult time to do it than early September. One of their attempts to spread (or continue to hammer home) word of the G2, is through this 4-minute highlight clip of features that was posted to YouTube this morning alongside the company's first G Pad 8.3 teaser. It's exhaustive, actually. Can there be too many features packed into a single device? Motorola has gone the complete opposite with the Moto X, instead choosing to add on only a handful of features rather than a couple-of-page-long list. During our initial launch coverage of the device, we tried to show you as much as we could, but from this video, it's pretty obvious that like the Galaxy S4, the G2 is going to need some extra attention in order to tap (or knock) into even an ounce of its capabilities.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2oOfIobmBYY[/youtube]

Registrations Are Now Open for Samsung's Developer Conference This October

Eric — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 07:30:58 +0000

A few weeks back, Samsung announced that they would be hosting a global developer conference focused around the bevvy of Samsung products that exist on the market now. Today, registration is now open for the conference, so if you're a developer planning on going and attending a few of the 40 planned events, you should probably quit reading and hit the link below. Attending this conference won't just introduce you to Samsung on the mobile level, but also feature developer keynotes on Samsung Smart TVs, gaming and web experience as well. Working with Samsung Service Platform and services APIs including ChatON, Group Play, Samsung AdHub and Context Aware, and that's only half of the first day. The conference takes place in San Francisco from October 27 and goes through the 29. All the other information you need is provided by Samsung at the registration website. Happy developing! Via: Samsung

LG Teases New G Pad 8.3 - Asks "What Would Make a Tablet Just Right?"

Kellen — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 07:07:44 +0000

LG posted a teaser to YouTube this morning, confirming that it has a new tablet in the works called the G Pad 8.3. The video asks "What would make a tablet just right for you?" which seems to be a similar approach to what LG took with the G2. LG seems to be all about you these days. In the video, LG asks random people on the streets about their ideas for the perfect tablet. Talk of an incredibly slim device, with a big full HD display, that's ultra powerful yet incredibly portable is the theme. You'll also catch mentions a great viewing angles, a tablet that lets you watch TV or control your TV, and can be taken anywhere. With the name including the number 8.3, I'd assume that refers to the size. Other rumors suggest it'll weigh in at a resolution of 1920x1200. The tablet may also be powered by a Snapdragon 600 processor. We may very well see the new G Pad 8.3 in a couple of weeks in Berlin at IFA 2013. LG's last attempt at a tablet didn't go over so well, but with their rebirth on Android over the last couple of years, this should at least have some of your attention.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4Yg4qpuPthM[/youtube]

Latest Chromecast Update Breaks Third-Party Apps, Koush Thinks It's On Purpose

Eric — Mon, 26 Aug 2013 06:47:24 +0000

Since Google's $35 Chromecast didn't have the functionality to stream local media from smartphone to the TV of your choice, multiple developers took to the challenge and made their own apps that could. True to the spirit of Android, more than a few apps have been put together that gives us the ability to stream photos, videos and music in other ways than what Google intended. Yesterday, another update to Chromecast broke the ability of third-party applications, and Koush thinks that it is intentional. This is the second time that Google's update has disabled the functionality of Koush's AirCast application. "The policy seems to be a heavy handed approach, where only approved content will be played through the device," he said on his Google+ post about the subject. In other words, Google is looking at actual media companies to partner with for Chromecast streaming rather than third party apps by indie developers. To him, it looks like Google wants to control what gets played through the Chromecast, instead of letting developers do what they want with the device. He did post another apk for his AirCast app in the post, but mentioned that it probably wouldn't work. Since launch, Chromecast has only shown official support for YouTube, Google Music, Netflix, and Google Play Movies and TV. Do you think Google is doing the right thing by moving away from the developer scene? Via: +Koush

Here is the Moto X Developer Edition

Kellen — Sun, 25 Aug 2013 06:43:48 +0000

Last week, Punit Soni (Motorola's VP of Product Management) told us that we were "days" away from the arrival of Developer Editions and other carrier models of the Moto X. Yesterday, Motorola updated their Moto X "ways to buy" page, showing off the new Developer Edition, which will sport a black front panel coupled with a white woven rear back plate. The render of the phone also shows the words "DEVELOPER EDITION" engraved on the bottom. The page mentions that the dev edition will "have a look all its own," meaning the two-tone color scheme is something different than what you'll find in carrier models. Now, once MotoMaker is fully opened up or should you buy a Moto X card from AT&T, you could essentially build a similar looking device. The listing also confirms 32GB of storage and an unlockable bootloader. No price is listed just yet, but since the AT&T 32GB model runs $629, I'd be surprised if it was lower. We'll be sure to let you know as soon as this model goes live. Also, Punit has said that this "ways to buy" page (linked below) is the best way to keep track of availability of the Moto X outside of AT&T. Via: Motorola

Verizon Still Showing August 29 as Target Moto X Launch Date

Kellen — Sat, 24 Aug 2013 17:47:17 +0000

Here we are a full day after the Moto X officially launched on AT&T, yet we're still without official, specific dates from other carriers, Verizon being one of the most important. Back in early August, we received word from sources suggesting that August 29 was the current target. As of yesterday, the 29th still appears to be Big Red's goal, according to multiple sources of ours. But as much as I'd love for you all to pencil in next Friday, this is the mobile industry we're talking about. We have seen launch dates change hours before we are expecting phones to arrive in stores (Galaxy Nexus, anyone?). But no matter what, we are 5 days away from the 29th, so the chances of seeing the Moto X in Verizon stores by then seems to be getting stronger. If anything, we should know for sure before long. As a reminder, the Moto X will be available on Verizon as a 16GB model in woven black and woven white at launch, with MotoMaker customization coming some time later down the road. It could be November or it could be September for all we know - everything at this point on that front is nothing but rumor. We should point out that some third party Verizon retailers are labeling this launch as having "constrained inventory" and only being fulfilled through direct fill. That means they would have to order the phone for you, and may only have limited amounts in stock. As far as corporate stores are concerned, there may not be any inventory issues. Should the phone launch on August 29, you may want to call ahead to see what the status is with your local shop. Be sure to check out our Moto X review if you haven't already.

Cheers D, ___, and ___!

iFixit Tears Down the Moto X

Kellen — Sat, 24 Aug 2013 08:22:17 +0000

With the Moto X now publicly available to customers of AT&T, the iFixit crew was able to procure one and then crack it open with their array of tiny niche tools. Teardowns typically tend to make us a weep a little inside, but this time around we were more excited than depressed to see this phone torn open. Motorola claims to have done some engineering tricks to get all of the Moto X's goodies packed into such a svelte body. This teardown should reveal all of those.

The iFixit team gave the Moto X a reparability score of 7 out of 10, which is good news for those of you who have decided to purchase one. Other than a little adhesive under the back cover and a digitizer that is fuzed to the display, you shouldn't have any issues cracking yours open should you need to replace a camera or battery (assuming you can find replacements). On an interesting note, you can see big branding of the X8 Mobile Computing System front and center once the back plate has been removed. You can't necessarily see the exact make-up of it all (at least I couldn't), but it's almost as if Motorola was expecting a teardown just so they could get those X8 MOBILE COMPUTING words branding in the back of your brain. The rest is pretty standard teardown stuff, featuring the 2200mAh battery, flash storage, radios, the backside of the kevlar/woven design, and more. Give it a look. Even iFixit seems to be impressed by Motorola's design.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9SwX20DB-A8[/youtube]

Via: iFixit

Weekends are Always Better When They Kick Off With Us

Kellen — Fri, 23 Aug 2013 20:18:25 +0000

This week, we polished off episode 33 of the Droid Life Show. We ran through Tim's thoughts on the Moto X now that he has spent some time with one, talked about my DROID ULTRA review, the reality of the HTC One finally launching on Verizon, and our general thoughts on gold phones (yes, that gold phone). This week also featured one of our bigger app sections because we had such a solid string of app releases or major updates come through our fingers. The last ten minutes or so were filled with casual banter, as usual. Another great episode to check out before you get to weekend duties. Make sure to catch us live on Wednesday nights when you can at 6PM Pacific!

Did the Motorola DROID 5 Just Make Its First Appearance?

Kellen — Fri, 23 Aug 2013 19:28:53 +0000

Earlier in the week, we were joking about the death of the QWERTY keyboard after seeing LG's new low-tier slideout device called the Enact. We even wondered during the DL Show if there was a chance that we would ever see a DROID 5 since it has been well over a year since the DROID 4 made its debut. And what do you know, before the weekend could even arrive pictures of a new QWERTY device made by Motorola and headed to Verizon has made an appearance. The device appears to sport a decently sized edge-to-edge display with very little bezel. On the front, we have a front camera along with Motorola and Verizon logos. The slideout keyboard situated underneath it has a full five rows, plus a voice-to-text button. On the backside (in the picture below), we're looking at a massive coil which could mean that this phone will have wireless charging. A 4G LTE logo can be seen as well, along with a camera lens, flash and speaker grill. We don't know any of the other specs, but how could this not utilize some form of Moto's X8 Mobile Computing System? What we'd like to know now, is when it'll arrive. Is this a holiday device? Motorola just released the Moto X, DROID ULTRA, MAXX, and Mini, so there really isn't room for this phone at this time. Who wants it? #QWERTYCULT

Via: Weibo [2] | New Cell Phones Cheers et!

Are Moto X Wood Backs Going to Cost an Extra $50?

Kellen — Fri, 23 Aug 2013 14:13:00 +0000

Don't worry, you aren't alone in drooling over the picture above. We too want phones with beautiful, 1-of-a-kind wood backs. The Moto X will eventually have them, likely in Teak, Bamboo, Ebony, and Rosewood around Q4 of this year. We were able to snap photos of and handle a few of the early samples during the Moto X unveiling - boy are these finishes pretty. One thing we weren't sure of is how they would be sold through Motorola's MotoMaker software. Most of the MotoMaker process is 100% free to users, but when you start talking about raw, organic materials that will likely have challenges, you wonder if they should come at a premium. If the current MotoMaker setup gives us any clues, we could be looking at a $50 charge to go wood. As you can see in the pricing and option breakdown found currently on Motorola's site (click the source link to see for yourself), you'll notice an on-contract pricing structure for phones listed that starts at $199, but also includes price points of $249 and $299. You'll also see the off-contract prices set at $579, $629, and $679. We know that the 16GB version of the phone is $199 on-contract and $579 off, while the 32GB is $249 on-contract and $629 off. So why the extra price point that's $50 higher?

Well, if you continue on down into the options section where the color choices of backs are listed, you'll see items like Mint or Olive or Cement listed with at a price of "0" ("price" :0). But if you continue looking for the wood options, which aren't currently available, you'll see a price of "50" ("price" :50). Now, this price is only next to the wood options (teak, ebony, rosewood, and bamboo) and not attached to any of the standard colors. So if you look at the phone pricing structure, we can only assume that this is where the extra $50 pricing comes in. In other words, you could get the 16GB for $199 with a standard back or $249 with a wood back. If you go 32GB version, you can buy one for $249 or $299. Same goes for the phones at full retail. While I would not claim to understand the manufacturing process for making the Moto X here in the States, I can imagine that sourcing wood, machining it, treating it, and assembling it onto a phone cannot be even close to as easy or cost efficient as it would be with a standard plastic back. If Motorola wants to charge extra for wood, I can't say I'd be surprised nor would I be mad. This is by no means a confirmation that Motorola will charge $50 for wood backs, but something that was pointed out to us. We still have a couple of months to go before these become available. That's an eternity in the mobile industry. Via: Motorola Cheers tyguy829!

Moto X MotoMaker Cards From AT&T Can't Currently be Purchased at Full Retail, Have to be Attached to Upgrades

Kellen — Fri, 23 Aug 2013 12:46:00 +0000

Well, folks, I have some semi-sad news to share. I just stopped off at two AT&T stores to try and pick up a 16GB Moto X "Design It" card to giveaway on the site, so that one of you lucky DL readers could customize your own phone, and was denied. I worked with a rep for a solid 30 or so minutes at one store to try and figure out how I could purchase a card for the full retail amount of a Moto X, but his system was locked into forcing the cards to be attached to an account and to only be used with upgrades. In other words, you can't buy a Moto X "Design It" card in store at full retail at this time and then head to MotoMaker.com to customize your own phone. You can only purchase a card if you have an upgrade available. Since MotoMaker is only half working at this time, that certainly limits some of its potential customer base at the moment. I'd assume that the MotoMaker software isn't quite ready for prime time yet if it has these limitations. That's unfortunate for you, precious DL crew, as we were ready to give away a custom Moto X. I think this also shows that setting up a system like this isn't as easy as we all probably assumed, and why they are only launching with one carrier to start. We'll keep an eye on the system and hope that it opens up in the near future. Also, with news of the developer editions dropping in days, it shouldn't be long before we can start doing giveaways. And should you jump into a store to try your hand at this full retail process, let us know if you have any success.

Motorola VP Says Moto X Dev Editions and Other Carriers Rolling Out in "Days"

Eric — Fri, 23 Aug 2013 10:44:36 +0000

The official launch of the Moto X has come and gone, but the only people that can pick one up are the customers on AT&T. Motorola has been vocal about plans to bring the device to all the major carriers in the US, but we haven't heard anything close to a solid date for when we can expect them. Punit Soni, Motorola's VP of Product Management has taken to his Google+ account to drop a hint that it might not be too long before we see more Moto X launches. Apparently, the AT&T launch of the Moto X was only step one. Soni's post reads, "Step 1 of rollout. Dev editions, other carrier versions rolling out in days." Days is a pretty interesting choice of words, but Soni reiterated "days" in the comments of his G+ post. You wouldn't necessarily use that term if we were a month or two away from other carriers launching the device. We will keep our ears to the ground for any news on when Verizon and the other carriers can expect a launch. Via: +Punit Soni Cheers Matt!

It Was Fun While It Lasted, Verizon HTC One No Longer Unlockable on HTCDev

Eric — Fri, 23 Aug 2013 09:15:46 +0000

We all knew it was coming, it was more of a question of when rather than if. Verizon was not to pleased that their new HTC One could be bootloader unlocked through HTCDev.com. The phone and story just hit our hands yesterday, but according to a slew of people pouring into XDA, the ability has already been turned off. If you were one of the early adopters of the One yesterday and managed to get yours unlocked, consider yourself lucky. The rest of us will have to wait and see if our developer community can crack it without HTCDev. Via: XDA Cheers Chris and Jose!

Verizon is Launching Verizon Max, a Limited Time 6GB $30 Deal for Unlimited Customers Who Want Verizon Edge

Kellen — Fri, 23 Aug 2013 09:14:16 +0000

Earlier this morning, we broke news on a new Verizon plan that will be introduced in the coming days called Verizon Max. At the time, we didn't have all of the details ironed out, but after talking to sources of ours, think we know almost everything there is to know about a new tiered data plan aimed directly at unlimited customers. Verizon Max will be introduced on August 25, along with Verizon Edge (Big Red's new upgrade-often plan). We were told by a corporate Verizon spokesperson during the announcement of Edge that unlimited data customers would be excluded from participating in the upgrade-often plan. Well, they could participate, but they would lose their unlimited data. If an unlimited customer decides they want to sign up for Edge, and a pay a monthly fee for their phone without any upfront cost, Verizon Max is their point of entry.

So what is Verizon Max and who can participate?

Max is a two-tiered plan that offers unlimited data customers either a 6GB block of data for $30 per month (without tethering) or an 8GB block for $50 (includes tethering). This is not a shared block of data either, meaning your 6GB or 8GB are yours to keep. In fact, you can't share the data in Verizon Max as it is a "line level feature." Verizon Max is not a part of Share Everything, from what I understand. Verizon Max will only be available for a limited time, though the dates on expiration have not been shared. Max can only be added to an existing customer line that currently has unlimited data and is signing up for Verizon Edge.

So what's the point?

Verizon is giving customers with unlimited data an option to participate in Verizon Edge by not charging them the normal $30 for 2GB of data pricing, and instead offering them a sizable amount of data at a price similar to what they are paying for their unlimited plan. And if they were to choose the 8GB option, which includes tethering, it looks like somewhat of a deal since unlimited customers currently have to pay an extra $30 a month to add tethering (assuming they aren't rooted or using an app to tether for free).

Is it a good deal?

I'm not sure that "deal" is the right word. That all depends on your needs. If you want to participate in Verizon Edge (we wouldn't necessarily recommend that you do) and currently have unlimited data, this would allow you to join that program and still hold onto a pretty significant amount of data in comparison to Verizon's Share Everything Plans. Verizon is currently charging $80 for 6GB and $90 for 8GB of data in Share Everything.

Random note

I think my favorite line above references Verizon Max as being a "data feature that offers large amounts of data at affordable prices." In other words, the rest of Verizon's prices aren't affordable. Thoughts on Verizon Max?

Is Verizon Planning a 6GB for $30 Promo to Get Unlimited Data Users to Switch to Share Everything? (Updated)

Kellen — Fri, 23 Aug 2013 07:01:40 +0000

Yesterday, a reader of ours pointed out a Tweet sent from the official Verizon Support Twitter account (@VZWSupport) that caught our eye as it related to those of us holding on to unlimited data. The Tweet mentioned to a customer that Verizon would soon be launching a promo for unlimited data users that included 6GB of data for only $30, and would also allow them to participate in Big Red's new VZ Edge (early upgrade) program. We scrolled through hundreds of other Tweets from this account, but this was the only mention of such a deal. We even tried getting them to provide more info, yet they never responded. Sure enough this morning, the Tweet (which we have included below) has been removed from existence. So what's going on and what is this new promo? Well, we know a couple of things. VZ Edge launches on August 25 (two days from now) for Share Everything customers and those with an upgrade avaialble, so if there is going to be a promo, we may know about it by then. Second, if this deal is real (and I can't believe I'm about to say this), then talk about a solid deal (in terms of tiered data). Look, I'm the first person on the planet to speak out against tiered and shared data, as I believe it to be a complete rip-off. With that said, the current 6GB plan from Verizon runs $80 per month. For a normal 6GB customer, your bill would run somewhere around $120, since it would include $80 for the data plus another $40 for the smartphone line. If Verizon were to offer a 6GB plan at $30 and then keep the line price at $40, you are looking at $70 total, with an amount of data that few of you (unless you are tethering machines) would probably ever hit on a monthly basis, coupled with unlimited talk and text. I would assume that you would also be able to upgrade to a brand new phone. Also, we did have at least one tip about this promo in our inbox late last night that not only referenced the 6GB plan for $30, but also suggested that we could see an 8GB for ~~$80~~ $50 deal that would include tethering. The current 8GB data option runs $90, so this is a decent discount as well. What I'm confused about with the tethering option, is how Verizon would take out tethering from the 6GB plan, since tethering is a built-in feature to their normal Share Everything plans. (Edit: We've also been told that the 8GB plan with tethering could be $50, not $80.) At this point, we've got questions that need to be answered. Like for one, what about the rest of the current Share Everything customers? I can't imagine I'd be happy if I were paying $80 for 6GB data, while Verizon was handing out the same amount of data for $30 to a select group of customers. But both the Tweet below and our source specifically mentioned unlimited data customers. Update: Our source from last night, along with another in the comments are calling the program Verizon Max. Hoping to have more info soon. Update 2: From what we're hearing now, it sounds like Verizon Max is a program for lines that have individual data plans (read: unlimited data) and who decide to take part in Edge. The options will include a 6GB for $30 (with no tethering) plan or a 8GB for $50 (with tethering) plan. Update 3: We have confirmation on the entire Verizon Max plan here. I'm curious, though, would a 6GB tiered data plan for $30 get you off of unlimited?

Via: @VZWSupport Cheers Shawn!

MotoMaker is Live If You Want to Custom Design a Phone, You Just Can't Buy It Yet

Kellen — Fri, 23 Aug 2013 06:25:51 +0000

The Moto X is now available from AT&T if you are interested in the woven black or white versions of the phone, but most of you (if you are buying a Moto X) are likely more interested in designing your own through MotoMaker. I have both good news and bad news on that front. MotoMaker.com is now live for those who want to see what it's like to design a smartphone. You can walk from stage one, which is picking the back color, all the way up to having the phone logged in with your Google account upon arrival. Unfortunately, it's only there to "play" with, as the option to buy is still "coming soon." No word on when MotoMaker will give you the option to purchase a phone, but we'd imagine it can't be long. This is one of, if not the, most important selling features of the phone. After an initial test run over the last week that included press and friends and family of Motorola employees, I'd imagine that some tweaks are in store to get the service ready for a mass rollout. We should point out that there is an option to "Redeem Moto X Card." Those can be purchased at AT&T stores, so there is still a chance that you could custom design a Moto X today, and purchase it. So as we mentioned last night, feel free to stop by an AT&T store, check out the colors, and if you decide this is the phone for you, buy a Moto X card on the spot, return home, and order. For now, head over to MotoMaker through the link below, create some phones, and share them in the comments. I'm dying to see what kinds of designs you can come up with.

Via: Motorola

Moto X Now Available From AT&T for $199

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 21:03:55 +0000

Motorola's flagship for 2013, the Moto X, is now available from AT&T for $199 on new 2-year contract. It feels like this moment has been so long in the making. We have gone through months of rumors, been to New York and back to get our hands on it, watched readers take sides over the price and specs, spent enough time with the phone to put out a full review, and even customized our own through MotoMaker. As someone that lives in this industry on a daily basis, even I can admit that I'm happy this day has finally arrived and the hypebeasting can slow down a bit. Now, it won't completely die since we still have to wait for the Moto X to arrive on other carriers, but this at least gets one out of the way. For those new to the Moto X, think of it as a different kind of phone. It has specs (at least on paper) that aren't going to blow your mind. We aren't talking about a 1080p display or a next-gen quad-core processor here. Instead, Motorola tried to fine-tune the experience like no Android phone before, but then take it all to the next level by offering users the opportunity to customize the appearance of the phone for free, something no other company has done has even attempted. We've grown particularly fond of the phone over the last couple of weeks, and can't recommend enough that you all go get your hands on it before writing it off. It really is a great smartphone experience, outside of a questionable camera (that we hope can be fixed with software updates). So again, the phone is now available from AT&T for $199 (16GB) and $249 (32GB, not available yet) both in stores and online. The 16GB model is $579 at full retail; the 32GB model will likely be $629. If you feel like getting ripped off, you could use AT&T's Next program and pay $27 per month for it. Stores will carry the white and black versions with woven back designs. If you want to customize your own Moto X, you'll need to do that through MotoMaker.com (our tour of MotoMaker). If that sounds intimidating, you can always stop by an AT&T store to see all of the colors and customization options in person before taking to the web. I would actually recommend you do that, just so you know what the colors look like in person. Our spearmint green Moto X surprised us a bit upon arrival.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J3D68F8OItg[/youtube]

Note - We're still waiting for the Moto X to go live on Motorola's site, which means MotoMaker isn't live either. We'll update this post as soon as it's all up. Who has decided to join the Moto X party? Going custom phone or sticking with black and white? And again, don't forget to read our Moto X review. Via: AT&T [2]

Pandora Update Introduces Sleep Timer and NissanConnect Controls

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 15:50:49 +0000

Pandora issued an update on Android this afternoon that introduced a new Sleep Timer feature. Located in the options drawer at the top right, users can select from 15, 30, or 60 minute timers that will shut the service down, so that you can go to sleep and not wake up with Pandora having been playing for 8 hours. They are also including compatibility with Nissan touch screen and steering wheel controls in select Nissan vehicles. Here is what's new:

Fall asleep to the sounds of your favorite stations with our new Sleep Timer feature.

Find the Sleep Timer in your options drawer in the top right screen corner and select from 15, 30, or 60 minutes.

Drift off knowing we'll play just the right amount of music for you.

Easily control your music using Nissan's touch screen or steering wheel controls in select Nissan vehicles that now support Pandora through the NissanConnect App.

For more information please visit NissanUSA.com/connect.

Play Link

HTC One on Verizon Already Rooted, Custom Recovery Available Too

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 14:19:26 +0000

If you picked up an HTC One today and already unlocked the bootloader (or are planning to before Verizon shuts it down), you may as well root it and toss on a custom recovery while you're in the mood. Thanks to XDA member Flyhalf205, we have all of the files and short-but-sweet instructions for you below. TWRP recovery should be available before long; however, this set of instructions uses ClockworkMod Recovery. Here is the full set of instructions with downloads:

Downloads: Touch - http://vp-zp.com/snuzzo/roms/flyhalf....3.6-m7vzw.img Classic - http://vp-zp.com/snuzzo/roms/flyhalf....3.6-m7vzw.img Installation: Unlock your phone at www.htcdev.com Boot phone into fastboot Perform command fastboot flash recovery recovery-clockwork-touch-6.0.3.6-m7vzw.img or the recovery.img file name Boot into HBOOT and select recovery Root: Download http://download.clockworkmod.com/sup.../superuser.zip Flash it in recovery Useful Information:

The external_sd is going to be your usbdisk (OTG). You can't mount unless you boot into recovery with your usbdisk already inserted

You won't be able to mount usb drive to your pc to copy over files. You will have to adb pull and push

Devs are still working on trying to achieve full S-OFF, so no update for now on that situation. Via: XDA Cheers jose!

Nexus 7 "razor" JSS15Q Factory Image and Binaries Now Available (Updated: JWR66Y Images Too)

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 13:52:12 +0000

The new JSS15Q (Android 4.3) factory image for the new Nexus 7 is now available. This update to JSS15Q should fix the multi-touch and GPS issues that have plagued the device over the last couple of weeks. If you haven't received the update over-the-air, you could always flash these files. Waiting might be the better option, though, as I'd hate to see you completely wipe your device clean without realizing it. The binaries are available as well. Update: It looks like the new JWR66Y factory images for all of the other Nexus devices are available as well. JSS15Q Links:

Nexus 7 (2013) | Binaries

JWR66Y Links:

Newest Google Patent Application Secures Your Phone Depending on Where You Are

Eric — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 13:30:43 +0000

Security and privacy seem to be at a minimum these days, especially in the digital world. The latest patent filed by Google for Android is an interesting one that looks to keep your phone safe depending on where you are. Motorola might be using NFC tags to "Skip" lockscreen pin and pattern codes, but Google wants to use location instead. There are times when you want the security of a pin or pattern on your device and then other times when you just want to swipe to unlock. Google's new patent will give your device the ability to detect where it is and change the security accordingly. If you go out for a night on the town, you might have to use your pattern, but around the safety of your house, you can just swipe. It sounds simple, but if this gets implemented into Android's base code in the future, it could be a very smart ability. Via: Engadget

DROID ULTRA Can Connect to AT&T's HSPA Network Out of the Box

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 13:07:28 +0000

Well, this was a semi-surprising revelation. I chopped down an AT&T micro SIM into a nano SIM, inserted it into my DROID ULTRA, and sure enough I had connectivity. As you can see from the picture above, the ULTRA is running quite well on AT&T's HSPA network. Sure, I'm not seeing record breaking speeds since it's not on LTE, but in a pinch or should you have secretly been craving an ULTRA on AT&T, it does work. Better yet, the DROID MAXX should have the same ability since it's the exact same phone as the ULTRA but with a bigger battery. So if 48 hour battery life has been filling your AT&T dreams over the last couple of weeks, then look out.

We should point out that both the new ULTRA and MAXX are supposed to support global HSPA networks on 850/900/1900/2100 bands. AT&T uses 850 and 1900, so it sort of makes sense that the phone has the ability to connect to their network. I think what's surprising is Verizon leaving it open. And with that in mind, I wouldn't be surprised if Big Red shut off connectivity to AT&T towers before long. Before you run out and grab a MAXX with sights set on using it exclusively with AT&T, I'd wait to see if Verizon meant for this open connectivity. A future update could cut you off permanently. Then again, we did see the HTC 8X on Verizon work well on AT&T and T-Mobile. Maybe times are-a-changing? As of right now, I've had success placing calls and using data to download apps or browse the web. No APN changes were needed - it just worked. Update: I've been told that you can do this with the Galaxy S4, Note 2, and DNA as well. I promise to pay closer attention in the future. Still, MAXX on AT&T!

DROID MAXX and ULTRA Receiving Update to 12.7.7 on First Boot, Here is the Changelog

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 12:41:23 +0000

If you picked up a DROID ULTRA or MAXX this week, you probably were prompted with a system update shortly after the first boot. The update brings you up to build 12.7.7. It's incredibly minor according to the official changelog, only enhancing ISIS Mobile Wallet and changing WiFi reminders from 30 minutes to 12 hours. The update doesn't appear to be a security fix, but that's not surprising since we aren't aware of any currently available root exploits that would need patching. To grab the update, if you haven't already, head into Settings>About phone>System updates. More info. Cheers Tyler!

Galaxy S4 Mophie Juice Pack [Contest: Come Win One!]

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 12:00:20 +0000

Even as mobile technology advances year after year, there is one area that continues to be nothing other than a pain point - battery life. We've got quad-core processors, X8 Mobile Computing Systems, and 4-PLUS-1 architectures that are all designed to extend the battery life of phones because the actual batteries in them seem to be stuck in 1989. Companies like Mophie are trying to change that in a way. They realize that battery life is essential, but they also understand that many of you use a case to protect your phones. So they've created the Juice Pack which is a combination case/battery extender. The Juice Pack has been extremely popular with phones like the iPhone, but more recently, Mophie has introduced options for the Galaxy S3 and HTC One. They'll soon release a Galaxy S4 model as well, which we have in house and have decided to giveaway. So yes, you could be one of the first on the planet to carry a Mophie Juice Pack for the GS4. Cool, right?

The Juice Pack for the Galaxy S4 is capable of providing you with 80% extra battery life along with the added protection that you get from a case. You simply plug-in your device to the bottom section of the Mophie, lock in the top, flip the switch on the back to "green" and watch your phone charge. You don't need a cord or a power source since the Mophie is essentially a 2300mAh battery pack. Obviously, you need to charge it before using it on your phone, but the point here is that you can charge your phone on the go without a cord. There is an LED indicator on the back to tell you when you need to recharge your Juice Pack and a microUSB port on the bottom to let you sync and charge both your phone and the Juice Pack simultaneously. The JP weighs 3.20oz and will most definitely add some thickness to your Galaxy S4. I guess that's the price you pay to have battery re-charging capabilities on the fly. Again, the Galaxy S4 Juice Pack isn't available just yet, so we don't have exact pricing. The Galaxy S3 model currently runs $99.95 - we'd imagine that the GS4 model will drop in at a similar price. Find out more that Mophie has to offer at their new website. Then jump below for contest details!

Gallery

Contest

Prize: 1 (one) Mophie Juice Pack Galaxy S4; 1 (one) Mophie Juice Pack Galaxy S3 How to enter: a Rafflecopter giveaway Winners: Tomorrow morning at 11AM Pacific, we'll randomly choose our two winners.

Open Mic+ Looks to Bring Motorola's Touchless Controls to All Google Now Devices

Eric — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 11:50:51 +0000

When we posted about Motorola's Touchless Control app hitting Google Play yesterday, there were many readers that were a little disappointed that it only worked with the new Moto devices. However, Android developers always love to step up and make our days so if you are looking to get some voice control action on your new phone, Open Mic+ is something you need to check out. Booting up the app for the first time, you can either start the app listening manually, or you can set a hotword to activate the app. The default phrase is "Okay Google," but this can be changed to whatever you want. The settings menu isn't large, but very helpful. You can set the app to start when your phone turns on and you can set the app to listen constantly even when the screen is off. Be forewarned though, this will eat up battery like you won't believe. The only way that the Moto X avoids that battery drain is thanks to that low-power CPU core they have dedicated to listening. Did I mention you can pair this app with Tasker to get some really cool stuff going on? Overall the app is fairly consistent. Using the hotword to get to Google Now works most of the time, but sometimes the phone just doesn't respond and it takes a few times to get it going. The developer is looking to put a lot of time into this, so expect bugs and kinks to be worked out pretty quickly. And the app is completely free, only caveat is that your device must be Jelly Bean or up for it to work. Play Link Cheers Open1Your1Eyes0!

Quick Look: InCase Snap Case in Clear for the Moto X

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 11:11:44 +0000

Over the years, Motorola has proven to be one of the best when it comes to having accessories available for its flagship phones at launch. While other smartphone makers (read: Samsung and Google) show off fancy accessory lineups during unveilings of products, we almost never see any of them for months, if ever. But Moto almost always seems to have top quality docks, cases, and other gadgetry around so that you can make the most out of your recently purchased smartphone. With the Moto X, that appears to be the case once again. We have already put our hands on the Motorola Skip wearable NFC tag. But we've also seen a really sharp looking desktop dock, along with an official car dock that we wouldn't be surprised to see go live tomorrow when the Moto X becomes available through AT&T.

Another accessory you will see before long is the InCase Snap Case that we have in house to show you today. Motorola worked with InCase to create a perfectly molded clear case that can be used to protect your phone without hiding the custom design you put together through their MotoMaker service. With the case on, you'll feel no movement. The Snap Case attaches with a firm grip to the Moto X, and has cutouts and molded parts made specifically to help highlight Motorola's phone design. They even cutout an extra long strip on the back so that you can use the dimple that everyone with a Moto X seems to be oddly in love with (us included). To find out more, be sure to watch the video below. Once the phone goes live tomorrow, I'd assume that you'll be able to buy it from Motorola's site here. We don't have official confirmation, but the case could run $29.95.

Video

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pEZ2cR498Jg[/youtube]

Gallery

Chrome Beta Update Will Introduce New Gestures for Navigating, Advanced Image Searches

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 10:27:27 +0000

The Chrome team announced this morning that betas of Chrome for both desktop and Android will receive updates that introduce easier (or advanced) image searching. On desktop, once you have the new beta installed, you can right click on any image from a website and then choose the option to "Search Google for this image." On Android, you'll be able to long press on an image and then choose a similar option. So if you found an image, but wanted to know more about it, this is going to be the quickest and easiest way to do that. Also on mobile, the Chrome team is introducing new gestures for navigating around the app. As you'll see in the screenshots above, switching from tabs will be accomplished by swiping across the top portion of the browser, rather than from edge-to-edge like you currently do. They also added in a swipe down gesture from the toolbar to get you into the tab view, and another from the menu button to quickly open the menu and choose an option without lifting a finger. Can I just say, "It's about time!" The edge-to-edge tab switching has become a massive pain in the rear recently. If you swipe to quickly, even in the middle of a page, Chrome will flip tabs. With the gesture moving to the top of the browser, this should eliminate those unwanted switches and allow you to browse freely, not gingerly. The update doesn't appear to be live yet. Or it also could be a staged rollout. Play Link Via: Google Chrome

Chromecast Finally Back in Stock at BestBuy.com, Likely Not for Long

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 09:36:32 +0000

Google's $35 Chromecast appears to be back in stock at BestBuy.com for the time being. Over the last 24 hours, we watched as it went in and out of stock, but for now, you can jump through the electronics retailer's site and have one shipped within 1 business day. Store pick-up is not showing as an option for me; however, depending on your location you may see that change. Also, BestBuy appears to still be offering the 3-month free Netflix promo. Meanwhile, Google is still showing a ship day of September 3 through Google Play. Update: Annnnnnd, sold out again. Keep an eye on it though, as stock has been jumping around for a day or so. Via: BestBuy Cheers Scott!

Contra: Evolution Arrives on Android for $0.99

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 09:16:18 +0000

Get your phones ready - it's time for some 1988 arcade-style NES action. Contra: Evolution has arrived on Android this morning for $0.99. The game was originally ported to iOS back in June, but it's developers have made this Android release sound like they used iOS gamers as testers to better this product for our platform. The Android version includes "tightened controls based on player feedback" and all of the "best parts of the original" that you'll remember. Here is the feature list:

Gameplay inspired by the original Nintendo Entertainment System Contra game
Four unique playable characters – two classic, two new, and each with individual strengths and weaknesses
Classic arcade-style run-and-gun action across seven levels
Power-ups like the Spread shot and Laser boost your firepower
Stunning visual style powered by Cocos2D-x engine

To get a feel for its epicness, feel free to watch the trailer down below. Then, go bring back some childhood memories.

Play Link ($0.99)

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HER8nqpNvzg[/youtube]

Verizon HTC One Bootloader Currently Unlockable Through HTCdev

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 09:01:28 +0000

According to at least ~~two~~ three members over at XDA, the bootloader on Verizon's version of the HTC One is currently unlockable through HTCdev. I say "currently" because we have seen this happen with Verizon HTC phones in the past on launch day, but before long, they are removed and locked up tighter from the world than babies named North West. For now though, you can head over to HTCdev.com with your brand new HTC One, follow the steps that accompany their bootloader unlock tool, and begin to enjoy your phone the way it was meant to be enjoyed. Now, it is my understanding that HTCdev only partially unlocks the bootloader. We aren't talking full S-OFF here, but you can still flash ROMs and get dirty with it through a couple of work arounds that you wouldn't see with it fully unlocked. Still, this is major, assuming it stays open. Via: XDA | HTCdev Cheers @Dibears and @BloodiedWraith!

Viva Movil has a Purpose! HTC One on Verizon Available From J-Lo for $99

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 08:31:43 +0000

Forget about the colllloooors, and fontssssss, and casssesss, J-Lo and her Viva Movil stores have the best deal we've seen thus far for the HTC One on Verizon. For a limited time, and as an "online exclusive," you can pick up HTC's recently launched flagship for $99 on new 2-year contract. Verizon is currently selling the same phone for $199, while other 3rd party retailers are coming in somewhere around $150. So yeah, Viva Movil! On a related note, I walked through part of the checkout process with an HTC One in my cart, and was given the option to "keep my existing plan." As you probably know, I've been hanging onto unlimited data with the best of them, so it's almost leading me to believe that you can keep it if you use Viva Movil. That's not confirmed, as I did not walk-through the entire process. At some point, they could kick you off and force you onto a tiered data plan. Definitely proceed with caution. Update: At least one reader was stopped short of losing his unlimited data. So no, you cannot keep unlimited data when using an upgrade on Viva Movil. Here is the message he received:

With Verizon's new Share Everything plan, unlimited data is no longer available. If you upgrade a line that has an existing unlimited data plan, you will lose unlimited data on that line.

But should you go through the process and buy from Viva Movil, let us know how it goes.

Via: Viva Movil Cheers Jose and Dan!

New Nexus 7 Receiving Update to JSS15Q, Should Address Multitouch Issues (Updated: Fixes GPS Issue Too)

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 07:55:57 +0000

The new Nexus 7 has had a couple of issues to deal with out of the gate that has most certainly frustrated early adopters. First it was a GPS issue, but more recently the focus has moved onto multi-touch issues with the device's display. After pressing more than one finger on the display at a time, users were dealing with a screen-freakout that would leave the device useless for a short time. According to a Googler who has been responding in an ongoing thread over at Google's product forums, an update is rolling out that should fix the issue. The update, as has been reported by a couple of forums, is build JSS15Q, which is still Android 4.3. Here is what paulw had to say last night:

As a couple of you have mentioned, there's a new system update that's started rolling out for your Nexus 7s. This update does address the touchscreen issues discussed in this thread. If you're one of the people experiencing touchscreen issues, please let us know how it's going after you've received and installed the update.

Once we have the update file, we'll be sure to pass it along. Update: Googler paulw has confirmed that this update should fix the GPS issues as well:

Thank you for your patience while we've been working on this. As Justin mentioned, there is a new over-the-air update for Nexus 7 rolling out now that addresses the GPS issue discussed here. We look forward to hearing feedback about your GPS experience after you've received the update.

Via: Google Product Forums [2] | XDA Cheers Rithvik and Justin!

Save Up to $50 on Your Verizon HTC One Order With These Coupon Codes

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 07:37:03 +0000

As you all know, the HTC One is now available from Verizon for $199 on-contract. Interested in getting the phone for an even cheaper price without having to deal with a shady 3rd party outlet? A couple of coupon codes have passed through our inbox that both seem to work to get you around a $50 discount. So after the ~~bullshit~~ upgrade fee of $30, you could jump into a new HTC One for around $170 or $180. We have a couple of codes for you to try. The first is FIFTYRMN. This apparently drops the phone $50 to $180. We've also been told that VERIZON30 is another that could drop your phone purchase even lower, to around $170. I've tried to verify both, but my Verizon account is trying to hand me some sort of special discount. So it's tough to tell what is and what isn't working. I know that the VERIZON30 code most definitely works in some capacity. Try both, and let us know! Also, if you don't want to wait for the phone to ship to you, choose "store pickup" and get your phone today. Cheers Alex and John!

New Google Search Update Introduces Bundle of New Google Now Cards For Car Rentals, Concert Tickets, and More

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 07:14:09 +0000

Late last night, Google announced that a new update to Google Search would be rolling out as early as today that includes a bundle of new Google Now cards. We're looking at new cards for car rental reservations, concert tickets, a card for commute sharing, and NCAA football scores, along with revamped transit and TV cards. The transit, NCAA football, car rental, and concert tickets all sound exactly like you'd expect them to be. But this new commute sharing card sounds quite interesting. Using Google+ location services that you have shared with friends, you can now inform friends and family if and when you have left for your typical commute to or from work. [more info] The TV card now lists out music that is playing during shows you are watching and can tell you about the news mentioned in the program. Last, you can set reminders for music artists, movie actors, filmmakers and TV shows on Google as you search for them. You should now see options to set reminders depending on which you are searching for. The update is massive and again, should start rolling out today. As soon as you see it, let us know! Update: Here is the manual download. [via]

Here is the full list with descriptions:

Car rentals card: Get reservation details and directions to the rental center directly in Google Now, which together with the boarding pass and hotel reservation cards, makes Google Now your ultimate travel companion. Concert ticket card: Going to a concert? Google Now will have your event ticket ready when you arrive at the venue; along with popular, locally relevant websites, such as the upcoming events page for the venue. Improved public transit cards: If you regularly take public transit, Google Now will now inform you about the last train or bus to home so you never miss it. Commute sharing card: When leaving work, you can now choose to inform your loved ones that you are on your way home. Set reminders while you search: When searching for music artists, movie actors, filmmakers and TV shows on Google, you’ll see a new “remind me” button on the panel by the search results. Click on it and a Google Now reminder will show up for new albums, book releases or upcoming TV episodes. Updated TV card: Google Now can tell you about the news mentioned and music playing in the TV show you’re watching, in addition to program information and people mentioned in show. Simply tap on the TV card if you have a smart TV or tap on the mic and say "listen to TV”. NCAA football scores: Football season is about to start, and Google Now has you covered--you can now see real-time scores for your favorite NCAA team in Google Now.

Play Link Via: +Android

HTC One Now Available From Verizon for $199

Kellen — Thu, 22 Aug 2013 06:46:01 +0000

Go get it! A full four months after it was released across the globe, the HTC One is now available on Verizon. The phone is identical to the One released back in April, except that it now has "Verizon" and "4G LTE" logos on the back, plus Verizon CDMA and LTE radios on the inside. The rest is the same. Same 4.7" FHD display, BoomSound speakers, 4MP (UltraPixel) camera, Snapdragon 600 processor, 2GB RAM, and Sense 5.0. The phone can be had for $199 on new 2-year contract or $599 at full retail. We're only seeing the silver version on Big Red's website. If you haven't yet, be sure to check out our HTC One review. Via: Verizon

The Droid Life Show: Episode 33

Kellen — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 22:11:06 +0000

The Droid Life Show returns again tonight at 6:00PM Pacific (9:00PM Eastern). On episode 33, we're prepared to talk DROID ULTRA review, Moto X and HTC One (on Verizon) impending launches, gold phones, Samsung's Galaxy Gear, our guesses on who will make the next Nexus phone, favorite apps and games of the week, and more. It should be another packed show with plenty of opinions and purple Razr sightings. Ready? The show kicks off around 6:00PM Pacific (9:00PM Eastern). A live video broadcast and chat are embedded below.

Subscribe | iTunes | Show Page

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ja_HTOrmUZA[/youtube]

Chrome for Android and Hangouts Receive Updates in Google Play

Tim — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 14:58:26 +0000

Both of Google's Chrome for Android browser and Hangouts applications received updates today, available for download through Google Play. The Chrome update lists two new APIs that developers can utilize, one that enables video and voice communications directly in browser without the need for a plugin, while the other allows the processing of audio within web applications. In addition, there is now a "visual indication" when you scroll to the top or bottom of a webpage. As for Hangouts, the changelog has yet to hit Google Play, so we won't know what exactly changed until that is updated. Keep your eyes open for something good. Maybe more emojis? Maybe Google Voice integration? Doubtful, but we will always remain optimistic. Chrome Changelog:

WebRTC, an API that enables video and voice communication directly in the browser without a plugin.
WebAudio, an API that allows developers to process and synthesize audio in web applications.
Visual indication when scrolling to the top or bottom of a page.
New color picker user interface for web forms.

Hangouts Changelog:

Currently unavailable.

Play Links: Hangouts | Chrome Cheers Dustin and Shawn!

DROID ULTRA Review

Kellen — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 14:20:55 +0000

Two weeks ago, we posted our review of the Moto X. We raved about its features, build quality, design, mostly stock Android, and customizable exterior. It's probably safe to say that it's our favorite phone of the moment, just for the overall package that it delivers, even with a set of specs that most would look at on paper and second-guess. So when I got my hands on the DROID ULTRA early last week, a phone that sports almost identical specs to the Moto X, I expected to go in and receive a similar experience. And sure enough, you do get a similar experience in terms of software, but the hardware design is so drastically different that I'm struggling to fall in love here. Let's talk about it. *Note - The review is going to seem shorter than most, but that's because the software experience here is almost identical to what you'd see on the Moto X. So if you haven't read our Moto X review, I strongly suggest that you do. We'll reference it a lot rather than re-writing everything again here.

The Good

Performance

Performance on the DROID ULTRA is as snappy and fluid as you'll find on any phone. With Motorola's X8 Mobile Computing System (combination of a Snapdragon S4 Pro, two low-power cores, and a quad-core GPU), you'll cruise through games with maxed out frame rates and jump between apps or tasks without a stutter. There has been a mostly negative response to Motorola's decision to go with a dual-core processor over the competition's choice of quad-core beasts, but trust me when I say that you won't ever be able to tell in any situation that I can think of with the ULTRA. I've now gone through a Moto X and ULTRA, and never once have I said, "Man, I wish they would have gone Snapdragon 600 or 800." The chipset setup here really does give you all the performance you could ask for. Is it going to win every single benchmark war? No. But then again, it'll probably win most of the gaming or GPU tests, thanks to the 720p display.

Active Display, Touchless Control, and Quick Capture

If you haven't yet, go watch our video tour of Active Display, Touchless Control, and Quick Capture Camera on the Moto X. All of these three features act the exact same way on the DROID ULTRA. Active Display, as you know, is our favorite feature by a long shot on any phone of the last couple of years. It eliminates the need for a notification light by putting real information on your screen without killing your battery life. It's also smart enough to know when you pull your phone out of your pocket, pick it up off a desk, or flip it over after being face down. Active Display gives you information before you have even asked your phone (by pressing a button) to provide it. Simple, yet groundbreaking stuff, if you ask us. Touchless Control uses one of Motorola's natural language, low-power processors in the X8 system to be ready for your voice commands at all times. This feature allows you to wake your phone and then have it complete tasks by saying "OK, Google Now" followed by your command. It works well, especially since Motorola uses your own voice to train it to not activate for anyone else. It's incredibly clever, and should only get better over time as Google updates its search powers and Motorola fine tunes the service in future updates. Motorola claims that no other company could do either of these with current processor and display combos without needing double or 3x the battery life. We aren't sure how we can prove that point, but we know that both of these features work mostly flawlessly and we're still seeing full-day battery life.

Last, and we'll get to this later in camera, but Motorola is making picture taking even faster with the ULTRA, just like it did on the Moto X. Using a quick double-wrist twist, you can launch your camera and then snap a picture in 2 seconds (according to Moto). Tough to tell if it's that fast, but it certainly beats having to press an unlock switch, find a camera icon, and then worry about pressing a shutter button. Again, more coming.

Battery Life

Battery life on the DROID ULTRA was similar to what I saw on the Moto X, if not a little better (though I don't know how that's possible). On average, I'd say I was getting anywhere from 14-18 hours before I had to start worrying about finding a charger. On a light use day, we're talking no WiFi, but no calls or much handling, I was easily pushing 24 hours of life. On a typical day that involves a few calls, no WiFi, lots of Gmail, Instagram, Scorecenter, some YouTube, and other apps, I was never worried. I don't know that I had one of those days where I really hammered on the ULTRA, but I just never felt like I needed to to prove that the battery life was stellar.

The reason I said that I can't figure out how the ULTRA has better battery life than the Moto X is because it has a slightly smaller battery than the X (2130mAh vs. 2200mAh) and a bigger display (5-inch vs. 4.7-inch). Here is the spec comparison to prove it. Typically, when you see a bigger display and lesser capacity in a battery, you would get worried. But again, in over a week with the ULTRA, I'd say I have yet to worry about running out of juice in a 14-18 hour period.

Mostly Stock Android

Once Google bought Motorola, the new executive team decided to ditch the old MotoBlur skin that most of the consumer industry despised and replaced it with mostly stock Android. On the DROID ULTRA, like the Moto X, you get that same experience along with a couple of tweaks here and there not seen on the X. For one, you get an add-on feature called DROID Zap that shares photos from your ULTRA to any other Android device with a 2-finger swipe. We have a video demo of it below. The Zap feature is not game-changing, but I could see where it has its uses, assuming you can talk everyone into installing the receiver Zap application. Motorola also tossed in things like notification counters on icons (pictured above) and changed the color of an icon or two. The rest, is stock Android with add-ons done by Motorola. You'll find Moto Assist, the previously mentioned suite of awesome stuff (Touchless Control, Quick Capture, and Active Display), and a 3-circle clock widget called the Command Center (pictured above). The ULTRA runs Android 4.2.2 and will likely see updates to the newest versions of Android on a regular basis, likely pretty close to when Google releases them. Motorola claims that there is a firewall between them and Google, but they committed last year to providing timely updates.

Somewhere in the Middle

Display

Full resolution

The 5-inch 720p AMOLED display on the ULTRA is neither great nor bad - it really does fit somewhere in the middle. Its competitors are using 1080p displays at 5-inches, but Motorola has decided that your naked eye can't tell the different between 720p and 1080p, plus the jump from one to the other isn't worth the battery drain. So they've gone 720p, with a pixel density somewhere just under 300ppi. The panel used by Motorola in the ULTRA (and the Moto X) displays slightly warmer than I think most would like to see. In the pictures below, you can see how cool both the HTC One (LCD) and Galaxy S4 (Super AMOLED) are when sitting next to the Moto X and ULTRA. Now, without them sitting right next to each other like this, I can't say that I've found myself complaining about the reddish-yellowish tint that the others do not show, but it's there. For display purists, even though this is an RGB panel, you'll probably notice it right away, especially when viewing whites.

The viewing angles, though, are great on the ULTRA. Take a look at the shot to the right to see how much cleaner both Motorola devices look at a semi-steep angle when compared to the other two flagships on the market. Now, the ULTRA does sit at a slight angle thanks to its rear hump, so it's not 100% accurate in that picture. However, the Moto X sits mostly flat and provides the same clarity as this angle. With all that said, I did spend some time doing a simple test of watching YouTube videos on both the Galaxy S4 and ULTRA. The results give the Galaxy S4 an immense lead in terms of video quality. If you want to see the difference in pixel density, look no further than the Chrome logo in this screenshot. Again, the display isn't bad, and is for the most part very sharp. I definitely think the decision to push out to 720p on a 5-inch display wasn't the best Motorola has made, though. It looks great in terms of clarity on the Moto X at 4.7-inches, but that extra .3 inches coupled with capacitive touch buttons gives you a full 5-inch experience that feels a bit blown up.

Camera

Cameras, cameras - such a pain point in smartphone reviews. Sooooo, the 10MP RBGC sensor in the DROID ULTRA is identical to that found in the Moto X. And since it also uses the exact same camera software, you get similar results in pictures. At times, it's a rockstar. This camera is capable of taking some really sharp macro shots. Look at the little green terrarium picture below. Not bad, right? But outside of close-ups of plants, it was so hit and miss with this camera just like it was on the Moto X. The clear pixel addition to the sensor was supposed to help the camera in low-light and to erase motion blur, but my low-light shots always look like overprocessed blurred messes. Take for example the kitty picture below - could have been the cutest napping cat picture on Earth, but instead it's an oil-painted, noisy disaster. I also feel at times like this camera really drops down any bright color or vibrance and often times leaves photos that look, well, dead instead of alive. Here are a handful of sample shots taken in a variety of situations. Again, you'll see that some are quite good while others you'd wish Motorola had given us something better.

Full resolutions: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8

In terms of camera features and software, the ULTRA's camera also sits somewhere in the middle. Motorola tried to dummy-proof the camera experience, and for the most part has done a good job of that. For example, you have Quick Capture Camera which allows you to launch and shoot photos in a couple of seconds. You can also tap anywhere on the screen to snap photos, rather than having to worry about a shutter button. But if you were looking for any advanced or manual setting like aperture, shutter priority, or white balance, you won't find them. The settings in the camera are as follows: HDR auto toggle, flash, tap-to-focus, slow-motion video, panorama, location tagging, shutter sound, and Quick Capture toggle. That's it. So just like we said with the Moto X, we feel as if the camera on the ULTRA can greatly be improved by Motorola with some software tweaks, assuming they are working on them.

The Not-so-Good

Design

I'll be perfectly honest here in saying that I'm not at all a fan of the design of the DROID ULTRA. That doesn't necessarily mean it's bad - it just means that it doesn't fit my needs or style. If you like a futuristic, robotic design in phones, you'll probably be right at home here. Motorola used a 2 layer kevlar with a special epoxy topcoat to give it strength and that glossy exterior. If you look at certain angles on the backside, it actually looks a bit 3Dish, which is kind of cool. But for me, that's where the cool ends.

We complain about fingerprints on glossy-backed devices from time to time, but the ULTRA takes the crown as the absolute worst. I've already admitted that I'm not the biggest fan of the design, and this problem is probably reason no. 1. As I've written this review, and taken pictures of the device along the way, I've had to wipe the phone down at least a half dozen times after holding it for only a few seconds at a time. It's such a mess. Now, I'm a pretty anal smartphone user, meaning I like to keep my phones extra clean, but with the ULTRA I just found myself giving up after a while as it was a battle no human could win. I'm also not a fan of the size. After using a Moto X and Galaxy S4 before it, the ULTRA feels like it was made for the hands of a transformer. It feels far bigger and boxier than it should, doesn't sit comfortably in hand, and I hate to say it, but the ULTRA comes off a bit slimy thanks to that glossy backside. You'll see red, white, and black versions of the phone at launch, with the black probably being the prettiest of all. If you want to see the atrocity that is the red version, go look at our original hands-on gallery of the phone.

Last, I cannot stand the capacitive navigation buttons that Motorola chose for its DROID line, when the Moto X went with the Google experience of using on-screen navigation buttons. They add bulk to the chin and make accessing Google now awkward at times (good luck accessing it at all from the lock screen). I know that there is a group of users who prefer capacitive buttons as they don't eat up screen real estate, but I'm not one of them. On-screen buttons feel so natural to me after using every Nexus phone from the last two years, along with a couple of Motorola's offerings. I know that all sounds harsh, but when you go from a minimally designed Moto X that was crafted with great care to a glossy, overblown, robotic slab, there is no holding back.

Price and Specs

The DROID ULTRA is now available on Verizon for $199 on 2-year contract or $599 at full retail. Those aren't crazy prices for a flagship smartphone, but like the Moto X, it's tough to swallow that pill knowing that phones like the HTC One and Galaxy S4 (at least on paper) 1-up the ULTRA in every category. Both of those phones have 1080p displays and next-gen quad-core processors, while the ULTRA is running a dual-core processor and 720p display. While I told you not to worry about any of that spec talk with this phone because it runs just fine, it still needs to be pointed out. If you had two perfectly cooked artisan burgers sitting next to each other, but one used an aged cheese and hormone-free ground sirloin, while the other went with store bought cheddar and ground chuck, yet were price-matched, which would you go with? Sure, they will both satisfy, but the value seems better in the hormone-free burger. Hungry now?

Bootloader

Verizon hates smartphone freedom - they always have. So since the DROID ULTRA is running on their network, with their exclusive "DROID" brand, this is not a phone for hackers and tinkerers. The bootloader is locked and there isn't even much hope of it getting unlocked. We've seen exactly one set of Motorola phones cracked open over the last three or four years, so if you buy this phone (or the MAXX), don't go in with the "Oh, it'll get unlocked eventually" mantra. We'll likely it see it rooted (hopefully), but that could be it. If you want to tinker, leave Verizon and go buy a Nexus.

Bloatware Count!

We counted 18 pre-installed bloatware apps. Thanks, Verizon!

Other Notes:

Calls and Speaker: Call quality is good, didn't notice any issues. The speaker on the back is also exceptionally loud, but that has been the case with Motorola phones for some time.
Wife Test: The phone definitely failed the wife test. She thought it was too big and not quite as pretty as the Moto X. Yes, she wants a Moto X.
Freebies: You get an instant invite to Ingress along with some special perks. You also get a free 6-month months of Google Play All Access service.

Gallery

Video

Unboxing

[youtube]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ggk-1ffVLAI[/youtube]

vs. Moto X

[youtube]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZNwILsY3_yE[/youtube]

DROID Zap Feature

[youtube]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QaGE0xpPDSU[/youtube]

The Verdict

In the end, I'd rate the DROID ULTRA at somewhere in the "good" range. It's not great, it's not terrible, and it probably wouldn't make my top 5 list of phones. As I mentioned in the intro, I went into this review expecting a similar software experience to the Moto X and got that. My worries were in the hardware, which only worsened as I spent an extended period of time with it. And don't take that to mean that this phone feels cheap or won't last a 2-year contract. The ULTRA is certainly a well built piece of technology. It's just that I prefer to go without the high-gloss coating, capacitive buttons, kevlar designs, and extra-large hardware footprint that isn't pleasant to hold in hand. In terms of software, the DROID ULTRA is on par with Motorola's non-DROID flagship and is refreshing when compared to phones like the Galaxy S4 or HTC One. I just don't think it comes anywhere close to the any of those phones in terms of design. Decent phone, just not for me.

Big Jambox on Sale for $50 Off During Limited Sale, Priced at $250

Tim — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 13:55:45 +0000

We have a few Jambox speakers in the DL office, and we like them very much. They are loud, look sexy and hook up well with whatever device we are currently running. For a very limited time, you can grab a Big Jambox for $50 off the $300 price tag, making the new price just $250. These deals don't happen all of the time, so if you have been contemplating throwing down the money, now would be a good time. You can order either through the Jambox site or off of Amazon. Keep in mind, Amazon has a limited number of color options, so if you want a more personalized look, grab it off of the Jawbone site. Go get to rockin'. Via: Jambox

Google Reportedly in Talks With NFL to Purchase Sunday Ticket Rights

Tim — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 13:25:27 +0000

According to sources in Silicon Valley, a meeting is taking place which could lead to big news for both Google and NFL fans. DirecTV's current deal for rights to NFL's Sunday Ticket subscription package, which costs $1 billion annually for DirecTV, is coming to an end at the end of the 2014 football season. With that said, a group of NFL executives, including commissioner Roger Goodell are holding meetings with several companies to see if a bidding war could take place for the service. Today, Google CEO Larry Page and YouTube bigwig Robert Kyncl, are discussing possible plans to buy Sunday Ticket, which would then give Google a considerable foothold into the TV game. There is still a lot of time left on DirecTV's deal, so you can expect to hear very little from these talks until time gets closer to NFL's announcement of a new deal. Even if purchased, it would be pure speculation for now on how Google would intend on delivering the service to subscribers. Do we have Sunday Ticket subscribers here? How would you feel if Google was in charge? Via: AllThingsD

Motorola's Touchless Control App Arrives on Google Play, Should Make Adding New Features a Breeze

Kellen — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 12:58:57 +0000

Motorola's Touchless Control app, which is one of the leading features of the Moto X and new DROID line, was pushed to Google Play today. For those not familiar, Touchless Control allows each of these new Moto phones to partner with their natural language processors, so that they are always listening for your commands. After training them to only activate to your voice with a command of "OK, Google Now," you can perform all sorts of Google voice actions from setting reminders to finding directions home. We've put together an entire tutorial of Touchless Control that you can find here. With its release to Google Play, we can only expect this to mean that Motorola has additional feature plans for it in the future. Rather than leaving it as a baked-in system app that can only be updated with system updates, this should allow Motorola to update it regularly. In fact, both our Moto X and DROID ULTRA devices received the newest build of 3.06.1.0. We're only seeing one noticeable difference so far, and that's the addition of a "User speakerphone" option for when placing calls using Touchless Control. As you would expect, the app is only installable on the ULTRA, MAXX, Mini, and Moto X. Update: Here is the .apk file if anyone feels like playing with it. Play Link Cheers Droid Ronin!

DROID Mini Ship Date Apparently Pushed Forward a Week to Tomorrow, August 22

Tim — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 12:25:13 +0000

When announced, Verizon placed a launch date of August 29 on the DROID Mini, a solid week+ after the release of the ULTRA and MAXX, which were released yesterday. Today, Big Red's landing page for the Mini shows a shipping date of August 22, which is tomorrow. There has been no word from Verizon on why the launch got an unexpected push up, but you won't hear anyone complaining. Now, just because it is shipping by 8/22, doesn't necessarily mean we will see it in stores tomorrow. According to those familiar, the device could be sold inside retail stores on August 25, just a few days away. Good news? Are your eyes set on the Mini? Via: Verizon Cheers Brian!

Attention Chicago: Motorola Holding Special #MeetMotoX Event, Try to Snag Yourself a Ticket

Tim — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 12:01:08 +0000

In New York City, Motorola held a fun late night Moto X party where regular folks off of the street could score tickets, and get some early hands-on time with the device. According to Moto's Twitter, it looks like the same type of deal is going down in Chicago tomorrow on 8/22. All you need to do is be at the location that Moto gives clues to, then claim the tickets. Exciting, right? Go check out their Twitter to try and score a ticket. Good luck! Via: @Motorola

Google Updates Keep App, Teams Up With Google Now to Introduce Location-based Reminders (Updated: Download Available)

Tim — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 11:28:49 +0000

Google is currently pushing out an update for Keep, which brings a new partnership between Google Now and the note-taking service. Starting with the new update, you can set a reminder (and location-based reminder) with your notes, which will then be pushed through Google Now to your device. For example, if you need to take out the trash on Thursday nights or have an important list of groceries, then you can set a reminder to make sure you don't forget. What makes it interesting is that Google Now notices that you have walked into your grocery store, then reminds you of your list. If you aren't ready to deal with the reminder when it goes off, you can simply "snooze" it until a later time. In addition, a fancy new navigation drawer has been included, allowing users to search through all of their notes, as well as switch between Google accounts for easily accessing notes on different emails. Finally, Keep will more easily allow the adding of existing photos on your phone to your notes, which was somewhat of a pain apparently before this update. It is gradually rolling out, so if you don't see it on Google Play yet, remain calm. Update: You can manually install the update if you'd like - .apk here. (Cheers Chris in the comments.)

Play Link Via: Android Blog

LG Executive Hints at Upcoming Tablet, Phone and Smartwatch Coming Soon

Eric — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 10:50:55 +0000

The head of LG's mobile communications in Bulgaria, Dimitar Valdev, was up for leaking bits of information surrounding the company's mobile division in a recent interview. Valdev laid out LG's plans for upcoming devices, some Android and some not. LG is reportedly going to dust off their tablet line, bring us another phone and even look into getting into the smartwatch race. LG may be planning a sequel to the Optimus G Pro, with a bigger 6" screen, though 5.5" seems more likely since that is the size of their new, crazy-high resolution screen that was introduced last night. Even more interesting is the fact that they, according to Valdev, have a Firefox OS phone in the works as well. The tablet is rumored to be a 9.8" device, and of course LG will throw their hat in the smartwatch ring with the likes of Samsung, Apple, and Google. Sounds like LG's got some big plans for their upcoming devices - can they break into the U.S. market finally, in a big way? Via: Engadget

Download: Android 4.3 "JWR66Y" OTA Updates Roll Out (Nexus 4, 7, 10, and Galaxy Nexus)

Tim — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 10:30:08 +0000

Update links for Nexus devices are beginning to pop up, so if waiting for Google to push the OTA to Android 4.3 JWR66Y out to you doesn't sound exciting, then help yourself to these. Currently, zip files are only available for the Nexus 7 HSPA+ and Galaxy Nexus "yakju," but we will update the post as more hit the web. Download Links (JWR66Y):

*Note: In order to update with these files, you need to be running stock Android 4.3 (JWR66V). To update with these files, you have a couple of options:

If you are stock, non-rooted – You can use the “adb sideload” command and make magic happen without root or a custom recovery. We have an entire guide to walk you through this method. It may take a minute to get the Android SDK setup, but that’s something you should have anyway if you own a Nexus.
If you are stock, non-rooted and hate adb sideload – The “adb sideload” command can be a bit finicky, so another way is to use a custom recovery and then flash the OTA file through there. You have two recoveries to choose from: TWRP or ClockworkMod. You can find a guide for flashing a custom recovery through adb here.
If you are stock, rooted, with custom recovery – You can essentially flash the OTA zip files in recovery and update.

Remember That Sweet Flip Phone From Samsung? Well, They Make it in Gold Now

Tim — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 09:13:24 +0000

Last week, the Samsung Hennessy became official. It's nothing special, just a glorified Android-powered flip phone that sports dual displays and a quad-core CPU. Nevertheless, we thought now would be appropriate timing to inform you that a very special edition "Galaxy Golden" device is circulating overseas. Yep, it's a gold Hennessy. Just yesterday, we sort of humorously asked in a poll if a gold phone would interest any of you. The mass majority said no, but what if the phone looked this good? I mean, look at this thing - the smooth dark black meeting the glossy gold trim. It's very unique and looks pretty hot. Either way, the Galaxy Golden is not on sale here in America and ~~probably~~ most certainly will never come here. When converted to US dollars, the device costs in the ballpark of $715. Care to share any thoughts on the device?

Via: Ameblo | Khaiyang

AT&T Plans to Launch 4G LTE in the Following 50 Cities by End of 2013

Tim — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 08:45:10 +0000

AT&T boasts America's second largest 4G LTE network, covering 225 million people and containing around 370 markets. This morning, AT&T announced that by the end of this calendar year, its 4G LTE network would cover 270 million Americans with a total of more than 400 active markets. In comparison, T-Mobile sits somewhere around 115 LTE markets, while Verizon pretty much wrapped up its 4G rollout earlier this year at 500 markets. We have listed out the cities that should be seeing 4G LTE sometime later this year. If you live in one, and happen to be on AT&T, maybe it's time for a happy dance? Upcoming 4G LTE Markets:

Fairbanks, AK
Dothan, AL
Selma, AL
Redding, CA
Durango, CO
Pueblo, CO
Tifton, GA
Waycross, GA
Kauai, HI
The Big Island, HI
Des Moines-West Des Moines, IA
Twin Falls, ID
Lewiston, ID-WA
Decatur, IL
Kankakee-Bradley, IL
Peoria, IL
Paducah, KY-IL
Alexandria, LA
Lake Charles, LA
Lewiston-Auburn, ME
Battle Creek, MI
Jackson, MI
Joplin, MO
Poplar Bluff, MO
Rolla, MO
Brookhaven, MS
McComb, MS
Natchez, MS-LA
Kalispell, MT
Greenville, NC
Jacksonville, NC
Fargo, ND-MN
Elmira, NY
Utica-Rome, NY
Portsmouth, OH
Sandusky, OH
East Stroudsburg, PA
Pottsville, PA
Abilene, TX
Amarillo, TX
Longview, TX
Marshall, TX
San Angelo, TX
Tyler, TX
Port Angeles, WA
Appleton, WI
Fond du Lac, WI
Oshkosh-Neenah, WI
Gillette, WY
Sheridan, WY

Via: AT&T

In Case You Were Worried, QWERTY Slider LG Enact Coming to Verizon Soon

Eric — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 08:25:32 +0000

There might not be a more hardcore group of Android users than the group that wait for a phone with a physical keyboard before they upgrade. Since it seems like the DROID line has moved away from the keyboard, the future looked grim for QWERTY sliders on Verizon, but the ever reliable @evleaks tells us today to keep the hope. The LG Enact will be here before too long. The phone looks squarely aimed at the midrange market with a 4" WVGA screen as well as a 5MP camera on the rear. It will run on Verizon's 4G LTE however, and come with LG's skinned version of Android, even though most of us around here are not fans. @evleaks says we can expect the phone in the coming days, but our sources tell us late September might be a better date. Either way, it won't be too long. Anyone considering this because of its physical keyboard? Via: @evleaks

LG Display Announces New 5.5-inch Quad HD LCD With Crazy 2560x1440 Resolution and 538ppi, Made for Smartphones

Kellen — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 07:47:05 +0000

Step aside 1080p, QHD is in the building. No, not qHD - QHD. LG announced last night that they have created a brand new 5.5-inch Quad HD display with an insanely high resolution of 2560x1440, made for smartphones. In case you were wondering, that's 538ppi. Yes, we are now moving into the +500 arena and shaking our heads the entire way. As you can imagine, this LCD panel has all sorts of "world's first" titles attached to it, like world's highest resolution. It sports four times the pixels of a 1280x720 display, helping it to reproduce "more delicate colors" as well as improving upon contrast and vividness. As you can imagine, everything you view on the new Quad will look more lifelike, crisp, and as LG puts it, on par with Blu-ray video. The new Quad HD LCD from LG is also the world's slimmest and narrowest panel on the planet, a title their 5.2-inch LCD on the LG G2 held just a month ago. It's only 1.21mm thick, with a 1.2mm bezel. If you want more numbers, that's 12% thinner than the 5.2" FHD panel on the G2. Ridiculous, right? No word on when this panel will sample or ship in devices. But I think it's pretty obvious that LG's next phone, likely a G Pro 2, is going to sport this thing. Everyone ready to move out of 1080p?

LG Display Develops World’s First Quad HD LCD Panel for Smartphones

New panel will deliver optimal viewing experience on larger smartphone displays
Seoul, Korea (August 21, 2013) – LG Display [NYSE: LPL, KRX: 034220], a leading innovator of display technologies, announced today that it has developed the world’s first Quad HD AH-IPS LCD panel for smartphones. At 2560X1440 with 538ppi, the new 5.5-inch Quad HD panel is the highest resolution and ppi (pixel per inch) mobile panel to date, and provides a glimpse at what’s next after current Full HD smartphone panels, critical given the growing trend towards larger displays. “LG Display, which pioneered the high resolution mobile market with introduction of the world’s first Full HD smartphone panel in 2012, again opens new possibilities with the successful application of QHD technology,” said Dr. Byeong-koo Kim, Vice President and Head of LG Display’s IT and Mobile Development Group. “With this breakthrough, LG Display will continue to raise new standards for mobile resolution and lead the mobile display market.” LG Display’s Quad HD panel for smartphones realizes clearer images with 4 times more pixels than HD at 1,280X720, thereby reproducing more delicate colors as well as improving contrast and vividness when compared to current mobile displays. This advancement will enable consumers to fully enjoy more life-like and crisp images, and even Blu-ray equivalent video, on their smartphones. The panel also features the highest ppi among current mobile device displays. In addition, the new Quad HD panel will enable users to enjoy a full view of PC-version web pages at a single glance without image distortion; a contrast to current Full HD displays which only realize 3/4^th of a full screen. Also, even when enlarging the screen, users will be able to enjoy undistorted and sharper text. Only 1.21mm thin with a 1.2mm bezel measured in LCD modules (LCM), LG Display’s new Quad HD panel is both the world’s slimmest and narrowest panel, with 12% reduced thickness compared to the company’s 5.2-inch Full HD panel released last month. Based on Low Temperature Poly-Silicon (LTPS) substrate, the panel also realizes superior brightness of 430nit with improved transmittance and larger aperture opening size. LTPS-based smartphone displays are expected to record 765 million units in shipments next year according to research firm DisplaySearch, as displays with larger screens, higher resolution, and less power consumption prove key to competitiveness in the premium model segment. Market Outlook: Displays for LTPS-based smartphones About LG Display LG Display Co., Ltd. [NYSE: LPL, KRX: 034220] is a leading manufacturer and supplier of thin-film transistor liquid crystal display (TFT-LCD) panels, OLEDs and flexible displays. The company provides TFT-LCD panels in a wide range of sizes and specifications for use in TVs, monitors, notebook PCs, mobile products and other various applications. LG Display currently operates nine fabrication facilities and seven back-end assembly facilities in Korea, China, Poland, and Mexico. The company has a total of 56,000 employees operating worldwide. For more news and information about LG Display, please visit www.lgdnewsroom.com.

SwiftKey Cloud Leaves Beta and Hits Google Play, Celebrates With a Sale

Eric — Wed, 21 Aug 2013 07:31:12 +0000

For the past few weeks now, SwiftKey has been testing their new cloud feature in their beta program. Today, the new feature comes to all SwiftKey users through an update in Google Play. And for those who haven't learned how awesome SwiftKey is yet, the app is half off right now so you can get started. With SwiftKey's new cloud backup and sync your personalization options are saved to the cloud under your account name. That means that you should expect the same suggestions for typing across your multiple phones and tablets as long as you have your account logged in. They have also added tending words, so if something is blowing up on Twitter, you could expect to see it suggested as a word on your keyboard. These are all in addition to adding better learning sequences to the keyboard and new settings to make this update a very solid one. If you are not using SwiftKey yet, this might be your time to start. Play Link [youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a6MYgY-Xops[/youtube] Via: SwiftKey

HTC One Begins Arriving in Verizon Stores, No Sign of a Blue Model

Kellen — Tue, 20 Aug 2013 17:42:32 +0000

In two days (August 22), you'll be able to buy the HTC One on Verizon, that much has been confirmed. What we were still trying to figure out is if Big Red would carry any other color outside of the silver version, which was the original colorway released months ago across the globe. Rumors of a blue variant have snuck around the tech rumormill, but according to our sources, we are likely to see only the silver model come Thursday. As you can see in the box above, shipments filled with nothing but shiny silver and white are arriving in stores. Even the black model for Verizon has yet to surface, so for the time being, this may be your only choice. That's a bit unfortunate with other carriers like Sprint selling silver, black, and even exclusive red versions (that look extra tasty by the way). Update: Well, at least one source claims to have seen black models. There is a chance! Update 2: The phone is now available from Verizon and the black is no where to be seen. Probably looking at silver only for now. With the ULTRA and MAXX hitting stores today, and the Moto X as early as August 29, are you still holding out for HTC's 2013 flagship?

Galaxy Note 3 to Launch Mid-September, Pre-Orders Could Go Live on September 4

Tim — Tue, 20 Aug 2013 15:37:16 +0000

September 4 is the day that Samsung plans to pull back the curtain on the Galaxy Note 3 (and maybe even the Galaxy Gear smartwatch), but what's even more important is the date that the Note cult can start lining up in front of stores to buy one. According to SamMobile, Note 3 pre-orders could go live the same day it is announced, with full market launch beginning sometime in mid-September around week 36. As for the Galaxy Gear, their sources mention retail availability beginning around week 40, just a month past when the Note 3 is launched. In addition, they have heard from the source that Samsung decided to drop the 16GB variant of the Note 3, considering that once you receive the device, there is under half of the storage available for use thanks to all of Samsung's built-in software. An interesting move, indeed. Prep your tents for camping outside the stores, folks. Via: SamMobile

20+ Tips and Tricks for the Moto X

Kellen — Tue, 20 Aug 2013 14:20:27 +0000

Shortly after we got our hands on both the Galaxy S4 and HTC One, we put together a couple of 20+ tips and tricks videos to help new users know all of their best features. Both videos were well received, so a similar tutorial for the new Moto X seemed like it was needed as well. This phone could be the next big thing (Samsunged!) if Motorola can market it right and MotoMaker can ditch its AT&T exclusivity. As you all know, we're big fans of the phone after having spent a couple of weeks with a Verizon variant. We really can't wait for it to launch to hear what your thoughts are on it, even with its "mid-range" specs. If you do decide to pick on up, this lengthy tips and tricks video should help you take it to its full potential. Also, don't forget to read our Moto X review if you haven't already. Oh, we also unboxed one of the first custom Moto X devices to date, which you can see pictured above.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AyJ6b_HwSmo[/youtube]

Verizon's New DROID ULTRA Commercial Shows Off Strength, Touchless Control, in NYC Cab Chase

Kellen — Tue, 20 Aug 2013 13:46:44 +0000

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=z8q5OCVZ1ds[/youtube]

Don't worry, there are no explosions, ninja robot women, or motorcycles in this chase scene. Instead, a man leaves his DROID ULTRA inside an NYC cab, and then proceeds to chase it through the park to hunt it down. The phone, as you would expect while in the possession of a lunatic cabbie, is bounced from door-to-door and window-to-window. Of course, no damage is inflicted, but the owner is only able to find it in the end by saying, "OK, Google Now, call my DROID." Our ULTRA review should arrive any day. In the mean time, read about all of its features in our Moto X review. (Seriously, same software.) Did you pick up an ULTRA or MAXX today?

HTC Zara Outed in Leak - 4.5" qHD Display, Sense 5.5, Plastic Body

Tim — Tue, 20 Aug 2013 13:35:54 +0000

The infamous @evleaks is at it yet again. This time, his victim is the unannounced HTC Zara, a phone that has midrange written all over its plastic shell. Dubbed as a much cheaper One, the Zara features specs that should allow the device to go on sale for an extremely reasonable price, but still enabling buyers to get their hands on some BoomSound and Sense 5+ features. As for specs that should be noted as "decent," it is listed as featuring Sense 5.5, a version of HTC's skin which is yet to launch. No word on what could be added, but time will tell. In addition, the leak states it could come running Android 4.3, as well as feature an 8MP camera, not the 4MP UltraPixel sensor that is found on the One and One Mini. Specs:

MSM8930 processor (2 x 1.2GHz)
4.5" qHD display
1GB/8GB (microSD) storage
8MP camera
2,100mAh battery
Android 4.3 Jelly Bean
Sense 5.5

According to the leak, the Zara could hit the market sometime in Q4 of this year. Interested? Via: @evleaks

Tuesday Poll: Would You be Interested in a Gold Phone?

Tim — Tue, 20 Aug 2013 12:29:15 +0000

With talks of a possible "gold" iPhone hitting the streets, it reminds us of all of the overly-priced gold Android devices we have seen in the past. The gold rumored to be on the new iPhone isn't real though, it's just a champagne-color coating apparently, but does a gold/champagne phone actually interest anybody? If your Galaxy S4 or HTC One came in gold, would you even think about buying it? What about the Moto X? Is it just over the top or does it sound hot? Let us know what you think about gold phones down below. [poll id="267"]

Details on Samsung's Galaxy Gear Smartwatch Gathered, Shared Before Unveiling

Tim — Tue, 20 Aug 2013 11:47:02 +0000

Let us premise this with "nothing is confirmed," but according to Gigaom, they have enough information on the upcoming Galaxy Gear smartwatch from Samsung to warrant a post on it. According to their sources, the following info is as close to the real deal as could be without being from Samsung itself, so let's take a peek at what we have. There have been numerous reports of Galaxy Gear to be unveiled alongside the Galaxy Note 3 on September 4 in Berlin. The newest rumor states the same, but that Samsung could also set up a popup shop in Times Square, New York to sell the device sometime after launch. This would allow folks to get some hands-on time with the watch before purchasing, which we as consumers, enjoy very much. Now, onto hardware and software. From what sources very close to the project state, the watch will feature a built-in camera, connect to your phone via Bluetooth 4.0 LE, sports NFC for bumping/connecting/syncing to your device and feature a full touch OLED display. The display's resolution is reported to be 320 x 320 and measure in at about 2.5" diagonally. The watch will be powered by a Exynos dual-core processor, with either Android 4.1 or Android 4.2 as its OS. Several variants running different software have apparently been sent to third party developers, so it's hard to say which exact version of Android the watch will come running. Although, it was reported that the device would have some excellent battery life, so that is good to hear.

As for software, word is that Samsung will not allow for Galaxy Gear apps to be downloaded off of Google Play, but instead be downloaded from their own App store. For this reason, it makes complete sense that Samsung would be sending out developer units to make sure they have a solid amount of simple applications prepared to go live on their own servers for when the time comes. Although, with that said, if apps are not coming from Google Play, you can expect the Galaxy Gear to only work with Samsung phones and not other Android devices from different OEMs. That could be a downer, but pretty much makes perfect sense from Samsung's end. As for what we hope to see in Galaxy Gear, in order for us to enjoy a smartwatch, we want useful features and apps, a smooth user experience and to receive some joy out of actually using it. We want to want to wear this device. We aren't looking for just another extension of our phones, but a device that helps us complete tasks, while also looking good. What would you want out of a smartwatch that you don't already see on the market? Via: Gigaom

True Skate for Android, Where Your Fingers Are Your Feet

Tim — Tue, 20 Aug 2013 10:30:24 +0000

Last week when we wrote up the Portal application, the developer showed off how you can view floating notifications while on top of games and apps. Well, the game he demonstrated the functionality with caught everyone's eye, so I went to Google Play to check it out. The game is called True Skate, and is probably the best skateboarding experience outside of riding a real board, besides those TechDeck mini skateboards that everyone had back in the day. Ah, memories. In True Skate, your fingers act as your feet. When sliding your finger down the display alongside the board, it is as if you are pushing on the cement, propelling your board forward. Once you are moving, you can perform an ollie, which then leads to a vast array of different aerial flips and poll grinds you can accomplish inside of a large skatepark. There are lots of missions and challenges in the game, so if you like skateboarding, I can't imagine you would ever get bored of this game. It's $1.99 on Google Play, so go check it out. Play Link ($1.99) [youtube]http://youtu.be/zN5GCXnxdeQ[/youtube]

Nexus 4 to Receive Update to Build JWR66Y of Android 4.3

Kellen — Tue, 20 Aug 2013 04:57:53 +0000

According to T-Mobile support, the Nexus 4 is scheduled to receive a new build of Android 4.3 any day now. The build number is JWR66Y, which differs slightly from the JWR66V that rolled out a few weeks ago. The only improvement they list is for "security," so this likely is incredibly minor. Also, the jump from "V" to "Y" shouldn't get you all that excited anyway. The update should become available today, at least in some form, probably a staged rollout. The update is 1.8MB in size. Via: T-Mobile Support

CyanogenMod Introduces CM Account, Privacy and Security for Your Phone

Eric — Tue, 20 Aug 2013 04:28:35 +0000

Google may have just launched the Android Device Manager last week to help you find your lost Android if it ever comes to that, but the CyanogenMod team felt they could do better. The CM team has put together CyanogenMod Account, an end-to-end encrypted app that users can opt into once it starts rolling out, that allows CM to track your device and help you recover it or wipe/flash it if you can't get to it in time. The first concern that CyanogenMod wanted to address was to assure to everyone that they wouldn't be selling their data to anyone. The service is going to be optional as well for those who don't feel comfortable giving up that much information. Other than explaining its end-to-end encryption, Team Douche hasn't explained the system all that much, but you can expect a comprehensive, well working service. Since this is a large change, the team won't be rolling this feature out in nightlies just yet. They have pushed Account to their code and are allowing developers to put it together and test it on their own before it goes live. Will you opt into this service when you get it on your device? Via: CyanogenMod

"Andy Inside" is the Sequel to the Popular "Exploded Andy" T-Shirt, Available Now

Kellen — Tue, 20 Aug 2013 03:59:01 +0000

If you have been in the Android game for any sort of extended period, you'll probably remember a t-shirt called "Exploded Andy" that we even ran a special edition DL version of. The t-shirt presented a breakdown of the Bugdroid robot with all of its insides exposed to show its inner-workings. I'd say that it's probably one of the (if not the) most popular of all Android shirts to date, so it makes perfect sense that its creators have created a sequel. So today we bring to you "Andy Inside." The shirt, as you can tell from the picture, again shows the insides of Bugdroid (or "re-opened the source") but with some added detail. Brain, mechanical heart, emoji, microphone icon, and speaker are all on display. The shirt runs $17 and is on a slate American Apparel cotton t-shirt. Buy.

Verizon Signs Deal With NYC's Transit Wireless, Brings Service to the Underground

Tim — Tue, 20 Aug 2013 03:51:58 +0000

Transit Wireless in New York City currently operates around 36 wireless networks in underground subway stations across Manhattan and Chelsea. As of now, agreements with AT&T and T-Mobile allow for customers to never lose their precious Internet while commuting, but today, Verizon has hopped onboard. With plans of offering both Verizon's 3G and 4G LTE service in the subway later this year, Transit Wireless plans on building another 40 stations for smartphone-happy riders.

We are extremely pleased to gain Verizon’s participation in our wireless network in the New York City subway system, facilitating high quality voice and data services in the underground. We have now secured partnerships with all four major wireless carriers to bring the vast majority of New Yorkers, visitors, government agency personnel, transit employees, contractors and first responders the ability to be connected in the stations we’ve constructed – a real milestone.

Good news, New Yorkers! Via: Business Wire

Chromecast Orders Through Google Play Now Shipping by September 3

Kellen — Tue, 20 Aug 2013 03:01:10 +0000

It has been a month since Google first announced its Chromecast HDMI dongle, and the company still can't catch up on back-ordered stock. For weeks, the status of stock levels in Google Play has read "ships in 2-3 weeks," however, this morning that all changed to "ships by September 3." That puts orders ready to ship in two weeks time, so either Google has finally been able to produce enough to meet demand or that demand has slowed some. Either way, your Chromecasts are now two weeks away instead of almost a month. Meanwhile, Amazon has changed their status on the Chromecast to completely "out of stock." Don't forget to check out our in-depth look/review of the Chromecast here. Play Link

Google Adds Real Time Incident Reports From Waze Users to Google Maps

Kellen — Tue, 20 Aug 2013 02:22:22 +0000

It has been only a few months since Google bought community-influenced map service Waze, but they are starting to incorporate its features into their own Google Maps service. In a new update, Google Maps will begin to feature reports of accidents, construction, road closures and more from Waze. So as the community-mapping service is filled with information from its users, the benefits will push forward onto the mapping service that most of you use, Google Maps. The Waze integration will be available on Android and iOS in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, France, Germany, Mexico, Panama, Peru, Switzerland, UK and the US. Also, Waze will receive an update that will introduce Google Search and Street View. So no, Google isn't ready to kill it off just yet. Via: Google Lat Long

Motorola Pulls the Plug on Custom Engravings for Moto X, For Now

Tim — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 18:24:39 +0000

According to JR Raphael, a writer for Computer World, a Motorola spokesperson divulged the company's plans to stop offering custom engravings for future Moto X customers. From what the spokesperson said, the quality of the engravings just wasn't up to standards, and for now, the plug has been pulled on the "beta" feature. This news comes just a few days before the device launches onto AT&T this Friday. Custom engravings are one of several options you can choose when creating your very own Moto X using Motorola's MotoMaker site. Along with engravings, you can choose the device's color, body accents, select custom wallpapers and also a custom start up screen. Motorola does plan on fixing the problem and hopes to allow future customers the choice of personal engravings later down the road. This news makes our personal "DL" Moto X all the more special now. Does this news bum anyone out? Did you have a special engraving in mind for when you ordered your X? Via: JR Raphael

Video: A Look at the New YouTube App for Android, Version 5.0

Tim — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 18:12:53 +0000

As you might have seen, the new YouTube application for Android began rolling out today. It's a big update, full of features that we think are completely video worthy, so we went ahead a made a highlights video. The biggest change you might see is an updated layout - it still has the side panel for navigating your channels and trending videos, but the colors are more light and contrasted now than they were before. It is definitely a more polished UI. The second major change is the ability to watch videos while still browsing through the app for other videos. Yep, that's groundbreaking. Take the tour with us in the video down below. And if you want to download the app before Google's staged rollout hits you, head over to this post.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mue6mXxUNlo[/youtube]

New YouTube 5.0 Update Incoming - Entire New Card UI, Watch-While-Browsing Feature, and More

Kellen — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 17:29:10 +0000

A new update to the official YouTube app on Android has started rolling out as version 5.0.21. To put it simply, the update is huge. It introduces an entirely new card-style UI, a way to continue watching videos while your browse, and more. A reader just tossed it over to us, so we're digging through with jaws dropped and drool all over our desk. But so far, I think I can safely say that you'll all be impressed. It's rolling out slowly through the terribly obnoxious new staged rollouts app delivery method, so if you want it now, you'll have to sideload with the link below. Download Link [mirror]

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mue6mXxUNlo[/youtube]

Cheers @Noct1sV!

Minuum Keyboard Arrives in Google Play for $4 to Non-Beta Testers

Kellen — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 16:50:52 +0000

Minuum, an Indiegogo funded keyboard for Android that we have been testing off and on for a couple of months, is now available as a public beta for all to test. The app runs $3.99, which is a similar price to other 3rd party keyboards available on the platform. Whether or not it's worth that steep of a pricetag is up for you to decide. We were admittedly not fans of Minuum during its initial launch, as its risky single-line approach to typing was more frustrating than revolutionary. With that said, the most recent update to v1.1 added a full-size traditional keyboard and voice typing. In other words, the keyboard may be worth another try if you were a part of the original beta program. If you weren't a part of that program, I'd proceed with some caution unless you don't mind betting $4 on an app that you may or may not like. Minuum is similar in a way to Fleksy with its gestures and predictability, however, Fleksy (at least in my opinion) is far superior. If you try it, let us know what you think. Play Link ($3.99)

New Reports Say Samsung Galaxy Gear Won't Make Calls On Its Own

Eric — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 16:29:55 +0000

As the Samsung Berlin IFA event gets closer and closer, we hear more and more about what we might see when they finally step on stage. Rumors make the Galaxy Gear smartwatch almost a lock to be shown on September 4, but we have heard bits and pieces about how it will work with your phone. Today, The Verge got new information on the Galaxy Gear which goes into a bit more detail. What would a smartwatch be if it didn't work with your phone? The Galaxy Gear will have functionality with smartphones, but it won't be a phone itself as was previously reported. Sources say that "it works with phones" but "the watch is not a phone." This information refutes an earlier report from Bloomberg saying that the Gear would be able to make calls. Tasks like reading text messages and other notifications are sure to be included, but don't expect to be calling anyone and talking into the watch on your wrist with this device without a phone nearby. Is this a deal breaker for you? What will it take to get you to buy Samsung's smartwatch? Via: The Verge

HTC President: Android 4.3 Coming to One and DNA by End of September

Kellen — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 16:01:37 +0000

According to Jason Mackenzie, HTC's president of global sales, the HTC One and DROID DNA will receive Android 4.3 before the end of September. We have recently seen the international HTC One receive Android 4.2.2, but Mackenzie also confirmed this weekend that the U.S. version will likely skip right to 4.3 since 4.2.2 was so minor. I wouldn't say we are surprised at all by this, as HTC seems to be attempting to update phones as fast as possible these days, but it was nice to see the DNA name-dropped in there. Launched at the end of last year as HTC's flagship for Verizon, we feel as if it gets neglected from time to time. Via: @JasonMacHTC

LG Announces NFC-Equipped Oven for Your Android Device

Tim — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 16:00:57 +0000

Yes, the future has finally arrived. LG announced the NFC-equipped Lightwave DIOS oven today, allowing for your Android device to communicate wirelessly with your hot food maker. It is a convection oven, featuring 220 ways to prepare your food. It even sports an Air Fry mode which utilizes a small amount of vegetable oil, reducing fat intake by up to 77%. Thanks for looking out, LG.

LG's Air Fryer features often cook at home fries, pork cutlet, fried shrimp, and only a small amount of vegetable oil to cook plain but can not dry. Up to 77% compared to normal frying can reduce fat intake is very beneficial to the health care of the family.

No word on when we can see the Lightwave DIOS hit the market or for how much, but we will probably keep your posted on this revolutionary kitchen product. Are we ready for Android and NFC to take over our houses? Yes. Via: LG

NBA General Manager Says Referees With Google Glass Are a "Great Idea"

Eric — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 15:25:22 +0000

We have seen Google Glass adopted widely since its Explorer Program launched. Fashion designers, NFL players and Tennis players have all gotten their hands on the device to see how it could benefit them. In a recent Ask Me Anything with Houston Rocket's General Manager, Daryl Morey, someone asked for his thoughts on NBA referees wearing Glass during games, he responded that he thought it was a great idea. Instant replays are a staple in ~~all~~ most American sports these days, but bringing Glass to the eyes of the referees of the NBA would be a whole other situation. If developed, referees could show exactly what they saw from their point of view and add vision to spots that the cameras just couldn't get to. The ideas are exciting and Morey agrees, saying that it should be proposed to Adam Silver, the man replacing the NBA's commissioner soon. NBA refs don't have the best reputation from events in the past, do you think Glass would benefit the sport? Via: AllThingsD

Sliding Explorer is a Slick, Holo-Themed File Explorer That You Should Check Out

Eric — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 15:00:42 +0000

If you are like me, you're probably still running the same file explorer on your phone or tablet that you've had for over a year now. Android has changed a lot in the past year or so and with those changes came new visual guidelines for apps. Sliding Explorer is a prime example of taking the age-old file explorer base and incorporating Android's latest design guidelines. The result is a good looking, minimal app that gets the job done. Sliding Explorer comes from the guys at Team Baller Applications, which by the name should sell you on it already. Made for Android 4.0 and up with Android's pull-away menu bar, the app allows you to browse through your local files, comes with image previews and even has root access as an option as well. File sharing, unzipping, extracting and zipping folders are also all standard features. If you are looking for a great explorer app that looks just as good, and is free, hit the link below. Play Link

Quick Look: Motorola Skip Accessory for the Moto X

Kellen — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 14:35:10 +0000

Today, along with our custom Moto X, we received one of the new Motorola Skip accessories that allow you to quickly unlock your phone with a single tap. To recap, the Skip is a wearable cloth accessory that can be clipped (using magnets) to your shirt, pants, or even a bag, and then programmed through NFC to unlock your device. The Skip is designed for those who use pattern or PIN unlocks, since this would allow you to quickly unlock your phone without having to type in a PIN or swipe a pattern, yet would leave that level of security on there should your phone fall into the wrong hands. The Skip will run $19.99 eventually, but is free to anyone who purchases a Moto X using MotoMaker. The launch color is the grey/black combo pictured above, however, Motorola will push out additional colorways in the coming weeks. Also, you receive three Skip Dots with your Skip, which are NFC stickers that can be placed in frequently visited areas to allow for additional easy unlocking. In the video below, we take it for spin, show how it works, how you can program new Dots or other NFC tags, and if there are any tricks to getting it to work correctly (there are).

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AzdtTqwTQvo[/youtube]

Cartoon Network's Best Park in the Universe Launches on Android

Tim — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 14:05:32 +0000

Cartoon Network launched a new game on Android recently, called Best Park in the Universe. In the game, you play as both Mordecai and Rigby, who team up to make their park the "best park in the universe." In order to do that though, they must battle through space aliens, angry musclemen, deranged park employees and spooky ghosts. The game looks like an older arcade style punch-em-up, but both characters have special rockin' abilities that spice it up. The graphics are smooth, and to keep the gameplay up to par, only Android devices running Ice Cream Sandwich and up are able to run it. It's $2.99 on Google Play, so go check it out. Play Link ($2.99) [youtube]http://youtu.be/7dXZiyJicPY[/youtube]

Could the HTC One Max Launch With a Fingerprint Scanner and Pogo Pins?

Eric — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 14:00:50 +0000

The idea of a fingerprint scanner on your phone is nothing new and you will have a hard time selling a device solely based on that - just ask the Motorola Atrix. Nevertheless, fingerprint scanners seem to be making a comeback in popularity, and today's picture of the back of the upcoming HTC One Max shows that it might include one as well. This new picture puts the One Max up against its brothers, the One and One Mini. If it is true, the black square placed underneath the camera is a fingerprint scanner that you can use to unlock your device. What is even more interesting are the 3 pogo pins along the underside of the device. If HTC can bring out some accessories for the One Max that actually utilize that underused hardware, they could make some waves. Throw in the reported microSD card slot with this device and you have an enticing list of specs already. Fingerprint scanner or pogo pins enough to draw you away from the Note 3? Via: ePrice

New Paranoid Android Builds Feature Halo 2.0, Looks Freakin' Sweet

Tim — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 13:23:00 +0000

[youtube]http://youtu.be/E6GGJATC2xc[/youtube]

The team of Paranoid Android launched Halo, their floating notifications solution, back in May of this year. Since then, it has become a very popular feature among the rooted community, with other developers even taking the source code to create their own standalone applications. With all of that said, the team introduced Halo 2.0 last Friday. It is baked into the newest builds of PA, and features some fantastic improvements over the original Halo. The boys made a video showing off the new Halo, which we placed above. To sum it up in words, the "app" features multi-touch now, deals with way more than just viewing notifications (handles built-in system settings), and lots more. Builds are already available on the servers, so if you are interested in giving Halo 2.0 a try, go for it. Make sure to create a backup, then flash the new ROM zip and the Gapps zip following that. Let us know what you think. Via: +Paranoid Android

Custom Moto X Unboxing: A Look at Our MotoMaker-made Spearmint Phone

Kellen — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 12:54:06 +0000

Remember the custom Moto X that we designed at the end of last week? Here it is. As promised by Motorola, our MotoMaker-made Moto X arrived in 4 days or less. Our design went in on Thursday morning, shipped Saturday (yes, on a weekend) and showed up here first thing this morning. As you'll recall from our walk-through, we chose Spearmint as our main color, along with Metallic Yellow highlights, which we realized after the fact would almost turn this into an Oregon Duck phone. Thankfully, the green really is "spearmint" and the yellow looks almost gold, so it does stand on its own. With the black face, we're also getting that infinite black look that you see with most Nexus devices thanks to their on-screen nav buttons that disappear with the screen locked. Thanks to "D L" branding on the bottom, just above the AT&T logo, this is a one of a kind phone. And damn do we think it's pretty.

One thing I'd recommend that you all do should you have an AT&T account and decide to customize a Moto X - go into a store and see the colors in person. While I'm perfectly fine with these colors, they do look somewhat different than what I saw online. Don't get me wrong, it looks good, but I would hate to see a color surprise you in a bad way after waiting patiently for four days as it ships to you. We won't be reviewing this particular phone since our Moto X review is already done. But if you have questions about MotoMaker, want to see any other angles of this new color scheme, be sure to let us know in the comments.

Unboxing

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gSFbdrJ-aIg[/youtube]

HTC One Mini Hits AT&T on August 23, Only $100 on Contract

Tim — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 12:34:40 +0000

AT&T announced this morning that it will carry the One Mini from HTC. Starting on August 23, the device goes on sale for just $100 with a new two year agreement. The device features a 4.3" 720p display, a Snapdragon 400 processor, 1GB of RAM, that lovely 4MP UltraPixel camera and all of the proprietary HTC software that we enjoy. It won't be the fastest phone on the market, but is definitely a well-sized machine priced to compete. Have you been waiting for the Mini? [youtube]http://youtu.be/aAwBZryO47w[/youtube] Via: AT&T

Samsung Galaxy Mega Headed to AT&T and Sprint, Massive 6.3" HD Display and Dual-Core Processor

Tim — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 11:48:39 +0000

This month, the Galaxy Mega 6.3 from Samsung will finally hit the States. When launched, this line of devices was only available overseas, but it looks as though America was in need of even bigger phones. The Galaxy Mega features a whopping 6.3" HD display (720 x 1280), plus a dual-core processor clocked at 1.7GHz. The specs won't put it up against this year's flagship devices, but it is the perfect phone for the phablet lovers out there. The device will hit AT&T, Sprint and U.S. Cellular, but no word on if it could make its way to Verizon and T-Mobile. Although, with such a large body, Verizon would have plenty of space to throw their logos onto. Specs:

6.3" HD 720p display
1.7GHz dual-core processor
1.5GB of RAM
8MP back-facing camera
Android 4.2.2 Jelly Bean
microSD support
3,200mAh battery
NFC

The device goes on sale this month for $149.99 on contract. [youtube]http://youtu.be/rapvoGI9cRA[/youtube]

Any Chance This is the First Picture of the LG Nexus 5?

Kellen — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 11:41:33 +0000

What do you think? Is that the next Nexus, made by LG? According to site TechTastic, who obtained the photo above from an "LG tester," this could very well be our first look. Well, before we jump into that idea, let's get a couple of things on the table. First, we have no idea if LG is going to make the next Nexus. They made last year's and could very well make this year's, but that is all speculation at this point. Also, we keep seeing reports that Motorola is out and LG is in or that Motorola is doing the next Nexus and not LG. Why can't they both make a Nexus phone? Samsung made the Nexus 10 and Asus made the Nexus 7. Those are two different companies who created similar products at different price points and different sizes for Google. Who's to say that Google won't release a super cheap Motorola Nexus along with a higher-end LG Nexus? OK, so about this photo. Recent rumors have suggested that LG is making the new Nexus which could be dubbed "Nexus 5." These rumors also suggest that this new Google flagship will be based (for the most part) on LG's recent G2 offering, but potentially ditch some hardware components to stay reasonably priced, like last year's Nexus 4. So we're talking the same beautiful 5.2" FHD display, but a Snapdragon 600 instead of a Snapdragon 800. Also, further rumor details suggest that Google could change the design slightly by moving the awkwardly-placed rear volume and power buttons of the G2, to a more traditional side placement (as seen above). So is that phone above the new Nexus? If it is, it must be an early prototype. It certainly looks like the G2, however, the phone pictured above appears to have a removable backside, which is actually a feature of the international G2, just not the U.S. variant. But we have no Nexus or Google branding, something that is always seen on Nexus products. And is it just me or are those buttons on the wrong side of the device? If you held that in your right hand, the buttons would have to be pressed with your fingers rather than your thumb. While Google could certainly make this move, the standard smartphone design places at least one of those buttons near your thumb, not your fingers. Not a big deal, as Samsung uses both sides of the phone for buttons, but just something I noticed. Again, we have no idea if this is the next Nexus. But it sure is fun to talk about. Update: @evleaks thinks this is a picture of the Optimus L9 II and that Motorola will likely make the next Nexus. Via: Techtastic

Beats By Dre Reportedly Looking for Investors to Buy Out HTC's Share of the Company

Eric — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 11:17:55 +0000

It seems that HTC just can't catch a break these days. The HTC One isn't saving the company as HTC hoped and sales in some of the past quarters have been disappointing. As the numbers have rolled in, they have signaled for Beats By Dre to look for other investors in their company. HTC purchased a majority share of Beats almost 2 years ago and despite having sold off 25% of that share already, Beats wants HTC out completely. According to the WSJ report, Beats already tried to buy out HTC's share earlier this summer, but failed. There was a "difference in opinion on strategy" when it came to HTC and Beats. Now that Beats makes much more than just headphones, it's not surprising that they are looking to drop the struggling HTC from their portfolio. The only question at this point if HTC will decide to sell their stake. Via: WSJ

Timely is a Ridiculously Beautiful Alarm and Timer App That Also Syncs Between Devices to the Cloud

Kellen — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 10:58:06 +0000

We don't typically write up alarm clock apps because well, they aren't the most interesting subject in the world. Alarm clocks are alarm clocks. In other words, they do our least favorite thing of the day - wake us up in the morning. But what if one was beautifully, if not masterfully designed, included more features than we had ever imagined an alarm clock app could have, and also synced between all of our devices through the cloud? Then an alarm clock app becomes interesting. Enter Timely Alarm Clock. Timely is a free app that can currently be downloaded through Google Play. It has an introductory $2.99 pricetag attached to its premium brother, but for anyone who uses their phone as their alarm clock, we strongly advise at least trying the free version for a bit. The app features an incredibly beautiful design with all sorts of swipe gestures baked in to help you maneuver from panel to panel or to set new alarms. It looks a bit like the stock Android alarm clock app at first, but is 10x more pleasing to feast your eyes upon. You can customize themes for its clock, alarm, and timer/stopwatch pages all individually, giving you the alarm clock of your dreams. In terms of functionality, the most important feature (at least to me or anyone with multiple devices) is how Timely syncs to the cloud across multiple devices. With Timely installed on all of your tablets and phones, you can decide from a single device if you'd like the alarm to ring on individual devices or your entire lot. It's like remote controlling of alarms. It's pretty amazing, actually. It also happens instantly with some clever cloud work. This app also includes Smart Rise (a feature to help you slowly wake from a sleep cycle), has a tablet UI, a widget, Google Now support, recurring alarms, adaptive snoozing, and even a DashClock extension. Seriously, this thing is feature packed and again, completely worth a look. Oh, the developers also built in ways for you to unlock premium features for free, many of which involve sharing the app on social sites. So if you see Timely spammed all over Google+ today, you'll know why. Play Link

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m_Ib4feGKgQ[/youtube]

Via: reddit

Tip: SIM Card on the DROID ULTRA and MAXX is Hidden in the Volume Rocker

Kellen — Mon, 19 Aug 2013 10:15:54 +0000

If for some reason when you pick up or receive your new DROID ULTRA, you don't have a chance to insert the SIM card yourself but later are curious as to where it is located, look no further than the Volume rocker. If you take a look around the device, you'll notice no extra slot with a pin hole in it for the SIM, which has typically been the case over the last several years. Instead, Motorola is using the Volume rocker as a removable button/SIM card tray. Not only does this likely save space internally on such a slim phone, but it also helps clean up the exterior. To access your SIM, all you need to do is slide a fingernail under the bottom middle of the Volume button, and you should find a little slit. From there, simply pry the entire tray out to free your SIM. To put it back, make sure the "UP" side is up and press until it clicks.

Koush Releases AirCast App for Testing, Share Videos From Dropbox or Gallery to Chromecast

Kellen — Sun, 18 Aug 2013 13:10:42 +0000

Koush - of ClockworkMod, ROM Manager, and Helium (to name a few) fame - took to Google+ this morning to share his first Chromecast app called AirCast. The app allows you to share videos that are locally stored on your Gallery, in Dropbox, or on Google Drive with a Chromecast device attached to TV. He claims that after a couple of hours of "reverse engineering" the Chromecast protocols, he was able to get around the currently in-place whitelist restrictions for Google's new HDMI streaming dongle to create his latest piece of work. The app is currently available for free for testing purposes. This first apk that can be downloaded will "self destruct" in two days. (Download Link) Edit: He has now changed the name to AirCast. To use it, simply install on any Android device. Then open your Gallery (or Dropbox or Google Drive), locate a video you'd like to play, tap the Share button, and select AllCast. A pop-up will then let you decide which Chromecast (if you have more than one) you'd like to play the media through. Your video should start playing immediately. On-screen controls will appear, plus you can always access the currently playing video through a notification.

As you know, he's been working all sorts of Chromecast angles, all while posting his success to Google+. And for this industry, having Koush focus this much time and energy into something can only be a good thing. If you test AirCast, be sure to stop off at the G+ thread below to point out errors or provide feedback.

[youtube]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SShcS9fN0_0[/youtube]

Via: +Koush Cheers Scott!

We're Ready to Escort You Into the Weekend

Tim — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 22:50:31 +0000

It's Friday Friday, which means it's time to get down! This week, we put Episode 32 of The Droid Life Show on the books. In this weeks show, we had the whole crew together to discuss the Moto X, the Galaxy Note 3, LG's brand new G2 device, HTC's investment in America's obsession with Robert Downey Jr. and tons more! Make sure to catch us live on Wednesday nights when you can at 6PM Pacific!

This Week in the Life of DROID: 8/16/2013

Tim — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 19:30:30 +0000

Another week has blown by, highlighted by talks on the Moto X, DROID ULTRA, with sprinkles of upcoming devices such as the Galaxy Note 3 and a Samsung smartwatch. Oh, what a magical week it has been. We are closing in on September, and with that brings Berlin's IFA event where manufacturers like Sony and Samsung will show off what they have in store for the winter time. It should be a pretty great time leading up to then, as well. If you missed any of this week's highlights, we have them listed out below.

Have a great weekend, folks!

Facebook for Android Beta Updated, Brings Animated Stickers and Music Controls for Home Users

Tim — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 18:40:14 +0000

Not too long ago, Facebook introduced a beta program for Android users who want the latest and greatest builds of Facebook on their devices. Today, a new update is available, bringing a few new features and loads of fixes. As for the new stuff, Messenger users will see a few animated stickers, which should hopefully bring a bit of humor to all of your IMs between friends. As for Facebook Home users, music controls have been added to your lockscreen, so that's a huge plus. Before this update, you would have to completely unlock your device and control your music from either the music app itself or the notification bar. Good job, FB. What's New:

Some stickers are now animated in messages—see Pusheen, Beast and Anooki wave, dance and wiggle! (Android 4.0.2 and higher)
A fix for a problem that was causing album covers to be shown instead of the photo you tapped to view.
The app should no longer crash when viewing photos in full screen.
Other bug fixes.
Speed and performance improvements.
Control the music you're listening to right from your lock screen if using Home.

If you want to become a tester, check out the sign-up page right here. Play Link Via: Facebook

Icons and UCCW Episode 3: Shaded Icons, Spectra, Shapes, Elegant HD and More

Kellen — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 18:21:16 +0000

To help take you into the weekend, we thought you could use a handful of icon packs, wallpapers, and UCCW clock skins for your next device makeover. What better way to spend one of your last summer weekends than in front of your phone, geeking out on some icon shading? Yeah, we thought you'd be down. In this group, we featured three icon packs that were sent in from devs and readers, all of which are beautifully done. At the top, we have Shaded Icons. It runs $1.44 and includes over 700 icons, but no wallpapers. The shading reminds us a bit of the new NOX pack, except that these are rounds instead of squares. In the second photo, you are looking at Spectra, which runs $1.79 and features more than 300 icons and a handful of select wallpapers, including the one we used. Last, we have Cardstock, which again features over 300 icons along with a set of matching wallpapers. The only new UCCW clock you'll see picture is in the top image. It's called shapes, and is simply put - awesome. We've listed another handful of widgets, which we recommend you jump through to the Play store to check out. Any other new icon packs or clocks that we should check out? Be sure to drop them in the comments or shoot us an email.

Sony Lens G Accessory Manual Leaks, Shows Off Hardware and Functionality

Tim — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 17:07:15 +0000

This week, leaked images hit the web of an upcoming accessory for smartphones from Sony, nicknamed Lens G. According to a newly leaked user manual for the lenses, there are two models, the QX10 and QX100. The QX100 will be the more expensive of the two, featuring the same sensor that is currently found in Sony's RX100MII, which can be found on Amazon for about $750. As for the QX10, it will feature a 18 megapixel CMOS sensor that is found in Sony's WX150. Each lens will feature its very own power button, microphone, display panel, a belt hook, tripod, a zoom lever, shutter button, reset button and a multifunctional jack. For being such a little accessory, it looks like Sony is sparing no expense in making sure users will be able to take great shots with these while attached to your phone. As of right now, we have our money on Sony announcing these lenses at IFA next month in Berlin. Until then, we have no details on a release date or pricing, but we are definitely excited to check them out. Via: Sony Alpha Rumors

DROID ULTRA and MAXX Pre-orders Already Shipping, Should Arrive a Day Before Launch

Kellen — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 15:05:44 +0000

Did you pre-order a DROID MAXX or ULTRA? If so, don't be surprised if you receive a shipment notification today along with an expected arrival date of Monday, August 19, a day before the phone goes on sale in stores. At least two of our readers received their shipment notifications, which has been the trend for pre-orders of Verizon devices over the last couple of years. I think Big Red wants to make sure your device arrives at least on the day they hit store shelves, so they ship them extra early to reward you for pre-ordering. The MAXX and ULTRA will officially go on sale August 20 for $299 and $199 on-contract, respectively. Be sure to check out our expansive coverage of the ULTRA from yesterday, where we unboxed it, compared it to the Moto X, and even highlighted its DROID Zap feature. Anyone else pre-order? Has your device shipped? Cheers Matt, LiterofCola, and Ethan!

Grab a New Sony Google TV Box Off of Woot! for $99 Today

Tim — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 14:48:51 +0000

Still in the market for a Google TV? Deals site Woot! is hosting a pretty good deal on the Sony NSZ-GS7, a year-old model of the company's Google TV lineup. The boxes are new and not refurbished, still selling for around $150+ on Amazon and other e-retailers. With the box, you can access Google Play and many Android apps right from your HDTV, as well as control Netflix, Hulu and other content providers like that. The Sony also comes with a nice remote, featuring a full keyboard for browsing the web right from your couch. All around, it's a pretty good deal for last year's top tier Google TV box. Anyone here own this device that can vouch for its awesomeness?

Bloomberg Confirms Samsung's Plan to Launch Galaxy Gear Smartwatch Alongside Galaxy Note 3

Tim — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 13:31:27 +0000

Within this past month, talks swirling around a possible smartwatch from Samsung, called Galaxy Gear (model number SM-V700), have escalated quickly. Today, sources of Bloomberg confirmed the rumors and we should fully expect to see the watch unveiled alongside the Galaxy Note 3 on September 4 at Samsung's Unpacked event in Berlin. According to two separate sources, Galaxy Gear will be able to make calls, control email accounts, send and receive text messages, plus browse the web with a built-in application. The only difference between what we have previously heard and the new report is that the device will not feature a curved display. Although, sources state that Samsung is currently working on introducing a curved display for future renditions of the device. The watch will in fact be powered by Android, but no word on which version of the OS it will be running. We discussed the Galaxy Gear on this week's DL Show, and it seems most of our staff is pretty excited to see what a big OEM can do with a smartwatch. Samsung is getting the jump on both Apple and Google in this department, so we will see just how high they set the bar for other major companies that look to enter the space. Via: Bloomberg

Official Moto X Car Dock and Desk Dock Accessories Appear on Motorola's Site

Tim — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 12:20:26 +0000

Just yesterday, we spied Motorola's new Skip accessory for the Moto X, but it looks like there is a whole line of accessories that will soon be available for the device. Recently uncovered on Motorola's site are a new power dock to place on your desk which can be had for $39.95, while there is also a car dock to fit the X for $39.95 as well. Neither accessory can be purchased quite yet, but we can expect that to happen either sometime today or in the extremely-near future. Both the car dock and the desk dock are manufactured by Griffin, a company which has lots of history in the accessory game. A special little trick with the desk dock is that it can also accommodate the X's cases by up to an added 2mm, so no worries on having to constantly take your phone out of your case to charge it up. As for the car dock, when the phone is placed inside, Car Mode is automatically launched. You can attach it to either your dash or windshield with the built in suction cup, and also have the ability to loosen and tighten its grip on your phone. It's your basic car dock, but still essential. If you plan on picking up a Moto X, these are must have accessories.

Via: Motorola [2] Cheers Hayden 7200!

[Deal] New Nexus 7 16GB Available for $199 from ebay With Free Shipping

Kellen — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 11:44:03 +0000

Ebay is currently running a solid daily deal on the 2013 Nexus 7. For $199, you can grab the 16GB variant that normally retails for $229 through outlets like the Google Play store. And if the $30 savings wasn't enough to get you moving, the seller is also offering free shipping with orders. Oh, and this is a brand new N7, not refurbished. The quantities are limited, so if you are in the market for a new Nexus 7, get over there. Via: ebay Cheers Scott!

Nox - The Newest Icon Pack From kovdev, It's Really Hot

Tim — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 11:38:46 +0000

Icon packs, when coupled with third party launchers, are a quick and painless way of giving your device a new look and feel. Our good friend Dave Kover, aka kovdev, released yet another icon pack that we feel could be one of his best yet. His previous works, which we have featured before are Tersus, Lustre and also Stark. The newest pack is called Nox and it brings a very interesting vibe to anyone's homescreen. Each icon features a shadow which is casted from each individual app's icon itself. The colors are bright, crisp, but the subtle shadings bring an almost 3D-like effect which I haven't seen any other icon pack do properly. As everyone knows, we are also suckers for wallpapers and Nox has a good handful of walls. The pack is $1.99 on Google Play, so go check it out if you have been looking for a change Play Link ($1.99)

Motorola Makes the Skip Official, Will be Free at Launch With MotoMaker Orders

Kellen — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 11:08:53 +0000

The Motorola Skip, a Moto X accessory that we first unwrapped yesterday, is now official thanks to a post discussing the wearable accessory's capabilities. It's reason for existence is exactly as we described yesterday - the Skip is for people who have a PIN or pattern lock on their phone, but do not want to have to enter it every single time they pick it up. The Skip, according to Motorola, is a "thumb-sized clip that pairs with your Moto X and unlocks it with a simple tap." It can be worn by attaching it to a shirt, belt, pocket, or any other convenient spot on your body. Included with the Skip, you'll also find three Skip dots that act as authentication tokens. For example, you could place one on your desk, so that whenever your phone is lying on top of the dot, you could use Touchless Control without having to enter a PIN or pattern. Motorola also offers up examples of sticking one by your bed, in your car, or any other situation in which you'd like to keep your phone unlocked without having to touch it. Remove your phone from a dot, and it goes back to being locked. You can also pair and unpair them easily. Three Skip dots come with each Skip. For a limited time, the Skip will be free for customers who order a Moto X through MotoMaker, which launches August 23. At launch, it will be available in grey/black, but Motorola will offer a variety of colors in the near future (pictured above). Via: Motorola

Moto X Officially Arrives on AT&T August 23

Kellen — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 10:47:20 +0000

It's official - the Moto X is launching at AT&T on August 23. For $199, you can pick up the 16GB white or black versions in store, or pay $249 for the 32GB variant. Monthly payments for the phone through AT&T Next is also an option, be we suggest acting like that plan doesn't exist, unless you like getting ripped off. What you'll really want to do is order through MotoMaker, which we just took another tour of. Who wouldn't want to customize their brand new phone? Once ordered, it only takes four days for your phone to arrive. To help launch MotoMaker, AT&T is going to offer a "few lucky customers" who registered at www.att.com/MotoX the chance to customize their phone on August 19, days before the rest of the world. But before you order through MotoMaker, AT&T will have samples of colored variants in stores for you to check out. Be sure to check out our Moto X review if you haven't already. Via: AT&T

I Designed My First Custom Moto X With MotoMaker, Here It is

Kellen — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 07:20:37 +0000

Motorola invited us to be one of the first groups to test out its new MotoMaker phone customizing service earlier this week, and this is what we came up with. Please don't say "Oregon Ducks phone!" because we didn't mean to go that route, even though we live in Oregon. The color scheme just looked too good! But outside of our color choices, this is how it all went down. This is our journey to create one of the first customized Moto X phones. For reference, this is similar to the MotoMaker tutorial we published on Moto X announcement day, however, this includes the checkout process and all of the finalized colors. Also, as you all know, AT&T is the exclusive launch partner of MotoMaker. So come launch day, whenever that becomes official, only AT&T customers will get to go through this process. Yes, that's unfortunate. Let's do it!

Thanks to Motorola, who gave us a promo code to setup a phone for free (press unit here, folks), this was our start screen. You can see the total under Moto X reads "$0.00" since we plugged in a code, but should you be going through MotoMaker (motomaker.com) without a code, that number would change along the way as you tweak certain parts. Actually, the only real change you'll see in price is if you go from 16GB to 32GB, and then if you add on accessories at the end. For those not familiar, Motorola and AT&T are offering you the chance to go into an AT&T store to get your hands on the Moto X and decide if it's the phone for you. If it is, they'll let you purchase a gift card with a promo code (like we used) for the amount of the phone that can then be redeemed on MotoMaker. If you know you want to buy the Moto X and customize it, you can simply go to Motomaker.com and follow this same process without a code. So once you click "Get Started," you are taken to the first page which is the color-picker for the back color of the Moto X. As you know, I eventually settled in on the Spearment green, but I tried Cherry, Navy Blue, Turquoise, and Yellow at one point. There are 18 color choices - wood is not currently one of them. On a side note, if you pay attention to the bottom right corner of each screenshot, you'll constantly see an updated "estimated delivery" time. Ours constantly said "4 days" because there are few orders in at this time, but should you choose a specific color that is in high-demand or you decide to get an engraving on the back, it could jump out past 4 days. For the most part, Motorola is striving to hit 4 days or less.

You can spin your the device around in a 360-degree motion at any time to see how your color scheme is looking. This becomes important as you move from stage to stage, as you'll want to see how your design is shaping up.

After eventually settling on Spearmint, it was on to the front color choice, which is either black or white. I'm normally a fan of white phones, but the white-spearmint combo, wasn't doing it for me. You can see it below, but I did go with black before moving on to the accent page. Black, along with on-screen navigation buttons, gives this awesome never-ending black look with the screen off like we get with the Nexus 4 and Galaxy Nexus.

There are 7 accent colors to choose from, however, Motorola tries to match up an accent that they feel will look best as you travel throughout MotoMaker. So when I got to this point, it had already selected Metallic Yellow for me. The yellow-spearmint partnership was what I eventually settled on, but I tried all of the other colors to see how it would look. Grey and black looked extra stealth, as Tim put it, but we had to go with some extra zip. No, not DROID Zap, zip.

The next step is adding a signature to the back of your device, if you'd like. I should point out that "droid life" was not an acceptable choice, nor was Samsung or HTC. But Burger King, McDonald's and Nike all worked! So clearly, Motorola doesn't want you branding your phone with competitors' names. They also will likely limit you on the swear words. As you'll see in the photo below, FACKWORS worked perfectly, but we eventually settled on a more classy "D L."

The signature is the last piece of the exterior design, unless you count the last tab, which is to buy a case that matches your new phone color scheme. So, now it's onto internals and some software tweaks.

The first step is choosing your storage size. If you go with 16GB, you are looking at $199 on contract, but if you go up to 32GB the price jumps to $249. As you can see, the promo code offered to us by Motorola was for the 16GB model. Once you have this step picked, you get to choose a Power On greeting, matching wallpaper for your color scheme, and decide if you want your Google account pre-loaded on the device when it arrives. Like with the back signature, Motorola doesn't want you swearing or using competitors' names. We decided to go inspirational this time around.

Once you wrap up with those options, you are essentially done. You can choose from some accessories, like matching headphones or whether you want a white or black charger in the box. Since we went black face, we also went black charger. We did not go for the matching SOL Republic headphones.

Then it's time to checkout. MotoMaker connects to your Google accounts, so if you have saved addresses, it can pull those in to make checkout a quick process.

Here is the official email you receive once your ordered has been received.

And probably the best part, is this little notification. 'Merica.

So on Monday, we should have a shiny new custom made Moto X. Actually, we may have two, since we found a backdoor yesterday and managed to order a 2nd. Shhh, don't tell anyone. Overall, it's an interesting process, to say the least. Outside of the MotoMaker site gobbling up computer resources like none other, the entire step-by-step picker is well made and laid out. I will say that deciding on a color scheme for a phone that could run you a few hundred dollars, and that you are supposed to like for two years is very stressful. What if your style changes? What if you don't want an Oregon Duck colored phone in 6 months when football season is over? What if you take a liking to wood, which isn't available yet? Very cool deal, making your own phone - just choose wisely.

Verizon HTC One Finally Launches August 22 for $199

Kellen — Fri, 16 Aug 2013 07:00:12 +0000

It's official - the HTC One will finally arrive at Verizon on August 22 for $199 on contract. Not sure what else to say. The phone originally launched months ago on the other major U.S. carriers. I don't want to call it dated, but it just doesn't feel as shiny and new anymore, even with that all aluminum body. Still a great phone, don't get me wrong. If it's on your radar, and has been for some time, next week is your week. Via: @VZnews

Google+ V4.1 Update Now Rolling Out to the Masses, Chromecast App Too

Kellen — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 17:06:43 +0000

The sizable version 4.1 update for Google+ on Android that was teased earlier in the week is now rolling out to the masses. To recap, this update makes profile switching much easier, introduces Google Drive photo management, pull-to-refresh in the stream and notifications, improves location settings, and officially swaps out Messenger with Hangouts. It's a good one, trust me. On a Chromecast front, the Chromecast app was updated to fix discovery problems that many devices were struggling with. Hopefully, this means that the OG DROID RAZR phones are not capable of casting fun. Here is the Google+ changelog:

View, edit, and share photos stored in Google Drive
Pull to refresh content in the stream and notifications
Locations improvements: Share your city-level location, control who is displayed on the map
Easier switching between different accounts and pages
Google Apps for Business support: restrict posts to the domain, domain icons to identify members
Hangouts app replaces Messenger for messaging and video calls. Visit Google Takeout to download your Messenger data.

And the Chromecast changelog:

Fixed Chromecast discovery problems with some Android devices.

Play Links: Google+ | Chromecast

Motorola Skip Accessory for the Moto X Now Available, Unlocks Phone With a Single Tap (Updated)

Kellen — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 15:56:44 +0000

A new Moto X-specific accessory called the "Skip" just showed up on Motorola's site, days before rumored launch dates have suggested that the Moto X would arrive. The accessory is listed as being a special "wearable accessory" that can be used to unlock your phone with a single tap. And yeah, that's all it says. So in other words, when you pull your phone out of your pocket, you could tap your phone to the Skip to wake it rather than having to reach for the lock switch. I think it makes sense for someone who uses a lock pattern or PIN. In that situation, you could simply tap your phone to the Skip to unlock it, rather than having to enter a PIN. But should your phone fall into the wrong hands, it would still be locked up tight with a secure lock screen. Interesting. The accessory is listed at an introductory $19.99 price, which seems a bit steep for an accessory that only wakes your phone (which your thumb can do for free). There has to be more to this story. Maybe? Update: Finding out more info now. There is an app for it in the Play store already that can be found here. Update 2: Here is the support document for it. Via: Motorola Cheers David!

Thursday App Sales: Redneck Revenge, AVG Antivirus, Trial of the Clone

Tim — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 15:41:39 +0000

A few new apps went on sale today, including a popular game called Redneck Revenge. In the game, you battle to fight off endless waves of zombies, while also going through epic boss battles. In addition, AVG's mobile antivirus app is on sale, which usually sells for $15, so that's not a bad deal at all. Check out the full list below. Thursday app sales:

My Backup Pro ($2.99)
Redneck Revenge ($0.99)
Trial of the Clone ($1.82)
AVG Mobile AntiVirus Security ($9.99)
Math Helper ($1.81)

Go check out the apps and support some hard-working devs.

Motorola's Trade Up Program Can Snag You $100 Off of a Moto X

Tim — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 14:33:42 +0000

Motorola introduced a trade up program last year for Moto phones that wouldn't be receiving a Jelly Bean update. If your phone was stuck on Ice Cream Sandwich or even Gingerbread then traded in, Moto would gift you $100 Verizon or Motorola gift card/carrier credit to put towards the purchase of a new phone. The deal is still on and prospective traders should be happy to learn that the Moto X is an available trading-up choice, as are the new DROID devices like the ULTRA, MAXX and Mini. If you are currently in this position, you can find more details on the program by following the link down below. Via: Moto Trade Up Cheers Adam!

DROID ULTRA Joins HTC at the Black Menu Bar From Hell Party (Updated: With Fix!)

Kellen — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 14:02:54 +0000

Decide against on-screen navigation buttons. Leave "menu" out. Join HTC. Update: Oh, well isn't Motorola super-duper clever. You can map the task button to act as a menu with long press. The option is in Settings>Display, then "use long press for menu." Life can return to normal now.

Download: DROID ULTRA Wallpapers

Tim — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 13:40:55 +0000

We got our hands on the DROID ULTRA (hands-on here) today, and came to find out that there is a set of sweet wallpapers onboard. You'll see beautiful landscape shots, as well as a few surreal photos that show off space and windmills. It's quite the pack of papers. Great job, Motorola. Definitely worth a look for all you wallpaper addicts. Download (Size: 10.4MB)

DROID ULTRA Feature Highlight: DROID Zap!

Kellen — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 13:08:57 +0000

There are few differentiating software features between the DROID ULTRA and Moto X (our comparison video), but one in particular that you'll likely see in advertisements, is DROID Zap. It's Motorola's take on a photo and video sharing service that lets you quickly share with multiple people at the same time without having to bump phones. It does involve others installing an app, though, and the sending part of Zap can only be done through the new DROIDs. So it is really that useful? Once you get all of your two-finger coordinated friends to install the Zap app, it might be. The video below explains it all. Play Link

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QaGE0xpPDSU[/youtube]

DROID ULTRA vs. Moto X: Specs, Software, and Design

Kellen — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 12:00:28 +0000

If you are considering a new phone on Verizon, you'll have so many good options to choose from over the next couple of months. From the new DROIDs to the LG G2 to the Note 3, it's going to a painful yet exciting decision to have to make. Two of them that we have in house to compare for you today are made by Motorola, though they'll eventually have four of their own for you to consider. Our unboxing of the recently-acquired DROID ULTRA is already done, so that means it's time for the heavy lifting to take place, which includes a battle between the newest DROID and Motorola's other flagship, the Moto X. I'll leave most of the comparison talk for the video below, since it's a solid 15 minutes long and covers it all from the build and design to the software enhancements shared by each. But when you look at these two side-by-side, it's pretty clear that the differences are dramatic in terms of appearance. The ULTRA is a big phone, thanks to its 5-inch display and capacitive touch buttons. The Moto X is a compact phone that preaches minimalism over shiny gloss and "DROID" branding. If you didn't know that they were both made by Motorola, I don't think you'd guess that they were. So, how to do they compare? I think you'll be surprised at how closely the ULTRA matches up. In some aspects, it even bests the Moto X, assuming you are a fan of the design.

Video

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZNwILsY3_yE[/youtube]

Gallery

Other links: Spec comparison | Verizon sales approach to the ULTRA vs the Moto X

Dots: A Game About Connecting Hits Google Play

Tim — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 11:19:15 +0000

While iOS users are probably already over it (since they have had this title for quite some time), Dots finally launched on Android this week. The game is pretty self explanatory, as there are lines of multi-colored dots, with your job being to connect them. You get bonus points if you make a square out of the connecting dots, then all of the same-colored dots are blown away. What draws people to such a simple game isn't the gameplay, but I think the overall vibe while you play it. With each dot you select, you hear a beep. As you connect more, the beep ascends to a higher key and that continues until the completion of your line. The app is smooth and well polished, so it's easy to tell this was no half-baked effort on the developer's part. This is a solid, albeit simple game. It features global leaderboards, as well as integration with your favorite social networks for easy sharing of high scores. Check it out for free on Google Play. Play Link [youtube]http://youtu.be/Y_tkF0Jt2D8[/youtube]

DROID ULTRA Unboxing and Tour

Kellen — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 09:59:25 +0000

With the Moto X review out of the way, it's time to focus in on Motorola's other offerings through Verizon, the new DROID family. First up is the DROID ULTRA, which arrived in review-unit-form from Big Red this morning. We'll hopefully have the MAXX early next week, but for now, it's all about the thinner brother from the same Chicago-based mother. In terms of specs, the DROID ULTRA is almost identical to the Moto X (and the other new DROIDs), except that it features a 5-inch display, a glossy back finish, capacitive navigation buttons, and is incredibly thin. But on paper, most of the internals match up since it features a 1.7GHz dual-core Snapdragon S4 Pro processor with X8 Mobile Computing, 2GB RAM, 16GB on-board storage, no microSD slot, 4G LTE, and mostly stock Android 4.2.2. The ULTRA will be available in three colors: white, red and black (which I have here). But on the software front, the ULTRA matches the Moto X blow-for-blow (has Touchless Control, Active Display, etc.), while also including a DROID Zap sharing app and the Command Center 3-circle battery widget. Our full review, comparisons, and feature highlights will arrive soon - for now, here is an unboxing.

Unboxing

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ggk-1ffVLAI[/youtube]

Gallery

Newest Report Points to LG Making the Nexus 5, Could Feature 5.2" 1080p Display and Snapdragon 600 CPU

Tim — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 09:53:18 +0000

Reports from various sources have been going back and forth between Motorola and LG to make the next Nexus device, dubbed the Nexus 5 by the press. While even LG execs stated that they are not creating the Nexus 5, the newest rumor to hit the web from China's MyDrivers.com states that they are in fact working with Google to bring the latest flagship device to the market. According to their sources, the Nexus 5 will be roughly inspired by the recently released G2 from LG. The spec configuration won't be identical, but will feature the same 5.2" 1080p display, as well as 2GB of RAM. However, a Snapdragon 600 will be used in place of the Snapdragon 800 to keep the price down. It is stated that LG and Google will want to keep the same pricing scheme that the current Nexus 4 has at $299 for 8GB and $349 for 16GB of storage capacity. To round out the rumor, the Nexus 5 is said to feature a 10MP camera, Android 5.0 "Key Lime Pie," but no word on whether we will see the power button and volume keys along the backside of the device like on the G2. That could be a deal breaker for some. Everything we have seen points to an unveiling of sometime in October for the next Nexus smartphone. All aboard the hypebeast train. Via: MyDrivers

HTC and Sprint Were Planning Phone Customization Before the Moto X

Eric — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 09:03:10 +0000

There are lots of arguing points when you bring up the Moto X, but the general consensus from the industry is that MotoMaker is pretty awesome. Even if it's only available for AT&T customers at the beginning, the ability to customize your device just to your liking is something the mobile device industry has wanted for a long time. Today's news however shows that Motorola wasn't the first one to try it out, HTC almost beat them to the punch. The team over at The Verge got some information from unnamed sources today that HTC and Sprint were gearing up for a web app called the "HTC Design Studio" that basically let you do everything that MotoMaker does. Pictured above is the Studio that was based around the HTC 8XT Windows Phone. Changing main and accent colors as well as matching it with Beats Headphones looks to all have been available. Even personal engravings were optional as well. All of these features you can find on today's MotoMaker. Unfortunately for HTC, they couldn't find a way to streamline the process to keep the costs down. Sprint and HTC cancelled the project and the 8XT launched without this customization option. Motorola's plant in Texas might have been the key to keeping this up and running at a decent cost. Do you think this would have helped HTC if they could have launched it before Motorola? Via: The Verge

Minuum Keyboard Receives Update to V1.1 - Includes Full Keyboard, Voice Typing, and More

Kellen — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 08:07:25 +0000

Minuum, the keyboard in a single dimension, received its first major update this morning since its first beta build arrived to backers of its Indiegogo campaign. We were admittedly not all that excited about this radical change in keyboard thinking, but updates that add missing functionality are always a step towards change for the better. This update appears to do just that. In version 1.1 of Minuum, a full keyboard has finally been added. For those times when you need to type out a password or a custom word that Minuum has yet to understand, a long press with two fingers will get you a more traditional style keyboard. This was probably my number 1 gripe, so I'm glad to see that they have already made this move. The Minuum team also added voice typing (access by sliding your finger left+up on the keyboard), optimized punctuation (with punctuation buttons), added vocabulary data backups (for switching between devices), and included new keyboard layouts outside of the traditional QWERTY. The update should be available at any time, as long as you are a part of the beta program. Once I figure out how to get back into the community, I'll be giving it a test.

Yahoo Weather App for Android Gets Overhauled, is Now Pretty Damn Beautiful

Kellen — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 08:00:06 +0000

Yahoo Weather received an update this morning that turns the Android app into one of the more beautiful weather apps we have seen to date. The complete UI makeover pulls in location-based photos from Flickr, uses minimal text and images to present temperatures and forecasts, and even comes close to following most of Android's new design guidelines (side navigation menu). You can still add multiple locations, with each pulling in a big, beautiful photo to represent it. Plus, you'll see 10-day forecasts, chances of precipitation, wind and pressure, moon phases, UV patterns, sunrise and sunset, and more. Oh, there is a new lock screen widget as well, that maximizes as you swipe it down. The app remains free. Bravo, Yahoo. Play Link

Red HTC One Launching Exclusively on Sprint August 16, BOGO Offer Too

Kellen — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 07:23:20 +0000

Sprint announced this morning that they will exclusively carry the red HTC One that has been pictured here and there since the phone made its stage debut back in February. The phone in this "red hot" summer color will go on sale August 16 for $199 on-contract. To sweeten the deal, Sprint is holding a BOGO (buy one, get one free) sale from the 16th through the 30th, so if you pick up the HTC One, they'll give you a second one for free in any color (silver, black, or red). The announcement also details a new partnership that Sprint has formed with NextRadio, bringing FM radio service to the One and several new devices over the coming years. Other than that, it's the same HTC One only now it comes in red. And you can get a second phone one for free should you buy between August 16 and 30.

The Droid Life Show: Episode 32

Kellen — Thu, 15 Aug 2013 00:27:52 +0000

Welcome back, everyone. It's time for the Droid Life Show episode 32! With this being our first formal show in what feels like an entire month, we have a lot to cover. The Moto X, now that I've had it in hand for a couple of weeks, will be discussed again at length. But beyond that, we have new DROIDs to weigh in on (that should be arriving any day for our poking and prodding), a Galaxy Note 3 event on the horizon, Tim's take on the LG G2 event, Ron's iOS vs. Android debates, HTC's new Robert Downey Jr. campaign, Verizon's missing HTC One, and so much more. It'll be a packed event - you shouldn't miss this one. The show kicks off around 6:00PM Pacific (9:00PM Eastern). A live video broadcast and chat are embedded below.

Subscribe | iTunes | Show Page

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E7j059f0WUM[/youtube]

Droid Life Show Returns Tonight at 6PM!

Kellen — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 20:26:52 +0000

We're back! The Droid Life Show episode 32 will go down tonight at its usual time of 6:00PM Pacific (9:00PM Eastern). We'll have the usual crew, plenty of topics to cover from the last few weeks, and all the iPhone chatter you can handle. Errrrr. It should be a great show - almost like a reunion of sorts. Join us! Again, the show begins at 6:00PM Pacific (9:00PM Eastern). We’ll have live video and chat embeds at that time.

Subscribe | iTunes | Show Page

Rumor: LG to Unveil G Pad Tablet at IFA, Could Sport 8.3" 1080p Display and Quad-Core CPU

Tim — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 16:15:19 +0000

LG could keep the "G" ball rolling at this year's IFA, with the launch of a yet-to-be-unveiled tablet called the G Pad. According to the site Tech Blog out of Greece, the G Pad could feature an extremely crisp 8.3" Full HD display with a resolution of 1920 x 1200, 2GB of RAM, a quad-core CPU (no word on the maker) and a bezel/width so thin you can still fit the larger-sized tablet in your back pocket. No images of the rumored tablet have hit the web yet, but its unveiling should take place in Berlin early next month. We can probably expect to see additional leaks hit the web before that, once we get closer to IFA. It's going to be a fun month. Any hopefuls for an LG tablet? Via: Tech Blog

Plants vs. Zombies 2 Finally Arrives Tomorrow...on iOS

Tim — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 14:35:03 +0000

Well, it's August and Plants Vs. Zombies 2 is finally launches tomorrow. Wait a tick, what's that? Do we see an iOS-exclusive launch taking place? That's right, PopCap's sequel to the incredibly successful first Plants Vs. Zombies is not launching on any other platform besides iOS, at least for the time being. Are we incredibly shocked? No, not at all, but it still sucks for big PvZ fans like us. When it was announced that it was hitting iOS, users took to Twitter to find out about support for their favorite mobile platform. According to the official Twitter for PvZ, there is no news to share at this time regarding a release for other platforms, but that we should "stay tuned."

Android has an incredible amount of users, so it is still odd to see major titles getting released for the smaller platform. Who knows, maybe Android is just really hard to develop for, given all that fragmentation in the OS. *sarcasm* Sad day. Once more info goes up on a release for Android, we will let you know. Via: App Store Facebook | @Plants Vs. Zombies

Why I Use an iPhone [Opinion]

Ron — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 14:00:23 +0000

Last week in my opinion piece about why I think Android users should consider the Moto X I opened up the article with an admission: I currently use an iPhone 4S and I plan on getting the next iPhone. This wasn't supposed to be a secret (if you follow me on Twitter then you would have noticed that I use iOS most of the time). On the Droid Life Show I have shown my iPhone and discussed using my iPad. That said, I know that a lot of readers did not know, and more importantly, were surprised or upset to read that I use an iPhone. Below you'll read my responses to questions I have received about why I use iOS, when I made the transition, and why it matters. If you have follow up questions or comments then feel free to leave a comment or reach out to me on Twitter. You said that there are specific reasons why you use iOS over Android. What are they? iMessage has become the main way I communicate. I use iMessage daily with my wife, my closest friends, and family. It's simple, works well, and it's seamlessly integrated with Messages. This might seem like an odd item to put at the top of a list about why I use iOS, but between read receipts, deep OS-level integration, iOS still has vastly superior apps in every category that matters to me. Apps like Tweetbot, Fantastical, Yahoo! Weather, Swipes, Mailbox, Vesper, Day One, and Safari provide a vastly better experience than their counterparts or peers on Android. There are admittedly some apps that have counterparts on Android that are better (Path and Hangouts come to mind), but that has been the exception, not the rule, in my experience. There are definitely apps on Android that let you do things that you can't do on iOS, but the apps on iOS are better for the things I want to do than they are on Android. Performance on iOS is more consistent than on Android, especially with the passage of time. I've owned and used a lot of Android phones, and most of them slow down over time. Android 4.3 might finally solve that problem for the phones that will actually get it, but time will tell. My iPhone 4S is finally now starting to lag once in a while with returning to the home page or swiping between home screens. It appears to be a bug in iOS that creeps up every so often. Outside of that, however, this is the first phone I've had that has lasted me two years without having major performance issues. Maybe that can be explained away by inferior hardware on my previous Android phones or OEM skins or the lack of complexity in iOS, but the reality is that I, and plenty of other people, have recognized that Android seems to become more janky with time. I really like Apple's hardware. Yes, it is more prone to breaking from a fall than many other Android phones, but mine has held up well despite a few falls. In fact, the most recent fall was from about 4 feet on its face and the screen did not shatter (it did take a chip out of the left side of the plastic chin). More to the point, I like the size and feel of Apple's hardware. The 4S is beginning to feel a little cramped for me, but the 5 feels perfect. I've always preferred smaller phones and bigger tablets. The camera on my 4S continues to impress me, the screen is crisp, and the hardware definitely looks and feels high end. iOS is really simple. Your apps are on the home screens and that's about it. You can customize their location, add folders, and slightly customize the notifications shade, but other than that the experience is dirt simple. I know that a lot of Android users don't like that, but I love it. While I enjoy customizing my Android phone with different icon packs, widgets, and transition effects, it is more important for me to have my phone work simply and quickly. The idea of simplifying the interface on Android was what brought me to write my first guest post for Droid Life about Launcher 7. So while I like that Android's interface can be simplified and tweaked like crazy, I enjoy working with a limited palette. When did this happen? I first bought an iPhone 4S about a year and a half ago. My decision to switch to iOS came after spending two years of my contract going from the HTC Touch Pro2, to the Droid Eris, to the Droid, to the Droid 2, to the Droid Incredible. Every one of those devices had hardware or software issues despite being considered top of the line when I had them and most of them had to be replaced multiple times by Verizon due to software and hardware issues. The first time I bought an iPhone actually happened some time before that. MIUI had just come out for the Droid 2 and I was experimenting with it and some other ROMs. At some point late at night I bricked my phone. I was out of ideas for what to do to fix it, so the next afternoon I went down to my Verizon store. I knew what to expect, but I still looked down the shelves of Android phones. Not one of them appealed to me. I was facing phones like the Droid Charge, the Droid 3, and the Thunderbolt. Within a few minutes I wandered over the the iPhone 4 and told the Verizon clerk I wanted one. My then-girlfriend-now-wife was shocked and a little upset. I had bad mouthed iOS for so long, but now I was willing to impulse buy an iPhone? That night I played around the the iPhone some more. I had trouble with the simplicity of the interface compared to Android, but I liked it. I didn't like that the phone had to be tethered to iTunes (iCloud didn't exist yet) for a lot of things, but it was a really neat device with a lot of things going for it (especially the app selection and quality). That night I had an idea. I hooked up my Droid 2 that had been sitting dead on my desk and brought it back to life with some combination of SBF and adjusting how the phone connected to the computer via USB. With a working Android phone I had no reason to keep the iPhone, so I returned it. Shortly after the iPhone 4S came out that fall I decided that I would upgrade to the 4S from my Droid Incredible (which I had switched to from the D2) permanently. It wasn't that I didn't like Android anymore; it was that I liked iOS for more reasons than I liked Android. Why do you still write for Droid Life if your main phone is an iPhone? I still have plenty of thoughts and opinions about Android, so I still write about Android. I love my iPhone and iOS, but that doesn't mean I don't still love Android (and webOS for that matter). I joined Droid Life to write opinion pieces about Android and Google. In fact, I originally intended on trying to become something like what John Gruber, Marco Arment, and MG Siegler are for the Apple community. When I started writing at Droid Life I was completely dedicated to Android as a platform and completely opposed to Apple. I wanted to evangelize Android and Google. It was Android and Windows enthusiasts' vehement, unmitigated hatred towards all things Apple that pushed me to play devil's advocate for some time. Eventually I found myself convinced that iOS was a much better fit for what I wanted in a phone. I didn't stop being a "power user" or enjoying customizing my phone. Instead, I found that while using iOS I became more productive and enjoyed using my phone a lot more. It isn't the only way, but Apple's design and execution philosophies make much more sense to me personally than do Google's. Having an iPhone just means that I know more about the other side of the fence. If that offends you, then you may as well know that I also own a HTC Touch Pro2, a HTC Trophy, and a Palm Pre 2. While at one point I was hyper-loyal to Android, I see myself as more of a lover of technology in general now. I prefer Apple personally, but I understand why people choose the alternatives: everyone has different needs and desires for the technology they use. Why should I care? That's completely up to you. If you think owning an iPhones makes me inept at commenting on Android then you should probably just skip my articles. Like I've stated many times before, I'm more of a technology enthusiast than an Android enthusiast. If I'm critical of Android or Google, it isn't because I think the iPhone is better and Android users are stupid; it just means that I don't like something Google did. If I'm critical towards an Android manufacturer that doesn't mean that Apple paid me to bash them. In the same way, if I say something nice about Android or an Android manufacturer, that doesn't mean I'm paid by that manufacturer; it just means I like what they did. I don't write inflammatory articles to generate more page views or generate more comments. I like interacting with commenters, but I don't get paid any more or less based on comments and I have no idea how many views my articles get. I understand that some people are upset that I use an iPhone as my main phone instead of an Android phone. I know that my reasons may not make sense to you or jibe with your experience, but remember that objectivity doesn't exist. We can have different opinions and still discuss Android. Conclusions So, yes, I use an iPhone and an iPad to write for Droid Life. I also have a drawer full of Android, webOS, Windows Mobile, and Windows Phone phones. I think that makes me less biased towards Android and the competition. Obviously my goal is no longer to become an Android evangelist, but I still love Android and the community around it. I still recommend Android phones to friends and family when I think it fits them best. Having an iPhone doesn't change that I love Android and love interacting with you, the reader. Thanks for reading and participating in the community!

Middle Manager of Justice Hits Google Play, Plays on the Comedy That is Corporate Life

Tim — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 13:12:24 +0000

A new game hit Google Play today called, Middle Manager of Justice. The game's tagline sums up this title quite well - "Somewhere between good and evil. Between order and chaos. Between upper management and the senior staff. You'll find the glue that holds it all together: The Middle Manager of Justice!" You have been hired on at Justice Corp. Your roll is to whip this sorry excuse for a crime-fighting league into shape and stop evildoers. In the game, you upgrade your training facilities and equipment to better combat your enemies. The gameplay is very simple - just walk around and beat the crap out of baddies using special powers. Not too hard to master, right? Check it out for free on Google Play. Play Link [youtube]http://youtu.be/Ecmkt0tfHo8[/youtube]

Samsung Hennessy Flip Phone is Official, Rocks Dual 3.3" Touch Displays and Quad-Core CPU

Tim — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 12:25:37 +0000

Earlier this month, pictures leaked of a Samsung-made Android flip phone, known as the Galaxy Folder. Today, the Folder name goes out the window and we are left with Samsung's newest device, the Hennessy. The Hennessy is quite interesting, features dual 3.3" 320x480 touchscreen displays, Android 4.1 and a quad-core CPU clocked at 1.2GHz. The phone also features a 5MP back-facing camera, a 1,500mAh battery, as well as dual-SIM support. As far as it ever making it to the US, the dual-SIM for GSM networks could give some folks hope (if they actually want it), but there is no official word from Samsung on availability and pricing.

Well, considering that it is just an Android-powered flip phone with semi-interesting specs, you can expect this to be the last time we talk about the Hennessy. Unless something crazy happens. Thoughts? Via: Engadget

Galaxy Gear Smartwatch Reportedly Confirmed for Unveiling at Samsung Unpacked Event in September

Tim — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 11:55:28 +0000

On September 4, Samsung is set to take the stage in Berlin and unveil the Galaxy Note 3. While that is pretty much 100% confirmed, there have been talks and even patent filings concerning a Samsung smartwatch, which was first referred to as Samsung Gear. According to SamMobile, they have learned from sources that Galaxy Gear (model number SM-V700) is real, and will be launching alongside the Note 3 on September 4 at the Unpacked event. The above concept render is based on a patent filing that took place earlier this year. It is reported that the watch will connect perfectly with other Galaxy devices from Samsung (not just the Note 3), and could feature a built-in microphone and speakers. As far as what other features we should expect from Galaxy Gear, there is no telling. Anything in particular you would like to see from a Samsung smartwatch? Via: SamMobile

Google Brings Quick Flight Searches, Purchase Tracking, Personal Photos and More to Google Search

Kellen — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 11:23:38 +0000

Google wants you to fully embrace your voice when it comes to performing searches. In a new service that will begin rolling out of the "next several days," Google is giving you the power to simply ask Google Search for flight info on an upcoming flight, see reservation info for hotels or dinner plans, track purchases made online, see what your plans are for tomorrow, and even get photos from recent trips or other specific time periods. Most of this info has been in Google Now for some time, but now that Google is incorporating it into Google Search, you can essentially have it anywhere at any time. Here are some examples of searches:

Flights: Ask Google “Is my flight on time?” to get info on your upcoming flights and live status on your current flights.

Reservations: Ask for “my reservations” to see your dining plans or “my hotel” to get your hotel name and address. With one tap, you can get driving or public transit directions straight there, saving you lots of steps.

Purchases: Ask for “my purchases,” and you’ll get the status of your current orders, so you know whether your mom’s birthday present will arrive on time.

Plans: Ask Google “What are my plans for tomorrow?” to see a summary of upcoming flights, hotels, restaurant reservations and events—very useful when you’re traveling.

Photos: Say “Show me my photos from Thailand” to see the photos you uploaded to Google+. You can also ask for “my photos of sunsets” if you want to show off the shots you’ve taken over the year; Google will try to automatically recognize the type of photo you’re asking for.

Again, this new update will rollout over the coming days for phones, tablets, and desktops. More info on the types of searches that can be performed can be found here.

Via: Google Blog

Google Changes "Package File Invalid" Issue Status to "Resolved" - All Good on Your End?

Kellen — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 10:38:41 +0000

This morning, Google changed the status of the "Package File Invalid" issue that was plaguing app updates to "resolved." We first reported on this issue last week, around the time that the new Play store 4.3.10 started to rollout, before Google acknowledged it yesterday. At least one reader of ours stopped by our inbox to let us know that the issue has been fixed on his end. So we thought we'd ask the rest of you - still seeing errors or is your Play store back to normal? Via: Google Support

CyanogenMod 10.2 Nightlies Start Rolling Out, Based on Android 4.3

Tim — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 10:20:43 +0000

Team Douche began pumping out nightly builds for CyanogenMod 10.2 last night, bringing the Android 4.3-based goodness to quite a few supported devices. Initially supported devices include the Nexus devices, the Galaxy Nexus on VZW, the Bionic, the One on all carriers, and the Galaxy S4. More devices will be supported in the future, but of course these things take time. You can expect to find bugs here and there, given that these are nightlies, but remember that they are not looking for anyone to submit reports. Grab the latest CM nightlies from the official get.cm website for your device. Via: +CyanogenMod Cheers Matt!

NCAA Football Teams Can Now be Manually Added to Google Now

Kellen — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 09:50:21 +0000

Back in February, as we approached the NCAA men's basketball tournament, Google Now finally started to allow users to add their favorite teams. At the time, we had a number of readers ask, "What about college football?" Since the college football season had long been wrapped up by February, we assumed that Google would get around to adding football teams once we got closer to the fall and the 2013 season. Sure enough, you can now add your favorite college football teams to your My Stuff>Sports list. To add a team, simple open Google Now, hit the action overflow menu (or Menu), go to Settings>My stuff>Sports, and then "Add team..." Type in the school name, and you should see a list to choose from. Pro tip - you want the school team name with the football icon next to it. :P From there, you should start seeing Google Now cards whenever your team is playing. Cheers Kyle!

Amazon Gold Box has 32GB and 64GB SanDisk microSD Cards for 60% Off Today, Flash Drives Too

Kellen — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 09:25:38 +0000

For the industry as a whole, it's unfortunate that Samsung has become the lone Android OEM to continue to include microSD card slots in its phones, especially when you see deals like today's through Amazon Gold Box. But since so many of you actually own Samsung's latest and greatest devices, you probably couldn't care less about the competition. And with that, we present to you the most recent 60% off SanDisk flash storage sale. In today's listing (Amazon does these every couple of months, in case you were wondering), you can pick up SanDisk 32GB or 64GB Class 10, UHS-1 microSD cards for $19.99 and $41.99, respectively. Amazon claims that these are 71% and 58% discounts. If you don't need another microSD card, you may want to look into a simple flash drive as well, especially if you get down with the OTG game. Today's deal has the extra tiny and packable Cruzer Fit 16GB ($10.49) and 32GB ($18.49) flash drive, along with the standard size 32GB ($17.49) and 64GB ($31.99) Cruzer. You'll find regular SD cards as well. Amazon Links: Ultra microSD Cards (Start at $19.99) | Cruzer Fit Flash Drives (Start at $10.49) The rest of the Gold Box deals can be had here.

Verizon's LG G2 Sign Up Page is Live

Tim — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 09:04:11 +0000

Registration to be notified when LG's newest flagship device, the G2, goes live on Verizon is now up. The G2 boasts some insane specs, all of which are top tier and should make anyone feel secure in knowing that their device will be a powerhouse until their next upgrade. The device is powered by a Snapdragon 800 processor, 2GB of RAM, carries a gorgeous 5.2" 1080p display, features a 13MP back-facing camera with OIS technology (anti-shake mumbo jumbo) and has an incredibly unique button layout that allows the device to be ultra thin. Now, while you can sign up to be notified, there is still no set-in-stone date for the device's launch onto Big Red. Once we know when that exactly is, we will let you know. Is this your next? Sign up here. [youtube]http://youtu.be/ixq73bl96c0[/youtube] Cheers Kevin!

AT&T Launches Six New 4G LTE Markets

Tim — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 08:44:28 +0000

AT&T announced the availability of 4G LTE in six new markets this morning, spanning from parts of Minnesota on south to Ohio. It is nowhere near the biggest push we have seen, but AT&T is currently filling in some weak points in their coverage, with more launches expected to happen sometime in the future. They still have a bit more to catch up to Verizon, who is already busy trying to launch VoLTE devices, but AT&T is on their way. New Markets:

Rockford, Illinois
Owatonna, Minnesotta
Rochester, Minnesota
Fairmont, Minnesota
Youngstown-Warren, Ohio
Williston, North Dakota

Enjoy those speeds. Via: AT&T

Your Full-length HTC "Hipster Troll Carwash" Commercial With RDJ has Arrived.

Kellen — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 08:09:00 +0000

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OVE1OcfB1E4[/youtube]

I guess that's one way to get everyone to know your name. And HTC stands for....go! (In the comments)

Google+ 4.1 Update Incoming - Easier Account Switching, Google Drive Support, and More

Kellen — Wed, 14 Aug 2013 07:55:48 +0000

A new Google+ update to version 4.1 was announced this morning by G+ developer Virgil Dobjanschi. The update is a good one, as it includes new way to switch between accounts that isn't such a pain in the a**. No more of that signing in and out of account, stuff. You'll also find access to Google Drive photos and videos through G+, with Drive photos getting enhanced and "awesome'd" automatically, just like your other photos. On a semi-technical front, the new Google+ app you'll find fully supported Google Apps for Business features, more controls in the location sharing settings, and will notice that Messenger has gone away for good in favor of Hangouts. But you knew that was coming. Oh, pull-to-refresh is in there as well. Again, it's a big update. Build 4.1 should start rolling out as early as today, but with everyone's favorite staged rollout process in play, you may not see it for a while. Play Link Via: +Virgil Dobjanschi

OpenTable for Android Updated, Brings Overhauled Search Results

Tim — Tue, 13 Aug 2013 15:53:16 +0000

The OpenTable team released an update for their official Android application, bringing a much cleaner and sophisticated look for the app and its search results, mainly. When you open the app, OpenTable will feature highly-rated places to eat that are near you, making your decision making that much easier. No more pleading for your date to tell you what type of cuisine she/he wants. In addition, you can view ratings in search results, plus the user can now sort by ratings. A full look at the changelog can be seen down below. What's New:

We've completely overhauled the experience when you first launch the app, making it much easier to quickly get to search results.
Great Tables: We now feature highly-rated restaurants with availability when you launch the app.
You can now view ratings in search results AND sort by them!
Stability and performance improvements.

Play Link

Tuesday App Sales: Human Anatomy Atlas, Kasperky Mobile Security, Tapatalk 4

Tim — Tue, 13 Aug 2013 14:24:48 +0000

Today, there are new apps on sale that could benefit your device, especially for those that like to keep a watchful eye on their phones. Kaspersky is currently holding a sale on their phone and tablet security apps, which will allow for tracking and remote wiping of your device should it be lost or stolen. I should mention that Google offers a solution for this called Android Device Manager for free, but the choice is all yours. For the golfers among us, there is a caddie app, which should help you around the course if you need. Tapatalk 4 is also on sale for a limited time. Go give the apps a look in Google Play by following the links. Tuesday app sales:

Human Anatomy Atlas Pro ($24.99)
BatteryBot Pro ($2.49)
Tapatalk 4 ($0.99)
ezPDF Reader Multimedia PDF ($1.97)
Kaspersky Tablet Security ($19.95)
Kaspersky Mobile Security ($14.95)
teleFoto ($39.99)
FreeCaddie Pro Golf GPS ($3.95)
Perfect App Protector Pro ($1.29)
Bluetooth Detection for Locale ($0.99)

Go support those hard-working developers.

Portal App Brings Paranoid Android's Halo Multitasking Feature to All Phones

Tim — Tue, 13 Aug 2013 13:00:14 +0000

Remember Paranoid Android's awesome Halo feature that allowed for multitasking apps like Facebook's Chat Heads? Well, that team's code went open source, and since then, other developers have been hard at work making it a better and more widely-available solution for multitasking woes. The application is called Portal and can now be found on Google Play - no root required. With Portal, users can access recent notification through a persistent bubble that appears on your homescreen. When the portal is open, you can access your texts, Facebook status updater, Twitter updater and your Internet browser app. It's a new application and the developers have told us that a lot more work is coming down the pipeline to refine the overall experience. Floating notifications aren't really my thing yet, but after playing around for a bit, I could see how someone could easily integrate this into their device and benefit from it. Go check it out for free on Google Play, then let us know what you think down below. Feel free to leave feedback in the comments section, as I am sure the developer is genuinely curious. Play Link [youtube]http://youtu.be/y83jMaiwgeE[/youtube]

Forget the Official $30 Nexus 7 Sleeve From Google Play, Amazon has Cases for $3

Kellen — Tue, 13 Aug 2013 12:25:56 +0000

When Google first released the new Nexus 7 onto Google Play, they included a listing for an official sleeve case at a price of $29.99. That case disappeared and re-appeared from Google Play for weeks before becoming available today. It's probably a decent case, assuming you want to zip and unzip your new tablet from a case every time you want to use it. For those who don't want to spend $30 on a zip-up sleeve, we thought we should point out that Amazon has all sorts of case alternatives, many of which that retail for less than $10 - some at $2.98. The first I'd highlight is the Poetic Slimline case that will be released on August 23. I have the Nexus 10 version of this case and absolutely love it. At $7.95, and in a variety of colors, you really can't go wrong here. It's similar to the smart covers that Apple introduced a year or so ago with the iPad, meaning it has a foldable cover that can be used as a stand. But this case steps up the game a bit by also attaching a form fitting plastic back to your tablet to give you some real protection. There are port cutouts everywhere you need them, plus the faux-leather material used makes it feels like a high-end product. With over 1,000 reviews on Amazon, the Poetic Slimline for the original Nexus 7 and Nexus 10 carries a 4-star rating. Two other cases you may want to check out are the MoKo and the rooCase. The MoKo is a lot like the Poetic Slimline, but offers even more colors and a slightly cheaper starting price of $4.99. The rooCase on the other hand is a multi-angle, spinny, clippy, ultimate toolbox of a case. It starts at a ridiculously low price of $2.98 and also comes in a handful of colors. I've never personally used either MoKo or rooCases, but they sit at 4-star and 4.5-star ratings, respectively. If you want a sleeve, Mivizu Shell runs $14.95 (with Prime shipping), and looks all sorts of legit in terms of protection. It also has extra pockets for storing accessories. We've got all three cases on order and will report back with our findings once they arrive. Amazon Links: Poetic Slimline ($7.95) | MoKo Case ($4.99) | rooCase ($2.98) | Mivizu Shell ($14.95) Play Link: Nexus 7 Sleeve

Moto X Arriving August 23 on AT&T and Sprint, August 29 on Verizon

Kellen — Tue, 13 Aug 2013 12:07:15 +0000

Verizon is juggling launch dates again. Don't act surprised though, for how many years now have we seen target launch dates moved within days, if not hours before we expected them to be made official. Look at the Galaxy Nexus or the Thunderbolt as prime examples. So what's new on Verizon's current timeline of device launches? When it comes to the Moto X (for Sprint and AT&T too), new DROIDs, and HTC One, this is what we know as of this past weekend, from at least one retailer. Verizon:

Moto X - August 29
HTC One - August 23 (also heard August 29 as a possibility)
DROID ULTRA - August 20 (in Verizon stores)
DROID MAXX - August 20 (in Verizon stores)
Convoy 3 (flip phone) - August 15

AT&T:

Moto X - August 23

Sprint:

Moto X - August 23

If I were you, it would be hard to bet on any of these dates just yet. Well, the AT&T and Sprint dates for the Moto X could very well hold up, but after seeing Verizon move the HTC One from August 1 to August 15 to either August 23 or 29, it's tough to decide what to expect. We do know that Best Buy also thinks August 29 is the date for Verizon's Moto X, though. The next couple of weeks should be fun.

Here is Your Verizon HTC One, Sign-Up Page Now Live

Kellen — Tue, 13 Aug 2013 11:04:30 +0000

There she is, the Verizon HTC One. A sign-up page to be notified of its status is now live at Verizon's site, however, we still don't have a firm release date. It was originally supposed to arrive on August 1, was then pushed to August 15, and now could launch on either August 23 or August 29, according to sources of ours. But hey, at least we know where they managed to stick the "Verizon" and "4G LTE" logos. One mystery solved. Via: Verizon Cheers @jstaff48 and @RyanMaxwellDao!

Upcoming LG Vu III Rumored to Sport 5.2" HD Display and Snapdragon 800 Processor

Tim — Tue, 13 Aug 2013 11:00:07 +0000

Whatever your personal opinions of the Vu family from LG may be, they do exist, and apparently people are buying them. In some cases, people are even loving the Intuition that is on Verizon. In a recent report, some specs for the upcoming Vu III hit the web, and while the design of the Vu usually makes us run for the hills, the specs do make us a tiny bit interested. According to the rumored list, the Vu III could come packed with a 5.2" display with a resolution of 1280 x 960 (not Full HD 1080p), a Snapdragon 800 processor, 2GB of RAM, a 13MP back-facing camera and support for LTE-Advanced mobile networks. Could it be that LG is pumping more of an investment in this portfolio to make it appear more desirable? And could it be that Verizon is selling enough of these to pick the next one up on their network? These are the types of questions that keep us up at night. Seriously, if you currently own an LG Vu, let us know down below why and what you like about it. We are genuinely curious. Via: TechnoBuffalo

Verizon CFO Lays Out Verizon's VoLTE Roadmap

Kellen — Tue, 13 Aug 2013 10:38:32 +0000

During a chat at the Oppenheimer Technology, Internet and Communications Conference, Verizon CFO Fran "ShamWow" Shammo laid out Verizon's roadmap for VoLTE, devices that will run on VoLTE, and how the new wireless tech could potentially impact prices of phones. As has been stated in the past, VoLTE will launch in the first half of 2014, now that Verizon has mostly completed their initial LTE rollout. According to Shammo, we'll see the first VoLTE capable phone arrive before the end of this year. This phone, however, will still have a CDMA chip in it in case there is a need for the phone to fall back off of regular LTE (not VoLTE) and onto Verizon's 3G network. We should note that the phone likely won't necessarily act as a VoLTE phone out of the box, since Big Red doesn't plan to launch their VoLTE network until mid-2014. It'll essentially be a future-proof phone, if you will. But Shammo did again confirm that they are planning to commercially launch VoLTE service in the first half of next year, once they feel the experience with voice is the same as it is on their 3G network. The big piece here involves fall back from VoLTE to CDMA, since those two technologies don't necessarily play nice with each other. In fact, Shammo mentioned that VoLTE is not backwards compatible with CDMA, so say you are on a voice call on VoLTE and leave service, your phone call will drop, not fall back onto CDMA. By the end of 2014, we'll see the first LTE-only phone that won't even contain a CDMA chip inside. So then of course, you won't be able to hand-off anyway since everything will happen over LTE. But again, Verizon feels that by then they'll be able to offer an even better voice experience than what you are seeing on CDMA, thanks to HD voice, video chatting, video voicemail, etc. And speaking of removing CDMA chips, Shammo also talked about subsidies dropping as they move to LTE-only phones. With CDMA chips no longer needed, and manufacturers becoming more efficient with production of smartphones (which is still a relatively new tech that is constantly evolving), Verizon will see phone prices drop. Whether or not that means they'll drop on the consumer end will be something to watch out for. Just because Verizon is getting better deals on phones, doesn't necessarily mean that they will drop for consumers if consumers are willing to pay $199 on-contract. The audio is below, if you'd like to hear it. [soundcloud url="http://api.soundcloud.com/tracks/105264111" params="" width=" 100%" height="166" iframe="true" /]

DROID MAXX and ULTRA Ship Dates Bumped Out to August 27 (Updated)

Kellen — Tue, 13 Aug 2013 09:19:26 +0000

When Verizon announced their new DROID family of phones back in late July, they set release dates of August 20 for the DROID ULTRA and MAXX, and August 29 for the DROID Mini. Those dates, within the last day or two, changed for the ULTRA and MAXX to August 27. ~~Verizon hasn't given reason for the change. It could be that they sold out of their original batch and that early pre-orders will still ship on the 20th, or that the phone has been delayed a week~~. We'll see what we can find out. Update: We heard back from Verizon and have good news. The launch date for the DROID ULTRA and MAXX is still August 20. Both devices will be available in stores on that day. If you pre-ordered before today's shipping date change of August 27, your device will still ship on the original date that it said (likely the 20th) when you ordered it. Via: Verizon Cheers Adam and Rob!

Google Acknowledges "Package File Invalid" Play Store Error, Working on a Fix

Tim — Tue, 13 Aug 2013 09:09:13 +0000

Around the time that the latest update to Google Play started rolling out, some users have reported receiving an error message when trying to download/update applications. The error reads as "Package File Invalid," then that's basically it. Google posted on their Support page that they have received enough reports from users and are currently working on a fix for the issue.

We’ve received reports that some users are getting "Package File Invalid" while trying to download or update apps. We’re currently investigating a permanent solution, and there are no workarounds at this time. We’ll continue to update this page with developments, so check back soon.

So, if this problem has been plaguing you, rest assured in knowing that Google has their brightest minds on the problem. Via: Google Support

Moto X Sold Through Google Play Won't be a Google Play Edition?

Kellen — Tue, 13 Aug 2013 08:43:33 +0000

On the day that the Moto X was finally unveiled, reports immediately surfaced suggesting that there would be a Google Play Edition of Motorola's new flagship. We're talking about the full-stock Android experience, sold directly through Google Play, with timely updates, just like we saw with the Galaxy S4 and HTC One GPEs. But is that still happening? According to Leo Laporte who spoke with Motorola's Guy Kawasaki, that may not be the case after all. On his "This Week in Google" show, Laporte said (audio below) that Kawasaki mentioned to him that there would be a version of the Moto X sold through Google Play, however, it won't be a Google Play Edition. In other words, it'll be an unlocked version of the Moto X with Touchless Control, Active Display, and some of the other features specific to the Moto X. If this is true, then I think it's clear that Motorola thinks their core features are what makes this phone unique and standout. Doing away with them in favor of 100% stock Android would degrade the phone tremendously. As you all know, the Galaxy S4 and One Google Play Editions both ditch their OEM skins in favor of stock Android. Both were also updated to Android 4.3 within a few days after Google released it. If the Moto X sold through Google Play is not a GPE, then we're wondering how updates would work and what the benefits are to buying it directly from Google? Any chance that the price is slashed tremendously through Google Play? With no release date in sight for the Moto X through Google Play, we just don't know at this time. [soundcloud url="http://api.soundcloud.com/tracks/105251116" params="" width=" 100%" height="166" iframe="true" /] Via: TWiT (10:00 mark)

CheapCast Wants to Emulate Chromecast Service Through Devices You Already Own

Kellen — Tue, 13 Aug 2013 08:02:25 +0000

Google's Chromecast is still sold out from just about every retailer across the country. Some will let you place an order for the $35 HDMI dongle, but you may not see it for weeks or even months in some cases. Enter CheapCast as your new alternative. You can get Chromecast-like service through Android devices you already own, for free. CheapCast is installed on the device you would like to act as your Chromecast. In other words, if you have another Android HDMI dongle or a phone with HDMI-out that can be hooked up to a TV, you would install CheapCast there. Once installed and given a name through the simple app UI, your device is now able to be casted to. Fire up YouTube or Google Music on your other Android device and you should see the cast icon with your CheapCast device listed as an option to cast to. Again, CheapCast allows you to take any other Android device that has HDMI-out capabilities, and cast to them. In theory, you could just cast to another Android device, like say a tablet, but that doesn't seem to make that much sense. Make sense? Watch the video and I think you'll get it. The app is most definitely a "beta," so don't be surprised if you run into bugs from time to time. The developer appears to be actively working on it though. Keep an eye on this one. Play Link

[youtube]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MGzsYxEAnZQ[/youtube]

Cheers John!

Box for Android Update Includes New Nav Drawer, Multi-Account Support, and More

Kellen — Tue, 13 Aug 2013 07:00:17 +0000

Box for Android, the other mega-cloud storage option, received a sizable update this morning that introduces all sorts of new features and improvements. In terms of cloud storage apps, you essentially have Drive, Dropbox, and Box, in my opinion. Those are the top three, but with this update, Box continues to show that it's going to continue to play ball. First, the Box team added the new Android design standard navigation drawer that can be accessed with a swipe from the left edge of the screen. They also added in multi-account support (for those who use Box for both work and play), a new resizable widget for your home screens, real-time updates to offline files (once you get back on line, of course), new folder sorting and viewing options, and a redesigned updates feed. It's a solid update that should go live later today if it's not already.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NKgPcjoK2ds[/youtube]

Play Link Via: Box

Monday App Sales: Smart Launcher, ROM Toolbox, Locus Map Pro and More

Tim — Mon, 12 Aug 2013 16:04:41 +0000

Need some new apps to get you through the week? Yeah, that's what we thought. If you go look on Google Play, you can find the below-listed apps on sale for a limited time. There are some games such as Amazing Breaker and an SNES emulator app, plus regular productivity apps like Locus Map Pro and an app for fly fishing fans. You know, to help you maximize your time while wading in waist-high water. Monday Sales:

Smart Launcher Pro ($1.99)
Locus Map Pro ($4.49)
Dropsync Pro Key ($2.49)
InstaWeather Pro ($0.99)
Animaonline SNES Emulator ($0.99)
ROM Toolbox Pro ($2.99)
Dodonpachi Resurrection ($5.99)
Espgaluda ($5.99)
Amazing Breaker ($0.99)
Orvis Fly FIshing ($3.99)
Bike Repair ($2.92)

Go support some developers.

NVIDIA SHIELD Receives 400MB Update, Fixes Audio Latency for PC Streamers

Tim — Mon, 12 Aug 2013 15:10:33 +0000

The SHIELD (review here) is finally available, with users already receiving helpful updates from NVIDIA. The newest update weighs in at around 400MB, which brings a reduction in audio latency while streaming from your GeForce-powered PC. The changelog shows nothing else, so go grab it if you haven't already. Changelog:

Reduction in audio latency for GeForce PC streaming.

Do we have any SHIELD owners here that got the update?

Contest: Win a HTC One Google Play Edition from Droid Life! (Updated: Winner Picked)

Kellen — Mon, 12 Aug 2013 14:45:18 +0000

It feels like it has been a while since we last handed out a mega-prize. Well, I take that back - we just gave away two brand new Nexus 7 tablets a couple of weeks ago. But you know what, it's going to be a slow week in terms of Android news, so we figured we'd spend the time rewarding readers. How does a brand new, un-opened HTC One Google Play Edition sound? Yes, this is the bad boy running stock Android, receiving updates in a hurry (already on Android 4.3), and still manages to carry all of the best parts of HTC's flagship hardware. We unboxed it and did an over view here. It's an easy device to love, that's for sure. Let's do it.

Contest

Update: Our winner, Joshua R., has been picked and emailed. Prize: 1 (one) HTC One Google Play Edition. How to enter: a Rafflecopter giveaway Winner: We will choose our 1 winner tomorrow at 2:30PM Pacific.

1 Second Every Day App Wants You to Create the Ultimate Lifelong Video Highlight Reels

Kellen — Mon, 12 Aug 2013 13:22:13 +0000

Forget Vine and Instagram video for a second, and think long term. What if you recorded 1-second clips of video each day for the rest of your life? Think you'd see the ultimate story that included ups, downs, friends, family, travels, and all of the other things that accompany your ongoing saga? I'd say so. An app called 1 Second Everyday also believes that 1-second intervals could create something pretty unique and entertaining without much work. The project was originally developed on Kickstarter for iOS, but within the last week made its way to Android. The app allows you to either record your 1-second clip for the day or pull from previously recorded clips that can they be mashed together into a highlight reel of your life. You can create multiple timelines within the app, so you could have a personal timeline, another for each kid of yours, and maybe even do one specifically for the times you've spent in social settings (like say clips of each football season or concerts you've attended). You can setup daily recording reminders, specify timeline length, and of course, share it all with your friends on social networks. It's quite the interesting idea, assuming you could get yourself to record some type of video each day. In a year or so, you could have minutes of video recorded. In a decade, it could be an hour. The app is free for the first 30 days of use. Once you crack the month mark, it'll run you a 1-time fee of $0.99. Play Link

Google Glass Updated to XE8, Brings New Google Now Cards and New Voice Commands

Tim — Mon, 12 Aug 2013 13:03:48 +0000

Each month, the Google Glass team releases an update to owners of the wearable tech. If you are one of a few thousand that currently use this device, then a new update to version XE8 is now available. Inside XE8 is a few new Google Now cards, including a Traffic card, Movies card and Hotel/Restaurants card. On top of that, new voice commands for "taking notes" and "posting updates" have been added.

The applications Evernote and Path have added support, allowing for you to use their services right through Glass. If you need to take a note and save it to your Evernote account, now you can do so. To top it off, the video player for Glass got some touch control updates, which will now allow you to play, pause, fast forward and rewind the videos you are watching. If you have Glass, let us know what you think of the update. Via: +Google Glass | Glass Support

Note 3 Specs "Confirmed" for the Umpteenth Time - 5.68" 1080p Display, Octa Processor, 3GB of RAM, 13MP Camera

Tim — Mon, 12 Aug 2013 12:25:23 +0000

According to an exclusive report from SamMobile, who are usually dead on with their Samsung-related leaks, they have received reportedly official word on the Galaxy Note 3 final specs. Of course, take all of this with a grain of salt, considering we only have another few weeks until the official unveiling from Samsung on September 4. Plus, there was another rumor floating around this morning that the Note 3 would feature a larger battery than the one that is being suggested by this leak. Anyways, the newest list of specs feature some highlights which should get potential fanboys riled up quite a bit. Take a look below. Galaxy Note 3 specs:

5.68" Full HD Super AMOLED display (1920 x 1080)
Octa-core processor clocked at 1.8GHz (depending on the market)
3GB of RAM
13MP back-facing camera with OIS technology
ARM Mali-T628 MP6 GPU
4G LTE
16GB/32GB/64GB storage options
microSD slot supportable of additional 64GB
Android 4.3 Jelly Bean
3,200mAh battery

In addition, the Note 3 is reported to have the same dimensions as the Galaxy Note 2, but will feature thinner bezels with a larger display. As this point, let's just leave the specs at this and wait for the official announcement from Sammy. Via: SamMobile

Sony to Introduce "Lens G" Attachments, Turning Your Phone Into the Ultimate Cameraphone?

Tim — Mon, 12 Aug 2013 11:25:14 +0000

Based on newly leaked high-res photos from Sony Alpha Rumors, you won't have to worry about the pixel wars or camera comparisons when buying your next smartphone. What you are seeing above is the Sony Lens G or "Lens Camera," an attachable accessory for Android (and iOS) devices that brings the same sensor found in the well-liked RX100 Mark II to your smartphone. Seriously. After connecting the lens wirelessly (NFC or WiFi) to your phone, your device acts as the view finder, allowing you to take some classy selfies. According to this report, there will be two Lens G products - the QX100 and the QX10. The QX100 is the higher-end of the two, which as I just mentioned, will include the same sensor/lens combo as the RX100 Mark II. The QX10 on the other hand, is more in line with one of Sony's CyberShot products, meaning it will likely be more affordable and compact. Pricing has not been revealed, but you'd guess that Sony would give you some type of discount if you are using your phone as the viewfinder and to help facilitate the photo taking experience. The RX100M2 is currently priced at around $750 - maybe we'll see the QX100 drop to around $600? Tough to tell. No matter what, these two products give serious photogs options without having to carry a full-sized camera. Since we all already carry around smartphones, maybe an attachment is all we need in the end? Well, assuming that either of these Lens G products can fold up or compact in size for easy packing. I can't imagine that the world is ready to carry around an awkward lens attachment that runs a half-dozen Benjamins. Would you mind strapping one of these things to your phone/tablet?

Via: The Verge | Sony Alpha Rumors

Try Out the Open Beta of Rising Empires, a 4x Turn-Based Game for Android

Tim — Mon, 12 Aug 2013 10:23:23 +0000

We know how much everyone loves a good beta, so if you are in the mood to test out a new turn-based strategy game, go download Rising Empires from Google Play. The game features six races, each of which have different abilities, giving gamers a unique experience each time they play. Your goal is to create a large empire, keep your population happy and master your race's combat abilities by destroying your enemies. As mentioned, the game is an open beta, so the developers are asking for active feedback if you have the time to spare it. So far, for a 4x turn-based strategy game, the ratings are quite solid at 4.2 stars. Not bad at all. You can find tutorials on how to get started playing by following the via link below. Let us know what you think if you give it a whirl. Play Link Via: Rising Empires Forum | Games Press

Rumors Point Towards the Galaxy Note 3 Launching With Android 4.3 and 3,450mAh Battery

Eric — Mon, 12 Aug 2013 09:35:47 +0000

Only a few weeks ago, Android 4.3 was introduced to the world. As expected, the only devices to get the update so far have been Nexus devices. With a new lineup of devices hitting in the last few months of this year, we could see phones with it sooner rather than later. It's no secret that the Galaxy Note 3 is coming soon, but could it be the first non-Nexus device to launch with Android 4.3? As with all devices, the Note 3 had to be certified to work with DLNA devices and when it was inspected it was apparently running a build of Android 4.3. This is usually a fairly good sign that we can expect that build of Android to carry over to the retail model when it launches later this year. To add to the Note 3 hype, Phone Arena is hearing from a source that the device will come with an absolutely massive 3,450mAh battery packed inside. For some reference, the Galaxy Mega 6.3 that launched earlier this year only has a 3,000mAh battery, making the Note 3 quite a beast. September 4 is when we should see the Note 3 officially unveiled. Are you excited? Via: SamMobile | Phone Arena

Twenty Bystanders Shot with BB Guns During LG G2 Promo Event

Tim — Mon, 12 Aug 2013 09:02:05 +0000

During a special promo event for the G2 launch in Korea last week, LG filled up 100 balloons with helium and planned to set them free up into the sky. Inside the balloons were coupons for free G2 devices. Their plan was to have the balloons naturally deflate and fall to Earth safely for people to find them. Unfortunately, some things never go to plan and some not-so-patient attendees were in attendance. Coming equipped with BB guns to the event, as soon as the balloons were released, chaos ensued. Twenty people walked away from the event (or were taken to the emergency room) with BB gunshot wounds. LG has since cancelled all similar types of promotions in Korea, and announced adequate compensation for those that were hurt. I'm guessing a new G2 might make those BB wounds feel a bit better. Some people will do anything for a free phone. Via: Korea Times

From a Sales Perspective: How Verizon Looks at the New DROIDs vs. the Moto X

Kellen — Mon, 12 Aug 2013 08:29:22 +0000

During the week of the August 20, there is a pretty good chance that you are going to have at least three new Motorola devices to choose from on Verizon. Big Red has already announced that the DROID MAXX and ULTRA will be available come the 20th (Mini launching later), but the Moto X may end up arriving later that week on the 23rd as well. We've had a number of readers ask us to do a full-on comparison of the Moto X to these other DROID flagships, and we'll do that once we have review units. In the mean time, we have already put together a spec chart that compares the Moto X to the new DROIDs that you should probably check out. If you want to know how Verizon is going to approach them from a sales perspective, we have something extra for you to look at. Below, you'll find a training chart for employees who are being briefed on all four new Motorola devices. Rather than focusing on specs, this chart looks at the software and hardware features of each, and how they can be sold to customers as benefits. It compares the DROID family and its set of "exclusive" features to the Moto X in some sort of a showdown. As you'll see, there are plenty of extra bright red check marks to highlight the advantages of the new DROID line over Motorola's solo flagship.

For example, two of the three new DROIDs feature wireless charging - the Moto X does not. They also all utilize KEVLAR around their body to offer more protection, and include the "DROID Command Center," which is an upgraded version of the 3-circle clock that Motorola introduced last year with the RAZR HD and Atrix HD. In terms of software freebies, Verizon has worked out a deal with Google to give all of the new DROIDs instant access to Ingress, along with 6 free months of Google Play Music All Access access. The ULTRA and MAXX offer a 5-inch display, which ends up being slightly larger than the 4.7-inch panel on the Moto X. And the top chart doesn't even mention the fact that the ULTRA is insanely slim (Moto X is slightly thicker than the HTC One). Also, don't forget that the MAXX offers a reported 48 hour battery life on a single charge, and will also sport 32GB of internal storage. Keep in mind that all of the new DROID phones are equipped with Active Display, Quick Capture Camera, and Touchless Control, all of which are the Moto X's best features. So in a way, the new DROID phones actually do have some advantages over the Moto X, for those keeping track. I think what it'll come down to in the end depends upon how much you prefer a 5-inch display over a 4.7-inch, if 48-hour battery life is a must have, and if you like the look of Motorola's KEVLAR unibody designs. I still can't help but question the need for all four of these devices on Verizon, but I think it's clearer than ever which phones the carrier will be pushing and which the manufacturer will be using its marketing budget on. Don't forget to read our Moto X review if you haven't. Keep an eye out for new DROID family coverage, assuming we get review units in the next week or so.

Cheers B!

Video: Robert Downey Jr. Officially Arrives at HTC, Promotes Subversive Thinking

Eric — Mon, 12 Aug 2013 07:35:55 +0000

We have heard the rumors, but today HTC has officially announced that actor Robert Downey Jr. is going to be spearheading a marketing campaign for them. In his first YouTube video for the company, RDJ arrives at HTC HQ looking to change things up, suggesting that they should look into Humongous Tinfoil Catamarans. All jokes aside, HTC is really hoping that RDJ with his new two-year advertising deal can bring some new marketing efforts to the company after being overshadowed by Samsung last year. According to HTC, this is only a part of the first phase of their advertising, which shows what HTC means to different people. Phase two will highlight HTC's buzzwords like BoomSound and BlinkFeed. Finally, the third will show how HTC products "empower individuals to drive change in their own lives." That all sounds well and good, but I just want to see RDJ in some longer commercials. Do you think getting Tony Stark on board will help HTC in their marketing?

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UpGUV6ZrYFw[/youtube]

HTC CHALLENGES STATUS QUO WITH NEW GLOBAL BRAND PLATFORM

‘Change’ marks bold new move by HTC in new brand position

Taipei, Taiwan - August 12, 2013 – HTC, a global leader in mobile innovation and design, today unveiled its most powerful marketing campaign to date. The Change brand platform is a long-term strategy that celebrates HTC’s disruptive impact on the mobile industry over its 17-year history. Ushering in an innovative new approach that will transform the industry, the campaign will reach consumers through a broad spectrum of traditional and digital media outlets.
To mark the launch of the global platform, a new above-the-line campaign will be rolled out from August 2013. Featuring acclaimed actor and director, Robert Downey Jr., the first ad creative will screen on YouTube on 15th August, to be immediately followed by a series of cinema and TV executions. Ben Ho, CMO of HTC comments, “HTC’s innovation, authenticity and boldness have made us the change-makers in the mobile industry and led us to launch what influencers regard as the best phone in the world, the HTC One. Our original and playful Change platform is different to anything else out there and aligns our brand with the same qualities our phones are already known for. With this campaign, we are affirming what HTC’s role is in the mobile market which is to define change and to lead the industry in developing the newest and most innovative technologies.” The face behind the Change Recognized as one of the most popular faces on the big screen, Robert Downey Jr. has signed a two-year deal with HTC. In addition to starring in the ad, he has injected his own style, working closely with HTC’s global agency 171 Worldwide (WWP Group) to shape its creative direction, putting change at the core of HTC’s brand by offering a variety of unique interpretations of the HTC acronym. Celebrating the change-makers The brand platform will roll out in three phases with the initial advertising campaign highlighting HTC’s brand with a playful take on what it means to different people. The second phase will feature executions which highlight how HTC innovations—like BlinkFeed, Video Highlights and BoomSound—have changed the face of the mobile industry. The following ad spots will then focus on how HTC products empower individuals to drive change in their own lives. Changing the media mix Aligning with the preferences of HTC’s target audience, the ATL campaign will be heavily weighted to cinema, online and digital media. Experiential events in key markets, like the UK, US and Taiwan, will also bring the brand message to life for consumers, who will be able to experience the various creative interpretations of HTC for themselves. Extending the interpretation to consumers, a word randomizer app hosted on HTC.com and promoted via a range of social channels including Facebook, Google+ and Twitter, has also been developed to allow people to identify the most outlandish possible interpretations of HTC, building on the variety of permutations first introduced in the ATL campaign.

HTC One Max Press Renders Arrives

Kellen — Mon, 12 Aug 2013 06:59:58 +0000

According to famed leaker @evleaks, you are looking at a non-final press render of the HTC T6, better know as the HTC One Max. Since it's a press render sitting by itself, it doesn't exactly show us how big this allegedly 5.9-inch device will be, but since we have seen comparison photos of the mega-phone lying next to others, it does somehow give off the impressions that it will be huge. Maybe even massive. Too big? For some. No official word has dropped from HTC on when the One Max will arrive, but current rumors suggest that a September unveiling could be in store. For those not familiar, we are looking at what could be a 5.9-inch phone (not tablet), with a Snapdragon 800 processor, UltraPixel camera, BoomSound, and all of the other goodies used in the original One. I think the most important piece to this phone's success is whether or not HTC has a vision for making this into more than just a blown up One. We need phone-tablet hybrid specific features, like Samsung has done with its popular Note series. I remember asking last year if 5.5-inch phones were too big. What about this year's trend which appears to be taking that number and laughing as we approach 6-inches? Via: +@evleaks

Sign-up Page for Moto X on Verizon Goes Live

Kellen — Sun, 11 Aug 2013 21:00:19 +0000

We know the Moto X is coming to Verizon at some point this year, Motorola has said as much. But an official announcement, outside of a Tweet, is all we have heard from the carrier itself. Well, until this weekend, as Big Red has posted a sign-up page for Motorola's new flagship, with a note about it arriving in the "coming weeks." We should point out that no carrier has given us an actual launch date, so this is about as good as it gets for now. We reported that August 23 has been on Verizon's schedule as the target Moto X launch date for some time, but they seem to still be finalizing much of their summer lineup. The HTC One was due in early August, but has since been pushed to August 15 and now maybe even out to August 29, according to sources of ours. We've also seen roadmaps that show the One arriving on the 23rd with the Moto X being pushed to the 29th. Just know that nothing is official with Verizon until they make it official. Anyways, feel free to go sign-up for news as it breaks. Actually, we'll probably relay it to you faster than their email servers can, but being on the list of updates for new phones is never a bad idea.

Via: Verizon Cheers Michael!

This Week in the Life of DROID: 8/9/2013

Tim — Fri, 09 Aug 2013 16:00:52 +0000

This week was highlighted by the unveiling of the LG G2, a pretty unorthodox device in terms of looks, with its only buttons being placed on its backside. It's different, but I kind of liked it. We got some hands-on time with it this week, so be sure to check that out in the links below. We also posted our full Moto X review, which is a must read for everyone. Other than the G2 and Moto X craziness that took place, there are new rumors circling that point to ASUS making the next Nexus 10 tablet and that Motorola is to make a Nexus phone this year. It was a solid week of Android goodness, so make sure to check out the highlights down below.

Have a great weekend, folks!

New Nexus 7 "razor" Factory Images and Binaries Now Posted

Kellen — Fri, 09 Aug 2013 15:20:00 +0000

After a little drama earlier in the week, the factory images for the new Nexus 7 "razor" are now live. The binaries too. We're looking at Android 4.3, build JSS15J. Feel free to download the factory images and store them in a safe place - you never know when you might need to flash your device back to stock. If you need instructions on how to flash factory images, hit up this guide of ours. As for the binaries, leave those for the developers in the building. If you are confused by the name "razor" since you have also seen us refer to the new Nexus 7 as "flo," I'll try to explain. Each Nexus device is essentially given two names: a device name and a product name. Take for example the Galaxy Nexus LTE. You'll see it often referred to as "toro" which is the device name, but in the software updates for it, it is referred to as "mysid" aka the product name. So for the new Nexus 7, we have a product name of "razor" and a device name of "flo." Product names are typically listed with factory images since they are tied to the software of the device. Via: Factory Images | Binaries

Rumor: Amazon Prepping Android-Powered Game Console for End of 2013

Tim — Fri, 09 Aug 2013 14:20:56 +0000

Amazon currently has one of the largest libraries of Android apps in the world, second only to Google's own Google Play store. According to a new rumor that was originally posted by Game Informer, the world's biggest e-retailer has an Android-powered gaming console up its sleeve, with plans of utilizing that large library to power its content. The console is rumored to launch later this year, and will connect directly to the Amazon Appstore, allowing for gamers to play their favorite Android games on their HDTVs or wherever else they can hook the console up to. As far as specs are concerned or even some type of design for the device, nothing is confirmed or known. Even the rumor itself is being poked quite hard from others in the industry, but with interesting job listings going up last year on LinkedIn for an "unreleased consumer device," who knows what Amazon is up to. What we do know is that Amazon should distance themselves from this idea immediately. How many of these Android-powered consoles have we seen? How many of them are "successful"? Now, success can be defined many different ways, but depending on how much it is and when they plan to launch, the company will be attempting to go head-to-head-to-head with the Xbox One and PS4. Does this sound like a good idea? Not to us, it doesn't. Thoughts on the idea of an Amazon-made Android-powered game console? Via: Kotaku | Game Informer

Google Currently Looking Into New Nexus 7 GPS Issue, Appears to be Widespread

Tim — Fri, 09 Aug 2013 12:33:51 +0000

According to users on several forums and across the web, the new Nexus 7 is currently experiencing GPS issues. From what people are reporting, the tablet will lock on to GPS, then all of a sudden drop signal and never return. Sometimes it will work for 30+ minutes, while other times it can only lock onto a satellite signal for a couple of minutes. After plenty of factory resets and checking their settings, users are going straight to Google for answers. At least one Google employee has acknowledged the issue and that a team of engineers are currently looking into what is causing the issue. Once the issue is found, then they can take the steps to fix it. Could it be hardware related? Software? For those who owned a Transformer Prime from ASUS, let us hope the issue is software and not hardware. If you recall, ASUS personally sent out GPS dongles to everyone who complained about a lack of signal, and for those who don't know, ASUS does in fact make the new Nexus 7. Could it be some sort of weird repeated issue? We will have to wait for an official word from either ASUS or Google on what the deal is and what they plan on doing to resolve it. Does your Nexus 7 have this issue when trying to lock onto GPS? Via: Google Groups Cheers droidrazredge and klobkelosh!

Koush Builds Chromecast Into CyanogenMod Framework, Any App With Video or Audio Can Cast

Kellen — Fri, 09 Aug 2013 11:48:20 +0000

[youtube]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MTWHL30gyg4[/youtube]

If you haven't yet, go order a Chromecast from Google and deal with the 2-3 week wait period. This device, at $35, is going to be the ultimate media sharing tool in the coming months once non-partner developers are allowed to publicly distribute apps that have Cast support built into them. Take for example all of the work that Koush has been spamming off on his Google+ page. It initially started off with him showing how you could stream on-device video and pictures to Chromecast, but the functionality he has produced over the last week has increased dramatically. He went from casting Dropbox to RSS video to now showing Cast support built into the framework of CyanogenMod. With this new trick, he demonstrates being able to Cast from any app that plays video or audio through the MediaPlayer. Watch the clip and you'll understand how powerful this is. Rather than waiting for app developers to build in Cast support themselves, this essentially enables the functionality without their work. Via: +Koush Cheers Jordan!

Droid Life Q&A Sessions: Volume 14 Answers

Tim — Fri, 09 Aug 2013 11:03:47 +0000

Here are your answers to Volume 14 of the DL Q&A Sessions. Clearly, a lot of you are focusing on the Moto X, which makes sense, since it was probably the most hyped Android device of the year. In addition, many Galaxy Nexus owners are looking to upgrade soon on Verizon, so we touched on which devices we could see land on the carrier, such as the One Max from HTC and the Galaxy Note 3. We got asked about our preference towards Yeezus or MCHG which is interesting, so give a look down below and see what the DL staff has to say on the matters. As a reminder - K is Kellen, T is Tim, R is Ron and E is Eric.

Do you think Google plans to make the Nexus available on Verizon?

K: Not a chance in hell. Google hates Verizon. OK, they may not hate them, but after the Galaxy Nexus debacle, I'd be incredibly surprised to see another Nexus work on Big Red's network. Well, there is always a chance that we see one with an LTE-only phone, but we're still a year away from that happening. T: As much as I would love to say yes, I will have to side with Kellen and go with, "not a chance in hell." Once the VoLTE stuff comes around and there isn't much of a GSM vs. CDMA thing going on in America, then we can start seeing all of the carriers working more closely with Google. I think for now, Google will stop at almost nothing to make sure Verizon doesn't somehow screw up a user's experience with one of their devices going forward. R: I doubt it. I think they're going to let that relationship cool for a bit more before they try that again. Maybe next year with VoLTE. E: I think it will depend on how the Moto X does. The Moto X is one of the first phones to come to Verizon that is pretty much the same on all the other carriers that it is coming to. If the Moto X sells well enough on Verizon, I think it will change their perception of "our phones have to be different from everyone else's. That would bode well for a Nexus coming to all carriers with the same hardware.

Do you think we'll see the HTC One Max on Verizon, and if so would you favor it or the Note III as your phablet of choice?

K: We don't know enough about either phone yet, but Samsung seems to be the only OEM who has created an experience that is fine-tuned for that large of a display. LG has tried and struggled. Sony has no idea what they are doing. HTC could, but if it ends up just being just blown up Sense 5, I would go Note 3. T: I want to say no for the One Max coming to Verizon. Users only need so many options, am I right? No reason for Verizon to make people decide between a massive One or the Note 3. Neither device has launched yet, so we still have time to see what they plan on doing. As for the second part, I would go Note 3 all the way. Not even a question. Cult status is back in full effect. R: I don't think we'll see the One Max on Verizon. If you're off of Verizon and looking for a phablet, I would think you would want the Note 3 unless the Max comes with a stylus like the Flyer did. E: I think we will and if my history of preference holds true I will enjoy it more than the Note 3. Aluminum for the win.

Now that the Moto X has become official, given its specifications and its price tag, how well do you guys expect it to sell even though some might consider it under-spec'd or over-priced?

K: The iPhone is never sold on specs and Apple usually can't keep them on shelves for months after launch. Motorola is no Apple, but they are going to sell people on experience and image with the Moto X. I don't think it'll be the next Galaxy or iPhone in terms of sales, but it should help Motorola start to make a return. T: Normal people don't care about specs. Dual-core vs. quad-core doesn't mean jack to them, so Moto is going to completely ride that customization option. Once it's available for more than AT&T, this device could sell huge if pushed the right way. People love custom colors and all that crap, so I could really see that being the biggest aspect, not the specs. R: It all depends on the ad campaign. I think they have a great product, but we've seen great products fail because of a lack of advertising (HTC One X) or poor advertising (Palm Pre). E: People will slowly start to come around. I know it isn't the best specs, but every review or post that I've read of people who have actually held the device was a glowing one. Once it gets into the public's hands I think they will see what Moto was trying to do with this phone and it will sell accordingly.

Which was the better album this summer - Kanye's Yeezus or Jay Z's MCHG?

K: If you listen to Yeezus and ignore the amateur lyrics, it's clearly the better album in terms of production. But since Kanye can't rap for sh*t (Hurry up with my damn croissants? Really?)...eh, it still wins. I'm still listening to almost every track on it, while I've only found 2 or 3 from MCHG that I can handle over and over. Both good, but Yeezus wins in my book. T: For me, it's a toss up. I hate Kanye's attitude, but his music is okay. I love Jay Z, but this album is iffy. So it's a tie for me. If I could mash the two into one album, I would be a happy camper. Send It Up is my jam from Yeezus and Holy Grail is my favorite off of MCHG. E: I enjoyed them both, but MCHG had a lot more substance in my opinion. Yeezus had some banging beats which I loved, but a lot of tired lyrics which we seemed like we had already heard. MCHG felt new and engaging, and long. Yeezus was over before I knew it, whereas MCHG was a lengthier album overall.

If Google invited you guys to come and design a Droid Life edition phone what would it be like, hardware and software wise?

K: Whoa, crazy question. Well, since I'm currently digging the Moto X, I'd say give me a Moto X with a Snapdragon 800 (with X8), fine-tune the camera software, and...that's it. Stock Android is stock, so we know what we're getting with software. I like the look of this phone, as long as Google would let anyone customize the appearance. Sell it for $349 with 64GB of storage and I'm good. T: Awesome question - It would need an awesome display, 5" would suffice. 720p or 1080p is fine, depending on who makes it. I would need a Snapdragon 800, 2GB of RAM, 10MP camera that DOESN'T suck, a back texture like the HTC One X (so smooth), front-facing speakers like the One with BoomSound, audio jack on the bottom of the device, and on-screen buttons. As for color, it would be all black except for some pink volume and power buttons. R: Aluminum, glass, iOS. Just kidding. 4.3 inch 720p AMOLED display, 12 MP camera on back 2.0 MP camera on front, 32 GB storage, Verizon radios, aluminum body with a plastic DL logo on back for the radios, stock Android 4.3 with an open bootloader and Active Display side loaded. E: Black on pink of course. Everywhere. As far as specs go I'd put it in a 4.7" screen with a Snapdragon 600 alongside 2GB of RAM for some performance and a 10MP camera. I would try and pick pieces of other OEM skins and place it in there; Moto X's touchless controls, Samsung's camera software, HTC's Beats audio. Stock Android everywhere else.

Do you really like the form factor of the LG G2?

K: Not personally, no. It looks like a Galaxy S4 rip-off. T: As much as it pains me to say, I think I still do! It's really weird at first, but the device feels great in hand. The G2 is lightweight, but gives off a sturdy feel. Once we get a review unit, I'll have to really take on those back buttons. For the hour I played with it this week, I can't say whether the design is a winner or not. R: Nope. The first time I heard about the buttons on the back I didn't like it. I get what they're trying to do, but I don't think it makes sense from a practical in-your-pocket perspective.

What city (or cities) are your favorite to visit for press events?

K: San Francisco for me. It's closer than NYC, and it just feels so much more relaxed. I'm also west coast biased. Second would be Vegas, because I just love Vegas. New Orleans for CTIA a couple of years back was also a fantastic time. T: I would say San Francisco. I used to live there, so I am extremely biased. I think it is the most beautiful city in the US, so this was an easy answer. New York is amazing, because I love all of the architecture, but there are too many people for me. I like a more relaxed and laid-back atmosphere. R: I've only ever covered an Amazon event out here in southern California. I would love to cover something out in New York or San Francisco.

What widgets get dropped onto your home screens as soon as you pick up a new phone?

K: I'm pretty minimal here, but I always find a clock widget at first. Currently jumping between a few different UCCW skins, all of which we have featured lately. Then, it's calendar on the first screen to the right, and Google Now to the first screen on the left. That's it. T: I throw on the Google Now and Sound Search widgets. That's it. R: Any.Do on the left screen, UCCW or Beautiful Widgets on the main screen (sometimes Eye in the Sky), Calendar widget on the right screen. E: I'm a sucker for a clock widget loud and proud on my main screen, so UCCW has been amazing for me. Other than that, every phone and device I have uses the Google Calendar and GMail widgets. On my tablets I use the Google Play Music widget because it shows content so well.

When you go to press events, what's the worst/weirdest/most shocking thing that anyone of you have seen or experienced while traveling?

K: At events, I'd say press people wearing Google Glass. Dear press persons, you are not developers - you should not have developer versions of Google Glass. It's pointless. Other than that, Dennis Rodman in Vegas still brings back hilarious memories. The Geek Guys. T: We have seen and done some crazy things, but the weirdest was our run in with Dennis Rodman. It was so a-typical Rodman. As for worst or shocking, that's hard to say. Nothing really shocks us these days and when it comes to the worst, having crappy WiFi connections during the events is so frustrating. Gimme teh WeeFeez! R: Like I said before, I only covered one event and I didn't see anything especially weird. What I did see was a lot of my favorite journalists working really hard to get news out to their readers. It was really, really cool to see them in action.

US Cellular to Introduce Shared Data Plans in Coming Weeks

Kellen — Fri, 09 Aug 2013 10:31:41 +0000

According to sources of ours, US Cellular will soon join the shared data plan party that AT&T and Verizon have been hosting since last year. Employees are currently being briefed on the benefits of shared data (if there are any) for not only the company, but US Cellular associates and customers. Like with Verizon and AT&T's shared data plans, US Cellular is going to try and sell customers on the simplicity of their bills with one data pot. They'll also talk about using data however you please (for tethering, tablets, phones, etc.), but we would be hesitant to believe this to be a benefit. We all know that with shared data plans, we have seen a dramatic increase in the price of data. While US Cellular has yet to release that info, less data at higher prices is the current industry trend.

Nothing has been confirmed at this time, but we're hearing talk of unlimited talk and text base plans with added on data packages (again, just like AT&T and Verizon are doing it). US Cellular may also let customers continue to keep their grandfathered unlimited data plans, but new customers would be forced into these new shared plans. Launch could happen in late September. As we have more, we'll be sure to share it.